Highlights:
- Handle TF-A boot with FIP for STM32MP1
- Fix board_get_usable_ram_top(0) for STM32MP1
- DT alignement with kernel v5.14 for STM32MP1
- SPI-NOR DT update for DHSOM
- Add UCLASS API for ECDSA singnature and implement it for STM32MP1
This test verifies that ECDSA_UCLASS is implemented, and that
ecdsa_verify() works as expected. The definition of "expected" is
"does not find a device, and returns -ENODEV".
The lack of a hardware-independent ECDSA implementation prevents us
from having one in the sandbox, for now.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
FIT signatures can now be implemented with ECDSA. The assumption that
all FIT images are signed with RSA is no longer valid. Thus, instead
of 'select'ing RSA, only 'imply' it. This doesn't change the defaults,
but allows one to explicitly disable RSA support.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The STM32MP ROM provides several service. One of them is the ability
to verify ecdsa256 signatures. Hook the ROM API into the ECDSA uclass.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Implement the crypto_algo .verify() function for ecdsa256. Because
it backends on UCLASS_ECDSA, this change is focused on parsing the
keys from devicetree and passing this information to the specific
UCLASS driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Define a UCLASS API for verifying ECDSA signatures. Unlike
UCLASS_MOD_EXP, which focuses strictly on modular exponentiation,
the ECDSA class focuses on verification. This is done so that it
better aligns with mach-specific implementations, such as stm32mp.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The SPI NOR is a bit further away from the SoC on DHCOR than on DHCOM,
which causes additional signal delay. At 108 MHz, this delay triggers
a sporadic issue where the first bit of RX data is not received by the
QSPI controller.
There are two options of addressing this problem, either by using the
DLYB block to compensate the extra delay, or by reducing the QSPI bus
clock frequency. The former requires calibration and that is overly
complex for SPL, so opt for the second option. This incurs 20ms delay
during boot, when SPL loads U-Boot to DRAM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Device tree alignment with Linux kernel v5.14-rc3
- ARM: dts: stm32: move stmmac axi config in ethernet node on stm32mp15
- ARM: dts: stm32: Configure qspi's mdma transfer to block for stm32mp151
- ARM: dts: stm32: add a new DCMI pins group on stm32mp15
- ARM: dts: stm32: fix ltdc pinctrl on microdev2.0-of7
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The function board_get_usable_ram_top can be called after relocation
with total_size = 0 to get the uppermost pointer that is valid to access
in U-Boot.
When total_size = 0, the reserved memory should be not take in account
with lmb library and 'gd->ram_base + gd->ram_size' can be used.
It is the case today in lib/efi_loader/efi_memory.c:efi_add_known_memory()
and this patch avoids that the reserved memory for OP-TEE is not part of
the EFI available memory regions.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The MTD tee partitions used to save the OP-TEE binary are needed when
TF-A doesn't use the FIP container to load binaries.
This patch puts under CONFIG_STM32MP15x_STM32IMAGE flag the associated
code in U-Boot binary and prepare the code cleanup when
CONFIG_STM32MP15x_STM32IMAGE support will be removed after TF-A migration
to FIP support.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
TF-A for STM32MP15 now supports the FIP: it is a packaging format which
includes the secure monitor, u-boot-nodtb.bin and u-boot.dtb
This FIP file is loaded by FSBL = TF-A BL2.
This patch updates the board documentation to use this FIP file and no
more u-boot.stm32 (with STM32 image header) which is no more generated.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add TF-A FIP support for trusted boot on STM32MP15x,
when STM32MP15x_STM32IMAGE is not activated.
With FIP support the SSBL partition is named "fip" and its size is 4MB,
so the ENV partition name in device tree (for SD card or eMMC)
or offset in defconfig (CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET / CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND)
need to be modified.
With FIP the TEE MTD partitions are removed because the OP-TEE binray are
included in the FIP containers.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
With FIP support in TF-A (when CONFIG_STM32MP15x_STM32IMAGE
is not activated), the DT nodes needed by OP-TEE are added by OP-TEE
firmware in U-Boot device tree, present in FIP.
These nodes are only required in trusted boot, when TF-A load the file
u-boot.stm32, including the U-Boot device tree with STM32IMAGE header,
in this case OP-TEE can't update the U-Boot device tree.
Moreover in trusted boot mode with FIP, as the OP-TEE nodes are present
in U-Boot device tree only when needed the function
stm32_fdt_disable_optee can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
By default for trusted boot with TF-A, U-Boot (u-boot-nodtb)
is located in FIP container with its device tree and with
the secure monitor (provided by TF-A or OP-TEE).
The FIP file is loaded by TF-A BL2 and each components is
extracted at the final location.
This patch add CONFIG_STM32MP15x_STM32IMAGE to request the
STM32 image generation for SOC STM32MP15x
when FIP container is not used (u-boot.stm32 is loaded by TF-A
as done previously to keep the backward compatibility).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add the support of the BSEC clock used by the STM32MP misc driver
since the commit 622c956cad ("stm32mp: bsec: manage clock when present
in device tree") even if this clock is not yet defined in kernel device
tree stm32mp151.dtsi.
This patch avoids issue for basic boot when this secure clock are not
provided by secure world with SCMI.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Pull request for efi-2021-10-rc2-2
Documentation:
* Require Sphinx >= 2.4.4 for 'make htmldocs'
* Move devicetree documentation to restructured text and update it
* Document stm32mp1 devicetree bindings
UEFI
* Extend measurement to UEFI variables and ExitBootServices()
* Support Uri() node in devicetree to text protocol
* Add Linux magic token to RISC-V EFI test binaries
Refactor efi_append_scrtm_version() to use common
function for adding eventlog and extending PCR.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
TCG PC Client PFP spec requires to measure
"Exit Boot Services Invocation" if ExitBootServices() is invoked.
Depending upon the return code from the ExitBootServices() call,
"Exit Boot Services Returned with Success" or "Exit Boot Services
Returned with Failure" is also measured.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Swap two ifs in efi_exit_boot_services().
efi_tcg2_notify_exit_boot_services must have EFIAPI signature.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
TCG PC Client PFP spec requires to measure "Boot####"
and "BootOrder" variables, EV_SEPARATOR event prior
to the Ready to Boot invocation.
Since u-boot does not implement Ready to Boot event,
these measurements are performed when efi_start_image() is called.
TCG spec also requires to measure "Calling EFI Application from
Boot Option" for each boot attempt, and "Returning from EFI
Application from Boot Option" if a boot device returns control
back to the Boot Manager.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
TCG PC Client PFP spec requires to measure the secure
boot policy before validating the UEFI image.
This commit adds the secure boot variable measurement
of "SecureBoot", "PK", "KEK", "db", "dbx", "dbt", and "dbr".
Note that this implementation assumes that secure boot
variables are pre-configured and not be set/updated in runtime.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Add the Linux magic to the EFI file header to allow running our test
programs with GRUB's linux command.
MajorImageVersion = 1 indicates a kernel that can consume the
EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL. This allows to dump the GRUB provided intird with
our initrddump.efi tool.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
iPXE used Uri() device path nodes. So we should support them in the
device path to text protocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
With device tree binding migration to yaml it is difficult to synchronize
the binding from Linux kernel to U-Boot.
Instead of maintaining the same dt bindings, this patch adds in the U-Boot
documentation the path to the device tree bindings in Linux kernel for
STMicroelectronics devices, when they are used without modification.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add links for referenced text files.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This question comes up every now and then with people coming from Linux.
Add some notes about it so we can point to it in the mailing list.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This file is about 10 years old and the updates have not covered
everything that has changed, particularly in the last few years. Update
the information and add mention of the u-boot.dtsi files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix typos.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Move this to rST format, largely unchanged to start with. Add an index
for this topic, as well as an empty intro.
Note this patch does not include updates! Is it just a conversion to the
new format. See the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchart <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Adjust the Latex formatting to match Linux v5.13.1:
* add Latex margins
* reformat the code in doc/conf.py to match Linux
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Now that the spi-nor fix has been made in u-boot/master via:
commit 87e7219f9c ("mtd: spi-nor: Respect flash's hwcaps in spi_nor_adjust_hwcaps()")
enable CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SMART_HWCAPS on Intel Crown Bay again.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update SeaBIOS build instructions using exact command that involves
"make olddefconfig", and mention SeaBIOS release 1.14.0 has been
used for testing.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable SeaBIOS support for any kernel that requires legacy BIOS
services.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Odroid Go Advance uses a Rockchip Serial Flash Controller with an
XT25F128B SPI NOR flash chip. This adds support for both. Note that
while both the controller and chip support quad mode, only two lines
are connected to the chip. Changing the pinctrl to bus2 and setting tx
and rx lines to 2 for this reason.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Lin <jon.lin@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Adds support for XT25F128B used on Odroid Go Advance. Unfortunately
this chip uses a continuation code which I cannot seem to parse, so
there are possibly going to be collisions with chips that use the same
manufacturer/ID.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Lin <jon.lin@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This patch adds support for the Rockchip serial flash controller
found on the PX30 SoC. It should work for versions 3-5 of the SFC
IP, however I am only able to test it on v3.
This is adapted from the WIP SPI-MEM driver for the SFC on mainline
Linux. Note that the main difference between this and earlier versions
of the driver is that this one does not support DMA. In testing
the performance difference (performing a dual mode read on a 128Mb
chip) is negligible. DMA, if used, must also be disabled in SPL
mode when using A-TF anyway.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Lin <jon.lin@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Currently there are a few arm32 rockchip board configs that don't
generate u-boot-rockchip.bin when running make because CONFIG_BINMAN
is not enabled. This patch changes CONFIG_ARCH_ROCKCHIP to also select
CONFIG_BINMAN if CONFIG_SPL and !CONFIG_ARM64.
Example builds that don't generate u-boot-rockchip.bin without this
patch:
export ARCH=arm
export CROSS_COMPILE=/usr/bin/arm-linux-gnueabihf-
make kylin-rk3036_defconfig
make
export ARCH=arm
export CROSS_COMPILE=/usr/bin/arm-linux-gnueabihf-
make rock_defconfig
make
export ARCH=arm
export CROSS_COMPILE=/usr/bin/arm-linux-gnueabihf-
make tinker-rk3288_defconfig
make
Signed-off-by: Johan Gunnarsson <johan.gunnarsson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Sync the rk3399 DTs and associated bits from 5.14-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
(Remove the conflict content for vmarc-som)
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
- Convert GoFlex Home Ethernet and SATA to Driver Model (Tony)
- mvebu: Automatically detect CONFIG_SYS_TCLK (Pavel)
- mvebu: sata_mv: Fix HDD identication during cold start (Tony)
- a37xx: pci: Fix handling PIO config error responses (Pavel)
- Other minor misc changes and board maintainer updates
- odroid-n2: fix fdtfile suffix for n2-plus
- sei610 & meson64_android cleanups to prepare android 11 boot support
- use Android BCB mechanism for reboot reason instead of HW reboot flag
- Switch meson64_android boot flow to use abootimg for A/B, AVB and DTBO support
Remove the recommended MAC address from the network card.
NanoPi R4S has a EEPROM attached to the 2nd I2C bus (U92), which stores the MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Xiaobo Tian <peterwillcn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The host-index-min property is invalid,
so it inherits from the sdmmc definition in dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Xiaobo Tian <peterwillcn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Correct the LEDS label name and remove the board type prefix,
which is actually unnecessary here, removes the redefined system status LED pin.
Signed-off-by: Xiaobo Tian <peterwillcn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add clock, phy and other configuration, it is convenient to support
new controller. Here a short summary of the changes:
- Add mmc_of_parse to parse dts config.
- Remove OF_PLATDATA related code.
- Reorder header inclusion.
- Add phy ops.
- add ops set_ios_post to modify the parameters of phy when the
clock changes.
- Add execute tuning api for hs200 tuning.
Signed-off-by: Yifeng Zhao <yifeng.zhao@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In the Linux DT the file rk3xxx.dtsi is shared between
rk3066 and rk3188. Both rk3xxx.dtsi and rk3188.dtsi have recently
had some updates.
For a future rk3066 support in U-boot this file must also update.
Move U-boot specific things in a rk3188-radxarock-u-boot.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In the Linux DT the file rk3xxx.dtsi is shared between
rk3066 and rk3188. Both rk3xxx.dtsi and rk3188.dtsi have recently
had some updates.
For a future rk3066 support in U-boot this file must also update.
Move U-boot specific things in a rk3188-u-boot.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3188
sync the power domain dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.12 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In the Linux DT the file rk3xxx.dtsi is shared between
rk3066 and rk3188. This file has recently had some updates.
For a future rk3066 support in U-boot this file must also update.
Move U-boot specific things in a rk3xxx-u-boot.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3066 and rk3188
sync the clock dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.12 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Problem: board_spl_was_booted_from return wrong boot_devices[3] value
/spi@ff1d0000 and same-as-spl dont work properly for SPINOR flash
because arch/arm/mach-rockchip/spl-boot-order.c spl_node_to_boot_device
need parse SPINOR flash node as UCLASS_SPI_FLASH
spl-boot-order: same-as-spl > *** BOOT_SOURCE_ID 3 (2:emmc 3:spi 5:sd ...
/spi@ff1d0000 > board_boot_order: could not map node @618 to a boot-device
/sdhci@fe330000 > /mmc@fe320000
Solution: just change it to /spi@ff1d0000/flash@0
spl-boot-order: same-as-spl > *** BOOT_SOURCE_ID 3 (2:emmc 3:spi 5:sd ...
/spi@ff1d0000/flash@0 > /sdhci@fe330000 > /mmc@fe320000
Signed-off-by: Artem Lapkin <art@khadas.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Basically all, i.e. rk3036.dtsi, rk3128.dtsi, rk3xxx.dtsi, rk322x.dtsi,
rk3288.dtsi, rk3308-u-boot.dtsi, rk3328-u-boot.dtsi, rk3399-u-boot.dtsi
and px30-u-boot.dtsi Rockchip SoC devicetrees which have mmc indexes
are defining eMMC as mmc0 and sdmmc as mmc1.
This means that the rule to try to boot from the SD card first is ignored,
which as per comment is what we want and is important for distros, which
rely on that.
Fix this by setting the correct mmc index, i.e. first from mmc1 (SD card),
second from mmc0 (eMMC).
Signed-off-by: Alex Bee <knaerzche@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable support to the 2 NOR flashes on the QEMU RISC-V virt machine.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Those embers wrapped with CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI in struct flash_info_t
are unconditionally used in the cfi_flash.c driver.
Drop the #ifdefs in the definition of flash_info_t.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The DM version CFI flash driver is in driver/mtd/cfi_flash.c, which
only gets built when FLASH_CFI_DRIVER is on. If CFI_FLASH is on but
FLASH_CFI_DRIVER is not, nothing is enabled at all.
Fix this dependency by selecting FLASH_CFI_DRIVER when CFI_FLASH is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Change maintainer to me. Suriyan no longer has this board and wishes
to see someone maintaining it actively.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Change maintainer to me. Eric no longer has this board and wishes
to see someone maintaining it actively.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
If ddr3_init() fails then DDR was not initialized and we cannot load and
execute U-Boot. We cannot continue, we cannot do anything in this case, so
hang.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Returning fabricated CRS value (0xFFFF0001) by PCIe Root Complex to OS is
allowed only for 4-byte PCI_VENDOR_ID config read request and only when
CRSSVE bit in Root Port PCIe device is enabled. In all other error PCIe
Root Complex must return all-ones.
So implement this logic in pci-aardvark.c driver properly.
aardvark HW does not have Root Port PCIe device and U-Boot does not
implement emulation of this device. So expect that CRSSVE bit is set as
U-Boot can already handle CRS value for PCI_VENDOR_ID config read request.
More callers of pci_bus_read_config() function in U-Boot do not check for
return value, but check readback value. Therefore always fill readback
value in pcie_advk_read_config() function. On error fill all-ones of
correct size as it is required for PCIe Root Complex.
And also correctly propagates error from failed config write request to
return value of pcie_advk_write_config() function. Most U-Boot callers
ignores this return value, but it is a good idea to return correct value
from function.
These issues about return value of failed config read requests, including
special handling of CRS were reported by Lorenzo and Bjorn for Linux kernel
driver pci-aardvark together with quotes from PCIe r4.0 spec, see details:
https://lore.kernel.org/linux-pci/20210624213345.3617-1-pali@kernel.org/t/#u
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
During cold start, with some HDDs, mv_sata_identify() does not populate
the ID words on the 1st ATA ID command. In fact, the first ATA ID
command will only power up the drive, and then the ATA ID command
processing is lost in the process.
Tests with:
- Seagate ST9250320AS 250GB HDD and Seagate ST4000DM004-2CV104 4TB HDD.
- Zyxel NSA310S (Kirkwood 88F6702), Marvell Dreamplug (Kirkwood 88F6281),
Seagate GoFlex Home (Kirkwood 88F6281), Pogoplug V4 (Kirkwood 88F6192).
Observation:
- The Seagate ST9250320AS 250GB took about 3 seconds to spin up.
- The Seagate ST4000DM004-2CV104 4TB took about 8 seconds to spin up.
- mv_sata_identify() did not populate the ID words after the call to
mv_ata_exec_ata_cmd_nondma().
- Attempt to insert a long delay of 30 seconds, ie. mdelay(30_000), after
the call to ata_wait_register() inside mv_ata_exec_ata_cmd_nondma() did
not help with the 4TB drive. The ID words were still empty after that 30s
delay.
Patch Description:
- Added a second ATA ID command in mv_sata_identify(), which will be
executed if the 1st ATA ID command did not return with valid ID words.
- Use the HDD drive capacity in the ID words as a successful indicator of
ATA ID command.
- In the scenario where a box is rebooted, the 1st ATA ID command is always
successful, so there is no extra time wasted.
- In the scenario where a box is cold started, the 1st ATA command is the
power up command. The 2nd ATA ID command alleviates the uncertainty of
how long we have to wait for the ID words to be populated by the SATA
controller.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Config option CONFIG_SYS_TCLK is set by kw88f6281.h and kw88f6192.h files
to correct SOC/platform value. So do not overwrite it in board config
include files.
Kirkwood 88F6180 and 88F6192 uses 166 MHz TCLK and Kirkwood 88F6281 uses
200 MHz TCLK.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This mvebu axp platform always uses fixed 250 MHz TCLK. So specify this
CONFIG_SYS_TCLK option in msys section of global file soc.h file instead of
manual configuration in every board file.
Now every #if-#else case of soc.h file defines CONFIG_SYS_TCLK, so remove
useless default CONFIG_SYS_TCLK value from the end of soc.h file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This mvebu msys platform always uses fixed 200 MHz TCLK. So specify this
CONFIG_SYS_TCLK option in msys section of global file soc.h file instead of
manual configuration in every board file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Bit 20 in SAR register specifies if TCLK is running at 200 MHz or 166 MHz.
Use this information instead of manual configuration in every board file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Bit 15 in SAR register specifies if TCLK is running at 200 MHz or 250 MHz.
Use this information instead of manual configuration in every board file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In DM Ethernet, the old "egiga0" name is no longer valid,
so replace these with Ethernet PHY names from device tree. Also, read
Ethernet PHY address from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add DM_ETH, SATA_MV and associated configs to goflexhome_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Activate the following Kconfig options:
* AVB for Android Verified Boot support
* ADTIMG for merging DTBOs
* ABOOTIMG for extracting Android boot image
Also rework the partitioning tables:
- add a misc partition to handle BCB messages
- add a dtbo partition to store various DTBOs
- add a vbmeta partition for AVB hashes
- Merge vendor and system into the "super" partition
Note: avb support is disables by default. To activate it:
=> setenv force_avb 1;
=> saveenv;
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
doc/README.gpt states:
> The fields 'uuid' and 'uuid_disk' are optional if CONFIG_RANDOM_UUID is
> enabled. A random uuid will be used if omitted or they point to an empty/
> non-existent environment variable. The environment variable will be
> set to the generated UUID. The 'gpt guid' command reads the current
> value of the uuid_disk from the GPT.
Since we have CONFIG_RANDOM_UUID=y, remove the hard-coded uuids
and use meaningful variable names instead.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
There is a mix of spaces and tabs at the leading \. This makes updating
theses lines harder.
Add a single space before each \ for some consistency.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
AVB (Android Verified Boot) is well supported in U-Boot already.
Add support for it in meson64_android.
This is controlled by the "force_avb" environment variable and the
CONFIG_CMD_AVB option.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
To prepare for AVB support, increase SYS_MALLOC_LEN to 128M.
This value has been found by testing the following on khadas vim3l:
=> avb init
=> avb verify
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Permit redefining SYS_MALLOC_LEN for board specific configs.
This is especially useful for Android with AVB, which requires a malloc
length of 128M.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The N2+ dtb is meson-g12b-odroid-n2-plus.dtb, not n2_plus, so
correct the suffix provided in the board file. Also align the
board ident string shown during boot to match.
Fixes: 8bc780106c ("board: amlogic: odroid: add runtime detection of the N2/N2+/C4/HC4 variants")
Signed-off-by: Christian Hewitt <christianshewitt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add i.MX8ULP EVK basic support, support SD/I2C/ENET/LPUART
Log as below: I would keep some debug info for now, and after we move
to be stable and production launch, we could drop that.
U-Boot SPL 2021.07-rc4-00164-gb800e19a6b (Jun 29 2021 - 10:23:30 +0800)
Normal Boot
upower_init: soc_id=48
upower_init: version:11.11.6
upower_init: start uPower RAM service
user_upwr_rdy_callb: soc=b
user_upwr_rdy_callb: RAM version:12.6
Turn on switches ok
Turn on memories ok
Clear DDR retention ok
Poll for freq_chg_req on SIM register and change to F1 frequency.
Poll for freq_chg_req on SIM register and change to F0 frequency.
Poll for freq_chg_req on SIM register and change to F1 frequency.
Poll for freq_chg_req on SIM register and change to F2 frequency.
Poll for freq_chg_req on SIM register and change to F1 frequency.
Poll for freq_chg_req on SIM register and change to F2 frequency.
complete
De-Skew PLL is locked and ready
WDT: Not found!
Trying to boot from BOOTROM
image offset 0x8000, pagesize 0x200, ivt offset 0x0
Load image from 0x3a800 by ROM_API
NOTICE: BL31: v2.4(release):imx_5.10.35_2.0.0_imx8ulp_er-10-gf37e59b94
NOTICE: BL31: Built : 01:56:58, Jun 29 2021
NOTICE: upower_init: start uPower RAM service
NOTICE: user_upwr_rdy_callb: soc=b
NOTICE: user_upwr_rdy_callb: RAM version:12.6
U-Boot 2021.07-rc4-00164-gb800e19a6b (Jun 29 2021 - 10:23:30 +0800)
CPU: Freescale i.MX8ULP rev1.0 at 744 MHz
Reset cause: POR
Boot mode: Single boot
Model: FSL i.MX8ULP EVK
DRAM: 2 GiB
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 2
Loading Environment from MMC... ***
Warning - bad CRC, using default environment
In: serial@293a0000
Out: serial@293a0000
Err: serial@293a0000
Net:
Warning: ethernet@29950000 (eth0) using random MAC address -
96:35:88:62:e0:44
eth0: ethernet@29950000
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add iMX8ULP DDR initialization driver which loads the DDR timing
parameters and executes the training procedure.
When enabling IMX8ULP_DRAM_PHY_PLL_BYPASS, using PHY PLL bypass mode
to do DDR init
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
When booting from boot part1/2, the image offset should be 0, but
ROM has a bug to return 0x8000. Has to workaround the issue before
ROM fix it.
Use a ROM function to know boot from emmc boot part or user part
So we can set the image offset accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Since CMC1 MR0 only reflects high 16 bits boot cfg used for AP domian,
it does not connect to low 16 bits for RTD. So we can't get the correct
boot mode.
Change to use DGO_GP5 of SEC_SIM which is set by ROM.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
The CMC1 SRS reflects the current reset cause, not SSRS.
Then you could get "Reset cause: WARM-WDG" when issue reset in U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This driver uses FSB to read some fuses, but not support program fuse.
It only works in SPL (secure mode), u-boot needs traps to ATF to
read them.
Some fuses can read from S400 API and others are from FSB.
Also support program some fuses via S400 API
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Need probe the S400 MU device in arch_cpu_init_dm, so we can use
S400 API in u-boot
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Rlease LPAV from RTD to APD
Release gpu2D/3D to APD
Set TRDC MBC2 MEM1 for iomuxc0 access
Since upower depends AP/M33 SW to configure IOMUX for its PMIC i2c
and MODE pins. we have to open iomuxc0 access for A35 core (domain 7)
in single boot.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
There is xrdc inside i.MX8ULP, we need to configure permission to make
sure AP non-secure world could access the resources.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since S400 will set the memory of SPL image to R/X. We can't write
to any data in SPL image.
1. Set the parameters save/restore only for u-boot, not for SPL. to
avoid write data.
2. Not use MU DM driver but directly call MU API to send release XRDC
to S400 at early phase.
3. Configure the SPL image memory of SRAM2 to writable (R/W/X)
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
According to latest S400 API doc, the the success indicate value is
changed to 0xd6. So update the driver codes.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Because we have set reset vector to ATF in SPL, have to set it back
to ROM for any reset in u-boot
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
SRAM2 is half L2 cache and default to SRAM after system boot.
To enable the full l2 cache (512KB), it needs to reset A35 to make
the change happen.
So re-implement the jump entry function in SPL:
1. configure the core0 reset vector to entry (ATF)
2. enable the L2 full cache
3. reset A35
So when core0 up, it runs into ATF. And we have 512KB L2 cache working.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX8ULP support using ROM API to load container image,
it use same ROM API as i.MX8MN/MP, and use same container format
as i.MX8QM/QXP.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since the container is shared among i.MX platforms, move its header file
to mach-imx
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add basic i.MX8ULP support
For the MMU part, Using a simple way the calculate the MMU size to avoid
default heavy calcaulation. And align address and size in the table
settings to 2MB or 4GB as much as possible. So we can reduce the 4K page
allocations in MMU table which will spends much time in create the
page table
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add the specific board model from EEPROM config to the device-tree to
make it easier to access from Linux userspace.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
remove unused SPL features to shink the size of the SPL which
otherwise would no longer fit into IMX8M Mini OCRAM.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Make the conversion to driver model as it is mandatory.
Successfully tested booting Linux from the SD card.
Dropped support for networking and splash screen as these need
to be properly converted to DM and tested.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Add PCIe reset gpio to the Bx50v3 devicetree and get get rid of
CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_PERST_GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Select CONFIG_IMX_HAB so that the "hab_status" command
becomes available, which is useful for checking if the
chip has been correctly setup to run in secure boot mode.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The GW7902 is based on the i.MX 8M Mini / Nano SoC featuring:
- LPDDR4 DRAM
- eMMC FLASH
- Gateworks System Controller
- LTE CAT M1 modem
- USB 2.0 HUB
- M.2 Socket with USB2.0, PCIe, and dual-SIM
- IMX8M FEC
- PCIe based GbE
- RS232/RS485/RS422 serial transceiver
- GPS
- CAN bus
- WiFi / Bluetooth
- MIPI header (DSI/CSI/GPIO/PWM/I2S)
- PMIC
Do the following to add support for it:
- add dts
- add PMIC config
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Add board model/serial# strings to env. Move the creation of the strings
to gsc_read() and the display of the info into gsc_info() so they are
available to U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
replace looking up i2c bus name by bus number and define bus numbers and
eeprom address with #defines.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Replace the deprecated 'tx-fifo-depth' and 'rx-fifo-depth' properties
not supported by U-Boot drivers/net/phy/dp83867.c with the proper
'ti,fifo-depth' property.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The GW71xx has a USB Type-C connector with USB 2.0 signaling. GPIO1_12
is the power-enable to the TPS25821 Source controller and power switch
responsible for monitoring the CC pins and enabling VBUS. Therefore
GPIO1_12 must always be enabled and the vbus output enable from the
IMX8MM can be ignored.
To fix USB OTG VBUS enable a pull-up on GPIO1_12 to always power the
TPS25821 and change the regulator output to GPIO1_10 which is
unconnected.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The intention of commit d714a75fd4 ("imx: replace CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT
with CONFIG_IMX_HAB") was to convert from CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT to
CONFIG_IMX_HAB, but it replaced with an extra "_" character.
Fix it by using the correct CONFIG_IMX_HAB symbol.
Fixes: d714a75fd4 ("imx: replace CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT with CONFIG_IMX_HAB")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The GW54xx-G revision has the foolowing changes:
- replaces the EOL GbE PHY with an updated part (requires an enable pin)
- replaces the EOL analog video decoder with an updated part
(requires dt prop)
- add power control to miniPCIe socket
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The GW53xx-G revision has the foolowing changes:
- replaces the EOL GbE PHY with an updated part (requires an enable pin)
- replaces the EOL analog video decoder with an updated part
(requires dt prop)
- add power control to miniPCIe socket
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The GW5913 is a Single Board Computer based on the NXP i.MX6Q/DL SoC
with the following features:
- DDR3 DRAM
- NAND FLASH (256MiB or 2048MiB)
- Gateworks System Periperhal Controller
- front panel LED's
- front panel pushbutton
- Digital I/O connector (I2C/GPIO/UART)
- u-blox Zoe-M8Q GPS
- 1x RJ45 GbE
- 1x MiniPCIe socket with PCIe USB 2.0 and nanoSIM socket
- Passive PoE and wide-range DC power supply
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The GW5912 is a Single Board Computer based on the NXP i.MX6Q/DL SoC
with the following features:
- DDR3 DRAM
- NAND FLASH (256MiB or 2048MiB)
- microSD socket
- Gateworks System Periperhal Controller
- front panel LED's
- front panel pushbutton
- RS232 connector (2x UARTs)
- CAN/RS485 connector
- Digital I/O connector (I2C/GPIO)
- SPI connector
- u-blox Zoe-M8Q GPS
- LIS2DE12 Accellerometer
- 1x FEC GbE RJ45 with 802.3at Active PoE
- 1x PCI GbE RJ45 with Passive PoE
- 5x MiniPCIe socket with PCIe/USB 2.0
- 1x MiniPCIe socket with PCIe/USB 2.0 and SIM socket
- Aux power input with wide-range DC power supply
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The GW5910 is a Single Board Computer based on the NXP i.MX6Q/DL SoC
with the following features:
- DDR3 DRAM
- NAND FLASH (256MiB or 2048MiB)
- microSD socket
- Gateworks System Periperhal Controller
- front panel LED's
- front panel pushbutton
- RS232 connector (2x UARTs)
- Digital I/O connector (I2C/GPIO)
- SPI connector
- u-blox Zoe-M8Q GPS
- LIS2DE12 Accellerometer
- TI CC1352 ARM Cortex-M4 multiprotocol sub-1GHz / 2.4GHz wireless MCU
- On-board brcmfmac WiFi and BT module
- RGMII RJ45 GbE
- 1x MiniPCIe socket with PCIe/USB 2.0
- 1x MiniPCIe socket with USB 2.0 and nanoSIM socket
- Passive PoE and wide-range DC power supply
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The Gateworks Ventana boards have always had usb0=usbh1 and usb1=usbotg
because OTG is often subloaded on these boards and a bit in the EEPROM
which flagging that OTG is subloaded is used to remove the dt node via the
alias.
U-Boot DM_USB UMS requires the usb0 alias be assigned to the usbotg
so fix the usb0 alias in order for UMS to work.
Fixes 72c46327f0: ("imx: ventana: enable dm support for USB")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Move board/revision specific dt fixups for WDOG and UHS-I features
so that we can call them early for U-Boot control dt as well.
Additionally drop a deprected non-mainline dt-prop fixup regarding
HDMI input format.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
EEPROM bits no longer indicate support for NAND so instead use
hard-coded value from board config struct.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Update the documentation on how to build the u-boot image for
Colibri iMX8QXP, adding support of V1.0D revision of the module.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
If config block support is enabled, USB gadget modes unconditionally
use Toradex Product ID as USB PID. Some applications might prefer a
different and/or static USB PID. Add a Kconfig configuration option
to descide whether to use USB PID from config block or the fallback
config option CONFIG_G_DNL_PRODUCT_NUM.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
In case USB serial downloader has been used to load U-Boot start the
serial download protocol (SDP) emulation. This allows to download
complete images such as Toradex Easy Installer over USB SDP as well.
This code uses the boot ROM provided boot information to reliably
detect USB serial downloader.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Do not pass the console baudrate to the 'console' variable
to avoid the baudrate being passed twice when extlinux.conf
contains the standard: console=${console},${baudrate} format.
cat /proc/cmdline
root=PARTUUID=00000000-01 rootwait rw console=ttymxc0,115200,115200
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
In some cases 'patman status' leaves a blank line between the sign-off
and the tags it collects from patchwork. Fix this and add a test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present it is possible to call uclass_get() before driver model is
inited. In fact this happens on x86 boards which use Intel FSPv1, since
mrccache_get_region() tries to get the SPI flash device very early
during init.
This has always been undefined behaviour. Previously it generally worked,
i.e. returned an error code without crashing, because gd->uclass_root_s
is zeroed and the uclass can be added despite driver model not being
ready, due to the way lists are implemented. With the change to use a
gd->uclass_root pointer, this no-longer works. For example, it causes a
hang on minnowmax.
Fix this by adding a check that driver model is ready when uclass_get() is
called. This function is called in the process of locating any device, so
it is a good place to add the check.
This fixes booting on minnowmax.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 8a715530bb ("dm: core: Allow the uclass list to move")
Migrate the dm_warn function to log macro with
LOGC_DM category and LOGL_WARNING level.
This macro allows filtering with log command and allows
output on all log backend.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This reverts commit 2359fa7a87.
While the goal is valid and there is surely unused memory in that area,
we also have a lot of crucial things still located at the top-of-memory
while running lmb_alloc_base. Such things are the page table (tlb_addr),
relocated U-Boot and the active stack. Possibly more. So this patch was
premature, we will need relocations of those things first if we want to
use the range.
Fixes booting on the IOT2050, but likely also on other boards. It got
stuck on relocating the FDT - over the relocated U-Boot code.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Since R-Car Gen3 already enables position independent build, also set
CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE=0x0 to finalize the switch. This is possible since
534f0fbd65 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y")
fixed current env_get_char() crash with CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE=0x0 .
This change permits us to start U-Boot from any location in DRAM instead
of specific TEXT_BASE.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Turn on PIE, so that the U-Boot binary can be started from any arbitrary
location in DRAM instead of a predefined fixed one. Note that this patch
is not setting SYS_TEXT_BASE=0x0 yet, since that triggers relocation bugs
in env code that are yet to be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Cc: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
The bootargs in all those boards are a copy of initial example
bootargs, just remove those as they make little sense in most
configurations.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Now that driver model is always used, check for PCI.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Update logic, reword]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We don't need this check anymore since when PCI is enabled, driver model
is always used.
Use CONFIG_PCI instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Correct macro usage)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Import the imx28-evk devicetree files from Linux kernel
version 5.11-rc7.
This is in preparation for converting the mx28evk_defconfig
target to driver model.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Now that DM_PCI is always enabled, check on CONFIG_PCI instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Update for non-PCI users of this code, reword]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This prevents use of IS_ENABLED() in other files. Functions should be
visible in headers even if they are not available at link time.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Modified the help text of 'chpart' command ,mentioning that it is
for MTD devices.
Signed-off-by: Adarsh Babu Kalepalli <opensource.kab@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
HELP description is provided for ‘configure’ sub-command
of ‘blkcache’.
Signed-off-by: Adarsh Babu Kalepalli <opensource.kab@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Symbol CONFIG_SYS_ID_EEPROM is defined in include/configs/MPC8548CDS.h
but never used. Remove it here and from the whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Start out by documenting general expectations on when CI is run, how
anyone can run Azure pipelines, and how GitLab CI pipelines can be run.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In SquashFS, the contents of a directory is stored by
squashfs_directory_entry structures which contain the file's name, inode
and position within the filesystem.
The inode number is not stored directly; instead each directory has one
or more headers which set a base inode number, and files store the
offset from that to the file's inode number.
In mksquashfs, each inode is allocated a number in the same order as
they are written to the directory table; thus the offset from the
header's base inode number to the file's inode number is usually
positive.
Hardlinks are simply stored with two directory entries referencing the
same file. This means the second entry will thus have an inode number
much lower than the surrounding files. Since the header's base inode
number comes from the first entry that uses the header, this delta will
usually be negative.
Previously, U-Boot's squashfs_directory_entry.inode_offset field was
declared as an unsigned value. Thus when a negative value was found, it
would either resolve to an invalid inode number or to that of an
unrelated file.
A squashfs image to test this can be created like so:
echo hi > sqfs_test_files/001-root-file
mkdir sqfs_test_files/002-subdir
touch sqfs_test_files/002-subdir/003-file
ln sqfs_test_files/{001-root-file,002-subdir/004-link}
mksquashfs sqfs_test_files/ test.sqfs -noappend
Note that squashfs sorts the files ASCIIbetacally, so we can use the
names to control the order they appear in. The ordering is important -
the first reference to the file must have a lower inode number than the
directory in which the second reference resides, and the second
reference cannot be the first file in the directory.
Listing this sample image in U-Boot results in:
=> sqfsls virtio 2 002-subdir
0 003-file
Inode not found.
0 004-link
Signed-off-by: Campbell Suter <campbell@snapit.group>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
The "-E" option to mkimage generates a FIT with external data using the
data-size and data-offset properties which must both be ignored when
verifying a signature.
Add "data-offset" to the list of excluded properties for signature
verification; since the line is now too long, re-format the list to
one-per-line and make it static since the data is constant.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current stable release of LLVM is 12, update to that. While at it,
fix that we had not correctly upgraded to LLVM 11 previously.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The DT bindings of "jedec,spi-nor" [1] defines "m25p,fast-read" property
to indicate that "fast read" opcode can be used to read data from the
chip instead of the usual "read" opcode.
If this property is not present in DT, mask out fast read in
spi_nor_init_params(). This change mirrors the same logic in
spi_nor_info_init_params() in drivers/mtd/spi-nor/core.c in
the Linux kernel v5.14-rc3.
[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.yaml in the kernel tree
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The smart spi_nor_adjust_hwcaps() does not respect the SPI flash's
hwcaps, and only looks to the controller on what can be supported.
The flash's hwcaps needs to be AND'ed before checking.
Fixes: 71025f013c ("mtd: spi-nor-core: Rework hwcaps selection")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When slave drivers don't set the max_read_size, the spi-mem should
directly use data.nbytes and not limit to any size. But current
logic will limit to the max_write_size.
This commit mirrors the same changes in the dm version done in
commit 535b1fdb8e ("spi: spi-mem: Fix read data size issue").
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- Fixed broken ICH SPI driver in software sequencer mode
- Added "m25p,fast-read" to SPI flash node for x86 boards
- Drop ROM_NEEDS_BLOBS and BUILD_ROM for x86 ROM builds
- Define a default TSC timer frequency for all x86 boards
- x86 MTRR MSR programming codes bug fixes
- x86 "hob" command bug fixes
- Don't program MTRR for DRAM for FSP1
- Move INIT_PHASE_END_FIRMWARE to FSP2
- Use external graphics card by default on Intel Crown Bay
- tangier: Fix DMA controller IRQ polarity in CSRT
U-Boot mostly uses hex for value input, largely because addresses are much
easier to understand in hex.
But in some cases a decimal value is requested, such as where the value is
small or hex does not make sense in the context. In these cases it is
sometimes useful to be able to provide a hex value in any case, if only to
resolve any ambiguity.
Add this functionality, for increased flexibility.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The code to convert a character into a digit is repeated twice in this
file. Factor it out into a separate function. This also makes the code a
little easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some tests that check the behaviour of this function. These are the
same as for simple_strtoul() but with a few longer values.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If we see 0x then we can assume this is the start of a hex value. It
does not seem necessary to check for a hex digit after that since it will
happen when parsing the value anyway.
Drop this check to simplify the code and reduce size. Add a few more test
cases for when a 0x prefix is used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This parameter is not documented properly since it does not cover the
meaning when the base is 0. Update this in both functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is a pain to have to specify the value 10 in each call. Add a new
dectoul() function and update the code to use it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is a pain to have to specify the value 16 in each call. Add a new
hextoul() function and update the code to use it.
Add a proper comment to simple_strtoul() while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function seems to assume that the chr[] variable contains zeros at
the start, which is not always true. Use strlcpy() to be safe.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The board routes the Integrated Graphics Device (IGD) to an LVDS
panel, which is less popular than a PCIe based graphics card.
Disable the IGD so that it does not show up in the PCI configuration
space as a VGA display controller, so we can use an external PCIe
graphics card with whatever cable we have.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Initialize 'igd' and 'sdvo' to NULL so that we just need to test
them against NULL later, to be compatible with that case that IGD
and SDVO devices were already in disabled state.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For FSP1, there is no such INIT_PHASE_END_FIRMWARE.
Move board_final_cleanup() to fsp2 directory.
Fixes: 7c73cea442 ("x86: Notify the FSP of the 'end firmware' event")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral, chromebook_samus, chromebook_link, minnowmax
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are several outstanding issues as to why this does not apply
to FSP1:
* For FSP1, the system memory and reserved memory used by FSP are
already programmed in the MTRR by FSP.
* The 'mtrr_top' mistakenly includes TSEG memory range that has the
same RES_MEM_RESERVED resource type. Its address is programmed
and reported by FSP to be near the top of 4 GiB space, which is
not what we want for SDRAM.
* The call to mtrr_add_request() is not guaranteed to have its size
to be exactly the power of 2. This causes reserved bits of the
IA32_MTRR_PHYSMASK register to be written which generates #GP.
For FSP2, it seems this is necessary as without this, U-Boot boot
process on Chromebook Coral goes very slowly.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral, chromebook_samus, chromebook_link, minnowmax
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The resource type for system memory is currently displayed as
"unknown", which is wrong.
Fixes: 51af144eb7 ("x86: Allow showing details about a HOB entry")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral, chromebook_samus, chromebook_link, minnowmax
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the hob command usage and help messages are messed up
in a single line. They should be separated.
This was a regression introduced when [seq] and [-v] were added
to the command.
Fixes: d11544dfa9 ("x86: hob: Add way to show a single hob entry")
Fixes: 51af144eb7 ("x86: Allow showing details about a HOB entry")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral, chromebook_samus, chromebook_link, minnowmax
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The size parameter of mtrr_add_request() and mtrr_set_next_var()
shall be power of 2, otherwise the logic creates a mask that does
not meet the requirement of IA32_MTRR_PHYSMASK register.
Programming such a mask value to IA32_MTRR_PHYSMASK generates #GP.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral, chromebook_samus, chromebook_link, minnowmax
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present mtrr_commit() programs the MTRR MSRs starting from
index 0, which may overwrite MSRs that were already programmed
by previous boot stage or FSP.
Switch to call mtrr_set_next_var() instead.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral, chromebook_samus, chromebook_link, minnowmax
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Current mtrr_commit() logic assumes that MTRR MSRs are programmed
consecutively from index 0 to its maximum number, and whenever it
detects an unused one, it clears all other MTRRs starting from that
one. However this may not always be the case.
In fact, the clear is not much helpful because these MTRRs come out
of reset as disabled already. Drop the clear codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral, chromebook_samus, chromebook_link, minnowmax
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If for some reason, TSC timer frequency cannot be determined from
hardware, nor is it specified in the device tree, U-Boot will panic
resulting in endless reset during boot.
Let's define a default TSC timer frequency using the Kconfig value
CONFIG_X86_TSC_TIMER_FREQ (note: #include must be used instead of
/include/ otherwise the macro is not pre-processed).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently there are two places to specify the x86 TSC timer frequency
with one in Kconfig used for early timer and the other one in device
tree used when the frequency cannot be determined from hardware.
This may potentially create an inconsistent config where the 2 values
do not match. Let's use the one specified in Kconfig in the device
tree as well.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These 2 options are no longer needed as now binman is used to build
u-boot.rom.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
binman complains when binary blobs are present:
Node '/binman/rom/intel-vga': Offset 0xfff90000 (4294508544) overlaps
with previous entry '/binman/rom/u-boot-dtb-with-ucode' ending at
0xfff9204c (4294516812)
Adjust VGA rom address to 0xfffa0000 so that u-boot.rom image can be
successfully built again.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
IRQ polarity in CSRT has the same definition as by ACPI specification
chapter 19.6.64 "Interrupt (Interrupt Resource Descriptor Macro)", i.e.
ActiveHigh is 0, and ActiveLow is 1. On Intel Tangier the DMA controller
IRQ polarity is ActiveHigh.
Note, in DSDT (see southcluster.asl) it's described correctly.
Fixes: 5e99fde34a ("x86: tangier: Populate CSRT for shared DMA controller")
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Except ICH7 SPI, all SPI flashes connected to ICH9 / Fast SPI should
have "m25p,fast-read" property present in their DT nodes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit 71025f013c ("mtd: spi-nor-core: Rework hwcaps selection")
SPI flash on Intel Crown Bay board does not work anymore.
Disable CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SMART_HWCAPS until a proper fix is made to
the spi-nor core.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit 43c145b8b3 ("spi: ich: Correct max-size bug in ich_spi_adjust_size()")
(in v2020.04-rc1), SPI flash read no longer works with ICH SPI controller
in software sequencer mode.
ICH controller can only transfer a small number of bytes at once.
Before commit 43c145b8b3, the logic happens to make sure data.nbytes
is limited to slave->max_write_size but after commit 43c145b8b3
data.nbytes is no longer limited because slave->max_read_size is not
initialized with a valid number.
Fixes: 43c145b8b3 ("spi: ich: Correct max-size bug in ich_spi_adjust_size()")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Parameter -W for sphinx-build turns build warnings into errors. This helps
us to avoid bad patches passing Gitlab CI.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The Hitachi tx18d42vm LCD panel driver is really just initialising the
device, using bitbanged SPI, during operation there is nothing to do.
This makes the driver self contained, so drop the bogus dependency on
the legacy CONFIG_VIDEO.
This avoids the warning when building Chuwi_V7_CW0825_defconfig, since
we switched to DM_VIDEO recently.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The U-Boot port for ST-Ericsson Ux500 is currently only used on the
"stemmy" board, where U-Boot runs after firmware that already sets up
a boot splash screen. This means that the display is already on
and we can just continue using it for U-Boot.
Add a simple driver that simplifies this by reading the display
configuration (e.g. screen size, bpp) from the hardware registers.
It also checks the configured "source synchronization" - for some
displays (usually DSI command mode displays) we need to explicitly
trigger a software sync. This is done through the video_sync()
callback that triggers the sync and wait for completion.
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
sandbox TPM-emulator improvements
rST documentation and fixes for moveconfig
handle empty 'ranges' property in dtoc
patman warning for invalid tag
clean-ups to 'fdt add' command
At present if we see 'ranges' property (with no value) we assume it is a
boolean, as per the devicetree spec.
But another node may define 'ranges' with a value, forcing us to widen it
to an int array. At present this is not supported and causes an error.
Fix this and add some test cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
An int array can hold a single int so we should not need to do anything
in the widening operation. However due to a quirk in the code, an int[3]
widened with an int produced an int[4]. Fix this and add a test.
Fix a comment typo while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The current name is confusing because the logic is actually backwards from
what you might expect. Rename it to needs_widening() and update the
comments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The autoboot tests are a recent addition to U-Boot, providing much-needed
coverage in this area.
A side effect of the keyed autoboot test is that this feature is enabled
in sandbox always. This changes the autoboot prompt and confuses the
pytests. Some tests become slower, for example the vboot tests take about
27s now instead of 3s.
We don't actually need this feature enabled to be able to run the tests.
Add a switch to allow sandbox to turn it on and off as needed. Use this
in the one test that needs it.
Add a command-line flag in case this is desired in normal use.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 25c8b9f298 ("test: add first autoboot unit tests")
Reviewed-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Some of the more advanced features of this tool don't work anymore since
kconfiglib was update. Update the code accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The examples here are a bit messed up since the command does not match
the documentation. Use a different example instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This tool has nothing to do with testing. It is for refactoring code
automatically using a 'semantic patch' tool.
Create a new section for 'refactoring' and move it into there. It is
likely that other topics may fall under the same heading, such as
using moveconfig and search/replace tools.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this information is hidden away. Make it more visible by
putting it first, in an intro section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add a error in patman tool when the commit message contents an invalid
tag "Serie-.*" instead of "Series-.*".
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It seems useful to show whether the address of the Control or Working
devicetree is being shown. Add support for this. Drop the confusing 0x
prefix since the command itself only accepts hex.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is fairly easy to handle this case and it makes the emulator more
useful, since PCRs are commonly extended several times.
Add support for this, using U-Boot's sha256 support.
For now sandbox only supports a single PCR, but that is enough for the
tests that currently exist.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is the number of PCRs, so the current check is off by one. Also the
map itself should not be checked, just the resulting pcr_index, to avoid
confusing people who read the code.
Fix these problems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the tpm2 emulator does not support storing the device state.
Add this so we can handle the normal vboot flow through the sandbox
executables (VPL->SPL etc.) with the TPM contents staying in place.
Note: sandbox has not yet been converted to use livetree for the state
information, since livetree does not yet support writing to the tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add checking as to whether the current TPM state is valid, so we can
implement reading/writing the state.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function current handles the kernel case incorrectly. Fix it, and
use the shorter TPM_HDR_LEN while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for this command, moving away from the previous approach of
hard-coding the initial data in the driver, now that the kernel-space data
has to be set up by the higher-level vboot code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this code assumes that the TPM data has been read but this may
not be the case. Refactor the code to use a separate pointer so we know
the current state of the data.
Add error checking for the data size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to support nvdata in TPM2 as well. To avoid code duplicating the
associated code, move it into a common file.
Drop the special-case logic for the kernel space. This can be handled by
the higher-level code now, i.e. in vboot itself.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We should not use /dev/sda and /dev/sdb in our examples. Users might
inadvertently mess up their workstation. Use /dev/sdX instead.
Remove console output like '# ' and '> ' which makes copying hard.
Set example language to bash for correct syntax-highlighting.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
iewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
CONFIG_HEXDUMP is needed to display UEFI variables using 'printenv -e'.
Enabling CONFIG_SPL_HEXDUMP only makes sense for debugging purposes.
Hence CONFIG_SPL_HEXDUMP should not be enabled by default.
The following boards currently have CONFIG_SPL_HEXDUMP=y. This includes
boards that don't use SPL at all.
axm_defconfig
imx8mm-cl-iot-gate_defconfig
imx8mm_venice_defconfig
imxrt1020-evk_defconfig
imxrt1050-evk_defconfig
kontron_sl28_defconfig
kp_imx53_defconfig
lx2160ardb_tfa_stmm_defconfig
mt7622_rfb_defconfig
octeon_ebb7304_defconfig
octeon_nic23_defconfig
qemu_arm64_defconfig
qemu_arm_defconfig
qemu-riscv32_defconfig
qemu-riscv32_smode_defconfig
qemu-riscv64_defconfig
qemu-riscv64_smode_defconfig
qemu-x86_64_defconfig
qemu-x86_defconfig
sandbox64_defconfig
sandbox_defconfig
stm32mp15_basic_defconfig
stm32mp15_trusted_defconfig
synquacer_developerbox_defconfig
taurus_defconfig
xilinx_versal_virt_defconfig
The patch only keeps it enabled on
sandbox_spl_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When scrolling the TrueType console a buffer overrun occurs.
Fixes: a29b012037 ("video: Add a console driver that uses TrueType fonts")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Move the PSCI runtime code for H3/A23/A33 into SRAM
- Pick the environment from the actual MMC boot device (SD card vs.
eMMC)
- Plus a small improvement from Icenowy, just for good measure.
There are more Allwinner SoCs that do not have a SCP now.
When there's no SCP_ADDR macro defined, we can assume there's no SCP
available.
Drop the scp part of FIT description when SCP_ADDR does not exist.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@sipeed.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
So far for the H3, A23, and A33 SoCs, we use DRAM to hold the secure
monitor code (providing PSCI runtime services). And while those SoCs do
not have the secure SRAM B like older SoCs, there is enough (secure)
SRAM A2 to put the monitor code and data in there instead.
Follow the design of 64-bit SoCs and use the first part for the monitor,
and the last 16 KiB for the SCP firmware. With this change, the monitor
no longer needs to reserve a region in DRAM.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: amend commit message, fix R40 and V3s build]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently, the environment is always stored in eMMC if eMMC is enabled
in the config. This means images written to SD and eMMC will cross-
contaminate their environments unless the configuration is changed.
By dropping the device number from the environment location string and
implementing mmc_get_env_dev, we will always use the environment from
the boot device when booting from SD/eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Static inline function _debug_uart_init() should avoid calling external
(non-inline) functions. Therefore do not call get_ref_clk() in
_debug_uart_init() and reimplement its functionality without external
function calls.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CONFIG_BAUDRATE should be used for setting the baudrate for the early debug
UART. This replaces current hardcoded 115200 value.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Enable DM SATA, removed IDE driver, and add SATA MV driver.
- Use ethernet PHY names from device tree in default boot command
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In DM Ethernet, the old "egiga0" and 'egiga1" names are no longer valid,
so replace these with Ethernet PHY names from device tree. Also, read
Ethernet PHY address for each port from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The PWM pins on North Bridge on Armada 37xx can be configured into PWM
or GPIO functions. When in PWM function, each pin can also be configured
to drive low on 0 and tri-state on 1 (LED mode).
The current definitions handle this by declaring two pin groups for each
pin:
- group "pwmN" with functions "pwm" and "gpio"
- group "ledN_od" ("od" for open drain) with functions "led" and "gpio"
This is semantically incorrect. The correct definition for each pin
should be one group with three functions: "pwm", "led" and "gpio".
Change the "pwmN" groups to support "led" function.
Remove "ledN_od" groups. This cannot break backwards compatibility with
older device trees: no device tree uses it since there is no PWM driver
for this SOC yet. Also "ledN_od" groups are not even documented.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Extracting is now supported by dumpimage, so mention it in help instead
of `kwbimage -x`.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The kwbimage library does not support extracting subimages. Implement it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The gdsys a38x config file (controlcenterdc_defconfig) uses BootROM to
load U-Boot proper.
Since it is now possible to do this via U-Boot SPL framework, we do not
need to provide custom spl_board_init() which calls return_to_bootrom().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This padding depends on board config file and therefore it makes the
mkimage binary tool board specific, which is not correct. One cannot use
mkimage tool built as a result for board A to generate images for board
B, even if both A and B are on the same platform.
This CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS padding was needed when kwbimage v1 contained
SPL code which loaded U-Boot proper based on CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS,
instead of reading correct offset from kwbimage header.
Now that SPL code parses kwbimage header and deterinate correct offset,
there is no need for this CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS padding anymore.
By removing it we also reduce the size of SPL code and therefore also
decrease the final size of v1 kwbimage. This means there is more space
for U-Boot proper binary.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The SPL code now already parses kwbimage v1 headers where all necessary
information about how to load and execute U-Boot proper is present. The
legacy 64-byte U-Boot header is not used anymore.
Remove this 64-byte header by putting u-boot.bin binary (instead of
u-boot.img) into kwbimage v1 and let SPL code or BootROM to load U-Boot
directly at its execution address.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that proper load and execution addresses are set in v1 kwbimage we
can use it for loading and booting U-Boot proper.
Use the new spl_parse_board_header() function to implement parsing the
kwbimage v1 header. Use information from this header to locate offset and
size of the U-Boot proper binary, instead of using the legacy U-Boot
header which is prepended to the U-Boot proper binary stored at fixed
offset. This has the advantage that we do not need to relay on legacy
U-Boot header anymore and therefore U-Boot proper binary can be stored at
any offset, as is the case when loading & booting U-Boot proper by
BootROM. The CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS option is therefore not used by SPL
code anymore.
Also allow to compile U-Boot SPL without CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT,
CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT or CONFIG_SPL_SATA_SUPPORT set. In this case
BootROM is used for loading and executing U-Boot proper. This reduces the
size of U-Boot's SPL image. By default these config options are enabled
and so BootROM loading is not used. In some cases BootROM reads from SPI
NOR at lower speed than U-Boot SPL. So people can decide whether they
want to have smaller SPL binary at the cost of slower boot.
Therefore dependency on CONFIG_SPL_DM_SPI, CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT,
CONFIG_SPL_SPI_LOAD, CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT, CONFIG_SPL_DM_GPIO,
CONFIG_SPL_DM_MMC, CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT, CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT,
CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT, CONFIG_SPL_SATA_SUPPORT and
CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT is changed from strict to related "imply"
(which can be selectivelly turned off and causes booting via BootROM).
Options CONFIG_SYS_SPI_U_BOOT_OFFS,
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR and
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_DATA_PART_OFFSET have to to be set to
zero as they define the location where kwbimage header starts. It is the
location where BootROM expects start of the kwbimage from which it reads,
parses and executes SPL part. The same applies to option
CONFIG_SPL_SATA_RAW_U_BOOT_SECTOR, which has to be set to one.
Update all config files to set correct values of these options and set
CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS to the correct value - the offset where U-Boot
proper starts.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Platform specific BootROM may use its own image type for loading SPL or
U-Boot proper. In some cases it makes sense to not use BootROM supplied
code for booting U-Boot proper but rather to use U-Boot SPL for this,
e.g. when U-Boot SPL can load U-Boot proper faster than BootROM. In this
case it is required for platform board code to parse and load U-Boot in
BootROM specific image type.
This change adds support for parsing platform / board / BootROM specific
image types via weak function spl_parse_board_header() which is called
before marking boot image as a raw.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Some image types (e.g. kwbimage v1) store the offset to SPL binary and
offset to U-Boot proper binary in their headers. To avoid reading SPL
binary when loading U-Boot proper, add support for specifying offset in
struct spl_image_info, which defines the offset from the beginning of
the header and the beginning of the executable data.
Initial support is added only for SPI, MMC and SATA code. We can extend
it later if needed.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Current code uses hack in board_init_f() which calls return_to_bootrom()
to skip U-Boot SPL code and return back to BootROM to load U-Boot via
UART or from NAND.
This change migrates that hack from the board_init_f() function and
changes it to return BOOT_DEVICE_BOOTROM instead of returning to BootROM
directly, so that U-Boot's SPL framework is used for returning to
BootROM.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
U-Boot's SPL framework already has an API for loading U-Boot via
BootROM.
Implement the function board_return_to_bootrom() for mvebu SPL code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Register r0 should be set to return value 0x0 - NO_ERR.
Set r0 with return value after all registers are restored from the
stack, so that the return value is always correct.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Fixes: 944c7a3176 ("arm: mvebu: Add option to use UART xmodem protocol via kwboot")
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Function image_version() returns unsigned value, so it can never be
negative. Explicitly check for two supported image versions: v0 and v1.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Call tcsetattr() only if the file descriptor is valid. It may be
invalidated by previous lines (if it is not a tty descriptor).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
The 'buf' variable is a pointer and '_buf' is the array itself.
Therefore we should pass sizeof(_buf) instead of sizeof(buf) to read().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
There is no code for extracting data from kwbimage, so show an error
message when user tries this via e.g. dumpimage call:
./tools/dumpimage -T kwbimage -o /tmp/out u-boot-spl.kwb
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Trying to call the following command causes NULL pointer dereference in
strlen():
./tools/dumpimage -T kwbimage -o /tmp/out u-boot-spl.kwb
Fix it by checking whether params->imagename is non-NULL before calling
strlen().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
These structures must have specific size without padding, so mark them as
packed via the de-facto standard macro __packed. Also replace PACKED
macro.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The mkimage host tool can be used to generate kwbimage v1 image with
secure header on host system for A38x plaform also when U-Boot is being
compiled for different platform. So there is no reason to not allow
compiling of mkimage/kwbimage with secure header support for e.g. x86-64
host.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
This command is supported only by v1 images and specifies a milliseconds
delay after executing some set of DATA commands. The special string value
SDRAM_SETUP instructs BootROM to setup SDRAM controller instead of
executing delay. SDRAM_SETUP may be specified only once and after the
last DATA command.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
The DATA command is already supported by mkimage for v0 images, but not
for v1 images.
BootROM code which executes v1 images also supports DATA command via an
optional extended v1 header OPT_HDR_V1_REGISTER_TYPE.
Implement support for DATA command for v1 images.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
The PAYLOAD keyword does nothing. No code is using it and both mkimage
and kwbimage completely ignore it. It looks like a relict from the past.
The payload image itself can be specified only via -d parameter to
mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Binary header consist of:
* 1 byte for header type
* 3 bytes for header size
* 1 byte for number of arguments
* 3 reserved bytes
* N*4 bytes for arguments
* M bytes (aligned to 4 bytes) for executable data
* 1 byte for information about next header
* 3 reserved bytes
The first four bytes are specified as
sizeof(struct opt_hdr_v1)
and the remaining bytes as
ALIGN(s.st_size, 4) + (binarye->binary.nargs + 2) * sizeof(uint32_t)
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The number is stored in one byte, so the maximum should be 255.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The data part of v1 kwbimage currently contains U-Boot binary prepended
by 64 bytes long Legacy U-Boot image header. This means that the load
address is currently substracted by 64 bytes to ensure that U-Boot's
entry point is at specified execution address.
As mkimage has already separate arguments for load (-a) and execution
(-e) address, there is no need to derive fixed load address from
execution address.
Therefore remove this load address hack from the kwbimage tool and
support generating v1 kwbimage with arbitrary addresses for load and
execution.
Finally, calculate correct load address by caller for mkimage tool in
Makefile. File u-boot-spl.kwb is always a v1 kwbimage and it is the only
v1 kwbimage which U-Boot's build system generates.
Remove also useless overwriting of destaddr for /binary.0 to the value
which is already set on previous lines.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
The binary header in kwbimage contains executable SPL code.
Print information about this binary header and not only information
about it's data part.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Extended header checksum for v0 image is present only in the case when
extended header is present. Skip checksum validation if extended header
is not present.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
In the case when the file name is specified relative to the current
working directory, it does not contain '/' character and strrchr()
returns NULL.
The following strcmp() function then crashes on NULL pointer
dereference.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
SATA and SDIO images must be aligned to sector size (which in most cases
is 512 bytes) and Source Address in main header is stored in number of
sectors from the beginning of the drive. SATA image must be stored at
sector 1 and SDIO image at sector 0. Source Address for PCIe image is
not used and must be set to 0xFFFFFFFF.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Writing into SPI NOR and NAND memory can be done only in 256 bytes long
blocks. Align final image size so that when it is burned into SPI NOR or
NAND memory via U-Boot's commands (sf or mtd), we can use the $filesize
variable directly as the length argument.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
The return value of kwbimage_generate() is used for aligning the data
part of kwbimage. Use it for calculating proper 4 byte alignment as is
required by BootROM and also use it for allocating additional 4 bytes
for the 32-bit data checksum.
This simplifies the alignment code to be only at one place (in function
kwbimage_generate) and also simplifies setting checksum as it can be
directly updated in memory.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
The CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS option may be defined as empty string.
In this case it causes compilation error:
tools/kwbimage.c: In function ‘image_headersz_v1’:
tools/kwbimage.c:1002:39: error: expected expression before ‘)’ token
if (headersz > CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS) {
^
tools/kwbimage.c:1006:41: error: expected expression before ‘)’ token
(int)headersz, CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS);
^
tools/kwbimage.c:1011:35: error: expected expression before ‘;’ token
headersz = CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS;
^
make[1]: *** [scripts/Makefile.host:112: tools/kwbimage.o] Error 1
make: *** [Makefile:1822: tools] Error 2
Check whether the value of CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS is really set.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
With the introduction of a generic reboot flag implemented in commit
a362ce214f ("fastboot: Implement generic fastboot_set_reboot_flag"), we
no longer need the custom PSCI implementation to handle the reboot reason.
This reverts commit 9a34dedfae.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Whenever we test for boot-fastboot in the BCB, it means that Android
wants us to boot into recovery with a special mode (fastbootd).
Force reboot into recovery in that case.
Note: we don't erase the bcb on purpose here: recoveryOS needs to read
the BCB as well to know if it boots into regular recovery mode or
fastbootd mode.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Right now meson64_android does not know how to boot into Android
Recovery: it simply falls back to "fastboot" mode in the bootloader.
Implement the boot to recovery.
While at it, use the standard BCB way instead of a sm for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
As of today, we use a "vendor specific" secure monitor call for the
reboot reason (sm).
We should not need this. Android uses the BCB (Bootloader Control Block)
to communicate with the bootloader.
Implement "reboot into bootloader" using the standard BCB way instead of
using sm calls.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
For the eMMC on ST-Ericsson Ux500v2 we need slightly different
configuration values. Use the existing switch statement to match
the peripheral ID of Ux500v2 (0x10480180) and override the necessary
values to make the eMMC work on devices with ST-Ericsson Ux500.
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com> on stm32f769-disco
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Simplify the code a bit by using the common mmc_of_parse() function
instead of duplicating the device tree parsing code. We can still get
a default value for cfg->f_max by assigning it before calling
mmc_of_parse().
Another advantage of this refactoring is that we parse more properties
now, e.g. "non-removable" can be used to disable CD entirely.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com> on stm32f769-disco
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The arm,primecell compatible is used for lots of different types
of devices, e.g. I2C, SPI, coresight, ... We really should not bind
the MMC driver to all of them.
Looking through the device trees in U-Boot there seems to be always
a second compatible string for the pl180 device, either arm,pl180
(already listed) or arm,pl18x. Add the "arm,pl18x" compatible to the
list but remove the generic "arm,primecell".
Note that on Linux these compatibles cannot be found in drivers
because AMBA/primecell devices are matched based on their peripheral ID
instead of the compatible.
This fixes the following error messages when booting the ST-Ericsson
U8500 "stemmy" board with the arm_pl180_mmci driver enabled:
MMC: ptm@801ae000 - probe failed: -38
ptm@801af000 - probe failed: -38
funnel@801a6000 - probe failed: -38
tpiu@80190000 - probe failed: -38
etb@801a4000 - probe failed: -38
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Fixes: 6f41d1a17e ("mmc: arm_pl180_mmci: Sync compatible with kernel")
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com> on stm32f769-disco
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Fix mmc_rpmb_route_frames() implementation to comply with most MMC
drivers that expect some alignment of MMC data frames in memory.
When called from drivers/tee/optee/rpmb.c, the address passed is not
aligned properly. OP-TEE OS inserts a 6-byte header before a raw RPMB
frame which makes RPMB data buffer not 32bit aligned. To prevent breaking
ABI with OPTEE-OS RPC memrefs, allocate a temporary buffer to copy the
data into an aligned memory.
Many RPMB drivers implicitly expect 32bit alignment of the eMMC frame
including arm_pl180_mmci.c, sandbox_mmc.c and stm32_sdmmc2.c
Signed-off-by: Timothée Cercueil <timothee.cercueil@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Timothée Cercueil <litchi.pi@protonmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
To display the bootup logo, we read the gpt and assume that the
partition with index "2" will be the "logo" partition.
This might not always be the case, and it's very error-prone.
Load the logo partition by label instead of by index.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
To boot Android, we read the gpt and assume that the partition with
index "1" will be the "boot" partition.
This might not always be the case, as there are no requirements from
Android on the partition order.
However, Android does seem to use the "boot" label quite a lot on their
public documentation [1]
Load the boot partition by label instead of by index
[1] https://source.android.com/devices/bootloader/partitions
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The PADCONFIG_202 register (0x02621328) is affected by the locking
of the RSTMUX8 register (0x02620328), and so cannot be configured
in kernel. This has been confirmed as a hardware bug and affects
all K2G SoCs.
Setup the pinmux for this pin before locking the RSTMUX8 register
to allow the ICSS1 PRU1 Ethernet PHY port to work properly. The
workaround was added only for the K2G-ICE board to configure the
pins needed for the PRUSS Ethernet usecase.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726232248.24395-1-s-anna@ti.com
This patch adds the possibility to pass the PIN the OpenSSL Engine
used during signing via the environment variable MKIMAGE_SIGN_PIN.
This follows the approach used during kernel module
signing ("KBUILD_SIGN_PIN") or UBIFS image
signing ("MKIMAGE_SIGN_PIN").
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Some builds of squashfs-tools append version string with "-git" or
similar. The float() conversion will fail in this case.
Improve the code to only convert to float() the string before the '-'
character.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
With LTO activated, the buildman tools failed with an error on my
configuration (Ubuntu 20.04, stm32mp15_trusted_defconfig) with the error:
../arm-linux-gnueabi/bin/nm:
scripts/gen_ll_addressable_symbols.sh: file format not recognized
It seems the shell variable initialization NM=$(NM) is not correctly
interpreted when shell is started in the Makefile, but I have not this
issue when I compile the same target without buildman.
I don't found the root reason of the problem but I solve it by
providing $(NM) as script parameter instead using a shell variable.
The command executed is identical:
cmd_keep-syms-lto.c := NM=arm-none-linux-gnueabihf-gcc-nm \
u-boot/scripts/gen_ll_addressable_symbols.sh arch/arm/cpu/built-in.o \
.... net/built-in.o >keep-syms-lto.c
cmd_keep-syms-lto.c := u-boot/scripts/gen_ll_addressable_symbols.sh \
arm-none-linux-gnueabihf-gcc-nm arch/arm/cpu/built-in.o \
... net/built-in.o > keep-syms-lto.c
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
*sig_size isn't set until later so use the correct variables.
Signed-off-by: Donald Chan <hoiho@lab126.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At early U-Boot stage, before relocation, MMU is not yet configured
and disabled. DDR may not be configured with the correct memory
attributes (can be configured in MT_DEVICE instead of MT_MEMORY).
In this case, usage of memcpy_{from, to}io() may leads to synchronous
abort in AARCH64 in case the normal memory address is not 64Bits aligned.
To avoid such situation, forbid usage of normal memory cast to (u64 *) in
case MMU is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: mark.kettenis@xs4all.nl
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Align reset_cpu function with the next prototypes in
sysreset.h or in cpu_func.h to solve compilation issue:
void reset_cpu(void);
This patch solves the prototype conflict when cpu_func.h is
included.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
These are out of date. Update them and point to the existing build
instructions to avoid duplication. Add a few that are missing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this driver assumes that ulong is 64-bits long. On 32-bit
machines it is not. Use the 64-bit code only on 64-bit machines.
This makes things work correctly on 32-bit machines.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This rule should not be in the top-level Makefile. Now that we have a
consistent set of I2C Kconfigs for U-Boot proper, SPL and TPL, we can move
it.
Make use of the existing SPL/TPL rule in drivers/Makefile instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename these options so that CONFIG_IS_ENABLED can be used with them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
At present we have CONFIG_SPL_I2C but not CONFIG_I2C. The reason
CONFIG_I2C is not strictly necessary is that:
a) We have CONFIG_SYS_I2C_LEGACY and CONFIG_DM_I2C for the two possible
i2c stacks
b) In U-Boot proper, we always build drivers/i2c/ regardless of the
options
Still, it is better to have CONFIG_I2C - it makes U-Boot proper similar to
SPL/TPL, so we can (in a future commit) simplify the Makefile rules.
Enable it by default, since as above, we have separate options
(SYS_I2C_LEGACY and DM_I2C) to control whether it is 'really' enabled.
Once we have migrated I2C to driver model, we can drop SYS_I2C_LEGACY and
make DM_I2C become I2C. For now, this lets us simplify the Makefile rules.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This actually does nothing but is defined by a few dozen boards. Drop it,
so we can define a real one.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
While there is a CONFIG_I2C it does not really mean anything and is
defined by only a few dozen boards. This should key off
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_LEGACY instead.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
It is quite confusing that CONFIG_SYS_I2C selects the legacy I2C and
CONFIG_DM_I2C selects the current I2C. The deadline to migrate I2C is less
than a year away.
Also we want to have a CONFIG_I2C for U-Boot proper just like we have
CONFIG_SPL_I2C for SPL, so we can simplify the Makefile rules.
Rename this symbol so it is clear it is going away.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Rename this option so that CONFIG_IS_ENABLED can be used with it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
These don't belong in the drivers Makefile so move them down into
the correct place.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Fixup some missing dependencies this exposed]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Adjust the subdirectories included in this file so that they are in
alphabetical order. This makes it easier to follow.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than looking at two KConfig options in the Makefile, create a new
Kconfig option for compiling lib/charset.c
Enable it for UFS also, which needs this support.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
It is bad practice to put function declarations behind an #ifdef since
it makes it impossible to use IS_ENABLED() in the C code. The main reason
for doing this is when an empty static inline function is desired when
the feature is disabled.
To this end, this header provides two different versions of various
functions and macros. Collect them together in one place for clarity.
Allow all the rest of the header to be included, regardless of the
setting of EFI_LOADER.
With the inclusion of blk.h the 'struct blk_desc' declaration is
unnecessary. Drop it while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the ACPI-generation code makes use of UUIDs we typically need to
enabled UUID support for it to build. Add a new Kconfig condition.
Use it for BTRFS also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file does not correctly handle the various cases, sometimes
producing warnings about partition_basic_data_guid being defined but not
used. Fix it.
There was some discussion about adjusting Kconfig or making
HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE a prerequisite for PARTITIONS, but apparently this is
not feasible. Such changes can be undertaken separate from the goal of
this series.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present when using 'make mrproper' on an out-of-tree build, a warning
is shown about include/asm being a directory. With old versions of U-Boot
it is a file, but more recently it has become a directory.
Remove this directory first, since that covers both cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The aarch64 catch-all job is starting to get close to or exceed the time
limit for jobs. Move the i.MX8 boards to their own job to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add usage for the setexpr command. It has been added to describe
mainly the new setexpr format string operation.
Signed-off-by: Roland Gaudig <roland.gaudig@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add format string handling operator to the setexpr command.
It allows to use C or Bash like format string expressions to be
evaluated with the result being stored inside the environment variable
name.
setexpr <name> fmt <format> [value]...
The following example
setexpr foo fmt "%d, 0x%x" 0x100 ff
will result in $foo being set to "256, 0xff".
Signed-off-by: Roland Gaudig <roland.gaudig@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Import the following helper functions from Busybox-1.33.1 which are
required by printf.c:
process_escape_sequence from libbb/process_escape_sequence.c,
skip_whitespace from libbb/skip_whitespace.c,
overlapping_strcpy from libbb/safe_strncpy.c
src-url: https://git.busybox.net/busybox/
commit bcc5b0e6caca6c7602a6a41f "Bump version to 1.33.1"
version: 1.33.1
Signed-off-by: Roland Gaudig <roland.gaudig@weidmueller.com>
Import printf.c from the Busybox project, which provides Bash like
format string handling.
src-url: https://git.busybox.net/busybox/
commit bcc5b0e6caca6c7602a6a41f "Bump version to 1.33.1"
version: 1.33.1
Signed-off-by: Roland Gaudig <roland.gaudig@weidmueller.com>
Add simple_strtoll function for converting a string containing digits
into a long long int value.
Signed-off-by: Roland Gaudig <roland.gaudig@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Add SMBIOS info for Khadas VIM boards
- Fix meson-axg-mipi PHY build
- Fix VIM3 board phy-names property setup
- Return correct value for non emmc boot sources on VIM3
- add kernel compression vars
- FIP Enable OP-TEE and TZC support in SPL for STM32MP15 SoC
- Add stm32mp15 missing SPI clock support
- Manage pull-up on gpio button STM32MP15 boards
- Correct STM32MP15 boot when TAMPER registers are invalid
- Fix EMMC pinmux on STM32MP15 Avenger96 board
Khadas vim series: Use devicetree for SMBIOS settings
Add settings and enable the default sysinfo driver so that these can come
from the device tree.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Lapkin <art@khadas.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
With commit 84a42ae366 ("dm: core: Rename device node to indicate it
is private") and commit f10643cf8a ("dm: core: Access device ofnode
through functions") accesses to the "node" member were replaced with
dev_ofnode(). Also apply that replacement here.
Fixes: 4547551aa0 ("phy: Add Amlogic AXG MIPI PCIe Analog PHY driver")
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
With commit 41575d8e4c ("dm: treewide: Rename auto_alloc_size members
to be shorter") "priv_auto_alloc_size" was renamed to "priv_auto". Apply
the rename to these two drivers as well.
Fixes: 4547551aa0 ("phy: Add Amlogic AXG MIPI PCIe Analog PHY driver")
Fixes: 7ef19503ba ("phy: Add Amlogic AXG MIPI D-PHY driver")
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
need return -1 if boot source is not EMMC or SD ( for example it will be
useful if we have multy env sources configuration and device was booted
from SPI flash and env need read from SPI not from mmc )
Signed-off-by: Artem Lapkin <art@khadas.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
make possible to load simple compressed linux kernel for meson64
Signed-off-by: Artem Lapkin <art@khadas.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add the "/reserved-memory/optee" node to the SPL devicetree. The
purpose is to allow configuring TZC regions when booting OP-TEE.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
OP-TEE is very particular about how the TZC should be configured.
When booting an OP-TEE payload, an incorrect TZC configuration will
result in a panic.
Most information can be derived from the SPL devicetree. The only
information we don't have is the split between TZDRAM and shared
memory. This has to be hardcoded. The rest of the configuration is
fairly easy, and only requires 3 TZC regions. Configure them.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
The purpose of this change is to allow configuring TrustZone (TZC)
memory permissions. For example, OP-TEE expects TZC regions to be
configured in a very particular way. The API presented here is
intended to allow exactly that.
UCLASS support is not implemented, because it would not be too useful.
Changing TZC permissions needs to be done with care, so as not to cut
off access to memory we are currently using. One place where we can
use this is at the end of SPL, right before jumping to OP-TEE.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
OP-TEE requires some particular setup, which is not needed for linux
or other payloads. Add a hook for platform-specific code to perform
any OP-TEE related configuration and initialization.
A weak function is used because it is symmetrical to other
spl_board_prepare_for_*() implementations. A solution to avoid the use
of weak functions would trivially apply to all these implementations.
However, re-designing this is beyond the scope of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
In general, Falcon mode means we're booting a linux kernel directly.
With FIT images, however, an OP-TEE secure kernel can be booted before
linux. Thus, if the next stage is an IH_OS_TEE, this isn't necessarily
a problem.
Of course, a general solution would involve mmc_load_image_raw_os()
only loading the binary, and leaving the decision of suitability to
someone else. However, a rework of the boot flow is beyond the scope
of this patch. Accept IH_OS_TEE as a valid OS value.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Commit 500327e2ea ("ARM: dts: stm32mp1: DT alignment with Linux kernel v5.8-rc1")
renamed sdmmc2_d47_pins_b phandle to sdmmc2_d47_pins_c, but without updating
the AV96 DT which uses that phandle. Linux missed similar update as well and
it was only added in commit 1ad6e36ec266 ("ARM: dts: stm32: Fix sdmmc2 pins
on AV96") .
Update the AV96 DT pinmux phandle, otherwise eMMC 8bit mode does not work
and access to eMMC takes a very long time to fall back to 4bit mode.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add the missing SPI clock even if these instances are not available
on STMicroelectronics boards: SPI2_K, SPI3_K, SPI4_K, SPI6_K.
With this patch, the SPI2 / SPI3 / SPI4 / SPI6 instances can be used on
customer design without the clock driver error:
stm32mp1_clk_get_id: clk id 131 not found
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
When a push-button is released and PA13/PA14 are defined as input (high-Z)
the LED should not be active as the circuit is open but a small current
leak through PCB or push-button close the circuit and allows a small LED
bias giving erroneous level voltage.
So it is recommended to activate an internal pull-up in order to clearly
fix the voltage at PA13/PA14 when button is released and to wait
a short delay before to read the GPIO value only when the pull-up is
correctly configured.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
When the TAMP register 20 have an invalid value (0x0 for example after
TAMPER error) the "boot_device" U-Boot env variable have no value and
no error is displayed in U-Boot log.
The STM32MP boot command bootcmd_stm32mp failed with strange trace:
"Boot over !"
and the next command in bootcmd_stm32mp failed with few indication:
if test ${boot_device} = serial || test ${boot_device} = usb;
then stm32prog ${boot_device} ${boot_instance};
As it is difficult to investigate, the current patch avoids this issue:
- change the debug message to error: "unexpected boot mode" is displayed
- display trace "Boot over invalid!" in bootcmd_stm32mp
- execute "run distro_bootcmd" to try all the possible target
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The J721E R5 SPL will no longer support booting of the Main R5FSS Core0
after the R5 SPL re-architecture for System Firmware split. The MCU R5F
branch-only boot does not use the K3 R5F remoteproc driver, and relies
only on the filesystem (FS) support for now. The K3 R5F remoteproc driver
is therefore no longer needed in R5 SPL, so drop it from the J721E R5
defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726211311.5977-6-s-anna@ti.com
The MAIN R5FSS0 cluster and corresponding nodes are no longer required
to be enabled in R5 SPL after removing the support for booting any core
from this cluster on R5 SPL. So, remove these from the relevant dts
files.
This is essentially a revert of the additions done in commit 2984b82b3b
("arm: dts: k3-j721e-r5: Enable r5fss0 cluster in SPL").
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726211311.5977-5-s-anna@ti.com
The mach-k3 common code defined a weak start_non_linux_remote_cores()
function so that the proper implementation can be plugged in the
SoC-specific source files. This won't be needed anymore, so remove the
the common code.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726211311.5977-4-s-anna@ti.com
The common J7 specific start_non_linux_remote_cores() override function
implements the logic to load and boot the Main R5FSS Core0 from R5 SPL.
This won't be supported any more for either J721E or J7200 after the R5
SPL rearchitecture for the System Firmware split into TI Foundation
Security (TIFS) and Device Management (DM) firmwares. So, cleanup the
corresponding code and the related SPL env variables.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726211311.5977-3-s-anna@ti.com
The Main R5FSS Core0 on J721E SoCs is originally booted from R5 SPL
itself to achieve certain product-level early-boot metrics. This is
no longer supported after the R5 SPL re-architecture (support merged
for v2021.10-rc1). Move the booting of this core altogether from R5
SPL to A72 U-Boot.
The env variables are left as is for now, and will be cleaned up
in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726211311.5977-2-s-anna@ti.com
The default U-Boot environment variables and design are all set up to
have the MCU R5FSS cluster to be in Split-mode. This is the setting
in v2021.01 U-Boot and the dt nodes are synched with the kernel binding
property names in commit 468ec2f3ef ("remoteproc: k3_r5: Sync to
upstreamed kernel DT property names") merged in v2021.04-rc2.
The mode for the cluster got switched back to LockStep mode by mistake
in commit e497876343 ("arm: dts: k3-am65: Sync Linux v5.11-rc6 dts
into U-Boot") also in v2021.04-rc2. This throws the following warning
messages when early-booting the cores using default env variables,
k3_r5f_rproc r5f@41400000: Invalid op: Trying to start secondary core 2 in lockstep mode
Load Remote Processor 1 with data@addr=0x82000000 65268 bytes: Failed!
Fix this by switching back the cluster to the expected Split-mode.
Make this mode change in the u-boot specific dtsi file to avoid such
sync overrides in the future until the kernel dts is also switched to
Split-mode by default.
Fixes: e497876343 ("arm: dts: k3-am65: Sync Linux v5.11-rc6 dts into U-Boot")
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726162213.28719-1-s-anna@ti.com
Kconfig symbols for SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV and SYS_MMC_ENV_PART have been added by
commit 7d08077334. Therefore, move the
definitions of configs to corresponding board defconfig files and enable
configs to save env in eMMC.
Also enable config for FAT write in U-Boot.
Fixes: 33b7258947 ("board: ti: am64x: Add board support for am64x evm")
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726152807.22991-5-a-govindraju@ti.com
A Wilink wireless device is connected to MMCSD0 subsystem and is not
supported in U-Boot. Therefore, disable main_sdhci0 device tree node in
U-Boot.
If main_sdhci0 device tree node is disabled then the the index of
main_sdhci1 node becomes 0 which leads to break in boot flow. Therefore,
add an alias to fix the index to 1.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726152807.22991-3-a-govindraju@ti.com
CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE was set to 0x70000000 in the commit,
"26f32c32b250 configs: am64x_evm_*_defconfig: Rearrange the components in
SRAM to satisfy the limitations for USB DFU boot mode". This change seems
to have been dropped during a merge commit.
Therefore, fix this by setting CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE to 0x70000000.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726145840.18977-1-a-govindraju@ti.com
MAIN CPSW0 requires the PHY to be powered on and reset for QSGMII
operation. Add a env variable to configure driving "0" on ENET_EXP_PWRDN
controlled by GPIO EXPANDER2 (I2C Addr: 0x22), PIN: 17 and driving "1"
on ENET_EXP_RESETZ controlled by GPIO EXPANDER2 (I2C Addr: 0x22),
PIN: 18.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210721155849.20994-18-kishon@ti.com
Configure the parent clock of wiz3_pll0_refclk to the internal clock
required for USB3 to be functional and also remove "ti,usb2-only"
property as it now supports USB3 mode. This has properties specific to
u-boot on top of DT present in v5.13 of Linux Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210721155849.20994-12-kishon@ti.com
Add support for WIZ module present in TI's J721E SoC. WIZ is a SERDES
wrapper used to configure some of the input signals to the SERDES. It is
used with both Sierra(16G) and Torrent(10G) SERDES. This driver configures
three clock selects (pll0, pll1, dig) and supports resets for each of the
lanes.
This is an adaptation of the linux driver.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210721155849.20994-10-kishon@ti.com
Add a Sierra PHY driver with PCIe and USB support.
This driver is a port from the mainline linux driver.
The PHY has multiple lanes, which can be configured into
groups, and a generic PHY device is created for each group.
There are two resets controlling the overall PHY block, one
to enable the APB interface for programming registers, and
another to enable the PHY itself. Additionally there are
resets for each PHY lane.
The PHY can be configured in hardware to read register
settings from ROM, or they can be written by the driver.
The sequence of operation on startup is to enable the APB
bus, write the PHY registers (if required) for each lane
group, and then enable the PHY. Each group of lanes
can then be individually controlled using the power_on()/
power_off() function for that generic PHY
One difference with the linux driver is that the PHY is
always reset after it is powered-on. This is because role
switching is not supported in u-boot and the cable
orientation is handled by the PHY reset.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Alan Douglas <adouglas@cadence.com>
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210721155849.20994-8-kishon@ti.com
This device tree is imported from Linux 5.13.1 and enabled via the
am335x board file and the am335x evm defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
These device trees are updated to match the versions in Linux 5.13.1.
The tick-timer entry in am335x-bone-common.dtsi is preserved.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
It is useful to have a board with unit tests enabled, to check that this
does not break.
Let's choose snow, since it is not under active development and it is
glorious.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add a bus driver for this and use it to configure the bus parameters for
the Ethernet interface. Drop the old pre-driver-model code.
Switch over to use driver model for Ethernet.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Move the PHY properties from DWC3 node to USB node in ZynqMP DTs as here
the USB3 PHY used is PSGTR, which is connected to Xilinx USB core. This
PHY initialization should be handled from Xilinx USB core as the
prerequisite register configurations are done here only.
Signed-off-by: Manish Narani <manish.narani@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add kernel_comp_addr_r, kernel_comp_size env variables for zynqmp and
versal to be able to use the compressed kernel Image(.gz,.bz2,.lzma,.lzo)
using booti command.
Signed-off-by: Raju Kumar Pothuraju <raju.kumar-pothuraju@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
It is default value which had been converted by commit 432e398068
("include/configs: drop default definitions of CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE"). That's
why also remove it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
reset and poweroff are called via hooks in psci driver which is going
around sysreset framework that's why enable sysreset drivers and do reset
and poweroff via this framework. Using this flow will allow us to call
SYSTEM_WARM_RESET based on psci 1.1 spec which can be calles with reset -w
command.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The SPL can also be compiled with sysreset drivers just fine, so
update the condition to cater for that option.
The same change was done by commit efa1a62ad2 ("ARM: imx8m: Do not define
do_reset() if sysreset is enabled").
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
CONFIG_SYSRESET_CMD_POWEROFF defines do_poweroff() in sysreset-uclass.c
that's why don't define it twice when both CONFIG_SYSRESET_CMD_POWEROFF and
CONFIG_CMD_POWEROFF are enabled. CONFIG_SYSRESET_CMD_POWEROFF depends on
CONFIG_CMD_POWEROFF.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add support for xilinx multirate(MRMAC) ethernet driver.
This driver uses multichannel DMA(MCDMA) for data transfers of MRMAC.
Added support for 4 ports of MRMAC for speeds 10G and 25G.
MCDMA supports upto 16 channels but in this driver we have setup only
one channel which is enough.
Tested 10G and 25G on all 4 ports.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add speed macro's for higher ethernet speeds to be used in u-boot
networking drivers. Added Macros for speeds 14G, 20G, 25G, 40G, 50G,
56G, 100G and 200G inline with linux.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
lpd_lsbus is clock which is used by many IPs like dmas, gems, gpio, sdhcis,
spis, ttcs, uarts, watchdog that's why make sense to also enable access to
change this clock. For this clock you already get the rate.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The board zynqmp-zc1751-xm016-dc2 support only USB2.0.
This patch removes USB3.0 DT configuration for DC2 board.
Signed-off-by: Piyush Mehta <piyush.mehta@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The system refuses to boot without any environment, so return ENVL_NOWHERE when
there's nowhere to store the environment instead of ENVL_UNKNOWN.
This fixes that the board won't boot from eMMC when CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT is not
defined, for example. Similar for other combinations.
Fixes: 1025bd098a "xilinx: zynqmp: Add support for saving variables"
Signed-off-by: Mike Looijmans <mike.looijmans@topic.nl>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
All these variables/structure are local and should be static.
Issues are reported by sparse:
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:49:11: warning: symbol 'zynqmp_iclk_phases' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:50:11: warning: symbol 'zynqmp_oclk_phases' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:53:11: warning: symbol 'versal_iclk_phases' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:54:11: warning: symbol 'versal_oclk_phases' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:546:24: warning: symbol 'arasan_ops' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Fix these kernel doc warnings:
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:181: warning: contents before sections
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:236: warning: contents before sections
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:291: warning: contents before sections
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:297: warning: Function parameter or member 'degrees' not described in 'sdhci_versal_sdcardclk_set_phase'
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:354: warning: contents before sections
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:360: warning: Function parameter or member 'degrees' not described in 'sdhci_versal_sampleclk_set_phase'
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:467: warning: contents before sections
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Split arasan_zynqmp_set_tapdelay() to handle input and output tapdelays
separately. This is required to handle zero values for ITAP and OTAP
values. If we dont split, we will have to remove the if() in the
function, which makes ITAP values to be overwritten when OTAP values are
called to set and vice-versa.
Restrict tap_delay value calculated to max allowed 8 bits for ITAP and 6
bits for OTAP for ZynqMP.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Restrict tap_delay value to the allowed size(8bits for itap and 6 bits
for otap) before writing to the tap delay register.
Clear ITAP and OTAP delay bits before updating with the new tap value
for Versal platform.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Allow configuring ITAP and OTAP values with zero to avoid failures in
some cases (one of them is SD boot mode). Legacy, SDR12 modes require
to program the ITAP and OTAP values as zero, whereas for SDR50 and SDR104
modes ITAP value is zero.
In SD boot mode firmware configures the SD ITAP and OTAP values and
in this case u-boot has to re-configure required tap values(including zero)
based on the operating mode.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
set_phase() functions are not modifying the ret value and returning
the same uninitialized ret, return 0 instead.
Keep the return type as int to return errors when the tapdelay's are
set via xilinx_pm_request() in future.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
commit 03f1f78a9b ("spl: fit: Prefer a malloc()'d buffer for loading
images")' changed the way buffer allocation worked for SPL to a more
flexible method.
For xilinx zynqmp the 1MB buffer is not necessarily enough when dealing
with complex fit images (e.g. containing FPGA/TF-A/OP-TEE/U-Boot
proper), which can easily reach up to 10MB, so increase the default
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE size to 16MB to cover more advanced
scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Pull request for efi-2021-10-rc1-3
Documentation:
provide Makefile documentation
SMBIOS:
generate BIOS release date based on UEFI version
improve error handling in SMBIOS table generation
UEFI:
correct handling of signed capsule if authentication if off
Commit b81406db51 ("arm: serial: Add debug UART capability to the
pl01x driver") add supports to use pl01x as a debug UART. However,
due to CONFIG_IS_ENABLED macro requires CONFIG_SPL_* prefix, the
_debug_uart_init() would not choose TYPE_PL011 in SPL build. This
patch fixes the bug by judging CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_PL011 explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Chen Baozi <chenbaozi@phytium.com.cn>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Change the path from doc/uefi to doc/develop/uefi.
Fixes: commit d1ceeeff6c ("doc: Move UEFI under develop/")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
After the commit c70f44817d ("efi_loader: simplify 'printenv -e'"),
"-all" option is no longer necessary.
Just remove them in the test script.
Fixes: c70f44817d ("efi_loader: simplify 'printenv -e'")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In the commit c982874e93 ("efi_loader: refactor
efi_setup_loaded_image()"), setjmp-related definitions were moved to
efi_loaded_image_obj in efi_loader.h. So setjmp.h is no longer
refererenced in efi_api.h.
This also fixes some error when efi_api.h will be included in
mkeficapsule.c.
Fixes: c982874e93 ("efi_loader: refactor efi_setup_loaded_image()")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If capsule authentication is disabled and yet a capsule file is signed,
its signature must be removed from image data to flush.
Otherwise, the firmware will be corrupted after update.
Fixes: 04be98bd6b ("efi: capsule: Add support for uefi capsule
authentication")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
efi_guid_capsule_root_cert_guid is never used.
Just remove it.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
SMBIOS tables only support 32bit addresses. If we don't have memory here
handle the error gracefully:
* on x86_64 fail to start U-Boot
* during UEFI booting ignore the missing table
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
BIOS Release Date must be in format mm/dd/yyyy and must be release date.
U-Boot currently sets BIOS Release Date from U_BOOT_DMI_DATE macro which is
generated from current build timestamp.
Fix this issue by setting U_BOOT_DMI_DATE macro to U-Boot version which is
better approximation of U-Boot release date than current build timestamp.
Current U-Boot versioning is in format yyyy.mm so as a day choose 01.
Some operating systems are using BIOS Release Date for detecting when was
SMBIOS table filled or if it could support some feature (e.g. BIOS from
1990 cannot support features invented in 2000). So this change also ensures
that recompiling U-Boot from same sources but in different year does not
change behavior of some operating systems.
Macro U_BOOT_DMI_DATE is not used in other file than lib/smbios.c
so remove it from global autogenerated files and also from Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
* remove duplicate heading to avoid build error with 'make htmldocs'
* length of underlines must match header
* use appropriate header levels
* fix type %s/linux/Linux/
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
U-Boot uses the Linux Kbuild build system. Add the associated
documentation so that people can understand the Makefiles better.
This is taken from Linux v5.12
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
pl01x_putc() might return -EAGAIN if there was no space in FIFO. In that
case, high-level caller should wait until there is space and resend the
character.
Signed-off-by: Chen Baozi <chenbaozi@phytium.com.cn>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
smc and hvc commands take upto 8 user input arguments, the maximum
number of arguments of the U_BOOT_CMD macro should set to 9.
Besides, fix the typo (arg7 -> arg6) in hvc command's help message.
Signed-off-by: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CNTFRQ_EL0 is only writable from the highest supported exception
level on the platform. For Armv8-A, this is typically EL3, but
technically EL2 and EL3 are optional so it may need to be
initialized at EL2 or EL1. For Armv8-R, the highest exception
level is always EL2.
This patch moves the initialization outside of the switch_el
block and uses a new macro branch_if_not_highest_el which
dynamically detects whether it is at the highest supported
exception level.
Linux's docs state that CNTFRQ_EL0 should be initialized by the
bootloader. If not set, the the U-Boot prompt countdown hangs.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
For some reason, the DragonBoard 410c aborts autoboot immediately if
U-Boot is started without LK. It looks like it picks up a single broken
character via serial and therefore believes a key was pressed to abort
autoboot.
After some debugging, it seems like adding some delay after pinctrl
setup but before UART initialization fixes the issue. It's also worth
mentioning that unlike when booting from LK, the pinctrl setup is
actually necessary when booting U-Boot without LK since UART is broken
if the pinctrl line is removed.
I suspect that reconfiguring the pins might take some time to stabilize
and if the UART controller is enabled too quickly it will pick up some
random noise. Adding a few milliseconds of delay fixes the issue and
shouldn't have any other negative side effects.
3ms seems to be the minimum delay required in my tests, use 5ms instead
just to be sure.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
At the moment pressing the volume down key does not actually launch
fastboot. This is because setting "bootdelay" to "-1" actually
disables autoboot and drops to the U-Boot console. It does not execute
the "bootcmd".
The correct value for "bootdelay" here would be "-2", which disables
the delay and key checking and would immediately execute the "bootcmd".
However, even better in this case is using "preboot" to trigger Fastboot.
The advantage is that running "fastboot continue" will actually continue
the autoboot process instead of ending up in the U-Boot shell.
Also make sure to unset "preboot" again immediately in case the user
saves the environment after triggering fastboot.
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Fixes: aa043ee91a ("db410c: automatically launch fastboot")
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The DragonBoard 410c has proprietary firmware from Qualcomm that
reserves 8 MiB of memory for tz/smem/hyp/rmtfs/rfsa from 0x86000000
to 0x86800000. I'm not aware of any ATF (ARM Trusted Firmware) port
for DB410c that would reserve 30 MiB of memory at the end of RAM.
I suspect the comment might have been copied from hikey.h which has
a very similar comment (and which actually does have an ATF port).
Reducing the memory size just prevents U-Boot from using the end of
the RAM, not the reserved region inbetween. Therefore we might as well
display the correct DRAM size (1 GiB) instead of strange 986 MiB.
Fixes: 626f048bbc ("board: Add Qualcomm Dragonboard 410C support")
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
At the moment the U-Boot port for the DragonBoard 410c is designed
to be loaded as an Android boot image after Qualcomm's Little Kernel (LK)
bootloader. This is simple to set up but LK is redundant in this case,
since everything done by LK can be also done directly by U-Boot.
Dropping LK entirely has at least the following advantages:
- Easier installation/board code (no need for Android boot images)
- (Slightly) faster boot
- Boot directly in 64-bit without a round trip to 32-bit for LK
So far this was not possible yet because of unsolved problems:
1. Signing tool: The firmware expects a "signed" ELF image with extra
(Qualcomm-specific) ELF headers, usually used for secure boot.
The DragonBoard 410c does not have secure boot by default but the
extra ELF headers are still required.
2. PSCI bug: There seems to be a bug in the PSCI implementation
(part of the TrustZone/tz firmware) that causes all other CPU cores
to be started in 32-bit mode if LK is missing in the boot chain.
This causes Linux to hang early during boot.
There is a solution for both problems now:
1. qtestsign (https://github.com/msm8916-mainline/qtestsign)
can be used as a "signing" tool for U-Boot and other firmware.
2. A workaround for the "PSCI bug" is to execute the TZ syscall when
entering U-Boot. That way PSCI is made aware of the 64-bit switch
and starts all other CPU cores in 64-bit mode as well.
Simplify the dragonboard410c board by removing all the extra code that
is only used to build an Android boot image that can be loaded by LK.
This allows dropping the custom linker script, special image magic,
as well as most of the special build/installation instructions.
CONFIG_REMAKE_ELF is used to build a new ELF image that has both U-Boot
and the appended DTB combined. The resulting u-boot.elf can then be
passed to the "signing" tool (e.g. qtestsign).
The PSCI workaround is placed in the "boot0" hook that is enabled
with CONFIG_ENABLE_ARM_SOC_BOOT0_HOOK. The extra check for EL1 allows
compatibility with custom firmware that enters U-Boot in EL2 or EL3,
e.g. qhypstub (https://github.com/msm8916-mainline/qhypstub).
As a first step these changes apply only to DragonBoard410c.
Similar changes could likely also work for the DragonBoard 820c.
Note that removing LK wouldn't be possible that easily without a lot of
work already done three years ago by Ramon Fried. A lot of missing
initialization, pinctrl etc was already added back then even though
it was not strictly needed yet.
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Since we can not set OsIndications from Runtime Services
SetVariables at this moment, it is better to ignore the
OsIndications if there is any capsule file in the
correct place.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Since the recent commit;
commit b891ff18f8 ("efi_loader: Force a single FMP instance per hardware store")
forces a single FMP instances for a storage, we can not
enable both RAW and FIT capsule image support at once.
Since RAW capsule image support is simpler than FIT,
enable RAW capsule image instead of FIT by default.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Enable UEFI secure boot on synquacer. Note that unless user
setup their keys, the secure boot will not work.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Since the U-Boot for the SynQuacer DeveloperBox is designed for
compatible with EDK2 boot, we don't need to support Ext2/4 fs
support by default. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Since MTD partitions are based on the devicetree name,
remove unneeded mtdparts settings and update DFU setting.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Add partition information to the spi-nor flash.
This is required for accessing NOR flash via mtdparts.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Make the U-Boot binary for SynQuacer position independent so
that the previous bootloader (SCP firmware or BL2) can load
the U-Boot anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Since the SCBM SMMU is not only connected to the NETSEC
but also shared with the F_SDH30 (eMMC controller), that
should be initialized at board level instead of NETSEC.
Move the SMMU initialization code into board support
and call it from board_init().
Without this fix, if the NETSEC is disabled, the Linux
eMMC ADMA cause an error because SMMU is not initialized.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
This adds tests for the crypt-based and plain SHA256-based password hashing
algorithms in the autoboot flow.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case crypt-based hashing is enabled this will be the default mechanism
that is used. If a user wants to have support for both, the environment
variable `bootstopusesha256` can be set to `true` to allow plain SHA256
based hashing of the password.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The key-sequence based unlock mechanisms are sensitive to junk symbols
that could have been sent to stdin and are still waiting to be retrieved.
Enabling this option will read all symbols off stdin before displaying the
autoboot prompt (and starting to read the password from stdin).
Signed-off-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case a user has to enter a complicated password it is sometimes
desireable to give the user more time than the default timeout.
Enabling this feature will disable the timeout entirely in case the user
presses the <Enter> key before entering any other character.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While doing code-review internally this got nitpicked by 2 reviewers, so
I decided to include this here.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
In order to prevent using the global errno, replace it with a static
version and create a wrapper function which returns the error value.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add the basic functionality required to support the standard crypt
format.
The files crypt-sha256.c and crypt-sha512.c originate from libxcrypt and
their formatting is therefor retained.
The integration is done via a crypt_compare() function in crypt.c.
```
libxcrypt $ git describe --long --always --all
tags/v4.4.17-0-g6b110bc
```
Signed-off-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
RTC devices could provide battery-backed memory that can be used for
storing the reboot mode magic value.
Add a new reboot-mode back-end that uses RTC to store the reboot-mode
magic value. The driver also supports both endianness modes.
Signed-off-by: Nandor Han <nandor.han@vaisala.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A use case for controlling the boot mode is when the user wants
to control the device boot by pushing a button without needing to
go in user-space.
Add a new backed for reboot mode where GPIOs are used to control the
reboot-mode. The driver is able to scan a predefined list of GPIOs
and return the magic value. Having the modes associated with
the magic value generated based on the GPIO values, allows the
reboot mode uclass to select the proper mode.
Signed-off-by: Nandor Han <nandor.han@vaisala.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A new driver uclass is created to handle the reboot mode control.
The new uclass driver is updating an environment variable with the
configured reboot mode. The mode is extracted from a map provided
at initialization time. The map contains a list of modes
and associated ids.
Signed-off-by: Nandor Han <nandor.han@vaisala.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_NET_MULTI has been removed long time ago by commit 795428fc67
("net: remove CONFIG_NET_MULTI") but 4 boards were added later which wasn't
found. The patch is removing this reference from 4 boards.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
The macro should be passed a state, which should be passed
to the actual function. Otherwise using that macro would
yield a build error.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
The ARM Juno boards can be used as somewhat decent machines to run
off-the-shelf distributions, with USB, SATA, GBit Ethernet and 8GB of
DRAM.
With stable DTs in the board's NOR flash this would work really nicely,
however the default boot command is to fetch a kernel and an initrd from
the on-board NOR flash, which sounds somewhat embedded.
Include the config_distro_bootcmd.h header and define the available
devices (starting with USB, to catch USB installer sticks) to make
distributions and UEFI work out of the box.
The NOR flash kernel functionality is still preserved as the last
resort, should all other methods fail.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The generic distro boot sequence iterates over several types of devices,
trying one after another. In doing do, it starts with setting the
"devtype" variable, then uses this later in more generic commands.
Now most (block) device types use a local variable for that, but DHCP
puts the type into the environment, where it shadows any local variables.
As a consequence any boot attempt after bootcmd_dhcp has been run fails:
===========================
VExpress64# run bootcmd_dhcp
...
VExpress64# run bootcmd_sata0
SATA#0:
(3.0 Gbps)
SATA#1:
(No RDY)
Device 0: Model: 16GB SATA Flash Drive ....
... is now current device
Couldn't find partition dhcp 0:1
===========================
This problem typically doesn't show, because DHCP is mostly the last
command to try, but is a problem when this order is different, or when
distro_bootcmd or bootcmd_xxx are run separately or multiple times.
Let bootcmd_dhcp use a local variable, as the other kids do, to make the
order of boot commands irrelevant, and allow repeated calls.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When we build U-Boot with POSITION_INDEPENDENT we must have
SYS_TEXT_BASE be set to zero. Make this the default in that case.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Switch to fit_image_get_data_and_size() for consistency with all other
data loaded from FIT.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As 'part_get_info_by_name' now returns more status codes than just
-1 to indicate failure, we need to update the return value check.
Signed-off-by: Anders Dellien <anders.dellien@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This patch add support for using NXP's pca8574 I2C IO expander, which
has only 8 IO lines.
After this change the .data member's information from struct udevice_id
are used to either sent one or two bytes.
Moreover, the '_le16' suffix from pcf8575_i2c_{write|read}_le16()
functions have been removed as now we also sent 8 bit data.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Those members are not used anymore as ones from gpio_dev_priv
structure (when DM_GPIO support is enabled) are used instead.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Allow pin name parameter for pimux staus command,
as gpio command to get status of one pin.
The possible usage of the command is:
> pinmux dev pinctrl
> pinmux status
> pinmux status -a
> pinmux status <pin-name>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the result of do_status and always returns a CMD_RET_ value
(-ENOSYS was a possible result of show_pinmux).
This patch also adds pincontrol name in error messages (dev->name)
and treats correctly the status sub command when pin-controller device is
not selected.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This change ensures both U-Boot and OP-TEE see the same content
from shared memory when OP-TEE is invoked prior U-Boot relocation.
This change is required since U-Boot may execute with data cache off
while OP-TEE always enables cache on memory shared with U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
It's possible that LOAD_FIT_FULL will have different values for TPL and
SPL, in which case just checking CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT_FULL causes this to
be compiled in to the TPL even though functions and struct members it
depends on are not.
Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() to ensure the correct TPL/SPL variant is
checked.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Change the reg variable to not be unsigned so that we not get into an
unsigned compared against 0.
Signed-off-by: Cosmin-Florin Aluchenesei <aluchenesei.cosmin-florin@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add a common empty ops: eqos_null_ops() to remove the duplicated empty
functions and reduce the driver size for stm32 and imx config.
This patch also aligns the prototype of ops 'eqos_stop_clks' with other
eqos ops by adding return value.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Use the generic ethernet phy which already manages the correct binding
for gpio reset, including the assert an deassert delays.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Since the commit commit 6a895d039b ("net: Update eQos driver and FEC
driver to use eth phy interfaces") the field phyaddr of driver private data
struct eqos_priv is no more used in eqos_start() for the phy_connect()
parameter.
Now this variable is only initialized in eqos_probe_resources_stm32()
it can be removed.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Bind any subnode with name beginning by mdio, mdio0 for example,
and not only the "mdio" as namei of subnode.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Replace debug trace and printf to log macros:
- debug() replaced by dev_dbg() when device is available, this macro
indicate the device name since commit ceb70bb870 ("dm: Print device
name in dev_xxx like Linux")
- printf() replaced by log_notice() to allow dispatch to log backends.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The gpio reset and the assert or deassert delay are defined in generic
binding of the ethernet phy in Linux:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-phy.yaml
reset-gpios:
maxItems: 1
description:
The GPIO phandle and specifier for the PHY reset signal.
reset-assert-us:
description:
Delay after the reset was asserted in microseconds. If this
property is missing the delay will be skipped.
reset-deassert-us:
description:
Delay after the reset was deasserted in microseconds. If
this property is missing the delay will be skipped.
See also U-Boot: doc/device-tree-bindings/net/phy.txt
This patch adds the parsing of this common DT properties in the
u-class "eth_phy_generic", used by default in the associated driver
"eth_phy_generic_drv"
This parsing function eth_phy_of_to_plat can be reused by other
ethernet phy drivers for this uclass UCLASS_ETH_PHY.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Fixed a defect of a null pointer being discovered by Coverity Scan:
CID 331544: Null pointer dereferences (REVERSE_INULL)
Null-checking "size" suggests that it may be null, but it has already been
dereferenced on all paths leading to the check.
Signed-off-by: Chen Guanqiao <chenguanqiao@kuaishou.com>
The sandbox can handle signals. Due to a damaged global data pointer
additional exceptions in the signal handler may occur leading to an endless
loop. In this case leave the handling of the secondary exception to the
operating system.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
One of binman's attributes is that it is extremely fast, at least for a
Python program. Add some simple timing around operations that might take
a while, such as reading an image and compressing it. This should help
to maintain the performance as new features are added.
This is for debugging purposes only.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the process outputs a lot of data on stdout this can be quite slow,
since the bytestring is regenerated each time. Use a bytearray instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The constructor should not read the node information. Move it to the
ReadNode() method instead. This allows this etype to be subclassed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some images may take a while to build, e.g. if they are large and use slow
compression. Support compiling sections in parallel to speed things up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(fixed to use a separate test file to fix flakiness)
At present compression uses the same temporary file for all invocations.
With multithreading this causes the data to become corrupted. Use a
different filename each time.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present when function names are logged, the output is a little hard to
read since every function is a different length. Add a way to pad the
names so that the log messages line up vertically. This doesn't work if
the function name is very long, but it makes a big difference in most
cases.
Use 20 characters as a default since this covers the vast majority of
functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to iterate over block devices. Typically there
are fixed and removable devices. For security reasons it is sometimes
useful to ignore removable devices since they are under user control.
Add iterators which support selecting the block-device type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for reading devicetree flags for MMC devices. With this we
can distinguish between fixed and removable drives. Note that this
information is only available when the device is probed, not when it is
bound, since it is read in the of_to_plat() method. This could be changed
if needed later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
If SPL fails to boot, try to provide an error code to indicate what is
wrong. For example, if a uclass is missing, this can return -EPFNOSUPPORT
(-96) which provides useful information.
Add a helper for accessing the image-loader name so we can drop the use
of #ifdefs in this code.
Put this feature behind a CONFIG_SHOW_ERRORS option to avoid increasing
the code size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If signature verification is not in use we don't need to worry about
the risk of using @ in node names. Update fit_image_verify() to allow
it if the function is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is possible to add a blob that ends at the end of the bloblist, but at
present this is not supported. Fix it and add a regression test for this
case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some comments for struct bloblist_hdr are a bit ambiguous. Update them to
clarify the meaning more precisely. Also document bloblist_get_stats()
properly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes a blob needs to expand, e.g. because it needs to hold more log
data. Add support for this. Note that the bloblist must have sufficient
spare space for this to work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than calling directly into the sandbox SDL code, we can use the
normal U-Boot console handling for this feature. Update the code, to make
it more generic.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to read this information from the EC. It is useful for
determining whether the battery has enough charge to boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
SDL provides a hinting feature which provides a higher-quality image
with the double-display option (-K). Enable it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the display does not show on some machines, e.g. Ubunutu
20.04 but the reason is unknown. Add a work-around until this can be
determined.
Also include more error checking just in case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The SPL header has a function for obtaining the phase in capital letters,
e.g. 'SPL'. Add one for lower-case also, as used by sandbox.
Use this to generalise the sandbox logic for determining the filename of
the next sandbox executable. This can provide support for VPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When things go wrong it can be confusing to figure out what to change.
Add a few more details to the documentation.
Fix a 'make htmldocs' warning while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
At present if a driver is missing a uclass or compatible stirng, this
is silently ignored. This makes sense in most cases, particularly for
the compatible string, since it is not required except when the driver
is used with of-platdata.
But it is also not very helpful. When there is some sort of problem
with a driver, the missing compatible string (for example) may be the
cause.
Add a warning in this case, showing it only for drivers which are used
by the build.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
Some rockchip drivers use a suffix on the of_match line which is not
strictly valid. At present this causes the parsing to fail. Fix this
and offer a warning.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This expects a . before the field name (.e.g '.compatible = ...) but
presently accepts anything at all. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
At present we show when a driver is missing but this is not always that
useful. There are various reasons why a driver may appear to be missing,
such as a parse error in the source code or a missing field in the driver
declaration.
Update the implementation to record all warnings for each driver, showing
only those which relate to drivers that are actually used. This avoids
spamming the user with warnings related to a driver for a different board.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
Ensure USB hub, PCIe-USB bridge, and ULPI device to be reset
even if the rebooting is without power-cycling.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Chen <vincent.chen@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Create a new function spl_reset_device_by_gpio to reset the device
whose reset pin is connected to the GPIO. Then, using this function
to initialize GEMGXL.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Chen <vincent.chen@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This patch reverts the following commits:
- 4b4159d0f3 ("riscv: dts: add dts for unmatched rev1")
- ffe9a394df ("board: sifive: support spl multi-dtb on unmatched board")
We won't plan to support unmatched that the revision below 3 in u-boot,
so they can be dropped because they might be useless.
Changed in v2:
- rebase codebase to the latest master branch
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Suggested-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
If force_reloc flag is not set and booti is called for an address
ouside RAM (i. e. QSPI NOR flash), we should honor that and not try
to force relocation in a bogus fashion.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Wool <vitaly.wool@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
We wouldn't like to allow user to change the serial number, so remove
the command for changing serial number in EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Suggested-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Filter out dmas dma-names interrupt-parent interrupts interrupts-extended
interrupt-names interrupt-map interrupt-map-mask iommus DT properties on
R-Car Gen3, since they are not used by U-Boot and only take space.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The RPC HF might be locked by ATF, and any access to its register
space would result in complete hang. Disable the RPC HF by default.
The ATF should be patched to set RPC node status = "okay" in the DT
fragment it passes to U-Boot in case the RPC HF access is unlocked,
and that way U-Boot could access the RPC HF safely.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The CPU: print only has one space after it, while the other prints
from U-Boot align the value to offset 7. Align the CPU: print too.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Enable support for sysinfo on supported R-Car Gen3 boards. The sysinfo
is used e.g. to access and decode board-specific information and then
in turn used by board-info to print those information. On R-Car Gen3
the sysinfo rcar3 driver is used to parse the board ID EEPROM, obtain
board type and revision from it, and let board-info print this
information on boot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Enable support for I2C EEPROM driver on supported Renesas R-Car Gen3 boards.
This is useful for accessing the board ID EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Add sysinfo node and phandle to the board ID EEPROM on all boards
where this functionality is described in DT, which is Salvator-X(S),
ULCB and Ebisu. The u-boot,dm-pre-reloc is necessary here, since the
sysinfo must be available early during boot. The V3M and V3H boards
currently do not describe this board ID EEPROM in upstream DT, but
that could be easily added later, once the DTs contain the necessary
nodes.
ULCB and Ebisu needs the full EEPROM node in the u-boot extras DT,
since the EEPROM node is still missing in the upstream DTs. Ebisu
also needs extra compatible string override for the i2c_dvfs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The Renesas R-Car Gen3 development kits contain board ID EEPROM.
This driver parses out the board ID and revision out of that
EEPROM and exports it e.g. for the board-info print on boot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Set MC Firmware size in read commands in
env to 2MB.
Update DDR Memory read address for MC firmware to
0x80a00000 and MC DPC address to 0x80e00000.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Set MC Firmware size in read commands in
env to 2MB.
Update DDR Memory read address for MC firmware to
0x80a00000 and MC DPC address to 0x80e00000.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Set MC Firmware size in read commands in
env to 2MB.
Update DDR Memory read address for MC firmware to
0x80a00000 and MC DPC address to 0x80e00000.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Set MC Firmware size in read commands in
env to 2MB.
Update DDR Memory read address for MC firmware to
0x80a00000 and MC DPC address to 0x80e00000.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
LS1043A-QDS board requires updation in few environment configs in TFA
and QSPI defconfigs.
Following are the changes:
- Define CONFIG_ENV_ADDR
- Unset CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR
- Enable CONFIG_SYS_RELOC_GD_ENV_ADDR
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The optical 10G port is described as fixed-link in the device tree. Enable
the necessary support.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
lx2160ardb Rev-C board has i2c node for thermal monitors
connected to different chip offset.
Add device tree fixup to use lx2160ardb dts and apply
thermal node fixups for lx2160ardb Rev-C board.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
[sp:thernal->thermal]
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The RGMII ports on LS1043ARDB platforms require both RX and TX internal
delays to be enabled. The device tree reports only the TX ID because the
RX ID used to be enabled by default.
With the addition of RX ID support for the Realtek 8211F PHY driver in
commit e32e4d0f58 ("net: phy: realtek: add rx delay support for
RTL8211F"), the RX ID is disabled by the driver if not reported explicitly.
This causes the RX to no longer work.
Change the phy-connection-type for the RGMII ports to "rgmii-id" in order
to enable both RX and TX internal delays.
Fixes: be1d758969 ("ARM: dts: add QorIQ DPAA 1 FMan v3 to LS1043ARDB")
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Updates the board configuration to enable use of the PCA9547 I2C mux.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Carlson <stcarlso@linux.microsoft.com>
[Squashed ls2088a patch to fix compilation]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Refactors similar mux code from multiple NXP boards into a common location,
and allows it to be disabled in config.
New config: CONFIG_FSL_USE_PCA9547_MUX to enable PCA9547 mux functionality.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Carlson <stcarlso@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
- Marvell SheevaPlug: Convert Ethernet and SATA to Driver Model (Tony)
- Zyxel NSA310S NAS: Convert to Driver Model (Tony)
- Turris_omnia: Add `u-boot-env` NOR partition (Marek)
- Turris_omnia: Fixup MTD partitions in Linux' DTB (Marek)
- Espressobin: Enable 'mtd' command and define SPI NOR partitions (Pali)
- Enabled distro boot for all TI platforms.
- Cleanup for AM335x Guardian Board
- PRUSS rproc on AM65 platform.
- Add PMIC support for J7200
- Misc fixes for Nokia RX-51
# Conflicts:
# arch/arm/mach-omap2/am33xx/Kconfig
U-Boot now supports parsing SPI NOR partitions from Device Tree. So enable
'mtd' command support for Espressobin board and define partition layout in
U-Boot Espressobin DTS file. Access to SPI NOR via 'sf' command is old
method and 'mtd' command is now preferred variant.
From include file remove '#define CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS' as this option is
now defined and enabled in defconfig file. This change is required to fix
compile error:
CC arch/arm/lib/asm-offsets.s
In file included from include/config.h:4,
from include/common.h:16,
from lib/asm-offsets.c:14:
include/configs/mvebu_armada-37xx.h:63: warning: "CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS" redefined
#define CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS /* required for UBI partition support */
In file included from ././include/linux/kconfig.h:4,
from <command-line>:
include/generated/autoconf.h:44: note: this is the location of the previous definition
#define CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS 1
After enabling support for mtd command, output from 'mtd list' on
Espressobin board is:
=> mtd list
List of MTD devices:
* w25q32dw
- device: spi-flash@0
- parent: spi@10600
- driver: jedec_spi_nor
- path: /soc/internal-regs/spi@10600/spi-flash@0
- type: NOR flash
- block size: 0x1000 bytes
- min I/O: 0x1 bytes
- 0x000000000000-0x000000400000 : "w25q32dw"
- 0x000000000000-0x0000003f0000 : "firmware"
- 0x0000003f0000-0x000000400000 : "u-boot-env"
=>
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Fixup SPI NOR partition nodes in Linux' device tree prior booting Linux.
Linux' devicetree does not contain "u-boot-env" partition and we do not
want to add it there because the address is different between stock
U-Boot and current upstream U-Boot.
Instead we add code that recreates partition nodes from scratch
according to how U-Boot sees them (which is defined in U-Boot's device
tree).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Specify a separate partition `u-boot-env` for U-Boot's env settings for
the Turris Omnia board.
Do this only in U-Boot's specific DTS. We do not want to do this in
Linux' official DTS, because Omnia's stock U-Boot stores env at a
different address, and there are still boards with stock U-Boot.
In a subsequent patch will add board code that fixes Linux's DTB before
booting Linux.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- In DM Ethernet, the old "egiga0" name is no longer valid, so replace it
with Ethernet PHY name from device tree. Also, Ethernet PHY address
is available so read it from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
In DM Ethernet, the old "egiga0" name is no longer valid, so replace it
with Ethernet PHY name from device tree. Also, Ethernet PHY address
is available so read it from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Convert to Driver Model.
- Add DM USB, DM Ethernet, and DM SATA configs to nsa310s_defconfig
- Add CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE to nsa310s_defconfig
- Move CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE from board file to nsa310s_defconfig
- Add CONFIG_IDENT_STRING, and CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR
to nsa310s_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add device tree kirkwood-nsa310s.dts for Zyxel NSA310S board to
convert to Driver Model.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- With the deadline for DM_USB (host controller support), DM_VIDEO,
DM_SPI_FLASH and DM_PCI now at 2 years past the release where their
migration deadline was given, finish removing platforms and enforcing
the switch.
As the deadline for migration to DM_USB, when using a USB host
controller has now gone two years past the deadline, enforce migration.
This is done by:
- Ensuring that all host controller options (other than the very legacy
old MUSB ones) now select USB_HOST. USB_HOST now enforces DM_USB and
OF_CONTROL.
- Remove other parts of Kconfig logic that had platforms pick DM_USB.
- To keep Kconfig happy, have some select statements test for USB_HOST
as well.
- Re-order some Kconfig entries and menus so that we can cleanly pick
host or gadget roles. For the various HCD options that have platform
glue options, group them together and update dependencies in some
cases.
- As SPL_DM_USB is not required, on platforms that had not yet enabled
it, disable it.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Cc: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Cc: FUKAUMI Naoki <naobsd@gmail.com>
Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As the logic here is only used when we have a USB host controller, test
on CONFIG_USB_HOST rather than CONFIG_USB in general. This lets us move
towards using CONFIG_USB only as a menu symbol to say that we have some
form of USB, and then USB_HOST or USB_GADGET depending on the role that
USB plays within the build.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reuse the common logic to allow for BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES to list USB as a
possibility if we're building for a platform that will have USB but not
if we don't, so that we don't hit the link-time check for trying to have
USB boot on a non-USB system.
Acked-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it. As this is also the last in family remove the related
support as well.
Cc: Angelo Durgehello <angelo.dureghello@timesys.com>
Cc: TsiChung Liew <Tsi-Chung.Liew@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it. As this is also the last in family remove the related
support as well.
Cc: Angelo Durgehello <angelo.dureghello@timesys.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As almost all peripherals are connected via PCI dependent on the
used core card, PCI setup is always required. Thus run pci_init()
including PCI scanning and probing and core card specific setups
in board_early_init_r().
Also prepare support for dynamically managing the status of the
different PCI DT nodes dependent on used core card via option
CONFIG_OF_BOARD_FIXUP. Before this feature can be enabled,
the call order of the fix_fdt() init hook in board_init_f
needs to be changed. Otherwise rw_fdt_blob points to a read-only
NOR flash address. Thus this options needs to stay disabled
until the board_init_f problem could be solved. This breaks
running the default U-Boot image on real HW using the FPGA core
card but Qemu emulation still works. Currently Qemu is more
important as MIPS CI tests depend on Malta and the deadline
for PCI DM conversion will be enforced soon.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Add DT binding for GT64120 and MSC01 PCI controllers. Only
GT64120 is enabled by default to support Qemu. The MSC01 node
will be dynamically enabled by Malta board code dependent
on the plugged core card.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
On MIPS the DRAM start address respectively CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE
is still used as a virtual, CPU-mapped address instead of being used
as physical address. Converting all MIPS boards and generic MIPS code
to fix that is not trivial. Due to the approaching deadline for
PCI DM conversion, this workaround is required for MIPS boards with
PCI support until the CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE issue could be solved.
Add a compile-time option to let the PCI uclass core optionally map
the DRAM address to a physical address when adding the PCI region
of type PCI_REGION_SYS_MEMORY.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This commit updates the default config with the values that will
be used soon on the MediaTek MT7688 based GARDENA smart gateway.
CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN had to be increased due to the more
demanding new configuration.
Signed-off-by: Reto Schneider <reto.schneider@husqvarnagroup.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Pull request for efi-2021-10-rc1-2
* Correct device path nodes for GUID partitions
* Embed keys to check update capsules instead of providing then in DTB
* Increase event log buffer size for measured boot.
Since we removed embeddingg the capsule key into a .dtb and fixed
authenticated capsule updates for all boards, move the relevant
documentation in the efi file and update it accordingly
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
commit 322c813f4b ("mkeficapsule: Add support for embedding public key in a dtb")
added a bunch of options enabling the addition of the capsule public key
in a dtb. Since now we embedded the key in U-Boot's .rodata we don't this
this functionality anymore
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The capsule signature is now part of our DTB. This is problematic when a
user is allowed to change/fixup that DTB from U-Boots command line since he
can overwrite the signature as well.
So Instead of adding the key on the DTB, embed it in the u-boot binary it
self as part of it's .rodata. This assumes that the U-Boot binary we load
is authenticated by a previous boot stage loader.
Reviewed-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
TCG PC Client PFP spec says "The Log Area Minimum Length
for the TCG event log MUST be at least 64KB." in ACPI chapter.
This commit increase the buffer size to 64KB.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Use %pD to log device-path instead of using efi_dp_str() and
efi_free_pool() locally in find_boot_device().
This is a cleanup patch, no feature update nor fix.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Previously, the GPT device GUID was being used instead of the partition,
which was incorrect.
Signed-off-by: Alfonso Sánchez-Beato <alfonso.sanchez-beato@canonical.com>
Let EFI_LOADER select CONFIG_PARTITION_UUIDS.
Use log_warning() instead of printf() for warning.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
According to i.MX7ULP Reference Manual we should wait for WDOG unlock
and reconfiguration to complete.
Section "59.5.3 Configure Watchdog" provides the following example:
DisableInterrupts; //disable global interrupt
WDOG_CNT = 0xD928C520; //unlock watchdog
while(WDOG_CS[ULK]==0); //wait until registers are unlocked
WDOG_TOVAL = 256; //set timeout value
WDOG_CS = WDOG_CS_EN(1) | WDOG_CS_CLK(1) | WDOG_CS_INT(1) |
WDOG_CS_WIN(0) | WDOG_CS_UPDATE(1);
while(WDOG_CS[RCS]==0); //wait until new configuration takes effect
EnableInterrupts; //enable global interrupt
Update U-Boot WDOG driver to align with i.MX7ULP reference manual.
Use 32 bits accessing to CS register. According to RM, the bits in
this register only can write once after unlock. So using 8 bits access
will cause problem.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
According to i.MX7ULP Reference Manual the second word write for both
UNLOCK and REFRESH operations must occur in maximum 16 bus clock.
The current code is using writel() function which has a DMB barrier to
order the memory access. The DMB between two words write may introduce
some delay in certain circumstance, causing a WDOG timeout due to 16 bus
clock window requirement.
Replace writel() function by __raw_writel() to achieve a faster memory
access and avoid such issue.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Setup USB clock in board codes, and enable the DWC3 XHCI and
PHY drivers to make USB3.0 host port working on i.MX8MQ EVK.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Add clock function to setup relevant clocks for USB3.0 controllers and
PHYs on i.MX8MQ
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Tested-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Add the USB PHY driver for i.MX8MQ to work with DWC3 USB controller.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Tested-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Host tool features, such as mkimage's ability to sign FIT images were
enabled or disabled based on the target configuration. However, this
misses the point of a target-agnostic host tool.
A target's ability to verify FIT signatures is independent of
mkimage's ability to create those signatures. In fact, u-boot's build
system doesn't sign images. The target code can be successfully built
without relying on any ability to sign such code.
Conversely, mkimage's ability to sign images does not require that
those images will only work on targets which support FIT verification.
Linking mkimage cryptographic features to target support for FIT
verification is misguided.
Without loss of generality, we can say that host features are and
should be independent of target features.
While we prefer that a host tool always supports the same feature set,
we recognize the following
- some users prefer to build u-boot without a dependency on OpenSSL.
- some distros prefer to ship mkimage without linking to OpenSSL
To allow these use cases, introduce a host-only Kconfig which is used
to select or deselect libcrypto support. Some mkimage features or some
host tools might not be available, but this shouldn't affect the
u-boot build.
I also considered setting the default of this config based on
FIT_SIGNATURE. While it would preserve the old behaviour it's also
contrary to the goals of this change. I decided to enable it by
default, so that the default build yields the most feature-complete
mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Function pointers from crypto_algos array are relocated, when
NEEDS_MANUAL_RELOC is set. This relocation doesn't happen if the algo
is placed in a linker list. Implement this relocation.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This macro is no longer needed for code flow or #ifdefs. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This macro is no longer needed for code flow or #ifdefs. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is no longer necessary to implement rsa_() functions as no-ops
depending on config options. It is merely sufficient to provide the
prototypes, as the rsa code is no longer linked when unused.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is no longer necessary to implement ecdsa_() functions as no-ops
depending on config options. It is merely sufficient to provide the
prototypes, as the ecdsa code is no longer linked when unused.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Crytographic algorithms (currently RSA), are stored in linker lists.
The crypto_algos array is unused, so remove it, and any logic
associated with it.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the RSA verification crytpo_algo structure out of the
crypto_algos array, and into a linker list.
Although it appears we are adding an #ifdef to rsa-verify.c, the gains
outweigh this small inconvenience. This is because rsa_verify() is
defined differently based on #ifdefs. This change allows us to have
a single definition of rsa_verify().
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The purpose of this change is to enable crypto algorithms to be placed
in linker lists, rather than be declared as a static array. The goal
is to remove the crypto_algos array in a subsequent patch.
Create a new linker list named "cryptos", and search it when
image_get_crypto_algo() is invoked.
NOTE that adding support for manual relocation of crypto_algos within
linker lists is beyond the scope of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove any ifdefs in image-sig.c that were previously used to
differentiate from the host code. Note that all code dedicated to
relocating ->sign() and ->add_verify_data)_ can be safely removed,
as signing is not supported target-side.
NOTE that although it appears we are removing ecdsa256 support, this
is intentional. ecdsa_verify() is a no-op on the target, and is
currently only used by host code.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
image-sig.c is used to map a hash or crypto algorithm name to a
handler of that algorithm. There is some similarity between the host
and target variants, with the differences worked out by #ifdefs. The
purpose of this change is to remove those ifdefs.
First, copy the file to a host-only version, and remove target
specific code. Although it looks like we are duplicating code,
subsequent patches will change the way target algorithms are searched.
Besides we are only duplicating three string to struct mapping
functions. This isn't something to fuss about.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not needed with Kconfig, since we can use IS_ENABLED() easily
enough. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
We already have a host Kconfig for these SHA options. Use
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SHAxxx) directly in the code shared with the host build,
so we can drop the unnecessary indirections.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
We already have a host Kconfig for SHA1. Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SHA1)
directly in the code shared with the host build, so we can drop the
unnecessary indirection.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Drop the _SUPPORT suffix so we can use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() with this
option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Drop the _SUPPORT suffix so we can use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() with this
option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
These option are named inconsistently with other SPL options, thus making
them incompatible with the CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() macro. Rename them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
The ENABLE part of this name is redundant, since all boolean Kconfig
options serve to enable something. The SUPPORT part is also redundant
since Kconfigs can be assumed to enable support for something. Together
they just serve to make these options overly long and inconsistent
with other options.
Rename FIT_ENABLE_SHAxxx_SUPPORT to FIT_SHAxxx
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
There is no separate SPL/TPL config for WATCHDOG_AUTOSTART.
So use IS_ENABLED instead of CONFIG_IS_ENABLED to make watchdog
working in SPL again.
Fixes: 830d29ac37 ("watchdog: Allow to use CONFIG_WDT without starting watchdog")
Signed-off-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In uboot command line environment, watchdog is not able to be
stopped with below commands:
SOCFPGA_STRATIX10 # wdt dev watchdog@ffd00200
SOCFPGA_STRATIX10 # wdt stop
Refer to watchdog driver in linux kernel, it is also need to reset
watchdog after disable it so that the disable action takes effect.
Signed-off-by: Meng Li <Meng.Li@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Remove the mmc alias no more required as the sequence number
of mmc device is used for boot_instance.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Use the device sequence number in boot_instance variable
and no more the SDMMC instance provided by ROM code/TF-A.
After this patch we don't need to define the mmc alias in
device tree, for example:
mmc0 = &sdmmc1;
mmc1 = &sdmmc2;
mmc2 = &sdmmc3;
to have a correct mapping between the ROM code boot device =
"${boot_device}${boot_instance}" and the MMC device in U-Boot.
With this patch the 'mmc0' device (used in mmc commands) is
always used when only one instance sdmmc is activated in device
tree, even if it is only the sdmmc2 or sdmmc3.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Use the existing defines PMIC_SIZE and OTP_SIZE and a new define
CMD_SIZE for virtual partition size.
This patch corrects the size for OTP partition in alternate name
(1024 instead of 512) and avoids other alignment issues.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Enable the clocks during syscon probe when they are present in device tree.
This patch avoids a freeze when the SYSCFG clock is not enabled by
TF-A / OP-TEE.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add the support of SYSCFG clock used by syscon driver
to prepare the clock management of STM32MP_SYSCON_SYSCFG.
This clock is already defined in kernel device tree,
stm32mp151.dtsi but not yet supported in the syscon driver:
syscfg: syscon@50020000 {
compatible = "st,stm32mp157-syscfg", "syscon";
reg = <0x50020000 0x400>;
clocks = <&rcc SYSCFG>;
};
It is safe to support this clock in U-Boot driver with
RCC_MC_APB3ENSETR, Bit 11 SYSCFGEN: SYSCFG peripheral clocks
enable.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The expected sequence to close the device
1/ Load key in DDR with any supported load command
2/ Update OTP with key: STM32MP> stm32key read <addr>
At this point the device is able to perform image authentication but
non-authenticated images can still be used and executed.
So it is the last moment to test boot with signed binary and
check that the ROM code accepts them.
3/ Close the device: only signed binary will be accepted !!
STM32MP> stm32key close
Warning: Programming these OTP is an irreversible operation!
This may brick your system if the HASH of key is invalid
This command should be deactivated by default in real product.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Allow to read the OTP value and lock status with the command
$> stm32key read.
This patch also protects the stm32key fuse command.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Lock the OTP value of key's hash after the command
$> stm32key fuse <address>
This operation forbids a second update of these OTP as they are
ECC protected in BSEC: any update of these OTP with a different value
causes a BSEC disturb error and the closed chip will be bricked.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This command is used to evaluate the secure boot on stm32mp SOC,
it is deactivated by default in real products.
We activate this command only in STMicroelectronics defconfig
used with the evaluation boards.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reduce the content of short help message for stm32prog command and
removed the carriage return to fix the display of 'help' command when
this command is activated.
Fixes: 954bd1a923 ("stm32mp: add the command stm32prog")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add the variable used by PXE command for fdtoverlays support
since the commit 69076dff22 ("cmd: pxe: add support for FDT overlays").
Reused the unused "splashimage" address as CONFIG_SPLASH_SOURCE and
CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO are not activated and U-Boot display the "BACKGROUND"
image found in extlinux.conf to manage splashscreen on stm32mp1 boards.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Fix wrong register use when set/reset ST bit.
ST bit is in register M41T62_REG_SEC not in M41T62_REG_ALARM_HOUR.
I have not actually tested this. But this seemed buggy from inspection.
Fixes: 9bbe210512 ("rtc: m41t62: add oscillator fail bit reset support")
Signed-off-by: Max Yang <max.yang@deltaww.com>
At the moment android_image_get_kcomp() can automatically detect
LZ4 compressed kernels and the compression specified in uImages.
However, especially on ARM64 Linux is often compressed with GZIP.
Attempting to boot an Android image with a GZIP compressed kernel
image currently results in a very strange crash, e.g.
Starting kernel ...
"Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x02000000
...
Code: 5555d555 55555d55 555f5555 5d555d55 (00088b1f)
Note the 1f8b, which are the "magic" bytes for GZIP images.
U-Boot already has the image_decomp_type() function that checks for
the magic bytes of bzip2, gzip, lzma and lzo. It's easy to make use
of it here to increase the chance that we do the right thing and the
user does not become confused with strange crashes.
This allows booting Android boot images that contain GZIP-compressed
kernel images.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
The current fitImage DTO implementation expects each fitImage image
subnode containing DTO to have 'load' property, pointing somewhere
into memory where the DTO will be loaded. The address in the 'load'
property must be different then the base DT load address and there
must be sufficient amount of space between those two addresses.
Selecting and using such hard-coded addresses is fragile, error
prone and difficult to port even across devices with the same SoC
and different DRAM sizes.
The DTO cannot be applied in-place because fdt_overlay_apply_verbose()
modifies the DTO when applying it onto the base DT, so if the DTO was
used in place within the fitImage, call to fdt_overlay_apply_verbose()
would corrupt the fitImage.
Instead of copying the DTO to a specific hard-coded load address,
allocate a buffer, copy the DTO into that buffer, apply the DTO onto
the base DT, and free the buffer.
The upside of this approach is that it is no longer necessary to
select and hard-code specific DTO load address into the DTO. The
slight downside is the new malloc()/free() overhead for each DTO,
but that is negligible (*).
(*) on iMX8MM/MN and STM32MP1
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Add <linux/sizes.h>]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There's currently no user of %p[iI]6, so including ip6_addr_string()
in the image is a waste of bytes. It's easy enough to have the
compiler elide it without removing the code completely.
The closest I can find to anybody "handling" ipv6 in U-Boot currently
is in efi_net.c which does
if (ipv6) {
ret = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
As indicated in the comment, it can easily be put back, but preferably
under a config knob.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
U-Boot doesn't support %pS/%pF or any other kind of kallsyms-like
lookups. Remove the comment.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
This saves some code, both in terms of #LOC and .text size, and it is
also the normal convention that foo(...) is implemented in terms of
vfoo().
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
When the default clocks cannot be set, the clock is silently probed and
the error is ignored. This is incorrect, since having the clocks at the
correct speed may be important for operation of the system.
Fix it by checking the return code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In this case the value seems save to pass to os_free(). Add a comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 165109)
In tpm_sendrecv_command() the command buffer is passed in. If a mistake is
somehow made in setting this up, the size could be out of range. Add a
sanity check for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 331152)
The width is set up in single_of_to_plat() and can only have three values,
all of which result in a non-zero divisor. Add a comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 331154)
At present the return value of ofnode_get_property() is not checked, which
causes a coverity warning. While we are here, use logging for the errors.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 331157)
Update dm_dump_drivers() to use the return value from uclass_get() to
check the validity of uc. This is equivalent and should be more attractive
to Coverity.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 316601)
The devres_alloc() function is intended to avoid the need for freeing
memory, although in practice it may not be enabled, thus leading to a true
leak.
Nevertheless this is intended. Add a comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 312951)
The devres_alloc() function is intended to avoid the need for freeing
memory, although in practice it may not be enabled, thus leading to a true
leak.
Nevertheless this is intended. Add a comment to explain this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 312952)
This value is either 0 for success or -1 for error. Coverity reports that
"ret" is passed to a parameter that cannot be negative, pointing to the
condition 'if (ret < 0)'.
Adjust it to just check for non-zero and avoid showing -1 in the error
message, which is pointless. Perhaps these changes will molify Coverity.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 312956)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This cannot actually fail, but check the value anyway to keep coverity
happy.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 316351)
At present if ifname is exactly IFNAMSIZ characters then it will result
in an unterminated string. Fix this by using strlcpy() instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 316358)
Acked-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Unfortunately for testing is required qflasher which works only in 32-bit
x86 mode. Apparently 64-bit x86 Azure CI has no problems as it has
preinstalled 32-bit libraries and can execute also 32-bit x86 executables.
This change just show human readable output why nokia_rx51_test.sh test
script fails.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210618133108.32497-1-pali@kernel.org
By default bootmenu is loaded only from eMMC. After this change U-Boot
first tries to load bootmenu from uSD card and if it fails then fallback to
eMMC. People want to boot alternative OS from removable uSD without need to
modify eMMC content. So this backward compatible change allows it.
Part of this change is also optimization of trymmc* macros so they can be
used in preboot macro for loading bootmenu.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210618132704.32066-2-pali@kernel.org
Enable U-Boot bootz command and update env scripts to try loading also
zImage file and to try booting via bootz command.
Update also lowlevel_init.S code for checking validity of zImage magic to
correctly relocate kernel in zImage format.
This change allows U-Boot to directly boot Linux kernel without need for
converting kernel image into U-Boot uImage format.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210618132704.32066-1-pali@kernel.org
Remove the environment support for various legacy boot methods. With
this, we will now default to booting any distribution that follows the
generic distro boot framework and no longer attempt to boot various
legacy (to this SoC) scripts/etc. Note that if we do not find anything
here we will continue to try and Android methods and will start by
trying fastboot.
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210701132612.7559-3-trini@konsulko.com
Remove the environment support for various legacy boot methods. With
this, we will now default to booting any distribution that follows the
generic distro boot framework and no longer attempt to boot various
legacy (to this SoC) scripts/etc.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210701132612.7559-1-trini@konsulko.com
try_unlock_memory() is only used in one file, so make it static
in that file,remove it from the sys_proto header file, and relocate
it into the #ifdef section that call it. This will make it only built
under the conditions when it is called, and it may help with some
further optimization in the future.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210625192308.277136-2-aford173@gmail.com
Add the DT nodes for the ICSSG0, ICSSG1 and ICSSG2 processor subsystems
that are present on the K3 AM65x SoCs. The three ICSSGs are identical
to each other for the most part, with the ICSSG2 supporting slightly
enhanced features for supporting SGMII PRU Ethernet. Each ICSSG instance
is represented by a PRUSS subsystem node. These nodes are enabled by
default.
DT nodes are fetch from Linux 5.13 Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210622063431.3151-5-lokeshvutla@ti.com
So far all the u-boot specific properties for both r5 and a53 are
placed in k3-am654-base-board-u-boot.dtsi. But there are few a53
nodes that should be updated but doesn't belong to r5. So create a
separate r5 specific u-boot dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210622063431.3151-4-lokeshvutla@ti.com
The K3 AM65x family of SoCs have the next generation of the PRU-ICSS
processor subsystem, commonly referred to as ICSSG. Each ICSSG processor
subsystem on AM65x SR1.0 contains two primary PRU cores and two new
auxiliary PRU cores called RTUs. The AM65x SR2.0 SoCs have a revised
ICSSG IP that is based off the subsequent IP revision used on J721E
SoCs. This IP instance has two new custom auxiliary PRU cores called
Transmit PRUs (Tx_PRUs) in addition to the existing PRUs and RTUs.
Each RTU and Tx_PRU cores have their own dedicated IRAM (smaller than
a PRU), Control and debug feature sets, but is different in terms of
sub-modules integrated around it and does not have the full capabilities
associated with a PRU core. The RTU core is typically used to aid a
PRU core in accelerating data transfers, while the Tx_PRU cores is
normally used to control the TX L2 FIFO if enabled in Ethernet
applications. Both can also be used to run independent applications.
The RTU and Tx_PRU cores though share the same Data RAMs as the PRU
cores, so the memories have to be partitioned carefully between different
applications. The new cores also support a new sub-module called Task
Manager to support two different context thread executions.
The driver currently supports the AM65xx SoC
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210622063431.3151-3-lokeshvutla@ti.com
The Programmable Real-Time Unit - Industrial Communication
Subsystem (PRU-ICSS) is present of various TI SoCs such as
AM335x or AM437x or the AM654x family. Each SoC can have
one or more PRUSS instances that may or may not be identical.
The PRUSS consists of dual 32-bit RISC cores called the
Programmable Real-Time Units (PRUs), some shared, data and
instruction memories, some internal peripheral modules, and
an interrupt controller. The programmable nature of the PRUs
provide flexibility to implement custom peripheral interfaces,
fast real-time responses, or specialized data handling.
Add support for pruss driver. Currently am654x family
is supported.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210622063431.3151-2-lokeshvutla@ti.com
Earlier, the region 0x701c0000 to 0x701dffff was firewalled off because of
a bug in SYSFW. In the v2021.05 release of SYSFW this bug has been fixed
and this region can now be used for other allocations.
Therefore, move TF-A's load address to 0x701c0000 and update its location
in the device tree node. Also, increase the size allocated for TF-A to
account for future expansions.
Fixes: defd62ca13 ("arm: dts: k3-am64-main: Update the location of ATF in SRAM and increase its max size")
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210616163821.20457-2-a-govindraju@ti.com
This is a revert of a recent logic change in setup_zimage(). We do
actually need to install this information always. Change it to install
from the Coreboot tables if available, else the normal source.
Fixes: e7bae8283f ("x86: Allow installing an e820 when booting from coreboot")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With the new 2021.04 we have a new version of Chromium OS boot, which
supports sandbox, coral and coral-on-coreboot. Add documentation for
this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With of-platdata-inst we want to set up a reference to each devices'
parent device, if there is one. If we find that the device has a parent
(i.e. is not a root node) but it is not in the list of devices being
written, then we cannot create the reference.
Report an error in this case, since it indicates that the parent node
is either missing a compatible string, is disabled, or perhaps does not
have any properties because it was not tagged for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All the x86 devicetree files are built at once, whichever board is
actually being built. If coreboot is the target build, CONFIG_ROM_SIZE
is not defined and samus cannot build Chromium OS verified boot. Add
this condition to avoid errors about CONFIG_ROM_SIZE being missing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add information about memory usage when U-Boot is started from coreboot.
This is useful when debugging. Also, since coreboot takes a chunk of
memory in the middle of SDRAM for use by PCI devices, it can help avoid
overwriting this with a loaded kernel by accident.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use VENDOR_COREBOOT instead of TARGET_COREBOOT so we can have multiple
coreboot boards, sharing options. Only SYS_CONFIG_NAME needs to be
defined TARGET_COREBOOT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a function comment for get_coreboot_info() and a declaration for
cb_get_sysinfo(), since this may be called from elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Set up coral so that it can boot from coreboot, even though it is a
bare-metal build. This helps with testing since the same image can be used
in both cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The BIOS version may not be present, e.g. on a Chrome OS build. Add the
BIOS date as well, so we get some sort of indication of coreboot's
vintage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
A recent change to disable cache setup when booting from coreboot
assumed that this has been done by SPL. The result is that for the
coreboot board, the cache is disabled (in start.S) and never
re-enabled.
If the cache was turned off, as it is on boards without SPL, we should
turn it back on. Add this new condition.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These constants conflict with error codes returned by the MP
implementation when something is wrong. In particular, mp_first_cpu()
returns MP_SELECT_BSP when running without multiprocessing enabled.
Since this is -2, it is interpreted as an error by callers, which
expect a positive CPU number for the first CPU.
Correct this by using a different range for the pre-defined CPU
numbers, above zero and out of the range of possible CPU values. For
now it is safe to assume there are no more than 64K CPUs.
This fixes the 'mtrr' command when CONFIG_SMP is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When starting U-Boot from a previous-stage bootloader we presumably don't
need to set up the variable MTRRs. In fact this could be harmful if the
existing settings are not what U-Boot uses.
Skip that step in this case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These headers are not actually used. Drop them so that this driver can
be used by other boards, e.g. coreboot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When booting from coreboot we may not have a PCH driver available. The
SPI driver can operate without the PCH but currently complains in this
case. Update it to continue to work normally. The only missing feature
is memory-mapping of SPI-flash contents, which is not essential.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
At present only bridge devices are bound before relocation, to save space
in pre-relocation memory. In some cases we do actually want to bind a
device, e.g. because it provides the console UART. Add a devicetree
binding to support this.
Use the PCI_VENDEV() macro to encode the cell value. This is present in
U-Boot but not used, so move it to the binding header-file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These functions don't modify the device-ID struct that is passed in, so
mark the argument as const, so the data structure can be declared that
way. This allows it to be placed in the rodata section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a new 'quiet' argument to mmc_get_op_cond() function which avoids
printing error message when SD/eMMC card is not detected.
Espressobin and mx6cuboxi boards use this function for detecting presence
of eMMC and therefore it is expected and normal that eMMC does not have to
be connected. So error message "Card did not respond to voltage select!"
should be skipped in this case as it is not an error.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Use function mmc_get_op_cond() instead of mmc_init() for detecting presence
of eMMC. Documentation for this function says that it could be used to
detect the presence of SD/eMMC when no card detect logic is available.
This function is also used by mx6cuboxi board for detecting presence of eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Ensure that 'env default -a' always set correct value to $fdtfile, even
when custom user variable is already stored in non-volatile env storage
(means that env_get("fdtfile") call returns non-NULL value).
As default value is now correctly set like if specified at compile time in
CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS, there is no need to set $fdtfile explicitly via
env_set("fdtfile", ...) call.
So remove wrong skip based on env_get("fdtfile") and then also unneeded
env_set("fdtfile", ...) call.
Fixes: c4df0f6f31 ("arm: mvebu: Espressobin: Set default value for $fdtfile env variable")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The config option CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_CLOCK is not used by Armada 3720's
serial driver (it wasn't even before the recent update of that driver).
Even if it was used, the value was incorrect (the frequency of the clock
is 25 MHz, not 25.8048 MHz).
Remove it from config files and set the default value to 0.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that the MTD subsystem properly supports OF partitions of a SPI NOR,
we can enable the MTD command and start using it instead of the
deprecated sf command.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Commit e2e95e5e25 ("spi: Update speed/mode on change") changed the
boot time on Turris Omnia from ~2.3s to over 8s, due to SPL loading main
U-Boot from SPI NOR at 1 MHz instead of 40 MHz.
This is because the SPL code passes the CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED option
to spi_flash_probe(), and with the above commit spi_flash_probe() starts
prefering this parameter instead of the one specified in device-tree.
The proper solution here would probably be to fix the SF subsystem to
prefer the frequency specified in the device-tree, if it is present, but
I am not sure what else will be affected on other boards with such a
change. So until then we need a more simple fix.
Since the CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED option is used by the code, put the
correct value there for Turris Omnia. Also put the correct value to
CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE and use 40 MHz when reading environment.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
If fixup offset is zero then there is nothing to fix. All calculation in
this case just increase addresses by value zero which results in identity.
So in this case skip whole fixup re-calculation as it is not needed.
This is just an optimization for special case when fix_offset is zero which
skips code path which does only identity operations (meaning nothing). No
functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Remapped address of PCIe outbound window may have set only bits from the
mask. Add additional check that remapped address which is calculated from
PCIe bus address specified in DTS file is valid.
Remove also useless clearing of low 16 bits in win_mask. As win_size is
power of two and is at least 0x10000 it means that it always has zero low
16 bits.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This script was broken by the change to default archives for linking.
This is due to objcopy specifically disallowing copying of thin
archives. To fix this and re-support external users of this script,
switch to using the same logic the u-boot-initial-env make target uses
to dump the section from the object file.
Reported-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@web.de>
Fixes: 958f2e57ef ("build: use thin archives instead of incremental linking")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When building the envtools target with CONFIG_USE_DEFAULT_ENV_FILE=y,
the tools require generated/defaultenv_autogenerated.h.
In file included from tools/env/fw_env.c:126:
include/env_default.h:115:10: fatal error: generated/defaultenv_autogenerated.h: No such file or directory
115 | #include "generated/defaultenv_autogenerated.h"
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Align Kconfig and Kbuild logic to Linux 4.20 release with minimal impact
on files outside of this scope.
Our previous Kconfig sync was done by commit 587e4a4296 ("kconfig /
kbuild: Re-sync with Linux 4.19").
As part of this re-sync, a few related changes from previous Linux
releases were found to have been missed and merged in, and are not in
the following list.
The imported Linux commits are:
[From prior to v4.19]
b1e0d8b70fa3 kbuild: Fix gcc -x syntax
a4353898980c kconfig: add CC_IS_GCC and GCC_VERSION
469cb7376c06 kconfig: add CC_IS_CLANG and CLANG_VERSION
[From v4.19 to v4.20]
487c7c7702ab kbuild: prefix Makefile.dtbinst path with $(srctree) unconditionally
0d91bf584fe5 kbuild: remove old check for CFLAGS use
25815cf5ffec kbuild: hide most of targets when running config or mixed targets
00d78ab2ba75 kbuild: remove dead code in cmd_files calculation in top Makefile
23066c3f4e21 Compiler Attributes: enable -Wstringop-truncation on W=1 (gcc >= 8)
37c8a5fafa3b kbuild: consolidate Devicetree dtb build rules
80463f1b7bf9 kbuild: add --include-dir flag only for out-of-tree build
77ec0c20c7e0 kbuild: remove VERSION and PATCHLEVEL from $(objtree)/Makefile
74bc0c09b2da kbuild: remove user ID check in scripts/mkmakefile
4fd61277f662 kbuild: do not pass $(objtree) to scripts/mkmakefile
80d0dda3a4e5 kbuild: simplify command line creation in scripts/mkmakefile
fb073a4b473e kbuild: add -Wno-pointer-sign flag unconditionally
9df3e7a7d7d6 kbuild: add -Wno-unused-but-set-variable flag unconditionally
69ea912fda74 kbuild: remove unneeded link_multi_deps
7d0ea2524202 kbuild: use 'else ifeq' for checksrc to improve readability
04c459d20448 kconfig: remove oldnoconfig target
0085b4191f3e kconfig: remove silentoldconfig target
3f80babd9ca4 kbuild: remove unused cc-fullversion variable
2cd3faf87d2d merge_config.sh: Allow to define config prefix
076f421da5d4 kbuild: replace cc-name test with CONFIG_CC_IS_CLANG
6bbe4385d035 kconfig: merge_config: avoid false positive matches from comment lines
[From post v4.20]
885480b08469 Makefile: Move -Wno-unused-but-set-variable out of GCC only block
There are a number of changes related to additional warnings as well as
being able to drop cc-name entirely that have been omitted for now as
additional work is required first.
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update U-Boot's version of scripts/get_maintainer.pl to sync it up with the
latest changes to the Linux kernel's version of the same script.
The last sync was with Linux kernel version v4.16. The commits to the kernel's
get_maintainer.pl since then (starting with the most recent) are:
6343f6b71f83 get_maintainer: exclude MAINTAINERS file(s) from --git-fallback
cdfe2d220476 get_maintainer: add test for file in VCS
e33c9fe8b80c get_maintainer: fix unexpected behavior for path/to//file (double slashes)
0c78c0137621 get_maintainer: add email addresses from .yaml files
0ef82fcefb99 scripts/get_maintainer.pl: deprioritize old Fixes: addresses
ef0c08192ac0 get_maintainer: remove uses of P: for maintainer name
2f5bd343694e scripts/get_maintainer.pl: add signatures from Fixes: <badcommit> lines in commit message
49662503e8e4 get_maintainer: add ability to skip moderated mailing lists
0fbd75fd7fee get_maintainer: allow option --mpath <directory> to read all files in <directory>
5f0baf95b1ed get_maintainer.pl: add -mpath=<path or file> for MAINTAINERS file location
31bb82c9caa9 get_maintainer: allow usage outside of kernel tree
0455c74788fd get_maintainer: improve patch recognition
882ea1d64eb3 scripts: use SPDX tag in get_maintainer and checkpatch
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Function rtc_to_tm() is needed for FAT file system support even if we don't
have a real time clock. So move it from drivers/ to lib/.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The return value '-ENOSPC' of fit_set_timestamp function does not match
the caller fit_image_write_sig's expection which is '-FDT_ERR_NOSPACE'.
Fix it by not calling fit_set_timestamp, but call fdt_setprop instead.
This fixes a following mkimage error:
| Can't write signature for 'signature@1' signature node in
| 'conf@imx6ull-colibri-wifi-eval-v3.dtb' conf node: <unknown error>
| mkimage Can't add hashes to FIT blob: -1
Signed-off-by: Ming Liu <liu.ming50@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io>
I removed CONFIG_IS_BUILTIN and CONFIG_IS_MODULE in commit
7d78a4547d ("linux/kconfig.h: remove unused helper macros"), but
fixdep.c still looks for those. It's harmless, but also pointless and
possibly confusing to a future reader.
Fixes: 7d78a4547d ("linux/kconfig.h: remove unused helper macros")
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
When "mkimage -l" was run on a block device it would fail with
erroneous message, because fstat reports a size of zero for those:
mkimage: Bad size: "/dev/sdb4" is not valid image
This patch identifies the "is a block device" case and reports it as
such, and if it knows how to determine the size of a block device on
the current OS, proceeds.
As shown in
http://www.mit.edu/afs.new/sipb/user/tytso/e2fsprogs/lib/blkid/getsize.c
this is no portable task, and I only handled the case of a modern
Linux kernel, which is what I can test.
Signed-off-by: Yann Dirson <yann@blade-group.com>
The ST-Ericsson DB8500 SoC contains a MUSB OTG controller which
supports both host and gadget mode. For some reason there is
nothing special about it - add a simple glue driver for Ux500
that literally just sets up MUSB together with a generic PHY.
There are no SoC-specific registers etc needed to make USB work.
The new Ux500 glue driver is only tested to work with DM_USB
and DM_USB_GADGET. Both host and gadget mode work fine on
the u8500 "stemmy" board that is already present in U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
The AB8500 PMIC contains an USB PHY that needs to be set up in
device or host mode to make USB work properly. Add a simple driver
for the generic PHY uclass that allows enabling it.
The if (CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(USB_MUSB_HOST)) might be a bit strange.
The USB PHY must be configured in either host or device mode and
somehow the USB PHY driver must be made aware of the mode.
Actually, the MUSB driver used together with this PHY does not
support dynamic selection of host/device mode in U-Boot at the moment.
Therefore, one very simple approach that works fine is to select
the mode to configure at compile time. When the MUSB driver is
configured in host mode the PHY is configured in host mode, and
similarly when the MUSB driver is configured in device/gadget mode.
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
All devices based on ST-Ericsson Ux500 use a PMIC similar to AB8500
(Analog Baseband). There is AB8500, AB8505, AB9540 and AB8540
although in practice only AB8500 and AB8505 are relevant since the
platforms with AB9540 and AB8540 were cancelled and never used in
production.
In general, the AB8500 PMIC uses I2C as control interface, where the
different register banks are represented as separate I2C devices.
However, in practice AB8500 is always connected to a special I2C bus
on the DB8500 SoC that is controlled by the power/reset/clock
management unit (PRCMU) firmware.
Add a simple driver that allows reading/writing registers of the
AB8500 PMIC. The driver directly accesses registers from the PRCMU
parent device (represented by syscon in U-Boot). Abstracting it
further (e.g. with the i2c uclass) would not provide any advantage
because the PRCMU I2C bus is always just connected to AB8500 and
vice-versa.
The ab8500.h header is mostly taken as-is from Linux (with some
minor adjustments) to allow using similar code in both Linux and
U-Boot.
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The U-Boot "stemmy" board is mainly intended to simplify booting
mainline Linux on various smartphones from Samsung based on ST-Ericsson
Ux500. While the mainline kernel is working great, there are still some
features missing there. In particular, it is currently not possible to
charge the battery when using the mainline kernel.
This means that it is still necessary to boot the downstream/vendor
kernel from Samsung sometimes to charge the device. That kernel is
ancient, still uses board files + ATAGS instead of device trees and
relies on a strange very long kernel command line hardcoded in the
Samsung bootloader.
Actually, since mainline is booted with device trees there is a very
simple way to make the old downstream kernel work as well: We can
simply take most of the ATAGS passed to U-Boot from the Samsung
bootloader and copy them as-is when booting a kernel without device
tree. That way the long command line and other needed ATAGS are copied
as-is without having to bother with them.
The only exception is the ATAG_INITRD - since the initrd is loaded
by U-Boot, the atag for that should be generated in U-Boot so it points
to the correct address. All other ATAGS are copied as-is and not
generated in U-Boot.
Also use the chance and provide a serial# for U-Boot by parsing the
ATAG_SERIAL that is also passed by the Samsung bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
At the moment the "stemmy" board attempts to detect the RAM size with
a simple memory test (get_ram_size()). Unfortunately, this does not work
correctly for devices with 768 MiB RAM (e.g. Samsung Galaxy Ace 2
(GT-I8160), "codina"). Reading/writing memory after the 768 MiB RAM
succeeds but actually overwrites some earlier parts of the memory.
For U-Boot this does not result in any major problems, but on Linux
this will eventually lead to strange crashes because of the memory
corruption.
Since the "stemmy" U-Boot port is designed to be chainloaded from
the original Samsung bootloader, the most reliable way to get the
available amount of RAM is to look at the ATAGS passed by the Samsung
bootloader. Fortunately, the header used to generate ATAGS in U-Boot
(asm/setup.h) can also be easily used to parse them.
Also clarify and simplify stemmy.h a bit to make it more clear where
some of the magic values in there are actually coming from.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Add PCIe driver for UniPhier SoCs. This PCIe controller is based on
Synopsys DesignWare Core IP.
This version doesn't apply common DW functions because supported
controller doesn't have unroll version of iATU.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
I'm no longer work in Intel, change Intel SoCFPGA co-maintainer to
Tien Fong Chee.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <lftan.linux@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
According to arch/arm/lib/crt0_64.S, the BSS section is "UNAVAILABLE"
and uninitialized before relocation. Also, it overlaps with the
appended DTB before relocation, so writing data into a variable
in the BSS section might corrupt the appended DTB.
Unfortunately, pinctrl-apq8016.c and pinctrl-apq8096.c do place the
"pin_name" variable in the BSS section (since it's uninitialized).
It's also used before relocation, when setting up the pinctrl for
the serial driver.
On DB410c this causes "GPIO_5" to be written into some part of an
appended DTB, e.g.:
80111820: edfe0dd0 9f100000 38000000 c00e0000 ...........8....
80111830: 28000000 11000000 10000000 00000000 ...(............
80111840: 4f495047 8800355f 00000000 00000000 GPIO_5..........
80111850: 00000000 00000000 01000000 00000000 ................
80111860: 03000000 04000000 00000000 02000000 ................
80111870: 03000000 04000000 0f000000 02000000 ................
80111880: 03000000 2d000000 1b000000 6c617551 .......-....Qual
80111890: 6d6d6f63 63655420 6c6f6e68 6569676f comm Technologie
Depending on the part of the DTB that is corrupted this might not
cause any problems, but it can also result in strange reboots
without any serial output.
Fortunately, in practice this does not cause issues on DB410c yet
because board_fdt_blob_setup() in dragonboard410c.c currently
overrides the appended DTB with the one passed by the previous
bootloader (LK) (which does not get corrupted).
DB820c does not have board_fdt_blob_setup() so I would expect it to
be affected by this problem. Perhaps everyone was just fortunate to
not compile an U-Boot configuration where the pin_name corrupts an
important part of the DTB.
Make sure "pin_name" is explicitly placed in the .data section
instead of .bss to fix this.
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The sysinfo_get_str() implementation checks whether the sysinfo was even
detected. In U-Boot proper, sysinfo_detect() is not called anywhere but
on one specific board. Call sysinfo_detect() before sysinfo_get_str() to
make sure the sysinfo is detected and sysinfo_get_str() returns valid
value instead of -EPERM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace uclass_first_device_err(UCLASS_SYSINFO, &dev) with sysinfo_get(&dev).
The board_info code may use sysinfo to print board information, so use the
sysinfo functions consistently. The sysinfo_get() is internally implemented
as return uclass_first_device_err(UCLASS_SYSINFO, &dev) anyway, so there is
no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Linux kernel binding is using atmel,24c01 compatible string. On the
other hand there is atmel,24c01a which is not listed in the kernel.
Add compatible string without "a" suffix to be compatible with Linux
kernel binding.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Simplify the code a bit by using dev_read_addr_ptr() instead of
dev_read_addr(). This avoids having to cast explicitly to the
struct nomadik_mtu_regs.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Nomadik GPIO is a fairly simple GPIO module used in the ST-Ericsson
Ux500 SoCs (and some older Nomadik SoCs). It uses registers where
each GPIO is represented as a single bit, plus "set" and "clear"
registers that allow updating the state without having to read the
existing state.
The driver implements support for it for use together with DM_GPIO
and the existing ste-dbx5x0.dtsi device tree.
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The original U-Boot port for the ST-Ericsson U8500 SoC was dropped
in commit 68282f55b8 ("arm: Remove unused ST-Ericsson u8500 arch").
Most of the drivers related to the old port were removed, but the
db8500_gpio.c driver was forgotten for some reason. There is no way
to select it and it does not compile anymore because of missing
headers, so let's just remove it.
The new port for U8500 introduced in commit 689088f9da
("arm: Add support for ST-Ericsson U8500 SoC") fully embraces the
new Driver Model and device trees where possible, so this is
preparation to add a new, simplified GPIO driver based on DM_GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Pull request for efi-2021-10-rc1
Documentation
* fix typo in signature.txt
UEFI
* provide file attributes in EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.Read()
* various capsule update fixes
Fix find_boot_device() to set bootdev_root if it finds the
bootdev from BootNext. Currently it sets the bootdev_root only
when it finds bootdev from BootOrder.
Fixes: c74cd8bd08 ("efi_loader: capsule: add capsule_on_disk support")
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Accked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If multiple capsules are applied, the FMP drivers for the individual
capsules can expect the value of CapsuleLast to be accurate. Hence
CapsuleLast must be updated after each capsule.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
* Use log category LOGC_EFI. This allows to remove 'EFI:' prefixes in
messages.
* Rephrase some of the messages.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When reading a directory using EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.Read() provide file
attributes and timestamps.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When reading a directory in the UEFI file system we have to return file
attributes and timestamps. Copy this data to the directory entry structure.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The default implementation of checkboard() calls the
nxp_board_rev_string() function
to retrieve a character representing the revision number of the board.
However, this
attempt to retrieve the revision number may fail in certain situations or be
otherwise undesirable.
There is already a configuration option to avoid retrieving the
revision number of
the board: CONFIG_NXP_BOARD_REVISION. In fact, if this option is enabled, the
nxp_board_rev_string() function's definition will be omitted entirely,
meaning that the previous implementation of checkboard() would result
in a linker error.
This changeset makes the default implementation of checkboard() respect the
CONFIG_NXP_BOARD_REVISION configuration option, only attempting to retrieve
the board revision number if that option is defined.
Signed-off-by: Cody Gray <cody@codygray.com>
In case the iMX8M boot from eMMC boot partition and the primary image
is corrupted, the BootROM is capable of starting a secondary image in
the other eMMC boot partition as a fallback.
However, the BootROM leaves the eMMC BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE setting as
it was, i.e. pointing to the boot partition containing the corrupted
image, and the BootROM does not provide any indication that this sort
of fallback occured.
According to AN12853 i.MX ROMs Log Events, Rev. 0, May 2020, it is
possible to determine whether fallback event occurred by parsing the
ROM event log. In case ROM event ID 0x51 is present, fallback event
did occur.
This patch implements ROM event log parsing and search for event ID
0x51 for all iMX8M SoCs, and based on that corrects the eMMC boot
partition selection. This way, the SPL loads the remaining boot
components from the same eMMC boot partition from which it was
started, even in case of the fallback.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Cc: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
The Gateworks System Controller thermal protection feature will disable
the board primary power supply if the on-board temperature sensor
reaches 86C. In many cases this could occur before the temperature
critical components such as CPU, DRAM, eMMC, and power supplies have
reached their max temperature.
Remove the forced re-enable of thermal protection so that users can
knowingly disable it.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The imx8mm-venice-gw7901 board has an I2C connected KSZ9897S GbE switch
with an IMX8MM FEC MAC master connected via RGMII_ID.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Fix the dsa switch config:
- remove the unnecessary phy-mode from the switch itself
- added the necessary fixed-link node to the non-cpu ports required
for U-Boot DSA
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The Microchip KSZ9477/KSZ9897/KSZ9567 7-Port Gigabit Ethernet Switches
support SGMII/RGMII/MII/RMII with register access via SPI, I2C, or MDIO.
This driver currently supports I2C register access but SPI or MDIO register
access can be easily added at a later time.
Tagging is not implemented and instead the active port is tracked to
avoid needing a tag to store port information.
This was tested with the imx8mm-venice-gw7901 board which has a
KSZ9897S switch with an IMX8MM FEC MAC master connected via RGMII_ID.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
If ports have their own unique MAC addrs and master has a set_promisc
function, call it so that packets will be received for ports.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Enabling promiscuous mode is necessary if FEC is the master of a DSA
switch driver where each port has their own MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Enabling promiscuous mode can be useful for DSA switches where each port
has its own MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
If the FEC is connected to a fixed-link (upstream switch port for
example) the phy_of_node should be set to the fixed-link node
so that speed and other properties can be found properly.
In addition fix a typo in the debug string.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
When using uclass_get_device* to get the FEC device we need to use
device sequence instead of index into UCLASS_ETH. In systems where for
example a I2C based DSA switch exists it will probe before the FEC
master and its ports will be registered first and have the first
indexes yet the FEC's sequence comes from the device-tree alias.
Take for example the imx8mm-venice-gw7901 board which has an i2c based
DSA switch:
u-boot=> net list
eth1 : lan1 00:0d:8d:aa:00:2f
eth2 : lan2 00:0d:8d:aa:00:30
eth3 : lan3 00:0d:8d:aa:00:31
eth4 : lan4 00:0d:8d:aa:00:32
eth0 : ethernet@30be0000 00:0d:8d:aa:00:2e active
Thus in this case uclass_get_device(UCLASS_ETH, 0, &dev) returns lan1
which is wrong but uclass_get_device_seq(UCLASS_ETH, 0, &dev) returns
ethernet@30be000 which is correct.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The Gateworks GW7901 is an ARM based single board computer (SBC)
featuring:
- i.MX8M Mini SoC
- LPDDR4 DRAM
- eMMC FLASH
- SPI FRAM
- Gateworks System Controller (GSC)
- Atmel ATECC Crypto Authentication
- USB 2.0
- Microchip GbE Switch
- Multiple multi-protocol RS232/RS485/RS422 Serial ports
- onboard 802.11ac WiFi / BT
- microSD socket
- miniPCIe socket with PCIe, USB 2.0 and dual SIM sockets
- Wide range DC power input
- 802.3at PoE
To add support for this board:
- add dts from Linux (accepted for v5.14)
- add SPL PMIC config
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The driver depends on DM_SPI and if it's not available (e. g. in SPL),
then we should not try to build it as this will fail.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Make macros actually use passed parameter instead of local variables
that happen
to be named the same as symbols in macro expansion.
Signed-off-by: Kacper Kubkowski <kkubkowski@fluence.pl>
Increase VDD_ARM to prevent timing issues as VDD_SOC is
used in OD mode. Also increase GIC clock.
Signed-off-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Enable support for the fec ethernet on phyCORE-i.MX8MP.
Signed-off-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
With the first redesign the debug UART had changed from
UART2 to UART1.
As the first hardware revision is considered as alpha and
will not be supported in future. The old setup will not
be preserved.
Signed-off-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This update includes eqos support and some minor changes.
Synced with kernel commit
412627f6ffe3 ("arm64: dts: imx8mp-phyboard-pollux-rdk: Add missing pinctrl entry")
Signed-off-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Factor out the common node settings for dm-spl and dm-pre-reloc
and move them to imx8mp-u-boot.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
If reset-gpio is defined by device-tree use that if
CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_PERST_GPIO is not defined.
Note that after this the following boards which define
CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_PERST_GPIO in their board header file as well as their
device-tree should be able to remove CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_PERST_GPIO without
consequence:
- mx6sabresd
- mx6sxsabresd
- novena
- tbs2910
- vining_2000
Note that the ge_bx50v3 board uses CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_PERST_GPIO and does
not have reset-gpios defined it it's pcie node in the dt thus removing
CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_PERST_GPIO globally can't be done until that board adds
reset-gpios.
Cc: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com> (maintainer:GE BX50V3 BOARD)
Cc: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com> (maintainer:GE BX50V3 BOARD)
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com> (maintainer:MX6SABRESD BOARD)
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> (maintainer:NOVENA BOARD)
Cc: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de> (maintainer:TBS2910 BOARD)
Cc: Silvio Fricke <open-source@softing.de> (maintainer:VINING_2000 BOARD)
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Select the CMD_UNZIP option so that the 'gzwrite' command
can be used to flash .gz image into the eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
On the Yocto image there is a single partition and the kernel
and dtb are present in the 'boot' directory.
Change it accordingly so that the board can boot the Yocto
image by default.
Use the generic 'load' command instead, which is able to
read from an ext4 partition.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add LVDS support for DLC0700XDP21LF 7in 1024x600 display
(equivalent to the DLC-700JMGT4 with new touch controller)
Signed-off-by: Robert Jones <rjones@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
In the default pulse-skipping mode regulators that are very lightly
loaded can fail to regulate properly. Switching them to always use
continuous mode causes only around 10mW of overall system power
difference in a lightly loaded system that isn't already operating
them in continuous mode.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
In the default 'auto' mode regulators that are very lightly loaded
can be put in PFM mode and fail to regulator properly. Switching them
to always use continuous PWM mode has a neglibable affect on system
power and garuntees proper regulation under lightly loaded circumstances.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Substitutions in EOL parts changes the VDD_2P5 voltage rail such that
the previously unused VGEN6 LDO is needed in place of the lower power
VGEN5 for the GW54xx-G.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
For some time now having USB_KEYBOARD support has caused usb to be
initialized on boot. To allow for a quicker bootup we don't want this
for Ventana and don't really need USB keyboard support so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Some IPs have their accessible address space restricted by the
interconnect. Let's make sure U-Boot only ever uses the space below
the 4G address boundary (which is 3GiB big), even when the effective
available memory is bigger.
We implement board_get_usable_ram_top() for all i.MX8M SoCs, as the
whole family is affected by this.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
The MX25V8035F is a 8Mb SPI NOR flash and the MX25R1635F is very
similar, but has twice the size (16Mb) and supports a wider supply
voltage range.
They were tested on the Kontron Electronics i.MX6UL and i.MX8MM SoMs.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Aside from the usual fixes and updates one visible change is the
MMC update, which fixes some lingering bugs and gives a decent speed
increase on some boards (9->19 MB/s on H6, 21->43 MB/s on A64 eMMC).
I am keeping an watchful eye on bug reports here, to spot any correctness
regressions.
Another change is finally the enablement of the first USB host port on
many boards without micro-USB (data) sockets, like the Pine64 family.
That doubles the number of usable USB ports from 1 to 2 on those boards.
Some smaller fixes, 4GB DRAM support (on the H616) and a new board (ZeroPi)
conclude this first round of changes.
Compile-tested for all 157 sunxi boards, boot-tested on Pine H64,
Pine64-LTS, OrangePi Zero 2 and BananaPi M2 Berry.
Summary:
- DT update for H3/H5/H6
- Enable first USB port on boards without micro-USB
- ZeroPi board support
- 4GB DRAM support for H616 boards
- MMC fixes and speed improvement
- some fixes
At the moment the Allwinner MMC driver parses the bus-width and
non-removable DT properties itself, in the probe() routine.
There is actually a generic function provided by the MMC framework doing
this job, also it parses more generic properties like broken-cd and
advanced transfer modes.
Drop our own code and call mmc_of_parse() instead, to get all new
features for free.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
To avoid the complexity of DMA operations (with chained descriptors), we
use repeated MMIO reads and writes to the SD_FIFO_REG, which allows us
to drain or fill the MMC data buffer FIFO very easily.
However those MMIO accesses are somewhat costly, so this limits our MMC
performance, to between 17 and 22 MB/s, but down to 9.5 MB/s on the H6
(partly due to the lower AHB1 frequency).
As it turns out we read the FIFO status register after *every* word we
read or write, which effectively doubles the number of MMIO accesses,
thus effectively more than halving our performance.
To avoid this overhead, we can make use of the FIFO level bits, which are
in the very same FIFO status registers.
So for a read request, we now can collect as many words as the FIFO
level originally indicated, and only then need to update the status
register.
We don't know for sure the size of the FIFO (and it seems to differ
across SoCs anyway), so writing is more fragile, which is why we still
use the old method for that. If we find a minimum FIFO size available on
all SoCs, we could use that, in a later optimisation.
This patch increases the eMMC read speed on a Pine64-LTS from about
22MB/s to 44 MB/s. SD card reads don't gain that much, but with 23 MB/s
we now reach the practical limit for 3.3V SD cards.
On the H6 we double our transfer speed, from 9.5 MB/s to 19.7 MB/s.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Newer SoCs have a self calibration feature, which avoids us writing hard
coded phase delay values into the controller.
Consolidate the code by avoiding unnecessary #ifdefs, and also enabling
the feature for all those newer SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
All SoCs since the Allwinner A64 (H5, H6, R40, H616) feature the so
called "new timing mode", so enable this in Kconfig for those SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Among the SoCs using the "new timing mode", only the A83T needs to
explicitly switch to that mode.
By just defining the symbol for that one odd A83T bit to 0 for any other
SoCs, we can always OR that in, and save the confusing nested #ifdefs.
Clean up the also confusing new_mode setting on the way.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Most Allwinner SoCs which use the so called "new timing mode" in their
MMC controllers actually use the double-rate PLL6/PERIPH0 clock as their
parent input clock. This is interestingly enough compensated by a hidden
"by 2" post-divider in the mod clock, so the divider and actual output
rate stay the same.
Even though for the H6 and H616 (but only for them!) we use the doubled
input clock for the divider computation, we never accounted for the
implicit post-divider, so the clock was only half the speed on those SoCs.
This didn't really matter so far, as our slow MMIO routine limits the
transfer speed anyway, but we will fix this soon.
Clean up the code around that selection, to always use the normal PLL6
(PERIPH0(1x)) clock as an input. As the rate and divider are the same,
that makes no difference.
Explain the hardware differences in a comment.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When enabling PHYS_64BIT on 32-bit platforms, we get two warnings about
pointer casts in sunxi_mmc.c. Those are related to MMIO addresses, which
are always below 1GB on all Allwinner SoCs, so there is no problem with
anything having more than 32 bits.
Add the proper casts to make it compile cleanly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The delay and bus-width setup are slightly different across the
Allwinner SoC generations, and we covered this so far with some
preprocessor conditionals.
Use the more readable IS_ENABLE() instead.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The H616 is our first supported Allwinner SoC which goes beyond the 4GB
address space "barrier", by having more than 32 address bits.
Lift the preliminary 3GB DRAM limit for the H616, and update the page
table setup on the way, to actually map that last GB as well.
As not all devices are actually capable of dealing with more than 32
bits (the DMA in the EMAC for instance), we also limit U-Boot's own
DRAM usage to 4GB on the way.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
We hardcode the pinctrl setting for the MMC controllers in boards.c,
since we need them also in the SPL, where there is no DT yet.
Add the respective setting for the H616 SoC, to enable eMMC on boards
with this SoC as well.
Also to make diagnosing this problem easier, print a warning if a board
tries to setup MMC2 pins without a respective SoC setting being defined.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan at amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec at siol.net>
ZeroPi is a new board of high performance with low cost
designed by FriendlyElec., using the Allwinner H3 SOC.
ZeroPi features
- Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7@1.2GHz
- 256MB/512MB DDR3 RAM
- microsd slot
- 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet
- Debug Serial Port
- DC 5V/2A power-supply
Signed-off-by: Yu-Tung Chang <mtwget@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
OrangePi PC2 board has DRAM with ODT, so enable it.
H5 SoC is also connected to voltage regulator. It's default value is
reasonable at reset, but might be too low when rebooting with a lower
voltage programmed. In order to avoid instability, enable driver for it
and set it to appropriate voltage.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: remove original ZQ value change, adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Most clock factors and dividers in the H6 PLLs use a "+1 encoding",
which we were missing on two occasions.
This fixes the MMC clock setup on the H6, which could be slightly off due
to the wrong parent frequency:
mmc 2 set mod-clk req 52000000 parent 1176000000 n 2 m 12 rate 49000000
Also the CPU frequency (PLL1) was a tad too high before.
For PLL5 (DRAM) we already accounted for this +1, but in the DRAM code
itself, not in the bit field macro. Move this there to be aligned with
what the other SoCs and other PLLs do.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Recent Allwinner platforms (starting with the H3) only use the MUSB
controller for peripheral mode and use HCI for host mode. As a result,
extra steps need to be taken to properly route USB signals to one or
the other. More precisely, the following is required:
* Routing the pins to either HCI/MUSB (controlled by PHY);
* Enabling USB PHY passby in HCI mode (controlled by PMU).
The current code will enable passby for each PHY and reroute PHY0 to
MUSB, which is inconsistent and results in broken USB peripheral support.
Passby on PHY0 must only be enabled when we want to use HCI. Since
host/device mode detection is not available from the PHY code and
because U-Boot does not support changing the mode dynamically anyway,
we can just mux the controller to MUSB if it is enabled and mux it to
HCI otherwise.
This fixes USB peripheral support for platforms with PHY0 dual-route,
especially H3/H5 and V3s.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paul.kocialkowski@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Update the H3 DT files from the Linux 5.12 release.
The changes update some boards, and don't affect U-Boot, but fix Gigabit
Ethernet when this DT is passed on to the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Update the H5 DT files from the Linux 5.12 release.
The changes don't affect U-Boot at all, but fix Gigabit Ethernet when
this DT is passed on to the Linux kernel. It also introduces DVFS.
This also updates the shared sunxi-h3-h5.dtsi, but that only adds nodes
that are of no concern to U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Update the H6 DT files from the Linux 5.12 release.
The changes are minimal (many LED node renames), but also help to enable
USB port 0 in U-Boot (later), enable the RSB device (not yet used in
U-Boot), and also introduce an MMC frequency limit.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
As seen with clang-12:
warning: __asm_invalidate_l3_dcache changed binding to STB_WEAK
As we indeed use ENTRY and then declare the function weak manually. Use
the WEAK declarative from <linux/linkage.h> instead.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On arm64, board info is not applicable and kernel command line patched into
the DT, so the LMB reservation here makes no sense anymore. On legacy arm32,
this might still be necessary on systems which do not use DT or use legacy
ATAGS. Disable this LMB reservation on arm64.
This also permits Linux DT to specify reserved memory node at address close
to the end of DRAM bank, i.e. overlaping with U-Boot location. Since after
boot, U-Boot will be no more, this is OK.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fix following compilation issue when SYS_DCACHE_OFF is enable:
drivers/misc/scmi_agent.c:128: undefined reference to `mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour'
when SYS_DCACHE_OFF is enable, mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour() must be
defined.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
On implementations that support VHE, the layout of the CPTR_EL2
register depends on whether HCR_EL2.E2H is set. If the bit is
set, CPTR_EL2 uses the same layout as CPACR_EL1 and can in fact
be accessed through that register. In that case, jump to the
EL1 code to enable access to the FP/SIMD registers. This allows
U-Boot to run on systems that pass control to U-Boot in EL2 with
EL2 Host mode enabled such as machines using Apple's M1 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Acked-by: Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org>
The cavium,bdk node is a non-standard dt node used by the BDK and
therefore it is removed from the dt before booting Linux. Do not
require this node to exist as it won't for standard dt's.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Extend CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE and include all standard baudrates and
also nonstandard up to the 6 MBaud. U-Boot's A3720 UART driver can use
baudrates from 300 Baud to 6 MBaud.
This changes all A3720 boards, since all of them include either
mvebu_armada-37xx.h or turris_mox.h config file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Unfortunately the UART driver in current Linux for Armada 3700 expects
UART's parent clock to be XTAL and calculats baudrate divisor according
to XTAL clock. Therefore we must switch back to XTAL clock before
booting kernel.
Implement .remove method for this driver with DM_FLAG_OS_PREPARE flag
set.
If current baudrate is unsuitable for XTAL clock then we do not change
anything. This can only happen if the user either configured unsupported
settings or knows what they are doing and has kernel patches which allow
usage of non-XTAL parent clock.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Using TBG clock as parent clock for UART allows us using higher
baudrates than 230400.
Turris MOX with external FT232RL USB-UART works fine up to 3 MBaud
(which is maximum for this USB-UART controller), while EspressoBIN with
integrated pl2303 USB-UART also works fine up to 6 MBaud.
Slower baudrates with TBG as a parent clock can be achieved by
increasing TBG dividers and oversampling divider. When using the slowest
TBG clock, minimal working baudrate is 300.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Setting DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC for Armada 3720 clock drivers (TBG and
peripheral clocks) makes it possible for serial driver to retrieve clock
rates via clk API.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
UART parent clock is by default the platform's xtal clock, which is
25 MHz.
The value defined in the driver, though, is 25.8048 MHz. This is a hack
for the suboptimal divisor calculation
Divisor = UART clock / (16 * baudrate)
which does not use rounding division, resulting in a suboptimal value
for divisor if the correct parent clock rate was used.
Change the code for divisor calculation to round to closest value, i.e.
Divisor = Round(UART clock / (16 * baudrate))
and change the parent clock rate value to that returned by
get_ref_clk().
This makes A3720 UART stable at standard UART baudrates between 1800 and
230400.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
With the spear family of platforms gone, remove references to them from
the build jobs.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
While this platform has not yet been converted, there is active efforts
to do so. Keep the platform for now.
This reverts commit aa697e6904.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Remove a large number of platforms that did not migrate to DM_PCI or
DM_USB by 2 years past the migration deadline and do not have a
migration imminent.
If MUSB support is disabled, these parts of the code will fail to build.
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_USB by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them. As this is
the last of the SPEAr platforms, so remove the rest of the remaining
support as well.
Cc: Vipin Kumar <vipin.kumar@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_USB by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them. As this is
also the last SPEAR3XX platform, remove that symbol as well.
Cc: Vipin Kumar <vipin.kumar@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_USB by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them.
Cc: Vipin Kumar <vipin.kumar@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_USB by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them.
Cc: Vipin Kumar <vipin.kumar@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_USB by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it
Cc: Ajay Bhargav <contact@8051projects.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_USB by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it.
This is also the last PL010_SERIAL using board, so remove those
references.
Cc: Sergey Kostanbaev <sergey.kostanbaev@fairwaves.ru>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_USB by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them.
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As this board does not use CONFIG_OF_CONTROL and the DM_USB migration
deadline has passed, disable USB_GADGET support.
Cc: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
As these boards support CONFIG_OF_CONTROL today, perform a basic
CONFIG_DM migration.
Cc: Eric Cooper <ecc@cmu.edu>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As these boards support CONFIG_OF_CONTROL today, perform a basic
CONFIG_DM migration.
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As these boards support CONFIG_OF_CONTROL today, perform a basic
CONFIG_DM migration.
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As these boards support CONFIG_OF_CONTROL today, perform a basic
CONFIG_DM migration.
Cc: Dave Purdy <david.c.purdy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As these boards support CONFIG_OF_CONTROL today, perform a basic
CONFIG_DM migration.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not converted to DM_USB by the deadline, disable USB
support as they do not enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it. As this is the last
ARCH_T4160 platform, remove that support as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it. As this is the last
ARCH_MPC8315 platform, remove that support as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it. This is also the last
of the ARCH_MPC8641/MPC8610 platforms, so remove that support as well.
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them. As this includes
the last ARCH_MPC8572 platform, remove that as well.
Cc: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it. As this is the last
ARCH_MPC8568 platform, remove that support as well.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them. As this is
the only ARCH_T1023 platform left, remove that support as well.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them. As this is the only
ARCH_MPC8555 platform left, remove that support as well.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it. As this is the only
MPC8541 target left, remove that architecture support as well.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and are
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them.
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them.
Cc: Reinhard Arlt <reinhard.arlt@esd-electronics.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Ilya Yanok <yanok@emcraft.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI, CONFIG_DM_USB or
in some cases CONFIG_DM itself by the deadline. Remove them.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline.
Remove them. As this is the last of the mcf547x_8x family of boards,
remove that support as well.
Cc: TsiChung Liew <Tsi-Chung.Liew@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline.
Remove them. As this is all of the CONFIG_M548x platforms as well,
remove that code.
Cc: TsiChung Liew <Tsi-Chung.Liew@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the ventana boards migrated to DM_PCI and DM_ETH, we can remove
this prototype.
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Move to gcc-11.1.0 builds from kernel.org for supported platforms and
LLVM-11 for those tests.
- As Heinrich has noted, the RISC-V platform specification has a profile
OS-A for running rich operating systems like Linux and BSD. This profile
requires 64bit and UEFI conforming to the EBBR. Only the 'embedded'
profile may use 32bit. Given this, drop grub for 32bit RISC-V as it no
longer compiles with gcc-11.1 and upstream is unlikely to fix it:
https://www.mail-archive.com/grub-devel@gnu.org/msg30736.html
- Update to grub-2.06 release to address other issues of building with
gcc-11.1.
- Update to newer Xtensa (gcc-9.2.0) and ARC (gcc-10.2) toolchains
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With x86 we can execute an option ROM either natively or using the
x86 emulator (if enabled with CONFIG_BIOSEMU). Both of these share
the _X86EMU_env variable, with the native code using it to hold
register state during interrupt processing.
At present, in 32-bit U-Boot, the variable is declared twice, once
in common code and once in code only compiled with CONFIG_BIOSEMU.
With GCC 11 this causes a 'multiple definitions' error on boards
with CONFIG_BIOSEMU.
Drop the emulator definition when CONFIG_BIOSEMU is used.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When we do not have bootstage enabled, rather than include an empty
dummy function, we just don't reference it. This saves us space in some
tight builds. This also shows a few cases where show_boot_progress was
incorrectly guarded before.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Follow what the Linux Kernel does here and disable the
'zero-length-bounds', 'array-bounds' and 'stringop-overflow' warnings
here.
This brings in commits 5c45de21a2223, 44720996e2d79 and 5a76021c2eff7
from the Linux Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The board code here references the display_width / display_height
variables set in the video driver, declare these as externs as gcc-11
will notice and lead to a multiple definition error.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In some board cpld.h files the definition of the cpld_data struct
not-quite makes a typedef for cpld_data_t. This problem is caught with
gcc-11 as a multiple definition error. As there are no users of this
non-typedef, fix this by not declaring it one to begin with.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With gcc-11 we see:
drivers/ddr/marvell/a38x/ddr3_debug.c:672:47: error: argument 2 of type 'u32[5]' {aka 'unsigned int[5]'} with mismatched bound [-Werror=array-parameter=]
672 | int ddr3_tip_read_adll_value(u32 dev_num, u32 pup_values[MAX_INTERFACE_NUM * MAX_BUS_NUM],
| ~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In file included from drivers/ddr/marvell/a38x/ddr3_training_ip_engine.h:10,
from drivers/ddr/marvell/a38x/ddr3_init.h:17,
from drivers/ddr/marvell/a38x/ddr3_debug.c:6:
drivers/ddr/marvell/a38x/ddr3_training_ip_flow.h:116:47: note: previously declared as 'u32[]' {aka 'unsigned int[]'}
And similar warnings. Correct these by updating the prototype. Remove
the prototype for ddr3_tip_read_pup_value as it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
First set of u-boot-atmel fixes for 2021.10 cycle:
This small fixes set is dedicated to fixing the onewire subsystem for
the at91 boards which was broken since 2020.04.
Previous device tree for OpenPiton emits a warning during compilation.
This commit fixes the previous warning adds dts to the OpenPiton RISC-V
board and added the device tree to MAINTAINER file.
Signed-off-by: Tianrui Wei <tianrui-wei@outlook.com>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
- mpc8379erdb DM_USB, DM_PCI and DM_ETH support.
- Drop PCI support from the integrator family of boards
- Add synquacer support
- Assorted lpc32xx updates and improvements
- snapdragon (and related) fixes, Broadcom iproc update
At the moment, the U-Boot serial_msm driver does not initialize the
UART_DM_DMEN register with the required value. Usually this does not
cause any problems, because there is Qualcomm's LK bootloader running
before U-Boot which initializes the register with the correct value.
It's important that this register is initialized correctly, because
the U-Boot driver does not make use of the BAM/DMA or single character
mode functionality of the UART controller. A different bootloader
before U-Boot might initialize the register differently.
For example, on DragonBoard 410c U-Boot can also be installed to the
"aboot" partition (replacing LK entirely). In this case U-Boot is
loaded directly by SBL, which seems to use the single-character mode
for some reason. In single character mode there is always just one
char in the FIFO, instead of the 4 characters expected by
msm_serial_fetch(). It also causes issues with "earlycon" later in
the Linux kernel, which tries to output 4 chars at once,
but only the first char will be written.
This causes early UART log in Linux to be corrupted like this:
[ 00ano:ameoi .Q1B[ 00ac _idaM00080oo'ahani-lcle._20). 15NdNii 5 SPMSJ20:U2
[ 00rkoolmsamel
[ 00Fw ]elamletopsioble
[ 00ore
instead of
[ 0.000000] Booting Linux on physical CPU 0x0000000000 [0x410fd030]
[ 0.000000] Machine model: Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. APQ 8016 SBC
[ 0.000000] earlycon: msm_serial_dm0 at MMIO 0x00000000078b0000 (options '')
[ 0.000000] printk: bootconsole [msm_serial_dm0] enabled
Make sure to initialize UART_DM_DMEN correctly to fix this issue
when loading U-Boot directly after SBL (instead of through LK).
There is no functional difference when loading U-Boot through LK
since LK also initializes UART_DM_DMEN to 0x0. [1]
[1]: https://git.linaro.org/landing-teams/working/qualcomm/lk.git/tree/platform/msm_shared/uart_dm.c?h=dragonboard410c-LA.BR.1.2.7-03810-8x16.0-linaro3#n203
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
It looks like SD card detection is broken at the moment for DB410c.
The eMMC is detected correctly, but the SD card is not.
This is probably similar to the issue fixed in commit 8505147403
("mmc: msm_sdhci: Use mmc_of_parse for setting host_caps") for eMMC,
except that the SD card does not have a property like "non-removable"
that skips the card detection.
The SDHCI on DB410c cannot detect itself if a SD card is inserted,
so add the necessary cd-gpios to make SD card detection work again.
While at it, fix the #gpio-cells for the soc_gpios to avoid DTC
warnings - the soc_gpios are actually already used with two cells
for the gpio-leds so this was just wrong all the time.
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The GICC register used by u-boot is 0x0a20c000, which is actually a GICC
for WCNSS, the WLAN processor. U-boot runs on the Application Processor,
therefore it should use APCS GICC instead. Hence, correct it with APCS GICC
register address.
Signed-off-by: Sheep Sun <sunxiaoyang2003@gmail.com>
Enable a DMed i2c driver for the ea-lpc3250devkitv2 board.
Include some sample commands/output for testing.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Convert the CONFIG_SYS_I2C_LPC32XX configuration symbol from an include
directive to a Kconfig value.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the of_match/compatible string to the lpc32xx i2c driver so it works
correctly with device-tree.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
The lpc32xx driver was not obtaining the per-device base address correctly
from the device tree. Fix the FIXME in order to get the correct base address.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Add basic support for running U-Boot on the Embedded Artists LPC3250
Developer's Kit v2 board by launching U-Boot from the board's s1l loader
(which comes pre-installed on the board).
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Import the dtsi, dts, and clock binding files for the lpc32xx ea3250 board
directly and unmodified from the latest Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
There's nothing special or unique to the lpc32xx that requires its own config
parameter for specifying the console uart index. Therefore instead of using
the lpc32xx-specific CONFIG_SYS_LPC32XX_UART include parameter, use the
already-available CONFIG_CONS_INDEX from Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable EFI capsule update support. With the EFI capsule update,
you can update U-Boot, TF-A and OP-TEE. TF-A and OP-TEE are
usually combined as a FIP binary, but if the binary is bigger
than 480KB, you have to modify FIP header, split the OP-TEE
and stores the OP-TEE binary in the different place. This
configuration supports both cases.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Since the EDK2 GenerateCapsule script is out of date and it
doesn't generate the supported version capsule file, the document
should refer the mkeficapsule in tools.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Add the DeveloperBox 96boards EE support. This board is also
known as Socionext SynQuacer E-Series. It contians one "SC2A11"
SoC, which has 24-cores of arm Cortex-A53, and 4 DDR3 slots,
3 PCIe slots (1 4x port and 2 1x ports which are expanded via
PCIe bridge chip), 2 USB 3.0 ports and 2 USB 2.0 ports, 2 SATA
ports and 1 GbE, 64MB NOR flash and 8GB eMMC on standard
MicroATX Form Factor.
For more information, see this page;
https://www.96boards.org/product/developerbox/
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Add device trees for 96boards EE DeveloperBox and basement SynQuacer
SoC dtsi. These files are imported from EDK2
commit 83d38b0b4c0f240d4488c600bbe87cea391f3922
as-is (except for the changes #include path and some macros).
And add U-Boot specific changes in synquacer-sc2a11-developerbox-u-boot.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
This is a driver for the HSSPI SPI controller on SynQuacer SoC.
The HSSPI has command sequence mode (memory mapped) and
direct mode (FIFO access). The driver will operate it under
the direct mode. And before booting OS, it switch back to the
command sequence mode since that is compatible with default
EDK2 behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Add ECAM based SynQuacer PCIe RC driver. This driver configures the
PCIe RC and filter out a ghost pcie config.
Since the Linux kernel expects "socionext,synquacer-pcie-ecam" device
is configured by firmware (EDK2), it doesn't re-configure in the kernel.
So as same as EDK2, U-Boot needs to configure it before boot the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Since some SoCs and boards do not hae extra asm/arch/gpio.h,
introduce CONFIG_GPIO_EXTRA_HEADER instead of adding
!define(CONFIG_ARCH_XXXX) in asm/gpio.h.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Without this fix, scsi-scan will cause a synchronous abort
when accessing ops->scan.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for 1.3GHz, 1.35GHz and 1.4GHz parts. This is based on
equivalent code in Broadcom's LDK 5.0.6.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
We didn't convert the Integrator to use DM for PCI in
time, and we don't use it either so let's just drop
PCI support from the Integrator.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In commit 1e4687aa47 ("binman: Use target-specific tools when
cross-compiling"), a utility function was implemented to get preferred
compilation tools using environment variables like CC and CROSS_COMPILE.
Although it intended to provide custom default tools (same as those in
the global Makefile) when no relevant variables were set (for example
using "gcc" for "cc"), it is only doing so when CROSS_COMPILE is set and
returning the literal name of the tool otherwise.
Remove the check for an empty CROSS_COMPILE, which makes the function
use it as an empty prefix to the custom defaults and return the intended
executables.
Fixes: 1e4687aa47 ("binman: Use target-specific tools when cross-compiling")
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
This patch adds a limited pulse-width modulator to sandbox's Chromium OS
Embedded Controller emulation. The emulated PWM device supports multiple
channels but can only set a duty cycle for each, as the actual EC
doesn't expose any functionality or information other than that. Though
the EC supports specifying the PWM channel by its type (e.g. display
backlight, keyboard backlight), this is not implemented in the emulation
as nothing in U-Boot uses this type specification.
This emulated PWM device is then used to test the Chromium OS PWM driver
in sandbox. Adding the required device node to the sandbox test
device-tree unfortunately makes it the first PWM device, so this also
touches some other tests to make sure they still use the sandbox PWM.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Each _device_ belonging to a given uclass of course has its own ->ops,
of a type determined by and known to the uclass.
However, no instance of a uclass_driver seems to populate ->ops, and
the only reference to it in code is this relocation.
Moreover, it's not really clear what could sensibly be assigned; it
would have to be some "struct uclass_ops *" providing a set of methods
for the core to call on that particular uclass, but should the need
for that ever arise, it would be better to have a member of that
particular type instead of void*.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
GCC provides a symbol _init in crti.o on x86_64 and aarch64 but not on
RISC-V. The following lines leads to a build error for sandbox_defconfig on
RISC-V due to the missing symbol:
common/board_f.c:269:
#elif defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) || defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP)
gd->mon_len = (ulong)&_end - (ulong)_init;
The sandbox code is not copied into the memory allocated using mmap().
Hence we can safely use gd->mon_len = 0 to avoid the reference to _init.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
state_uninit() and dm_uninit() are mutually exclusive:
state_uninit() prints via drivers. So it cannot be executed after
dm_uninit().
dm_uninit() requires memory. So it cannot be executed after state_uninit()
which releases all memory.
Just skip dm_uninit() when resetting the sandbox. We will wake up in a new
process and allocate new memory. So this cleanup is not required. We don't
do it in sandbox_exit() either.
This avoids a segmentation error when efi_reset_system_boottime() is
invoked by a UEFI application.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Addresses in state->ram_buf must be in the low 4 GiB of the address space.
Otherwise we cannot correctly fill SMBIOS tables. This shows up in warnings
like:
WARNING: SMBIOS table_address overflow 7f752735e020
Ensure that state->ram_buf is initialized by the first invocation of
os_malloc().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Define LOG_CATEGORY for all uclass to allow filtering with
log command.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if sandbox crashes it prints a message and tries to exit. But
with the recently introduced signal handler, it often seems to get stuck
in a loop until the stack overflows:
Segmentation violation
Segmentation violation
Segmentation violation
Segmentation violation
Segmentation violation
Segmentation violation
Segmentation violation
...
The signal handler is only useful for a few tests, as I understand it.
Make it optional.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are two revisions of unmatched board with different DDR timing,
we'd like to support multi-dtb mechanism in SPL, then it selects the
right DTB at runtime according to PCB revision in I2C EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The difference between unmatched rev3 and rev1 is DDR timing, the rev3
uses 1866 MT/s for 16GiB, and rev1 uses 2133 MT/s for 8GiB.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
There are different DDR parameter settings for different board
revisions. Add a new interface to get the PCB revision to determine
which DT should be selected at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Enable SPL_I2C_SUPPORT for fu740, and add 'u-boot,dm-spl' property in
i2c node.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Add initial support for the PCB description EEPROM for SiFive HiFive
Unmatched boards.
This implementation is refactored based on Paul Walmsley's porting and
adopt the suggestions from David Abdurachmanov.
Signed-off-by: Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
Signed-off-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The GPIO polarity for onewire must be GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH.
On previous versions this used to work as it looks like the right flag values
are being passed since :
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2020-April/407195.html
And that series broke the old functionality for onewire nodes.
Some boards had the correct value for the polarity, but it wasn't clear
so I replaced it with the right macro for the flag, instead of an empty value.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
gpio_request_by_name should be called with proper flags.
The 0 value flag is invalid, and causes bad initialization of the gpio.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
This commit adds support to piton_mmc driver for OpenPiton-riscv64
This driver has many things set as preconfigured because the hardware
automatically configures most of the settings during startup.
Signed-off-by: Tianrui Wei <tianrui-wei@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Balkind <jbalkind@ucsb.edu>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
This patch adds openpiton-riscv64 SOC support. In particular, this
board supports a standard bootflow through zsbl->u-boot SPL->
opensbi->u-boot proper->Linux. There are separate defconfigs for
building u-boot SPL and u-boot proper
Signed-off-by: Tianrui Wei <tianrui-wei@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Balkind <jbalkind@ucsb.edu>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Replace 'pciaux' with 'pcieaux', including name string and function
prefix. The old name string, 'pciaux', might cause an error if PCIe
driver is changed to use clk_get_by_name() with 'pcieaux' to get
clock.
Signed-off-by: Green Wan <green.wan@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Now that u-boot gained DSA support, and it is already enabled for the
kontron_sl28 board, add the last missing piece and enable the
corresponding devices it in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Make sure that errors in the PHY driver .startup() method, such as no
link, are propagated and not ignored.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The RGMII spec supports optional in-band status reporting for the speed
and duplex negotiated on the copper side, and the ENETC driver enables
this feature by default.
However, this does not work when the PHY does not implement the in-band
reporting, or when there is a MAC-to-MAC connection described using a
fixed-link. In that case, it would be better to disable the feature in
the ENETC MAC and always force the speed and duplex to the values that
were negotiated and retrieved over MDIO once the autoneg is finished.
Since this works always, we just do it unconditionally and drop the
in-band code.
Note that because we need to wait for the autoneg to complete, we need
to move enetc_setup_mac_iface() after phy_startup() returns, and then
pass the phydev pointer all the way to enetc_init_rgmii().
The same considerations have led to a similar Linux driver patch as well:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next.git/commit/?id=c76a97218dcbb2cb7cec1404ace43ef96c87d874
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Given that even a fixed-link has an associated phy_device, there is no
reason to operate in a mode when dm_eth_phy_connect fails.
Remove the driver checks for a NULL priv->phy and just return -ENODEV
when that happens.
Copyright updated according to corporate requirements.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The enetc-2 port is used as DSA master (connected back-to-back to
mscc_felix_port4). Since the convention is to not enable ports in the
common SoC dtsi unless they are used on the board, then enable enetc-2
only when mscc_felix_port4 itself is enabled.
All existing device trees appear to adhere to this rule, so disable
enetc-2 in the SoC dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
To comply with the device tree bindings expectations for an Ethernet
controller, as well as to simplify the driver code, declare fixed-link
nodes for the internal ENETC ports (attached to the mscc_felix switch).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
There are no PCB trace delays on this board, so the PHY needs to enable
its internal ones in order to have a proper electrical connection to the
enetc MAC.
Fixes: b32e9a7578 ("arm: dts: ls1028a updates for network interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Due to an upstream change, the ls1028a.dtsi bindings for the mscc_felix
switch got accepted with all ports disabled by default and with no link
to the DSA master - this needs to be done on a per board basis.
Note that enetc-2 is not currently disabled in the ls1028a.dtsi, but
presumably at some point it might become. Explicitly enable it in the
QDS device trees anyway, to proactively avoid issues when that happens.
Fixes: a7fdac7e2a ("arm: dts: ls1028a: define QDS networking protocol combinations")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The SMC911x Ethernet MACs can be integrated using a 16 or 32-bit bus.
The driver needs to know about this choice, which is the reason for us
having a Kconfig symbol for that.
Now this bus width is already described using a devicetree property, and
since the driver is DM compliant and is using the DT now, we should query
this at runtime. We leave the Kconfig choice around, in case the DT is
missing this property.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The SMC911x Ethernet driver needs to know which accessor functions it
can use to access the MMIO registers. For that reason we have a Kconfig
choice between 16 and 32-bit bus width.
Since it's only those two options that we (and the Linux kernel)
support, and there does not seem to be any evidence of another bus
width anywhere, limit the Kconfig construct to a simple symbol.
This simplifies the code and allows a later rework to be much easier.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
In a system with multiple network controllers it can be difficult
to know the names of the various devices available. This is especially
true for USB ether devices as they do not display device names upon
detection.
This is being added as a net sub-system in case other commands may
want to be added or moved here.
Note that this is only enabled for DM_ETH
Example:
U-Boot > net
net - NET sub-system
Usage:
net list - list available devices
U-Boot > net list
eth0 : ethernet@2188000 00:d0:12:98:f5:47 active
eth1 : e1000#0 00:d0:12:98:f5:48
eth2 : asix_eth 8c:ae:4c:f5:84:9d
eth3 : asix_eth 8c:ae:4c:f9:41:e3
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
- General test.py improvements
- Rewrite the squashfs tests
- Update our CI container to Ubuntu 20.04 "focal" base.
- Make some changes to the Azure yaml so that we can have more tests run
there.
Move us up to being based on Ubuntu 20.04 "focal" and the latest tag
from Ubuntu for this release. For this, we make sure that "python" is
now python3 but still include python2.7 for the rx51 qemu build as that
is very old and does not support python3.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add more details to test cases by comparing each expected line with the
command's output. Add new test cases:
- sqfsls at an empty directory
- sqfsls at a sub-directory
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> [on sandbox]
Signed-off-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
The previous strategy to know if a file was correctly loaded was to
check for how many bytes were read and compare it against the file's
original size. Since this is not a good solution, replace it by
comparing the checksum of the loaded bytes against the original file's
checksum. Add more test cases: files at a sub-directory and non-existent
file.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> [on sandbox]
Signed-off-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
Remove the previous OOP approach, which was confusing and incomplete.
Add more test cases by making SquashFS images with various options,
concerning file fragmentation and its compression. Add comments to
properly document the code.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> [on sandbox]
Signed-off-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
The filesystem test setup needs to prepare disk images for its tests,
with either guestmount or loop mounts. The former requires access to the
host fuse device (added in a previous patch), the latter requires access
to host loop devices. Both mounts also need additional privileges since
docker's default configuration prevents the containers from mounting
filesystems (for host security).
Add any available loop devices to the container and try to add as few
privileges as possible to run these tests, which narrow down to adding
SYS_ADMIN capability and disabling apparmor confinement. However, this
much still seems to be insecure enough to let malicious container
processes escape as root on the host system [1].
[1] https://blog.trailofbits.com/2019/07/19/understanding-docker-container-escapes/
Since the mentioned tests are marked to run only on the sandbox board,
add these additional devices and privileges only when testing with that.
An alternative to using mounts is modifying the filesystem tests to use
virt-make-fs (like some EFI tests do), but it fails to generate a
partitionless FAT filesystem image on Debian systems. Other more
feasible alternatives are using guestfish or directly using libguestfs
Python bindings to create and populate the images, but switching the
test setups to these is nontrivial and is left as future work.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
The EFI secure boot and capsule test setups need to prepare disk images
for their tests using virt-make-fs, which requires access to the host
fuse device. This is not exposed to the docker container by default and
has to be added explicitly. Add it.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
The filesystem and EFI (capsule and secure boot) test setups try to use
guestmount and virt-make-fs respectively to prepare disk images to run
tests on. However, these libguestfs tools need a kernel image and fail
with the following message (revealed in debug/trace mode) if it can't
find one:
supermin: failed to find a suitable kernel (host_cpu=x86_64).
I looked for kernels in /boot and modules in /lib/modules.
If this is a Xen guest, and you only have Xen domU kernels
installed, try installing a fullvirt kernel (only for
supermin use, you shouldn't boot the Xen guest with it).
This failure then causes these tests to be skipped in CIs. Install a
kernel package in the Docker containers so the CIs can run these
tests with libguestfs tools again (assuming the container is run with
necessary host devices and privileges). As this kernel would be only
used for virtualization, we can use the kernel package specialized for
that. On Ubuntu systems kernel images are not readable by non-root
users, so explicitly add read permissions with chmod as well.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Some filesystem tests are failing when their image is prepared with
guestmount, but succeeding if loop mounts are used instead. The reason
seems to be a race condition the guestmount(1) manual page explains:
When guestunmount(1)/fusermount(1) exits, guestmount may still be
running and cleaning up the mountpoint. The disk image will not be
fully finalized.
This means that scripts like the following have a nasty race condition:
guestmount -a disk.img -i /mnt
# copy things into /mnt
guestunmount /mnt
# immediately try to use 'disk.img' ** UNSAFE **
The solution is to use the --pid-file option to write the guestmount
PID to a file, then after guestunmount spin waiting for this PID to
exit.
The Python standard library has an os.waitpid() function for waiting a
child to terminate, but it cannot wait on non-child processes. Implement
a utility function that can do this by polling the process repeatedly
for a given duration, optionally killing the process if it won't
terminate on its own. Apply the suggested solution with this utility
function, which makes the failing tests succeed again.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If guestmount isn't available on the system, filesystem test setup falls
back to using loop mounts to prepare its disk images. If guestmount is
available but fails to work, the tests are immediately skipped. Instead
of giving up on a guestmount failure, try using loop mounts as an
attempt to keep tests running.
Also stop checking if guestmount is in PATH, as trying to run a missing
guestmount can now follow the same failure codepath and fall back to
loop mounts anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Probably, a pointer to a variable in an inner block should not
be exposed to an outer block.
Fixes: c70f44817d ("efi_loader: simplify 'printenv -e'")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
[trini: Don't make guid const now]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Kconfig defaults to mode 3 if CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE is not set.
It becomes an issue since meson_spifc does not support SPI_CPHA.
Needed after commit e2e95e5e25 ("spi: Update speed/mode on change").
Fixes: e2e95e5e25 ("spi: Update speed/mode on change")
Signed-off-by:Da Xue <da@libre.computer>
[narmstrong: reformated commit reference & added Fixes tag]
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Although U-Boot supports capsule update on-disk, it's lack of support for
SetVariable at runtime prevents applications like fwupd from using it.
In order to perform the capsule update on-disk the spec says that the OS
must copy the capsule to the \EFI\UpdateCapsule directory and set a bit in
the OsIndications variable. The firmware then checks for the
EFI_OS_INDICATIONS_FILE_CAPSULE_DELIVERY_SUPPORTED bit in OsIndications
variable, which is set by the submitter to trigger processing of the
capsule on the next reboot.
Let's add a config option which ignores the bit and just relies on the
capsule being present. Since U-Boot deletes the capsule while processing
it, we won't end up applying it multiple times.
Note that this is allowed for all capsules. In the future, once
authenticated capsules are fully supported, we can limit the functionality
to those only.
Signed-off-by: apalos <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reword Kconfig description.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
After each reboot we must clear flag
EFI_OS_INDICATIONS_FILE_CAPSULE_DELIVERY_SUPPORTED in variable
OsIndications.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Improve efi_query_variable_info() to check the parameter settings and
return correct error code according to the UEFI Specification 2.9,
and the Self Certification Test (SCT) II Case Specification, June
2017, chapter 4.1.4 QueryVariableInfo().
Reported-by: Kazuhiko Sakamoto <sakamoto.kazuhiko@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
After if we should use parentheses to keep the code readable.
Fixes: a95f4c8859 ("efi_loader: NULL dereference in EFI console")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We only install FMPs if a CapsuleUpdate is requested. Since we now have an
ESRT table which relies on FMPs to build the required information, it
makes more sense to unconditionally install them. This will allow userspace
applications (e.g fwupd) to make use of the ERST and provide us with files
we can use to run CapsuleUpdate on-disk
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Chapter 23 of the EFI spec (rev 2.9) says:
"A specific updatable hardware firmware store must be represented by
exactly one FMP instance".
This is not the case for us, since both of our FMP protocols can be
installed at the same time because they are controlled by a single
'dfu_alt_info' env variable.
So make the config options depend on each other and allow the user to
install one of them at any given time. If we fix the meta-data provided
by the 'dfu_alt_info' in the future, to hint about the capsule type
(fit or raw) we can revise this and enable both FMPs to be installed, as
long as they target different firmware hardware stores
Note that we are not using a Kconfig 'choice' on purpose, since we
want to allow both of those to be installed and tested in sandbox
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When running the efidebug capsule disk-update command, the efi_fmp_raw
protocol installation fails with 2 (EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) as below.
This is because the code passes efi_root instead of the handle local var.
=> efidebug capsule disk-update
EFI: Call: efi_install_multiple_protocol_interfaces( &handle, &efi_guid_firmware_management_protocol, &efi_fmp_fit, NULL)
EFI: Entry efi_install_multiple_protocol_interfaces(00000000fbaf5988)
EFI: Call: efi_install_protocol_interface( handle, protocol, EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE, protocol_interface)
EFI: Entry efi_install_protocol_interface(00000000fbaf5988, 86c77a67-0b97-4633-a187-49104d0685c7, 0, 00000000fbfa6ee8)
EFI: new handle 00000000fbb37520
EFI: Exit: efi_install_protocol_interface: 0
EFI: 0 returned by efi_install_protocol_interface( handle, protocol, EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE, protocol_interface)
EFI: Exit: efi_install_multiple_protocol_interfaces: 0
EFI: 0 returned by efi_install_multiple_protocol_interfaces( &handle, &efi_guid_firmware_management_protocol, &efi_fmp_fit, NULL)
EFI: Call: efi_install_multiple_protocol_interfaces( &efi_root, &efi_guid_firmware_management_protocol, &efi_fmp_raw, NULL)
EFI: Entry efi_install_multiple_protocol_interfaces(00000000fbfec648)
EFI: Call: efi_install_protocol_interface( handle, protocol, EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE, protocol_interface)
EFI: Entry efi_install_protocol_interface(00000000fbfec648, 86c77a67-0b97-4633-a187-49104d0685c7, 0, 00000000fbfa6f18)
EFI: handle 00000000fbaf8520
EFI: Exit: efi_install_protocol_interface: 2
EFI: 2 returned by efi_install_protocol_interface( handle, protocol, EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE, protocol_interface)
EFI: Exit: efi_install_multiple_protocol_interfaces: 2
EFI: 2 returned by efi_install_multiple_protocol_interfaces( &efi_root, &efi_guid_firmware_management_protocol, &efi_fmp_raw, NULL)
Command failed, result=1
To fix this issue, pass the handle local var which is set NULL right
before installing efi_fmp_raw as same as the installing efi_fmp_fit.
(In both cases, the local reference to the handle will be just discarded)
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- Merge build-time sanity checks to ensure the size of gd doesn't
change. This can happen during cleanups due to not all symbols being
implemented in Kconfig.
The layout and contents of struct global_data depends on a lot of
CONFIG_* preprocessor macros, not all of which are entirely converted
to Kconfig - not to mention weird games played here and there. This
can result in one translation unit using one definition of struct
global_data while the actual layout is another.
That can be very hard to debug. But we already have a mechanism that
can help catch such bugs at build time, namely the asm-offsets
machinery which is necessary anyway to provide assembly code with the
necessary constants. So make sure that every C translation unit that
include global_data.h actually sees the same size of struct
global_data as that which was seen by the asm-offsets.c TU.
It is likely that this patch will break the build of some boards. For
example, without the patch from Matt Merhar
(https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2021-May/450135.html) or some
other fix, this breaks P2041RDB_defconfig:
CC arch/powerpc/lib/traps.o
AS arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc85xx/start.o
In file included from include/asm-generic/global_data.h:26,
from ./arch/powerpc/include/asm/global_data.h:109,
from include/init.h:21,
from arch/powerpc/lib/traps.c:7:
include/linux/build_bug.h:99:41: error: static assertion failed: "sizeof(struct global_data) == GD_SIZE"
99 | #define __static_assert(expr, msg, ...) _Static_assert(expr, msg)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
include/linux/build_bug.h:98:34: note: in expansion of macro ‘__static_assert’
98 | #define static_assert(expr, ...) __static_assert(expr, ##__VA_ARGS__, #expr)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
include/asm-generic/global_data.h:470:1: note: in expansion of macro ‘static_assert’
470 | static_assert(sizeof(struct global_data) == GD_SIZE);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~
make[1]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:266: arch/powerpc/lib/traps.o] Error 1
make: *** [Makefile:1753: arch/powerpc/lib] Error 2
make: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[Linux commit 6bab69c65013bed5fce9f101a64a84d0385b3946]
BUILD_BUG_ON() is a little annoying, since it cannot be used outside
function scope. So one cannot put assertions about the sizeof() a
struct next to the struct definition, but has to hide that in some more
or less arbitrary function.
Since gcc 4.6 (which is now also the required minimum), there is support
for the C11 _Static_assert in all C modes, including gnu89. So add a
simple wrapper for that.
_Static_assert() requires a message argument, which is usually quite
redundant (and I believe that bug got fixed at least in newer C++
standards), but we can easily work around that with a little macro
magic, making it optional.
For example, adding
static_assert(sizeof(struct printf_spec) == 8);
in vsprintf.c and modifying that struct to violate it, one gets
./include/linux/build_bug.h:78:41: error: static assertion failed: "sizeof(struct printf_spec) == 8"
#define __static_assert(expr, msg, ...) _Static_assert(expr, "" msg "")
godbolt.org suggests that _Static_assert() has been support by clang
since at least 3.0.0.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Xilinx changes for v2021.10
clk:
- Add driver for Xilinx Clocking Wizard IP
fdt:
- Also record architecture in /fit-images
net:
- Fix plat/priv data handling in axi emac
- Add support for 10G/25G speeds
pca953x:
- Add missing dependency on i2c
serial:
- Fix dependencies for DEBUG uart for pl010/pl011
- Add setconfig option for cadence serial driver
watchdog:
- Add cadence wdt expire now function
zynq:
- Update DT bindings to reflect the latest state and descriptions
zynqmp:
- Update DT bindings to reflect the latest state and descriptions
- SPL: Add support for ECC DRAM initialization
- Fix R5 core 1 handling logic
- Enable firmware driver for mini configurations
- Enable secure boot, regulators, wdt
- Add support xck devices and 67dr
- Add psu init for sm/smk-k26 SOMs
- Add handling for MMC seq number via mmc_get_env_dev()
- Handle reserved memory locations
- Add support for u-boot.itb generation for secure OS
- Handle BL32 handoffs for secure OS
- Add support for 64bit addresses for u-boot.its generation
- Change eeprom handling via nvmem aliases
It is working in a way that only minimal timeout is setup to reach
expiration just right after it is setup.
Please make sure that PMUFW is compiled with ENABLE_EM flag.
On U-Boot prompt you can test it like:
ZynqMP> wdt dev watchdog@fd4d0000
ZynqMP> wdt list
watchdog@fd4d0000 (cdns_wdt)
ZynqMP> wdt dev
dev: watchdog@fd4d0000
ZynqMP> wdt expire
(And reset should happen here)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The spi_get_bus_and_cs() may be called on the same bus and chipselect
with different frequency or mode. This is valid usecase, but the code
fails to notify the controller of such a configuration change. Call
spi_set_speed_mode() in case bus frequency or bus mode changed to let
the controller update the configuration.
The problem can easily be triggered using the sspi command:
=> sspi 0:0@1000
=> sspi 0:0@2000
Without this patch, both transfers happen at 1000 Hz. With this patch,
the later transfer happens correctly at 2000 Hz.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Pull request for efi-2021-07-rc5-2
Documentation:
* man-page for askenv
bug fixes
* correct display of BootOrder in efidebug command
* do not allow TPL_HIGH_LEVEL for CreateEvent(Ex)
* correct handling of unknown properties in SMBIOS tables
The nor->ready() and spansion_sr_ready() introduced earlier in this
series are used for multi-die package parts.
The nor->quad_enable() sets the volatile QE bit on each die.
The nor->erase() is hooked if the device is not configured to uniform
sectors, assuming it has 32 x 4KB sectors overlaid on bottom address.
Other configurations, top and split, are not supported at this point.
Will submit additional patches to support it as needed.
The post_bfpt/sfdp() fixes the params wrongly advertised in SFDP.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cypress chips support SPINOR_OP_EN4B(B7h) to enable 4-byte addressing mode.
Cypress chips support B8h to disable 4-byte addressing mode instead of
SPINOR_OP_EX4B(E9h).
This patch defines new opcode and updates set_4byte() to support
enable/disable 4-byte addressing mode for Cypress chips.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The spansion_sr_ready() reads status register 1 by Read Any Register
commnad. This function is called from Flash specific hook with die address
and dummy cycles to support multi-die package parts from Spansion/Cypress.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
For dual/quad die package devices from Spansion/Cypress, the device's
status needs to be checked by reading status registers in all dies, by
using Read Any Register command. To support this, a Flash specific hook
that can overwrite the legacy status check is needed.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Some of Spansion/Cypress chips support volatile version of configuration
registers and it is recommended to update volatile registers in the field
application due to a risk of the non-volatile registers corruption by
power interrupt. This patch adds a function to set Quad Enable bit in CFR1
volatile.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Some of Spansion/Cypress chips support Read/Write Any Register commands.
These commands are mainly used to write volatile registers and access to
the registers in second and subsequent die for multi-die package parts.
The Read Any Register instruction (65h) is followed by register address
and dummy cycles, then the selected register byte is returned.
The Write Any Register instruction (71h) is followed by register address
and register byte to write.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
If both POSITION_INDEPENDENT and SYS_RELOC_GD_ENV_ADDR are enabled,
wherever original env is placed anywhere, it should be relocated to
the right address.
Relocation offset gd->reloc_off is calculated with SYS_TEXT_BASE in
setup_reloc() and env address gd->env_addr is relocated by the offset in
initr_reloc_global_data().
gd->env_addr
= (orig env) + gd->reloc_off
= (orig env) + (gd->relocaddr - SYS_TEXT_BASE)
However, SYS_TEXT_BASE isn't always runtime base address when
POSITION_INDEPENDENT is enabled. So the relocated env_addr might point to
wrong address. For example, if SYS_TEXT_BASE is zero, gd->env_addr is
out of memory location and memory exception will occur.
There is a difference between linked address such as SYS_TEXT_BASE and
runtime base address. In _main, the difference is calculated as
"run-vs-link" offset. The env_addr should also be added to the offset
to fix the address.
gd->env_addr
= (orig env) + ("run-vs-link" offset) + gd->reloc_off
= (orig env) + (SYS_TEXT_BASE - _start) + (gd->relocaddr - SYS_TEXT_BASE)
= (orig env) + (gd->relocaddr - _start)
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Commit e4f8e543f1a9("smbios: Drop the unused Kconfig options")
break SMBIOS tables. The reason is that the patch drops the Kconfig
options *after* removing the code using them, but that changes the semantics
of the code completely. Prior to the change a non NULL value was used in
the 'product' and 'manufacturer ' fields.
Chapter 6.2 of the DMTF spec requires Manufacturer and Product Name to be
non-null on some of the tables. So let's add sane defaults for Type1/2/3.
* Before the patchset:
<snip>
Handle 0x0002, DMI type 2, 14 bytes
Base Board Information
Manufacturer: Not Specified
Product Name: Not Specified
Version: Not Specified
Serial Number: Not Specified
Asset Tag: Not Specified
Features:
Board is a hosting board
Location In Chassis: Not Specified
Chassis Handle: 0x0000
Type: Motherboard
Invalid entry length (0). DMI table is broken! Stop.
* After the patchset:
<snip>
Handle 0x0005, DMI type 32, 11 bytes
System Boot Information
Status: No errors detected
Handle 0x0006, DMI type 127, 4 bytes
End Of Table
Fixes: e4f8e543f1 ("smbios: Drop the unused Kconfig options")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We currently define the EFI support of an SMBIOS table as the third bit of
"BIOS Characteristics Extension Byte 1". The latest DMTF spec defines it
on "BIOS Characteristics Extension Byte 2".
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Remove superfluous assignment.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
help file for using askenv cmd is created.
It provides description on the command purpose,
description of arguments,
couple of examples (illustrating command usage),
configuration parameter and
possible return values.
Signed-off-by: Adarsh Babu Kalepalli <opensource.kab@gmail.com>
Add missing entry in doc/usage/index.rst.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Display the number of the boot option and not its index.
Fixes: 2ecee31017 ("efi_loader: use efi_create_indexed_name()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
According to chapter 7.1 "Event, Timer, and Task Priority Services"
TPL_HIGH_LEVEL should not be exposed to applications and drivers.
According to the discussion with EDK II contributors this implies that
CreateEvent() shall not allow to create events with TPL_HIGH_LEVEL.
Cc: Samer El-Haj-Mahmoud <Samer.El-Haj-Mahmoud@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Samer El-Haj-Mahmoud <Samer.El-Haj-Mahmoud@arm.com>
This patch adds psgtr clocks and phy entry for USB0, USB1 and SATA node for
zc1751-xm017-dc3 board.
Signed-off-by: Piyush Mehta <piyush.mehta@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There are lot of accesses to priv data in of_to_plat(), which is incorrect.
Create a platform data structure and use it in of_to_plat(), then copy all
platform data to priv data in probe.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This adds serial parameters that include stop bit mode, parity mode,
and character length. Mark parity and space parity modes are not
supported.
At the moment, the only path to call setconfig directly is DM testing,
however, this affects the size of SPL for DM testing, so it doesn't
apply to SPL.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Both of these drivers are implemented with and without DM that's why more
symbols should be handled.
The most problematic one is enabling DEBUG_UART_PL011 based on
PL01X_SERIAL(DM based) because debug console has type selection based on
it.
enum pl01x_type type = CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DEBUG_UART_PL011) ?
TYPE_PL011 : TYPE_PL010;
Without it pl01x_generic_setbrg() is configuring different registers.
Fixes: 4cc24aeaf4 ("serial: Add missing Kconfig dependencies for debug consoles")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since this flash doesn't have a Profile 1.0 table, the Octal DTR
capabilities are enabled in the post SFDP fixup, along with the 8D-8D-8D
fast read settings.
Enable Octal DTR mode with 20 dummy cycles to allow running at the
maximum supported frequency of 200Mhz.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The Cypress Semper flash is an xSPI compliant octal DTR flash. Add
support for using it in octal DTR mode.
The flash by default boots in a hybrid sector mode. Switch to uniform
sector mode on boot. Use the default 20 dummy cycles for a read fast
command.
The SFDP programming on some older versions of the flash was incorrect.
Fixes for that are included in the fixup hooks.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Some of Spansion/Cypress chips have overlaid 4KB sectors at top and/or
bottom, depending on the device configuration, while U-Boot supports
uniform sector layout only.
The spansion_erase_non_uniform() erases overlaid 4KB sectors,
non-overlaid portion of normal sector, and remaining normal sectors, by
selecting correct erase command and size based on the address to erase
and size of overlaid portion in parameters. Since different Spansion
flashes can use different opcode for erasing the 4K sectors, the opcode
must be passed in as a parameter based on the flash being used.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
[p.yadav@ti.com: Refactor the function to be compatible with nor->erase,
make 4K opcode customizable, call spi_nor_setup_op() before executing
the op.]
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
On devices with non-uniform sector sizes like Spansion S25 or S28 family
of flashes the sector under erase does not necessarily have to be
mtd->erasesize bytes long. For example, on S28 flashes the first 128 KiB
region is composed of 32 4 KiB sectors, then a 128 KiB sector, and then
256 KiB sectors till the end.
Let the flash-specific erase functions erase less than the requested
length in case of the 4 or 128 KiB sectors and report the number of
bytes erased back to the calling function.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When the flash is handed to us in a stateful mode like 8D-8D-8D, it is
difficult to detect the mode the flash is in. One option is to read SFDP
in all modes and see which one gives the correct "SFDP" signature, but
not all flashes support SFDP in 8D-8D-8D mode.
Further, even if you detect the mode of the flash via SFDP, you still
have the problem of actually reading the ID. The Read ID command is not
standardized across flash vendors. Flashes can have different dummy
cycles needed for reading the ID. Some flashes even expect a 4-byte
dummy address with the Read ID command. All this information cannot be
obtained from the SFDP table.
So, perform a Software Reset sequence before reading the ID and
initializing the flash. A Soft Reset will bring back the flash in its
default protocol mode assuming no non-volatile configuration was set.
This will let us detect the flash even if ROM hands it to us in Octal
DTR mode.
To accommodate cases where there is more than one flash on a board, and
only one of them needs a soft reset, failure to reset is not made fatal,
and we still try to read ID if possible.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
On probe, the SPI NOR core will put a flash in 8D-8D-8D mode if it
supports it. But Linux as of now expects to get the flash in 1S-1S-1S
mode. Handing the flash to Linux in Octal DTR mode means the kernel will
fail to detect the flash.
So, we need to reset to Power-on-Reset (POR) state before handing off
the flash. A Software Reset command can be used to do this.
One limitation of the soft reset is that it will restore state from
non-volatile registers in some flashes. This means that if the flash was
set to 8D mode in a non-volatile configuration, a soft reset won't help.
This commit assumes that we don't set any non-volatile bits anywhere,
and the flash doesn't have any non-volatile Octal DTR mode
configuration.
Since spi-nor-tiny doesn't (and likely shouldn't) have
spi_nor_soft_reset(), add a dummy spi_nor_remove() for it that does
nothing.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
A Soft Reset sequence will return the flash to Power-on-Reset (POR)
state. It consists of two commands: Soft Reset Enable and Soft Reset.
Find out if the sequence is supported from BFPT DWORD 16.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The Micron MT35XU512ABA flash does not support the quad enable bit. But
instead of programming the Quad Enable Require field to 000b ("Device
does not have a QE bit"), it is programmed to 111b ("Reserved").
While this is technically incorrect, it is not reason enough to abort
BFPT parsing. Instead, continue BFPT parsing assuming there is no quad
enable bit present.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Allow flashes to specify a hook to enable octal DTR mode. Use this hook
whenever possible to get optimal transfer speeds.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The xSPI Profile 1.0 table specifies how many dummy cycles and address
bytes are needed for the Read Status Register command in Octal DTR mode.
Use that information to send the correct Read SR command.
Some controllers might have trouble reading just 1 byte in DTR mode. So,
when we are in DTR mode read 2 bytes and discard the second. This shows
no side effects with the two flashes I tested: Micron mt35xu512aba and
Cypress s28hs512t.
Update Read FSR to mimic Read SR because they share the same
characteristics.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This table is indication that the flash is xSPI compliant and hence
supports octal DTR mode. Extract information like the fast read opcode,
the number of dummy cycles needed for a Read Status Register command,
and the number of address bytes needed for a Read Status Register
command.
The default dummy cycles for a fast octal DTR read are set to 20. Since
there is no simple way of determining the dummy cycles needed for the
fast read command, flashes that use a different value should update it
in their flash-specific hooks.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Some devices in DTR mode expect an extra command byte called the
extension. The extension can either be same as the opcode, bitwise
inverse of the opcode, or another additional byte forming a 16-byte
opcode. Get the extension type from the BFPT. For now, only flashes with
"repeat" and "inverse" extensions are supported.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
JESD216 rev D makes BFPT 20 DWORDs. Update the BFPT size define to
reflect that.
The check for rev A or later compared the BFPT header length with the
maximum BFPT length, BFPT_DWORD_MAX. Since BFPT_DWORD_MAX was 16, and so
was the BFPT length for both rev A and B, this check worked fine. But
now, since BFPT_DWORD_MAX is 20, it means this check will also stop BFPT
parsing for rev A or B, since their length is 16.
So, instead check for BFPT_DWORD_MAX_JESD216 to stop BFPT parsing for
the first JESD216 version, and check for BFPT_DWORD_MAX_JESD216B for the
next two versions.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Double Transfer Rate (DTR) is SPI protocol in which data is transferred
on each clock edge as opposed to on each clock cycle. Make
framework-level changes to allow supporting flashes in DTR mode.
Right now, mixed DTR modes are not supported. So, for example a mode
like 4S-4D-4D will not work. All phases need to be either DTR or STR.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Even when spi_nor_write_reg() has no data to write, like when executing
a write enable operation, it sets the data direction to
SPI_MEM_DATA_OUT. This trips up spi_mem_check_buswidth() because it
expects a data phase when there is none. Make sure the data direction is
set to SPI_MEM_NO_DATA when there is no data to write.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The spi-mem layer provides a spi_mem_supports_op() function to check
whether a specific operation is supported by the controller or not.
This is much more accurate than the hwcaps selection logic based on
SPI_{RX,TX}_ flags.
Rework the hwcaps selection logic to use spi_mem_supports_op().
To make sure the build doesn't break for boards not using CONFIG_DM_SPI,
add a simple SPI_{RX,TX}_ based hwcaps selection logic in spi-mem-nodm
similar to spi_mem_default_supports_op(). This change is only
compile-tested.
To avoid SPL size problems on the x530 board, the old hwcaps selection
is still kept around. Leaving the code in-place was getting difficult to
read and understand, so the code is restructured to have it all in one
isolated function. As a result of this, the parameter hwcaps to
spi_nor_setup() is no longer needed. Remove it.
Based on the Linux commit c76f5089796a (mtd: spi-nor: Rework hwcaps
selection for the spi-mem case, 2019-08-06)
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Sometimes the information in a flash's SFDP tables is wrong. Sometimes
some information just can't be expressed in the SFDP table. So,
introduce the fixup hooks to allow tailoring settings for a specific
flash.
Three hooks are added: default_init, post_sfdp, and post_bfpt. These
allow tweaking the flash settings at different point in the probe
sequence. Since the hooks reside in nor->info, set that value just
before the call to spi_nor_init_params().
The hooks and at what points they are executed mimics Linux's spi-nor
framework. One major difference is that Linux puts the struct
spi_nor_fixups in nor->info. This is not possible in U-Boot because the
spi-nor-ids list is shared between spi-nor-core.c and spi-nor-tiny.c.
Since spi-nor-tiny shouldn't have those fixup hooks populated, add a
separate function that lets flashes populate their fixup hooks.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
These structures will be used in a later commit inside another structure
definition. Also take the declarations out of the ifdef since they won't
affect the final binary anyway and will be used in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
nor->setup() can be used by flashes to configure settings in case they
have any peculiarities that can't be easily expressed by the generic
spi-nor framework. This includes things like different opcodes, dummy
cycles, page size, uniform/non-uniform sector sizes, etc.
Move related declarations to avoid forward declarations.
Inspired by the Linux kernel's setup() hook.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
If a flash chip has more than 16MB capacity but its BFPT reports
BFPT_DWORD1_ADDRESS_BYTES_3_OR_4, the spi-nor framework defaults to 3.
The check in spi_nor_scan() doesn't catch it because addr_width did get
set. This fixes that check.
Ported from Kernel commit 324f78dfb442b82365548b657ec4e6974c677502.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Set up opcode extension and enable/disable DTR mode based on whether the
command is DTR or not.
xSPI flashes can have a 4-byte dummy address associated with some
commands like the Read Status Register command in octal DTR mode. Since
the flash does not support sending the dummy address, we can not use
automatic write completion polling in DTR mode. Further, no write
completion polling makes it impossible to use DAC mode for DTR writes.
In that mode, the controller does not know beforehand how long a write
will be and so it can de-assert Chip Select (CS#) at any time. Once CS#
is de-assert, the flash will go into burning phase. But since the
controller does not do write completion polling, it does not know when
the flash is busy and might send in writes while the flash is not ready.
So, disable write completion polling and make writes go through indirect
mode for DTR writes and let spi-mem take care of polling the SR.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Once the start bit is toggled it takes a small amount of time before it
is internally synchronized. This means we can't start writing during
that part. So add a small delay to allow the bit to be synchronized.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
If the device tree provides a read delay value, use that directly and do
not perform the calibration procedure.
This allows the device tree to over-ride the read delay value in cases
where the read delay value obtained via calibration is incorrect. One
such example is the Cypress Semper flash. It needs a read delay of 4 in
octal DTR mode. But since the calibration procedure is run before the
flash is switched in octal DTR mode, it yields a read delay of 2. A
value of 4 works for both octal DTR and legacy modes.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
spi_mem_default_supports_op() rejects DTR ops by default to ensure that
the controller drivers that haven't been updated with DTR support
continue to reject them. It also makes sure that controllers that don't
support DTR mode at all (which is most of them at the moment) also
reject them.
This means that controller drivers that want to support DTR mode can't
use spi_mem_default_supports_op(). Driver authors have to roll their own
supports_op() function and mimic the buswidth checks. Or even worse,
driver authors might skip it completely or get it wrong.
Add spi_mem_dtr_supports_op(). It provides a basic sanity check for DTR
ops and performs the buswidth requirement check. Move the logic for
checking buswidth in spi_mem_default_supports_op() to a separate
function so the logic is not repeated twice.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Controllers can use this function to perform basic sanity checking on
the spi-mem op.
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
In xSPI mode, flashes expect 2-byte opcodes. The second byte is called
the "command extension". There can be 3 types of extensions in xSPI:
repeat, invert, and hex. When the extension type is "repeat", the same
opcode is sent twice. When it is "invert", the second byte is the
inverse of the opcode. When it is "hex" an additional opcode byte based
is sent with the command whose value can be anything.
So, make opcode a 16-bit value and add a 'nbytes', similar to how
multiple address widths are handled.
All usages of sizeof(op->cmd.opcode) also need to be changed to be
op->cmd.nbytes because that is the actual indicator of opcode size.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Each phase is given a separate 'dtr' field so mixed protocols like
4S-4D-4D can be supported.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add a driver for Macronix SPI controller IP.
This patch referred from linux spi-mxic.c. The difference from the
linux version is described here.
1. To adapt uboot spi framework, modify some functions naming.
2. Remove the incompatible functions of Uboot.
3. Add dummy byte recalculattion function to support dummy buswidth
not align data buswidth operation.(ex: 1-1-4, 1-1-8)
4. Add Octal mode support.
Signed-off-by: Zhengxun <zhengxunli.mxic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
[jagan: fixed file permission, comment line, kconfig]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Unlike imx6, on imx7 the USB PHY is described as:
usbphynop1: usbphynop1 {
compatible = "usb-nop-xceiv";
clocks = <&clks IMX7D_USB_PHY1_CLK>;
clock-names = "main_clk";
#phy-cells = <0>;
};
which does not have the 'reg' property.
Do not return an error when the 'reg' property is not found
for the USB PHY.
This fixes USB gadget regression on a imx7s-warp board.
Successfully tested the "ums 0 mmc 0" command on two boards:
imx7s-warp and imx6dl-pico-pi.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
On a imx7s-warp board the fdtdec_get_alias_seq() function
always fails.
As priv->portnr is only used on i.MX6, move fdtdec_get_alias_seq()
inside the CONFIG_MX6 block.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The board detection is incorrectly stating it's an rcar3 variant
instead of an RZ/G2 variant on all the r8a774*1_beacon boards.
Set the flag to correctly display as RZ/G2[M/N/H]
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Add board code for the R8A779A0 V3U Falcon board.
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
--
Marek: - various small rebase fixes and clean ups
The R-Car V3U does support RPC interface, however the support for it is
missing in upstream Linux DTs as of commit 9f4ad9e425a1 ("Linux 5.12"),
add the node into u-boot.dtsi to let U-Boot access the SPI NOR or HF.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Import R8A779A0 V3U PFC tables from Linux 5.12, commit 9f4ad9e425a1
("Linux 5.12") . Add parts of PFC table integration from
pinctrl: renesas: Add R8A779A0 V3U PFC tables
by Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>" .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The R8A779A0 V3U GPIO block has additional "General Input Enable" INEN
register. Add new R8A779A0 compatible string with a new quirk and also
a handler for this quirk which toggles the INEN register in the right
place. INEN register handling is based on "gpio: renesas: Add R8A779A0
V3U support" by Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Add clock tables for R8A779A0 V3U SoC from Linux 5.12,
commit 9f4ad9e425a1 ("Linux 5.12")
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
--
Marek: - Add .reset_modemr_offset
- Sync tables from Linux 5.12
- Rebase on latest u-boot
On R8A779A0 V3U SoC, PLL1 and PLL5 use a divider value
from cpg_pll_configs table while PLL{20,21,30,31,4} use
different control offset. Introduce new types to handle
this and handle those types in the Gen3 clock code.
Based on "clk: renesas: Add support for R8A779A0 V3U PLLn"
by Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The get_mtd_device_nm() function (code imported from Linux) simply
iterates all registered MTD devices and compares the given name with
all MTDs' names.
With SPI_FLASH_MTD enabled U-Boot registers a SPI-NOR as a MTD device
with name identical to the SPI flash chip name (from SPI ID table). Thus
for a board with multiple same SPI-NORs it registers multiple MTDs, but
all with the same name (such as "s25fl164k"). We do not want to change
this behaviour, since such a change could break existing boot scripts,
which can rely on a hardcoded name.
In order to allow somehow to uniqely select a MTD device, change
get_mtd_device_nm() function as such:
- if first character of name is '/', try interpreting it as OF path
- otherwise compare the name with MTDs name and MTDs device name.
In the following example a board has two "s25fl164k" SPI-NORs. They both
have name "s25fl164k", thus cannot be uniquely selected via this name.
With this change, the user can select the second SPI-NOR either with
"spi-nor@1" or "/soc/spi@10600/spi-nor@1".
Example:
=> mtd list
List of MTD devices:
* s25fl164k
- device: spi-nor@0
- parent: spi@10600
- driver: jedec_spi_nor
- path: /soc/spi@10600/spi-nor@0
- type: NOR flash
- block size: 0x1000 bytes
- min I/O: 0x1 bytes
- 0x000000000000-0x000000800000 : "s25fl164k"
* s25fl164k
- device: spi-nor@1
- parent: spi@10600
- driver: jedec_spi_nor
- path: /soc/spi@10600/spi-nor@1
- type: NOR flash
- block size: 0x1000 bytes
- min I/O: 0x1 bytes
- 0x000000000000-0x000000800000 : "s25fl164k"
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Currently when the SPI_FLASH_MTD config option is enabled, only one SPI
can be registered as MTD at any time - it is the last one probed (since
with old non-DM model only one SPI NOR could be probed at any time).
When DM is enabled, allow for registering multiple SPI NORs as MTDs by
utilizing the nor->mtd structure, which is filled in by spi_nor_scan
anyway, instead of filling a separate struct mtd_info.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add support for parsing partitions defined in device-trees via the
`partitions` node with `fixed-partitions` compatible.
The `mtdparts`/`mtdids` mechanism takes precedence. If some partitions
are defined for a MTD device via this mechanism, the code won't register
partitions for that MTD device from OF, even if they are defined.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add functions ofnode_get_addr_size_index_notrans(), which is a
non-translating version of ofnode_get_addr_size_index().
Some addresses are not meant to be translated, for example those of MTD
fixed-partitions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- x86: Discard .note.gnu.property sections
- nvme: Skip block device creation for inactive namespaces
- nvme: Convert NVMe doc to reST, and various minor fixes
On some distributions the mkfs is under /sbin and /sbin is not set
for mere users. Include /sbin to the PATH when creating file system,
so that users won't get a scary traceback from Python.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Update to me as co-maintainer with Peng.
Additionally, update the mmc alias in git-mailrc.
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
All symbols that are defined in Kconfig will always be defined (or not)
prior to preprocessing due to the -include directive while building.
However, symbols which are not yet migrated will only be defined (or
not) once the board config.h is included, via <config.h>. While the end
goal must be to migrate all symbols, today we have cases where the size
of gd will get mismatched within the build, based on include order.
Mitigate this by making sure that any <asm/global_data.h> that uses
symbols not in Kconfig does start with <config.h>. Remove this when not
needed.
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <alexey.brodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Cc: Huan Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Cc: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Cc: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Based on the comment in socfpga_soc64_common.h, the intention is for
CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE to be unused. However, in the code we do:
...
and that will evaluate to true. This leads to unwanted code being
compiled. Further, as CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE has not been
migrated to Kconfig, this leads to a mismatch in the size of gd
depending on if we have or have not also had <configs/BOARD.h> also
included yet.
Remove the define as it's not needed.
Cc: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Cc: Chee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Cc: Dalon Westergreen <dalon.westergreen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the changes in commit 588efcdd72fc ("powerpc: Don't use relative
include for config.h in global_data.h") fixing the root of the problem,
we no longer need this re-inclusion.
This reverts commit f6c0d365d3.
Cc: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As there is an arch/powerpc/include/asm/config.h file using "" to get
config.h here can lead to using that rather than include/config.h. This
in turn can lead to a mismatch in the size of gd.
Cc: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
The original code is in the public domain. Licenses/README states that the
general license for U-Boot is GPL 2.0+. So we can mark the malloc code as
GPL 2.0+ too.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This was missed when NVMe support was initially brought to U-Boot
back in 2017. Add an entry for it and list myself as the maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A udevice's priv space is cleared in alloc_priv() in the DM core.
Don't do it again in its probe() routine.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present there is an offset of one added during the creation of
block device. This can be very confusing as we wanted to encode the
namespace id in the block device name but namespae id cannot be zero.
This changes to use the namespace id directly in the block device
name, eliminating the offset of one effectively.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present for each namespace there is a block device created for it.
There is no issue if the number of supported namespaces reported from
the NVMe device is only 1.
Since QEMU commit 7f0f1acedf15 ("hw/block/nvme: support multiple namespaces"),
the number of supported namespaces reported has been changed from 1
to 256, but not all of them are active namespaces. The actual active
one depends on the QEMU command line parameters. A common case is
that namespace 1 being active and all other 255 being inactive.
If a namespace is inactive, the namespace identify command returns a
zero filled data structure. We can use field NSZE (namespace size) to
decide whether a block device should be created for it.
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the block device creation happens in the NVMe uclass
driver post_probe() phase. In preparation to support multiple
namespaces, we should issue namespace identify before creating
block devices but that touches the underlying hardware hence it
is not appropriate to do such in the uclass driver post_probe().
Let's move it to driver probe() phase instead.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
AQA (Admin Queue Attributes) register is a dword size with
lower word of ASQS, and higher word of ACQS.
The code set the variable aqa twice, but it is redundant.
Signed-off-by: Wesley Sheng <wesleyshenggit@sina.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Each prp is 8 bytes, calculate the number of prps
per page should just divide page size by 8
there is no need to minus 1
Signed-off-by: Wesley Sheng <wesleyshenggit@sina.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
writel() and co. already include the endian swap; doing the swap twice
is, er, unhelpful.
Tested on a P4080DS, which boots perfectly fine off NVMe with this.
Signed-off-by: David Lamparter <equinox@diac24.net>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When switching to kernel.org x86_64 gcc 11.1.0 toolchain, u-boot.rom
built from qemu-x86_defconfig no longer boots anymore. Investigation
shows that U-Boot fails at a very early stage during the boot process,
in fdtdec_prepare_fdt() where fdt_check_header() complains that there
is not a valid device tree found at gd->fdt_blob which points to _end.
Now _end points to an allocated section .note.gnu.property which of
course is wrong.
This issue is however not seen when using the default Ubuntu 20.04 gnu
toolchain (gcc 9.3.0 with binutils 2.34). Further investigation shows
that it is caused by a behavior change of binutils v2.36 which is part
of the kernel.org gcc 11.1.0 toolchain, via the following commit:
939b95c77bf2 ("Linux/x86: Configure gas with --enable-x86-used-note by default")
In fact, there was already a regression bug report [1] for binutils two
months ago, but the binutils folks did not think it is a bug :(
To resolve this, there are several options:
* pass -Wa,-mx86-used-note=no to gas
* pass -R .note.gnu.property to objcopy
* discard the section in the linker script
Linux kernel uses the discard way [2], so let's do the same for U-Boot.
[1] https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=27753
[2] commit 4caffe6a28d3 ("x86/vdso: Discard .note.gnu.property sections in vDSO")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On ARM64 secure OS can run as 64bit or 32bit that's why it is necessary to
record information about architecture that other code can read it and
properly pass it to TF-A and start in 64bit or 32bit mode.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
DT files have been added this year but forgot to update it that's why do it
in separate patch now.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
It is not recommended to have aliases for gpio. In past it was used in
Linux for assigning numbers via sysfs which is deprecated and libgpiod
should be used instead.
In U-Boot this number is used for seq number but gpio offset are not
counted from this number. That's why having these aliases only for seq
number is not needed. As is done in Linux it is the best to use full gpio
name instead of sequence number which depends on sequence in binding.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Align USB nodes with the latest dt-bindings. It is adding resets, new
interrupt and also some quirks.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
dtc supports new sugar syntax which is easier compare to previous one
that's why also covert overlays for SOM to it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
kv260-revB is different compare to revA (usbhub is wired via i2c) that's
why remove revA compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The Clocking Wizard IP supports clock circuits customized
to your clocking requirements. The wizard support for
dynamically reconfiguring the clocking primitives for
Multiply, Divide, Phase Shift/Offset, or Duty Cycle.
Limited by U-Boot clk uclass without set_phase API, this
patch only provides set_rate to modify the frequency.
Signed-off-by: Zhengxun <zhengxunli.mxic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Xilinx ZynqMP supports also addresses above 4GB (32bit) that's why also
generate u-boot.its with 64bit load/entry addresses to also support
different configurations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
psgtr node should be below pinctrl for easier comparion among dts files.
That's why move that nodes to different location.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Clock setting is not static anymore that's why it depends on firmware setup
that's why remove this comment.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Networking subsystem is not using aliases that's why remove them for CAN
devices. There is also no any other Xilinx ZynqMP DT file with them.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
As per the design specification
"The 16-bit Seconds Calibration Value represents the number of
Oscillator Ticks that are required to measure the largest time
period that is less than or equal to 1 second.
For an oscillator that is 32.768 KHz, this value will be 0x7FFF."
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Neeli <srinivas.neeli@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
psgtr node should be below pinctrl for easier comparion among dts files.
That's why move that nodes to different location.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Historically dpdma and dpsub are placed at the end of files. Move nodes
there for easier comparison among dts files.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
dwc3 can be used only for higher speeds than super-speed that's why
explicitly set it up.
This is also aligned with other ZynqMP dts files.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Uarts already have u-boot,dm-pre-reloc via zynqmp.dtsi that's why there is
no need to have them in platform DT files too.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is need to pass entry about secure OS when bl32_entry is defined.
Currently only 64bit support is added but /fit-images node have been
extended to also record if this is 32bit or 64bit secure OS. When this is
tested the code will be update to support this configuration too.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The first change is to trying to find out TF-A load address based on
reading elf file. Expectation is that bl31.bin is in the same folder as
bl31.elf. It brings new flexibility to place TF-A to any address (DDR
included).
And also enable TEE generation also with TEE configuration.
Expecation is the same as above that tee.bin and tee.elf are in the same
folder.
User has to just define link to BL31/BL32 binary files and the rest should
be handled by the script.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
TF-A and SecureOS can allocate the part of DDR for self but U-Boot is not
handling this configuration that the part of memory is reserved and
shouldn't be used by U-Boot. That's why read all reserved memory locations
and don't use it.
The code was taken from commit 4a1b975dac ("board: stm32mp1: reserve
memory for OP-TEE in device tree") and commit 1419e5b516 ("stm32mp:
update MMU config before the relocation") which is used by stm32 and does
the job properly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The SMMU is disabled in device tree so this change has no impact.
The benefit is that this way it is in sync with xen.dtsi. Xen enables
the SMMU and makes use of it.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@xilinx.com>
There is no reason to have CCI no enabled by default. Enable it when your
system configuration requires it. In Xilinx configuration flow this is
work for Device Tree Generator which reads information from HW Design
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
K26 has EMMC and SD and default 0 is not working when system is booting out
of SD which is controller 1. Add controller autodetection via
mmc_get_env_dev(). The same code is used for distro_boot selection done in
board_late_init(). bootseq variable can't be reused because this is called
so late.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Rename amba to AXI. Based on Xilinx Zynq TRM (Chapter 5) chip is "AXI
point-to-point channels for communicating addresses, data, and response
transactions between master and slave clients. This ARM AMBA 3.0..."
Issues are reported as:
.. amba: $nodename:0: 'amba' does not match
'^([a-z][a-z0-9\\-]+-bus|bus|soc|axi|ahb|apb)(@[0-9a-f]+)?$'
>From schema:
../github.com/devicetree-org/dt-schema/dtschema/schemas/simple-bus.yaml
Similar change has been done for Xilinx ZynqMP SoC.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/8a4bc80debfbb79c296e76fc1e4c173e62657286.1606397101.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
SVDs are using different name which can't be handled via zynqmp_devices
structure. That's why introduce zynqmp_detect_svd_name() which checks ID
code for these devices and show proper name for them.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enabling EFI secure boot which is required for EBBR specification.
Enabling this will fix
"RT.SetVariable - Create one Time Base Auth Variable, the expect return
status should be EFI_SUCCESS"
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
From U-Boot, loading application on RPU core 0 is fine but loading on
core 1 is not handled properly. Lock-step mode needs both the R5 cores
to be initialized and it is working fine. Whereas in SPLIT mode individual
R5 cores needs to be initialized as they need to execute differenet
applications. Handle both these lock-step and split modes by propagating
mode and RPU core number(4 for RPU0 and 5 for RPU1) for various functions
and by adding conditions in those functions.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The Linux commit f69629919942 ("dt-bindings: sram: Convert SRAM bindings to
json-schema") converted binding to yaml and some missing required
properties started to be reported. Align binding based on it.
The patch is fixing these warnings:
.../zynq-zc702.dt.yaml: sram@fffc0000: '#address-cells' is a required property
.../zynq-zc702.dt.yaml: sram@fffc0000: '#size-cells' is a required property
.../zynq-zc702.dt.yaml: sram@fffc0000: 'ranges' is a required property
>From schema: .../Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.yaml
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/87c02786ccd8d7827827a9d95a8737bb300caeb0.1606397101.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
The Linux commit f8f79fa6bb25 ("dt-bindings: at25: convert the binding
document to yaml") converted binding to yaml and 3 deprecated properties
pop up.
The patch is fixing these warnings:
.../zynq-zc770-xm013.dt.yaml: eeprom@2: 'pagesize' is a required property
.../zynq-zc770-xm013.dt.yaml: eeprom@2: 'size' is a required property
.../zynq-zc770-xm013.dt.yaml: eeprom@2: 'address-width' is a required property
>From schema: .../Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at25.yaml
by converting them to new binding.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/be2c1125d98386033e182012eb08986924707a76.1606397101.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
Use the ZDMA channel 0 to initialize the DRAM banks. This avoid
spurious ECC errors that can occur when accessing unitialized memory.
The feature is enabled by setting the option
CONFIG_SPL_ZYNQMP_DRAM_ECC_INIT and providing the following data:
SPL_ZYNQMP_DRAM_BANK1_BASE: start of memory to initialize
SPL_ZYNQMP_DRAM_BANK1_LEN : len of memory to initialize (hex)
SPL_ZYNQMP_DRAM_BANK2_BASE: start of memory to initialize
SPL_ZYNQMP_DRAM_BANK2_LEN : len of memory to initialize (hex)
Setting SPL_ZYNQMP_DRAM_BANK_LEN to 0 takes no action.
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
pca953x also depends on i2c that's why add dependency to Kconfig.
Where GPIO is enabled but I2C compilation error pops up.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Replace typo CONFIG_USE_AUTOBOOT_MENUKEY with
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_USE_MENUKEY as when they were introduced initially there
was some mismatch in which name was used where.
Fixes: 8fc31e23aa ("autoboot: Rename CONFIG_MENUKEY to CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_MENUKEY")
Signed-off-by: Da Xue <da@libre.computer>
This function is passed *dev not *dev_desc, so pass the right name to
part_init().
Fixes: f14c5ee5ab ("disk: part_dos: update partition table entries after write")
Signed-off-by: Christian Melki <christian.melki@t2data.com>
MSYS2 Windows build started to fail since yesterday (Jun 21):
checking keyring...
checking package integrity...
error: gcc-libs: signature from "David Macek <david.macek.0@gmail.com>" is unknown trust
:: File /var/cache/pacman/pkg/gcc-libs-10.2.0-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.zst is corrupted (invalid or corrupted package (PGP signature)).
error: gcc: signature from "David Macek <david.macek.0@gmail.com>" is unknown trust
:: File /var/cache/pacman/pkg/gcc-10.2.0-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.zst is corrupted (invalid or corrupted package (PGP signature)).
error: failed to commit transaction (invalid or corrupted package)
Errors occurred, no packages were upgraded.
Switching to the latest installer (version 20210604) seems to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This reverts commit 63756575b4.
Since this commit a imx6qdl-pico board boots extremely slowly
in both SPL as well as U-Boot proper.
Fix this regression by reverting the offending commit for now.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Pierre-Jean Texier <texier.pj2@gmail.com>
This patch allows uboot scripts make choices about where to boot from based
on the active mmc boot partition. This allows having two copies of kernel,
filesystems etc, and choosing which to boot from based off of the active
bootloader partition.
Signed-off-by: Reuben Dowle <reuben.dowle@4rf.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The data read is not working when using FIFO mode.
From DesignWare databook, when a Data_Transfer_Over (DTO) interrupt is
received, the software should read the remaining data from FIFO.
Add DTO interrupt checking on data read path and clear interrupts before
start reading from FIFO. So, it doesn't clear the next pending
interrupts unintentionally after read from FIFO.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
With a 48MHz input clock, the lowest bus frequency can be as low as
48000000 / (4 * 4095) = 2930Hz. Such an extremely low frequency will cause
the mmc framework take seconds to finish the initialization.
Limiting the minimum bus frequency to a slightly higher value can solve the
issue without any side effects.
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
imx8mm ekv has been switched to use distro boot commands, but had no
correct options enabled to support sysboot.
According to the README.distro, sysboot is consindered to be a
recommended way of using distro boot commands, it required default distro
features to be enabled instead of only those that are relevant to the boot
script.
Replace the boot script specific options in the config to a default distro
option.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Fixes: 2df8930bf9 ("imx8mm: configs: add support for distro boot commands")
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
imx8mp ekv has been switched to use distro boot commands, but had no
correct options enabled to support sysboot.
According to the README.distro, sysboot is consindered to be a
recommended way of using distro boot commands, it required default distro
features to be enabled instead of only those that are relevant to the boot
script.
Replace the boot script specific options in the config to a default distro
option.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Fixes: 9b162b1d1f ("imx8mp: configs: add support for distro boot commands")
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Remove the LED unit addresses and reg properties to
fix the following dtc build warnings:
arch/arm/dts/o4-imx-nano.dtb: Warning (reg_format): /leds/led@0:reg: property has invalid length (4 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 1)
...
arch/arm/dts/o4-imx-nano.dtb: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): /leds/led@0: Relying on default #address-cells value
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Oleh Kravchenko <oleg@kaa.org.ua>
- stm32mp157c-odyssey-som DT fixes
- stm32_qspi: Fix short data write operation
- dfu: set max_buf_size to erasesize also for NOR devices
- Fixes ethernet clock property name for STM32MP1 board
- STM32CubeProgrammer: various fixes
- clk: cosmetic update for clk-uclass
If the environment does not have "soc" or "board" set, and fdtdir
option is specified in extlinux.conf, the bootloader will crash whilst
dereferencing a null pointer. Add a guard against null soc or
board. Fixes a crash of qemu-riscv64_smode configuration, which does
not have CONFIG_SYS_SOC defined.
Signed-off-by: Dimitri John Ledkov <xnox@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Linux uses the prefix "ethernet" whereas u-boot uses "eth". This is from
the linux tree:
$ grep "eth[0-9].*=.*&" arch/**/*dts{,i}|wc -l
0
$ grep "ethernet[0-9].*=.*&" arch/**/*dts{,i}|wc -l
633
In u-boot device trees both prefixes are used. Until recently the only
user of the ethernet alias was the sandbox test device tree. This
changed with commit fc054d563b ("net: Introduce DSA class for Ethernet
switches"). There, the MAC addresses are inherited based on the devices
sequence IDs which is in turn given by the device tree.
Before there are more users in u-boot and both worlds will differ even
more, rename the alias prefix to "ethernet" to match the linux ones.
Also adapt the test cases and rename any old aliases in the u-boot
device trees.
Cc: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the environment variable "ethact" is not set, the first device in the
uclass is returned. This depends on the probing order of the ethernet
devices. Moreover it is not not configurable at all.
Try to return the ethernet device with sequence id 0 first which then
can be configured by the aliases in a device tree. Fall back to the old
mechanism in case of an error.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Commit 4f0278dac5 ("net: sun8i-emac: Lower MDIO frequency") leads to
network failure on the OrangePi PC.
=> dhcp
sun8i_emac_eth_start: Timeout
According to the commit message the change of the MDIO frequency is only
required for external PHYs.
Fixes: 4f0278dac5 ("net: sun8i-emac: Lower MDIO frequency")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add SynQuacer's NETSEC GbE controller driver.
Since this driver will load the firmware from SPI NOR flash,
this depends on CONFIG_SYNQUACER_SPI=y.
Signed-off-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Disabling clk_ck clock leads to link up status loss in phy, which
leads to auto-negotiation restart before each network command
execution.
This issue is especially big for PXE boot protocol because of
auto-negotiation restarts before each configuration filename trial.
To avoid this issue don't disable clk_ck clock after it was enabled.
Signed-off-by: Daniil Stas <daniil.stas@posteo.net>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
commit f1bcad22dd ("net: e1000: add support for writing to EEPROM")
adds support for storing hwaddr in EEPROM however i210 devices do not
support this and thus results in errors such as:
Warning: e1000#0 failed to set MAC address'
Check if a flash device is present and if not return -ENOSYS indicating
this is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Move the message "Invalid or missing layout file."
to debug level as it is a normal behavior and not an error
and add the missing '\n'.
This patch avoids the strange trace :
Boot over usb0!
Invalid or missing layout file.DFU alt info setting: done
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Use get_cpu_dev() in uart getID command and remove the defines
DEVICE_ID_BYTE1 and 2 defines.
This patch prepare the support for new SOC family.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Handle the second USB enumeration only when the flashlayout is received
and when phase is PHASE_FLASHLAYOUT. This patch removes the call of
stm32prog_next_phase as it is already done in stm32prog_dfu_init().
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
When CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is activated, CONFIG_LEGACY_IMAGE_FORMAT
is deactivated and the define IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY don't exist with
include/image.h:
#if defined(CONFIG_LEGACY_IMAGE_FORMAT)
#define IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY 0x01 /* legacy image_header based format */
#endif
This patch adds the needed check on compilation flag
CONFIG_LEGACY_IMAGE_FORMAT to avoid the compilation error
for command stm32prog:
cmd_stm32prog.c:81:8: error: ‘IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY’ undeclared
(first use in this function); did you mean ‘IMAGE_FORMAT_FIT’?
81 | if (IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY ==
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
| IMAGE_FORMAT_FIT
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add the support in command stm32prog of kernel load and start
with initrd file, identify by the partition Type "Binary" in
the flashlayout.tsv, for example:
- 0x01 fsbl Binary none 0x0 tfa.stm32
- 0x03 fip Binary none 0x0 fip.bin
P 0x10 kernel System ram0 0xC2000000 uImage.bin
P 0x11 dtb FileSystem ram0 0xC4000000 board.dtb
P 0x12 initrd Binary ram0 0xC4400000 <initrd>
The <initrd> file can be a legacy image "uInitrd", generated
with mkimage, or a RAW initrd image "initrd.gz".
After a DFU detach the bootm command with be executed
with the associated address, for example:
$> bootm 0xC2000000 0xC4400000:<size> 0xC4000000
When the "Binary" partition type is absent, the 'bootm'
command starts the kernel without ramdisk, for example:
$> bootm 0xC2000000 - 0xC4000000
With this paths, it is no more mandatory to generate FIT
including the kernel, DT and initrd:
- 0x01 fsbl Binary none 0x0 tfa.stm32
- 0x03 fip Binary none 0x0 fip.bin
P 0x10 fit System ram0 0xC2000000 fit.bin
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Handle timeout in stm32prog_serial_get_buffer to sent NACK
to STM32CubeProgrammer when the buffer is not fully received.
This patch avoids to reach the STM32CubeProgrammer timeout and
the associated unrecoverable error.
Timeout error occurred while waiting for acknowledgment.
Error: Write Operation fails at packet number 4165 at address 0x1044FF
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This patch removes the header check for UART download;
the check of checksum is not mandatory with even parity and chuck
checksum for each 256 received bytes and it is only done for
STM32 image (FSBL = TF-A BL2), not for FIT image.
This patch solve issue of duplicated 0x100 byte written with FIP header.
Fixes: 4fb7b3e108 ("stm32mp: stm32prog: add FIP header support")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Use the correct name for STMicroelectronics phys config properties,
replace '_' by '-':
"st,eth_clk_sel" => "st,eth-clk-sel"
"st,eth-ref-clk-sel" => st,eth-clk-sel"
These property name are aligned with the upstreamed Linux kernel binding:
linux/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stm32-dwmac.yaml
See Linux kernel commit "dt-bindings: net: stmmac: add phys config
properties" merged in v5.1-rc1.
This patch allow to reuse the kernel device tree directly in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
For NOR devices the logical DFU buffer size is the sector_size,
as it is done in dfu_sf.c or in spi/sf_mtd.c
(sf_mtd_info.erasesize = flash->sector_size)
For NAND the DFU size was already limited to erasesize as
has_pages = true.
So the mtd dfu backend can use this erasesize for all the MTD devices,
NOR and NAND with dfu->max_buf_size = mtd->erasesize
This difference was initially copied from MTD command, where
data is fully available in RAM without size limitation.
This patch avoids to have many sector write in dfu_mtd.c at the end
of the DFU transfer and avoids issues with USB timeout or WATCHDOG.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This driver supports Rockchip NFC (NAND Flash Controller) found on
RK3308, RK2928, RKPX30, RV1108 and other SOCs. The driver has been
tested using 8-bit NAND interface on the ARM based RK3308 platform.
Support Rockchip SoCs and NFC versions:
- PX30 and RK3326(NFCv900).
ECC: 16/40/60/70 bits/1KB.
CLOCK: ahb and nfc.
- RK3308 and RV1108(NFCv800).
ECC: 16 bits/1KB.
CLOCK: ahb and nfc.
- RK3036 and RK3128(NFCv622).
ECC: 16/24/40/60 bits/1KB.
CLOCK: ahb and nfc.
- RK3066, RK3188 and RK2928(NFCv600).
ECC: 16/24/40/60 bits/1KB.
CLOCK: ahb.
Supported features:
- Read full page data by DMA.
- Support HW ECC(one step is 1KB).
- Support 2 - 32K page size.
- Support 8 CS(depend on SoCs)
Limitations:
- No support for the ecc step size is 512.
- Untested on some SoCs.
- No support for subpages.
- No support for the builtin randomizer.
- The original bad block mask is not supported. It is recommended to
use the BBT(bad block table).
Signed-off-by: Yifeng Zhao <yifeng.zhao@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use the generic error number instead of specific error number.
Changes fix the below error.
drivers/pci/pcie_dw_rockchip.c: In function 'rk_pcie_read':
drivers/pci/pcie_dw_rockchip.c:70:10: error: 'PCIBIOS_UNSUPPORTED'
undeclared (first use in this function)
70 | return PCIBIOS_UNSUPPORTED;
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/pci/pcie_dw_rockchip.c: In function 'rk_pcie_write':
drivers/pci/pcie_dw_rockchip.c:90:10: error: 'PCIBIOS_UNSUPPORTED'
undeclared (first use in this function)
90 | return PCIBIOS_UNSUPPORTED;
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Cc: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Cc: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Signed-off-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
RK3568 is a high-performance and low power quad-core application
processor designed for personal mobile internet device and AIoT
equipments.
Signed-off-by: Joseph Chen <chenjh@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
fdtoverlay (pxe_utils) require define fdtoverlay_addr_r env variable
for example sunxi-common.h meson64.h already have it.
Signed-off-by: Artem Lapkin <art@khadas.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The SDMMC2 interface hosts an eMMC. Replace the interface properties
that would only apply to SD cards—“broken-cd” and “disable-wp”—with
relevant ones: “non-removable”, “no-sd” and “no-sdio”.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Szymaszek <gszymaszek@short.pl>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
First set of u-boot-atmel features for the 2021.10 cycle:
This feature set converts the boards pm9261 and pm9263 Ethernet support
to DM; enables hash command for all SAM boards; fixes the NAND pmecc
bit-flips correction; adds Falcon boot for sama5d3_xplained board; and
other minor adjustments.
Add Priyanka Jain as MAINTAINER for
T2080RDB_revD_defconfig,
T2080RDB_revD_NAND_defconfig,
T2080RDB_revD_SDCARD_defconfig and
T2080RDB_revD_SPIFLASH_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Change the USB erratum number A-050106 to A-050204 as A-050106 is
a duplicate and never be published.
Fixes 0cfa00cdb9 (“armv8: Add workaround for USB erratum A-050106”)
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Under DM, we rely on u-boot's device tree to provide the correct PHY
addresses. The board_fix_fdt callback is intended to be used for
device tree fixups before relocation. Unfortunately, this isn't an
option when booting from flash since the device tree isn't writable
before relocation.
This patch introduces the CONFIG_T2080RDB_REV_D option to signal that a
board revision D or up is the target. The config option is used to set
the correct Aquantia PHY address in the board's u-boot device tree.
Defconfig files with the option enable explicitly are added for
convenience.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The T2080RDB boards revisions D and up have updated 10G Aquantia PHYs
connected to MAC1 and MAC2. The second Aquantia PHY is located at a
different address on the MDIO bus compared to rev C (0x8 instead of 0x1).
Fix-up the Linux device tree to update the PHY address for the second
Aquantia PHY on boards revisions D and up. Also rename the PHY node to
reflect the changes.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Detect and print the board revision version based on the CPLD registers.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Both DM_ETH and DM_PCI are enabled for the T2080RDB board. Remove the
board_eth_init() callback and the non-DM_ETH code paths since they are not
needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
A system clock of 66MHz was chosen for the pg-wcom-ls102xa.
Compared to the Evalboard, this corresponds to a reduction of 1/3.
The system counter clock should have been reduced accordingly,
but that was not the case, so we had a system time that was
1/3 behind the real time.
This patch corrects the system counter clock to
8.333MHz = 66.667MHz / 8.
Signed-off-by: Rainer Boschung <rainer.boschung@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In order to improve power consumption ls102x allows to disable peripherals
that are not in use.
This patch follows SELI8 HW design description and disables peripherals
that are not in use in our designs, the same configuration is applicable
and for EXPU1.
This patch uses available hwconfig option for updating ls102x device
disable configuration.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The default behavior in the latest u-boot revisions is to rotate the
active net device to the next available if the requested link is not
established.
For our ls102x based devices this would mean that if active debug net
device is not available, u-boot will rotate and set the next net device
that is one of the estar adapters.
To return from this situation manual action to set correct ethact
adapter will be needed and this can be annoying when working in
debug mode.
Setting ethrotate=no will disable net adapter rotation and will make sure
that the primary adapter is always used.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This is most probably a typo, and in older u-uboot versions is same as
'saveenv', in the newer uboot versions there is a separate 'save' command
that is different from 'saveenv'.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In our designs we reserve PRAM area at the end of the RAM, and in order
this area to be visible and taken into account by the u-boot memory mgmt
CONFIG_PRAM has to be defined.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
From production view this is standard test executed during production on
all linux based foxmc cards.
On CENT2 HW defined memory region is zero means that some DDR accesses are
done by memory_post_dataline and memory_post_addrline but pattern tests
are skipped that's why mem_regions is fast there.
On ls102x for the complete DDR region of 1GiB memory_regions_post_test
takes approx. 4min and this is too much for production, so this patch
defines only 1MiB region as compromise.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The EXPU1 design is a new 40G capable ethernet service unit card for
Hitachi-Powergrids wired-com product lines.
The base SoC is same as for already added SELI8 card, consequently the
already added u-boot support for SELI8 is reused.
Signed-off-by: Rainer Boschung <rainer.boschung@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachi-powergrids.com>
[Fixed new line error at EOF]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Address and size cells on SOC are set to 1. But gpio nodes are specified
with 2 cells. This fixes the gpio nodes to correct cells.
Signed-off-by: Lasse Klok Mikkelsen <lkmi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Current tsec adapter sets adapter gigabit capabilities by default, and in
reality this must not always be the case.
It is possible that tsec adapter is used for 100Mbps connection, and in
this case setting 1000Mbps capabilities can lead to some side effects such
longer autoneg process.
In our ls102x designs this problem leads to long autoneg times (> 4 sec)
in case board rgmii link is 100Mbps capable only.
Limiting the rgmii link capabilities provides faster and smoother
link establishment.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Commit df86d32 breaks linux kernel and product application boot.
Linux kernel and our product application scripts are expecting 0x prefix
for hexadecimal values, while env_set_hex writes them without a prefix.
This patch partially revert env_set_hex usage for affected env variables.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
During the mainlining of the board this was by mistake set to sector size.
Our user space env scripts are expecting envsize of 0x4000, and setting
this differently will break our cross-platform compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Drop CONFIG_SYS_FSL_MMC_HAS_CAPBLT_VS33. CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC_VS33_NOT_SUPPORT
is used instead.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc> [for kontron-sl28]
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
For eSDHC, power supply is through peripheral circuit.
Some eSDHC versions have value 0 of the bit but that
does not reflect the truth. 3.3V is common for SD/MMC,
and is supported for all boards with eSDHC in current
u-boot. So, make 3.3V is supported in default in code.
CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC_VS33_NOT_SUPPORT can be enabled if
future board does not support 3.3V.
This is also a fix-up for one previous patch, which converted
to use IS_ENABLED() for CONFIG_SYS_FSL_MMC_HAS_CAPBLT_VS33
that is not a Kconfig option.
Fixes: 52faec3182 ("mmc: fsl_esdhc: replace most #ifdefs by IS_ENABLED()")
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
These boards, according to the schematic and per the board I own, use an
M24256-BWDW6TP I2C EEPROM which requires two address bytes.
This fixes the 'mac' command which is used to program, among other
things, the MAC addresses for the ethernet interfaces on the board.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
IFC NOR flash base address of ls2088a is 0x580000000,
and offset of env crc is 0x500000, so fix the macro
CONFIG_ENV_ADDR to fix synchronous exception(access illegal address)
Fixes: 59071804c1 ("configs: ls2080a: Correct ENV_ADDR value")
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Stop to initialize the PCIe controller if it's disabled by RCW.
Fixes: 118e58e26e ("pci: layerscape: Split the EP and RC driver")
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Read Linux PPFE firmware from flash partition and pass it to Linux through
FDT entry. So that we can avoid placing PPFE firmware in Linux rootfs.
(FDT may increase at max by 64KB)
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Sakinam <chaitanya.sakinam@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Anji J <anji.jagarlmudi@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
For cpu release command, check whether PSCI is supported firstly,
if supported, use PSCI to kick off secondary cores, otherwise still
use spin table.
Signed-off-by: Jiafei Pan <Jiafei.Pan@nxp.com>
[Fixed checkpatch alignment CHECKs]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This adds the unit test for the K210 PLL to the sandbox defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that the k210 clock driver does not depend on CCF, we should no longer
imply it (and probably should not have in the first place). We can also
reduce the pre-relocation malloc arena back to something sensible.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Linux has had some stability issues when using AISRAM with a different
frequency from SRAM. Mirror their change here now that we relocate into
AISRAM.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Now that we have only one clock driver, we don't need to have our own
subdirectory. Move the driver back with the rest of the clock drivers.
The MAINTAINERS for kendryte pinctrl is also fixed since it has always been
wrong.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This driver no longer serves a purpose now that we have moved away from
CCF. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This speeds up boot by preventing multiple reconfigurations of the PLLs.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This adds support for setting clock rates, which was left out of the
initial CCF expunging. There are several tricky bits here, mostly related
to the PLLS:
* The PLL's bypass is broken. If the PLL is reconfigured, any child clocks
will be stopped.
* PLL0 is the parent of ACLK which is the CPU and SRAM's clock. To prevent
stopping the CPU while we configure PLL0's rate, ACLK is reparented
to IN0 while PLL0 is disabled.
* PLL1 is the parent of the AISRAM clock. This clock cannot be reparented,
so we instead just disallow changing PLL1's rate after relocation (when
we are using the AISRAM).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Since we are no longer using CCF we cannot use the default soc_clk_dump.
Instead, implement our own.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Now that there no separate PLL driver, we can no longer make the PLL
functions static. By moving the PLL driver in with the rest of the clock
code, we can make these functions static again. We still keep the pll
header for unit testing, but it is pretty reduced.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This is effectively a complete rewrite to remove all dependency on CCF.
The code is now smaller, and so is the binary. It also takes up less memory
at runtime (since we don't have to create 40 udevices). In general, I am
much happier with this driver as much of the complexity and late binding
has been removed.
The k210_*_params structs which were previously used to initialize CCF
clocks are now used as the complete configuration. Since we can write our
own division logic, we can now do away with several "half" clocks which
only existed to provide constant factors of two.
The clock IDs have been renumbered to remove unused clocks. This may not be
the last time they are renumbered, since we have diverged with Linux. There
are also still a few clocks left out which may need to be added back in.
In general, I have tried to leave out behavioral changes. However, there is
a small bugfix regarding ACLK. According to the technical reference manual,
its mux comes *after* its divider (which is present only for PLL0). This
would have required yet another intermediate clock to fix with CCF, but
with the new driver it is just 2 lines of code :)
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Since 291da96b8e ("clk: Allow clock defaults to be set during re-reloc
state for SPL only") it has been impossible to set clock defaults before
relocation. This is annoying on boards without SPL, since there is no way
to set clock defaults before U-Boot proper. In particular, the aisram rate
must be changed before relocation on the K210, since U-Boot will hang if we
try and change the rate while we are using aisram.
To get around this, extend the stage parameter to allow force setting
defaults, even if they would be otherwise postponed for later. A device
tree property was decided against because of the concerns in the original
commit thread about the overhead of repeatedly parsing the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Current logic in riscv_get_ipi() for Andes PLICSW does not look
correct. The mask to test IPI pending bits for a hart should be
left shifted by (8 * gd->arch.boot_hart), just the same as what
is done in riscv_send_ipi().
Fixes: 8b3e97badf ("riscv: add functions for reading the IPI status")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Tested-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The doc says CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT is in ax25-ae350.h, while
actually it is not. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
At present the AE350 SPL defconfig is using OF_PRIOR_STAGE. The
intention was to use gdb to load device tree before running U-Boot
SPL/proper from RAM. When we switch to OF_SEPARATE we will have to
use our own DT but without "u-boot,dm-spl" in several essential
nodes, SPL does not boot.
Let's add all the required "u-boot,dm-spl" for SPL config.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
All the device nodes that refer to plic0 as their interrupt parent
have 2 cells encoded in their interrupts property, but plic0 only
provides 1 cell in #interrupt-cells which is incorrect.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
When using bootefi to boot a EFI binary, u-boot is supposed to
provide networking service for EFI application. Currently, 'pfe stop'
command is called from bootcmd before running bootefi. As a result
network stops working for EFI applications and console is flooded with
"Rx pkt not on expected port" messages.
Implement board_quiesce_devices() for ls1012a boards and call
pfe_command_stop() from it instead of calling 'pfe stop' from
*_bootcmd and bootcmd.
Tested-by: Anji Jagarlmudi <anji.jagarlmudi@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
[Fixed checkpatch space error]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
It was noticed that the clock isn't continuously enabled when there is
no link. This is because the 125MHz clock is derived from the internal
PLL which seems to go into some kind of power-down mode every once in a
while. The LS1028A expects a contiuous clock. Thus enable the PLL all
the time.
Also, the RGMII pad voltage is wrong, it was configured to 2.5V (that is
the VDDH regulator). The correct voltage is 1.8V, i.e. the VDDIO
regulator.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
One of the points of putting the rescue boot command into default
environment is that user can invoke it without physical access to the
board (without having to press the factory reset button), by running
run bootcmd_rescue
in U-Boot's console.
Therefore we have to ensure that bootcmd_rescue is always set to default
value, regardless of whether the factory reset button was pressed.
Otherwise the variable will be empty for example after upgrade from
previous U-Boot.
Fixes: ec3784d626 ("arm: mvebu: turris_mox: add support for board rescue mode")
Fixes: 176c3e7760 ("arm: mvebu: turris_omnia: support invoking rescue boot from console")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This supports Falcon boot support for Microchip SAMA5D3 Xplained,
tested on raw MMC, and on raw NAND.
spl_start_uboot() is has the simplest possible implementation.
It doesn't test the environment because enabling environment support
currently causes the SPL to exceed its maximum size (64 KiB).
It doesn't check the serial for incoming characters either because
this functionality currently doesn't seem to work from the SPL
on this board.
Settings for Falcon boot from at FAT partition are also added to
avoid compile failures when CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT is enabled, but this
particular case is currently not functional as adding FAT and
partition support cause the SPL to be too big again.
Signed-off-by: Michael Opdenacker <michael.opdenacker@bootlin.com>
In absence of Device Manager (DM) services such as at R5 SPL stage,
driver will have to natively setup TCHAN/RCHAN/RFLOW cfg registers.
Add support for the same.
Note that we still need to send chan/flow cfg message to TIFS via TISCI
client driver in order to open up firewalls around chan/flow but setting
up of cfg registers is handled locally.
U-Boot specific code is in a separate file included in main driver so
as to maintain similarity with kernel driver in order to ease porting of
code in future.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210607141753.28796-8-vigneshr@ti.com
In absence of Device Manager (DM) services such as at R5 SPL stage,
driver will have to natively setup Ring Cfg registers. Add support for
the same.
Note that we still need to send RING_CFG message to TIFS via TISCI
client driver in order to open up firewalls around Rings.
U-Boot specific code is in a separate file included in main driver so
as to maintain similarity with kernel driver in order to ease porting of
code in future.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210607141753.28796-7-vigneshr@ti.com
R5 SPL needs access to cfg space of Rings and UDMAP, therefore add RING
CFG, TCHAN CFG and RCHAN CFG address ranges.
Note that these registers are present within respective IPs but are
not populated in Linux DT nodes (as they are configured via TISCI APIs)
and hence are added to -u-boot.dtsi for now.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210607141753.28796-6-vigneshr@ti.com
On J721e and J7200, MCU R5 core (boot master) itself would run Device
Manager (DM) Firmware and interact with TI Foundational Security (TIFS)
firmware to enable DMA and such other Resource Management (RM) services.
So, during R5 SPL stage there is no such RM service available and ti_sci
driver will have to directly interact with TIFS using DM to DMSC
channels to request RM resources.
Therefore add DT binding and driver for the same. This driver will
handle Resource Management services at R5 SPL stage.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210607141753.28796-4-vigneshr@ti.com
MCU timer1 is used as the tick timer for MCU R5 SPL, and the
clock-frequency defined in DT appears to be incorrect at the moment.
Actual clock source for the timer is MCU_SYSCLK0 / 4 which is 250MHz.
Earlier setup of 25MHz went unnoticed, as there was a separate issue
with omap-timer, which caused an error to the clock by a factor of 8
with j7 devices. This problem surfaced once the omap-timer was fixed.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Update build instructions and image formats based on HSM rearch. A new
DM image is added into the build, which gets executed right after R5
SPL finishes its job.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Sysfw is not going to provide access to power management features in the
new architecture, so SPL must implement these itself. Enable all the raw
register access based clock + power domain drivers.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Sysfw is not going to provide access to power management features in the
new architecture, so SPL must implement these itself. Enable all the raw
register access based clock + power domain drivers.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Force the clk-k3 driver to probe early during R5 SPL boot to ensure the
default system clock configuration is completed. Many other drivers
assume a default state of the clock tree and it is currently possible
for them to probe before clk-k3 depending on the exact system
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Reported-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Tested-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Copy the contents of the board config loaded from sysfw.itb into an
EXTBOOT shared memory buffer that gets passed to sciserver. This only
needs to be done if EXTBOOT area has not been populated by ROM code yet.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Only start-up the non-linux remote cores if we are running in legacy
boot mode. HSM rearch is not yet supporting this.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
If the raw PM support is built in, we are operating in the split
firmware approach mode where PM support is not available. In this
case, skip the board config for this.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Add callback routines for parsing the firmware info from FIT image, and
use the data to boot up ATF and the MCU R5 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Add platform clock and powerdomain data for J721e and J7200. This data
is used by the corresponding drivers to register all the required device
clocks and powerdomains.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Add DM (device manager) firmware image to the fit image that is loaded by
R5 SPL. This is needed with the HSM rearch where the firmware allocation
has been changed slightly.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Add support command for debugging K3 power domains. This is useful with
the HSM rearch setup, where power domains are directly controlled by SPL
instead of going through the TI SCI layer. The debugging support is only
available in the u-boot codebase though, so the raw register access
power domain layer must be enabled on u-boot side for this to work. By
default, u-boot side uses the TI SCI layer, and R5 SPL only uses the
direct access methods.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Normally, power domains are handled via TI-SCI in K3 SoCs. However,
SPL is not going to have access to sysfw resources, so it must control
them directly. Add driver for supporting this.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add driver to support TI K3 generation SoC clocks. This driver registers
the clocks provided via platform data, and adds support for controlling
the clocks via DT handles.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Add support for TI K3 SoC PLLs. This clock type supports
enabling/disabling/setting and querying the clock rate for the PLL. The
euclidean library routine is used to calculate divider/multiplier rates
for the PLLs.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Clock rates are cached within the individual clock nodes, and right now
if one changes a clock rate somewhere in the middle of the tree, none
of its child clocks notice the change. To fix this, clear up all the
cached rates for us and our child clocks.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
If a clock provider is not ready for assigning default rates/parents
during its probe, it may return -EPROBE_DEFER directly from xlate.
Handle this special case properly by skipping the entry and adjusting the
return value to pass. The defaults will be handled properly in post probe
phase then.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Set rate should return the new clock rate on success, and negative error
value on failure. Fix this, as currently set_rate returns 0 on success.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Add new clk subcommand "clk setfreq", for setting up a clock rate
directly from u-boot cmdline. This is handy for any debugging purposes
towards clocks.
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Bail out early if device returned for the parent clock is null.
This avoids warning prints like this when doing clk dump:
dev_get_uclass_priv: null device
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Some clocks are not associated to a DM node, so just parsing the DM is not
enough. This is especially true for root clocks, which typically don't have
any parents. Instead, fetch every registered UCLASS_CLK instance, and dump
these out.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Current driver only supports registering fixed rate clocks from DT. Add
new API which makes it possible to register fixed rate clocks directly
from e.g. platform specific clock drivers.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
board_fit_image_post_process() passes only start and size of the image,
but type of the image is not passed. So pass fit and node_offset, to
derive information about image to be processed.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
With the sysfw rearch, sysfw PM calls are no longer available from SPL
level. To properly support this, remove the is_on checks and the reset
assertion from the R5 remoteproc driver as these are not supported.
Attempting to access unavailable services will cause the device to hang.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
On J7 family of SoCs (J721E and J7200), sysfw is being split to be run
under two cores, TIFS portion on DMSC core, and DM firmware under MCU
R5. As MCU R5 is also used to run one phase of the bootloader, we must
prevent access from here towards sysfw services. To support this, add
new config option which can be used to detect presence of RM/PM sysfw
services.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Copy the best rational approximation calculation routines from Linux.
Typical usecase for these routines is to calculate the M/N divider
values for PLLs to reach a specific clock rate.
This is based on linux kernel commit:
"lib/math/rational.c: fix possible incorrect result from rational
fractions helper"
(sha1: 323dd2c3ed0641f49e89b4e420f9eef5d3d5a881)
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Sata/scsi and usb based devices are not started at this stage that's why
disks are not found and early update can't happen.
It is because of deficiency in the UEFI implementation which is not able to
deal with block devices which are added or removed after initialization.
EFI capsule on disk early feature needs to be fixed first to be able to
enable this feature properly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable manual start in zynqmp_qspi_fill_gen_fifo().
Also enable GQSPI_IXR_GFNFULL_MASK and check for it instead of
GQSPI_IXR_GFEMTY_MASK.
Add dummy write to genfifo register in chipselect.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
The default register configuration after powerup for PSSYSMON_ANALOG_BUS
register is incorrect. Hence, fix this in SPL by writing correct fixed
value. It follows UG1085 chapter 'PS SYSMON Analog_Bus' and reflects commit
sw_apps:zynq ("056ca65d44549ce27f716d423e8dfdefeee7440c")
in Xilinx:embeddedsw[1].
[1] https://github.com/Xilinx/embeddedsw
Signed-off-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
0x04000000- 0x06000000 is reserved memory. We cannot load to anything here.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable configuration options to support Turris network boot. This
includes FIT support and some crypto commands.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add nodes for SPI NOR partitions to the device tree of Turris MOX, as
are in Linux' device tree.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add default fdtfile environment variable with value
marvell/armada-3720-turris-mox.dtb.
This can be useful for some boot scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Configure blinking on ethernet PHY LEDs on the MOX A board when entering
rescue mode via reset button.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add necessary config options and board code to support board factory
reset / rescue mode on Turris MOX.
In order to also support invoking rescue mode from U-Boot console,
without having to press the factory reset button, put the rescue command
into `bootcmd_rescue` default environment variable. When factory reset
button is pressed, invoke rescue mode via distroboot by setting
`boot_targets` to `rescue`.
Rescue boot from console can be invoked by running
run bootcmd_rescue
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add nodes for indicator LED and reset button so that board code can
implement board factory reset mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The fragmented files were not correctly read because of two issues:
- The squashfs_file_info struct has a field named 'comp', which tells if
the file's fragment is compressed or not. This field was always set to
'true' in sqfs_get_regfile_info and sqfs_get_lregfile_info. It should
actually take sqfs_frag_lookup's return value. This patch addresses
these two assignments.
- In sqfs_read, the fragments (compressed or not) were copied to the
output buffer through a for loop which was reading data at the wrong
offset. Replace these loops by equivalent calls to memcpy, with the
right parameters.
I tested this patch by comparing the MD5 checksum of a few fragmented
files with the respective md5sum output in sandbox, considering both
compressed and uncompressed fragments.
Signed-off-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@posteo.net>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Update the driver to support the device tree and the driver model.
The read / write helpers in rtc_ops allow access to scratch registers
only. The offset parameter is added to the address of the scratch0
register.
Support for non-DM has been removed as there were no users.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210602203805.11494-8-dariobin@libero.it
To write correct data to the TC registers, the STATUS register must be
read until the BUSY bit is equal to zero. Once the BUSY flag is zero,
there is a 15 μs access period in which the TC registers can be
programmed.
The rtc_wait_not_busy() has been inspired by the Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210602203805.11494-5-dariobin@libero.it
For USB DFU boot mode there is a limitation on the load address of boot
images that they have to be less than 0x70001000. Therefore, move the
SPL_TEXT_BASE address to 0x70000000.
Currently ATF is being loaded at 0x70000000, if the SPL is being loaded at
0x70000000 then ATF would overwrite SPL image when loaded. Therefore, move
the location of ATF to a latter location in SRAM, past the SPL image. Also
rearrange the EEPROM and BSS data on top of ATF.
Given below is the placement of various data sections in SRAM
┌──────────────────────────────────────┐0x70000000
│ │
│ │
│ │
│ SPL IMAGE (Max size 1.5 MB) │
│ │
│ │
│ │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x7017FFFF
│ │
│ SPL STACK │
│ │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x70192727
│ GLOBAL DATA(216 B) │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x701927FF
│ │
│ INITIAL HEAP (32 KB) │
│ │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x7019A7FF
│ │
│ BSS (20 KB) │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x7019F7FF
│ EEPROM DATA (2 KB) │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x7019FFFF
│ │
│ │
│ ATF (123 KB) │
│ │
│ │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x701BEBFB
│ BOOT PARAMETER INDEX TABLE (5124 B)│
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x701BFFFF
│ │
│SYSFW FIREWALLED DUE TO A BUG (128 KB)│
│ │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x701DFFFF
│ │
│ DMSC CODE AREA (128 KB) │
│ │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘0x701FFFFF
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210604163043.12811-9-a-govindraju@ti.com
AM64 EVM board has a micro USB 2.0 AB connector and the USB0_VBUS is
connected with a resistor divider in between. USB0_DRVVBUS pin is muxed
between USB0_DRVVBUS and GPIO1_79 signals.
Add the corresponding properties and set the pinmux mode for USB subsystem
in the evm dts file.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210604163043.12811-7-a-govindraju@ti.com
U-Boot either supports USB host or device mode for a node at a time in the
device tree nodes. To support both host and dfu bootmodes, dr_mode is set
to "peripheral" by default and then fixed based on the mode selected by
the boot mode config dip switches on the board.
This needs to happen before the cdns3 generic layer binds the usb device
to a host or a device driver. Therefore, use fdtdec_setup_board()
implementation to fixup the device tree property.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210604163043.12811-4-a-govindraju@ti.com
Pull request for efi-2021-07-rc5
Documentation:
* pinmux and ums man-page
Bug fixes:
* Consider that partition numbers as hexadecimal.
* Avoid a possible NULL dereference in efi_capsule_delete_file().
Add support for Storopack's SMEGW01 board, which is an
IoT gateway based on the i.MX7D SoC.
Based on the original U-Boot work done by Phytec.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Supported boot device types in iMX8MN: MMC, DHCP.
Add DISTRO_DEFAULTS config option and include the distro boot command
header file to enable full support of distro boot on i.MX8M Nano EVK (both
DDR and LPDDR derivatives).
Drop previous environment, which was targeting customized boot commands and
boot order.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Frequency requested by ddrphy_init_set_dfi_clk from fracpll uses MHZ()
macro, which expands the value provided to the Hz range without taking into
account the precise Hz setting. This causes the frequency of 266 MHz not ot
be found in the imx8mm_fracpll_tbl, since it is entered there with a
precise Hz value. This in turn causes the boot hang in SPL, as proper DDR
fracpll frequency cannot be determined.
Correct the value in imx8mm_fracpll_tbl to match the one expanded by
MHZ(266) macro, rounding it down to MHz range only.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: "NXP i.MX U-Boot Team" <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Fixes: 825ab6b406 ("driver: ddr: Refine the ddr init driver on imx8m")
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Enable driver model support for FEC ethernet which allows us to remove
the iomux and board_eth_init function. Replace the toggling of the ethernet
phy reset with dt configuration.
Enable driver model support for PCI which allows us to remove the
eth1000_initialize() call. Additionally enable PCI_INIT_R to scan for
PCI devices on init such as the e1000 that is present on the GW552x.
Convert board_pci_fixup to use dm callback and remove pcidisable env
variable which is not supported for DM_PCI and thus leave PCI always
enabled during init.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Clock initialization functionality has ambitious debug messages, which are
printed out when failures are triggered during execution:
- Separate frequency table lookup functions have the the same output that
makes it impossible to understand which function failed and produced the
output
- PLL decoding routine has a generic debug statement printed, which does
not state the actual value failed to be found
Extend the output for both cases with prefixing table lookup functions
output with function name, and report the failed value in PLL decoding
routine.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: "NXP i.MX U-Boot Team" <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
A simple prototyping board with one microSD port, one Ethernet port,
2 USB ports, I2C, SPI, GPIO, and UART interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Oleh Kravchenko <oleg@kaa.org.ua>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Board designed for quick prototyping and has one microSD port,
2 Ethernet ports, 2 USB ports, I2C, SPI, CAN, RS-485, GPIO,
UART interfaces, and 2 RGB LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Oleh Kravchenko <oleg@kaa.org.ua>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Usb needs IMXRT1050_CLK_USBOH3 clock to be enabled, so let's add it to
clock driver.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
We need those macros to instruct drivers on how to behave for SoC specific
quirks, so let's add it as done for other i.MX SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
At the moment a lot of u-boot,dm-spl properties are present in board .dts
file but this is not correct since u-boot,dm-spl property is u-boot
specific and must be listed into the separate imrt1020-evk-u-boot.dtsi
file. So let's move every u-boot,dm-spl property present in
imxrt1020-evk.dts to imxrt1020-evk-u-boot.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
At the moment a lot of u-boot,dm-spl properties are present in board .dts
file but this is not correct since u-boot,dm-spl property is u-boot
specific and must be listed into the separate imrt1050-evk-u-boot.dtsi
file. So let's move every u-boot,dm-spl property present in
imxrt1050-evk.dts to imxrt1050-evk-u-boot.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Lcdif needs both "pix" and "axi" clocks to be enabled so let's add them to
lcdif node.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Since we assume pll5 is the default lcdif clock source let's move
assigned-clocks(-parents) properties to .dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Lcd peripheral needs 2 different gates to be enable to work, so let's
introduce the missing one(LCDIF_PIX) and rename the existing one
(LCDIF_APB).
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Some SoC needs "disp_axi" clock to be enabled, so let's try to retrieve it
and enabling. If it fails it gives only a debug(), but this clock as well
as "axi" clock is not mandatory.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
On some SoC mxsfb needs more than one clock gate(actual "per" clock). So
let's introduce "axi" clock that can be provided but it's not mandatory.
This is inspired from linux mxsfb driver. Also let's rename "per" clock to
"pix" clock for compatibility with already existing .dts lcdif nodes
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Now device_type = "memory" is mandatory to allow u-boot to read memory
node, so let's add it to memory node.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Now device_type = "memory" is mandatory to allow u-boot to read memory
node, so let's add it to memory node.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
This timer driver uses GPT Timer (General Purpose Timer) available on
a lot of i.MX SoCs family. This driver deals with both 24Mhz oscillator
as well as peripheral clock.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
[Giulio: added the driver's stub and handled peripheral clock prescaler
setting making driver to work correctly]
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <mr.bossman075@gmail.com>
[Jesse: added init, setting prescaler for 24Mhz support and enabling
timer]
This mpu handling works for every i.MXRT SoC that we have, so let's
generalize imxrt1050_region_config to imxrt_region_config.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Brackets '[' need to be escaped to avoid a build warning
lib/efi_loader/efi_image_loader.c:223:
WARNING: Inline strong start-string without end-string.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
When `usb start` is called on the terminal, the dwc2 driver will try
to start every USB device as host first, even if it is explicitly
configured as peripheral in the device tree (dr_mode = "peripheral").
So to avoid an unwanted 15 seconds delay when initializing the usb
(one second per channel = 1s x 15), this patch adds a check to the
initialization, and will skip host initialization of the device is
explicitly set as peripheral. The checking is already done similarly
in the `drivers/usb/gadget/dwc2_udc_otg.c` driver.
Signed-off-by: João Loureiro <joaofl@gmail.com>
Currently the config options CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE and
CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE are being set in include/configs/<board>.h
files and also in <board_name>_defconfig files without a Kconfig option. It
is easier for users to set these configs in defconfig files than in config
header files as they are a part of the source code.
Add Kconfig symbols, and update the defconfigs by using tools/moveconfig.py
script.
Suggested-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Acked-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
TFTP transfer size can be used to re-size the TFTP progress bar on
single line based on the server reported file size. The support for
this has been around from 2019, but it was never converted to proper
Kconfig.
While adding this new Kconfig, enable it by default for OMAP2+ and K3
devices also.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
If we want to address partition 15 of virtio block device 11, we have to
write:
virtio b:f
When calling sprintf() we must use %x for the device and partition numbers.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add the missing dependency for the command ums:
- CONFIG_BLK: call of blk_* functions in usb_mass_storage.c
- CONFIG_USB_GADGET: required to select CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_MASS_STORAGE
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reorder alphabetically the command in the index of usage
in U-Boot documentation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
To quote Simon, first for the display changes:
At present we have two ways of showing a hex dump. Once has been in
U-Boot since the dawn of time and the other was recently added from
Linux.
They both have their own unique features.
This series makes a few changes to bring them closer together. It also
adds support for logging a buffer, which is useful since it can put it
through the same log drivers as other logging output.
Also it adds tests, so we can check the behaviour.
And then the logging changes:
At present when logging is not enabled, all log() calls become nops.
This does not seem right, since if the log level is high enough then
there should be some sort of message. So in that case, this series
updates it to print the message if the log level is above LOGL_INFO.
This mimics the behaviour for the log_...() macros like log_debug() and
log_info(), so we can drop the special case for these.
Also the current implementation does not support multiple log calls on
the same line nicely. The tags are repeated so the line is very hard to
read. This series adds that as a new feature.
Kernel device tree got updated to use clock name as "ref" instead of
"usb2_refclk". Fix cdns3-ti.c to use the correct name.
Fixes: 70e167495a ("arm: dts: k3-j721e: Sync Linux v5.11-rc6 dts into U-Boot")
Fixes: 6239cc8c4e ("arm: dts: k3-j7200: Sync Linux v5.11-rc6 dts into U-Boot")
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
At present if logging not enabled, log_info() becomes a nop. But we want
log output at the 'info' level to be akin to printf(). Update the macro to
pass the output straight to printf() in this case.
This mimics the behaviour for the log_...() macros like log_debug() and
log_info(), so we can drop the special case for these.
Add new tests to cover this case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The pr_cont_test.c test requires CONFIG_LOG since it directly accesses
fields in global_data that require it. Move the test into the CONFIG_LOG
condition to avoid build errors.
Enable CONFIG_LOG on sandbox (not sandbox_spl, etc.) so that we still run
this test. This requires resyncing of the configs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present print_buffer() outputs a hex dump but it is not possible to
place this dump in a string. Refactor it into a top-level function which
does the printing and a utility function that dumps a line into a string.
This makes the code more generally useful.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present print_hex_dump() only supports either 16- or 32-byte lines.
With U-Boot we want to support any line length up to a maximum of 64.
Update the function to support this, with 0 defaulting to 16, as with
print_buffer().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current implementation outputs an address as a pointer. Update the
code to use an address instead, respecting the 32/64 nature of the CPU.
Add some initial tests copied from print_test_display_buffer(), just the
ones that can pass with the current implementation.
Note that for this case print_hex_dump() and print_bufffer() produce the
same result. For now the tests are duplicated sine we have separate
functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the comments to the header file so people can find the function info
without digging in the implementation. Fix up the code style and add an
enum for the first arg.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present with print_buffer() U-Boot shows four spaces between the hex
and ASCII data. Two seems enough and matches print_hex_dump(). Change it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test for this function, to cover the various features. Expand the
expect_str length to take acount of the ~300-bytes lines generated in one
case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This test predates the test framework in U-Boot. It uses #define DEBUG and
assert() to check the result. Update it to use the framework so it can
report failure constitent with other tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If a line of more than 256 bytes is generated, the test will fail but the
reason is not clear. Add a check for this condition and print a helpful
message.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the console output buffer is exhausted, characters are silently dropped
from the end. Detect this condition and report an error when reading back
the characters.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To quote the series author, Patrick Delaunay:
On STM32MP15x platform we can use OP-TEE, loaded in DDR in a region
protected by a firewall. This region is reserved in the device with
the "no-map" property as defined in the binding file
doc/device-tree-bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt.
Sometime the platform boot failed in U-Boot on a Cortex A7 access to
this region (depending of the binary and the issue can change with compiler
version or with code alignment), then the firewall raise an error,
for example:
E/TC:0 tzc_it_handler:19 TZC permission failure
E/TC:0 dump_fail_filter:420 Permission violation on filter 0
E/TC:0 dump_fail_filter:425 Violation @0xde5c6bf0, non-secure privileged read,
AXI ID 5c0
E/TC:0 Panic
After investigation, the forbidden access is a speculative request performed
by the Cortex A7 because all the DDR is mapped as MEMORY with CACHEABLE
property.
The issue is solved only when the region reserved by OP-TEE is no more
mapped in U-Boot as it is already done in Linux kernel.
Tested on DK2 board with OP-TEE 3.12 / TF-A 2.4:
With hard-coded address for OP-TEE reserved memory,
the error doesn't occur.
void dram_bank_mmu_setup(int bank)
{
....
for (i = start >> MMU_SECTION_SHIFT;
i < (start >> MMU_SECTION_SHIFT) + (size >> MMU_SECTION_SHIFT);
i++) {
option = DCACHE_DEFAULT_OPTION;
if (i >= 0xde0)
option = INVALID_ENTRY;
set_section_dcache(i, option);
}
}
Just by modifying the test on 0xde0 to 0xdf0, the OP-TEE memory protected
by firewall is mapped cacheable and the error occurs.
I think that it can be a general issue for ARM architecture: the "no-map" tag
of reserved memory in device should be respected by U-Boot if firewall
is configured before U-Boot execution.
But I don't propose a generic solution in
arm/lib/cache-cp15.c:dram_bank_mmu_setup()
because the device tree parsing done in lmb_init_and_reserve() takes a
long time when it is executed without data cache.
Synchronize R-Car Gen2/Gen3 pinctrl tables with Linux 5.12,
commit 9f4ad9e425a1 ("Linux 5.12") . This is a rather large
commit, since the macros in sh-pfc.h also got updated, so
all the PFC tables must be updated in lockstep.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
No more map the reserved region with "no-map" property by marking
the corresponding TLB entries with invalid entry (=0) to avoid
speculative access.
The device tree parsing done in lmb_init_and_reserve() takes a
long time when it is executed without data cache, so it is called in
enable_caches() before to disable it.
This patch fixes an issue where predictive read access on secure DDR
OP-TEE reserved area are caught by firewall.
Series-cc: marex
Series-cc: pch
Series-cc: marek.bykowski@gmail.com
Series-cc: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Series-cc: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add 8M for the U-Boot reserved memory (display, fdt, gd, ...)
mapped cacheable before relocation.
Without this patch the device tree, located before the MALLOC area
is not tagged cacheable just after relocation, before mmu reconfiguration.
This patch reduces the duration for device tree parsing in
lmb_init_and_reserve.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Save the 'no-map' information present in 'reserved-memory' node to allow
correct handling when the MMU is configured in board to avoid
speculative access.
This binding is defined in
doc/device-tree-bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt
Additional properties:
...
no-map (optional) - empty property
- Indicates the operating system must not create a virtual mapping
of the region as part of its standard mapping of system memory,
nor permit speculative access to it under any circumstances other
than under the control of the device driver using the region.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add a new function lmb_is_reserved_flags to check if
an address is reserved with a specific flags.
This function can be used to check if an address was
reserved with no-map flags with:
lmb_is_reserved_flags(lmb, addr, LMB_NOMAP);
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add "flags" in lmb_property to save the "no-map" property of
reserved region and a new function lmb_reserve_flags() to check
this flag.
The default allocation use flags = LMB_NONE.
The adjacent reserved memory region are merged only when they have
the same flags value.
This patch is partially based on flags support done in Linux kernel
mm/memblock .c (previously lmb.c); it is why LMB_NOMAP = 0x4, it is
aligned with MEMBLOCK_NOMAP value.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable NAND on mmc defconfig for greater flexibility and for consistency
reasons. All our other boards that have a NAND flash integrated, enable
NAND regardless of the type of the defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Not correcting anything in case of empty ECC data area
is not an appropriate strategy, because an uncorrected bit-flip
in an empty sector may cause upper layers (namely UBI) fail to work
properly. Therefore the approach chosen in Linux kernel and other
u-boot mtd drivers has been adopted, where a heuristic implemented
by nand_check_erased_ecc_chunk() is used in order to detect and
correct empty sectors.
Tested with sama5d3_xplained and sam9x60-ek.
Signed-off-by: Kai Stuhlemmer (ebee Engineering) <kai.stuhlemmer@ebee.de>
Tested-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
[ta: reorder if conditions, change commit subject, s/uint8_t/u8.]
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Add a test of dev_read_resource with translation or without translation
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Removed call of ofnode_translate_address() after ofnode_read_resource
in luton_switch.c:luton_probe(); it is unnecessary since
the commit feb7ac457c ("dm: core: Add address translation in
fdt_get_resource").
Fixes: feb7ac457c ("dm: core: Add address translation in fdt_get_resource")
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
With commit 41575d8e4c ("dm: treewide: Rename auto_alloc_size members
to be shorter") "priv_auto_alloc_size" was renamed to "priv_auto". This
driver was sent to the mailing list before that change, merged after it,
and still has the old form. Apply the rename here as well.
Fixes: 1b9ee2882e ("pwm: Add a driver for Chrome OS EC PWM")
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
os_find_text_base() assumes that first line of /proc/self/maps holds
information about the text. Hence we must call the function before calling
os_malloc() which calls mmap(0x10000000,).
Failure to do so has led to incorrect values for pc_reloc when an
exception was reported
=> exception undefined
Illegal instruction
pc = 0x5628d82e9d3c, pc_reloc = 0x5628c82e9d3c
as well as incorrect output of the bdinfo command
=> bdinfo
relocaddr = 0x0000000007858000
reloc off = 0x0000000010000000
Fixes: b308d9fd18 ("sandbox: Avoid using malloc() for system state")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In of_get_address(), there is:
dev_count_cells(dev, &na, &ns);
followed by:
bus->count_cells(dev, &na, &ns);
but no codes in between use na/ns, hence the first call is useless.
By dropping the first call, dev_count_cells() is now useless too.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
'dma-ranges' frequently exists without parent nodes having 'dma-ranges'.
While this is an error for 'ranges', this is fine because DMA capable
devices always have a translatable DMA address. Also, with no
'dma-ranges' at all, the assumption is that DMA addresses are 1:1 with
no restrictions unless perhaps the device itself has implicit
restrictions.
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
81db12ee15cb: of/address: Translate 'dma-ranges' for parent nodes missing 'dma-ranges'
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These boards were not converted to DM_VIDEO before deadline,
so disable video support for now.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Richard Hu <richard.hu@technexion.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The board was not converted to DM_VIDEO before deadline, so disable
video support for now.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
The board was not converted to DM_VIDEO before deadline, so disable
video support for now.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Make it possible to invoke rescue boot from U-Boot console, without
having to press the factory reset button. This is needed when accessing
the device remotely, for example.
Achieve this by putting rescue command into `bootcmd_rescue` default
environment variable and setting some distroboot environment variables
to their default values when the factory button is pressed.
Rescue boot from console can be invoked by running
run bootcmd_rescue
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Update rescue mode boot command on Turris Omnia. We are compressing the
image with lzma now.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The `ranges` DT property of the PCIe node is currently ignored by
Aardvark driver - all entries are used as transparent PCIe MEM, despite
some of them being defined for IO in DT.
This is because the driver does not setup PCIe outbound windows and thus
a default configuration is used.
This can cause an external abort on CPU when a device driver tries to
access non-MEM space.
Setup the PCIe windows according to the `ranges` property for all
non-MEM resources (currently only IO) and also non-transparent MEM
resources.
Because Linux expects that bootloader does not setup Aardvark PCIe
windows, disable them before booting Linux.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For some configurations with more PCIe cards and PCIe bridges, 16 MiB of
PCIe MEM space may not be enough. Since TF-A already allocates a 128 MiB
CPU window for PCIe, and since IO port space is only 64 KiB in total,
use all the remaining space (64 + 32 + 16 + 8 + 4 + 2 + 1 = 127 MiB) for
PCIe MEM.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Current version of this function uses a lot of incorrect assumptions about
the `ranges` DT property:
* parent(#address-cells) == 2
* #size-cells == 2
* number of entries == 2
* address size of first entry == 0x1000000
* second child address entry == base + 0x1000000
Trying to increase PCIe MEM space to more than 16 MiB leads to an overlap
with PCIe IO space, and trying to define additional MEM space (as a third
entry in the `ranges` DT property) causes U-Boot to crash when booting the
kernel.
## Flattened Device Tree blob at 04f00000
Booting using the fdt blob at 0x4f00000
Loading Device Tree to 000000001fb01000, end 000000001fb08f12 ... OK
ERROR: board-specific fdt fixup failed: <unknown error>
- must RESET the board to recover.
Fix a3700_fdt_fix_pcie_regions() to properly parse and update all addresses
in the `ranges` property according to
https://elinux.org/Device_Tree_Usage#PCI_Address_Translation
Now it is possible to increase PCIe MEM space from 16 MiB to maximal value
of 127 MiB.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Fixes: cb2ddb291e ("arm64: mvebu: a37xx: add device-tree fixer for PCIe regions")
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Find PCIe DT node by compatible string instead of retrieving it by using
hardcoded DT path.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Change DT compatible string for A3700 PCIe from 'marvell,armada-37xx-pcie'
to 'marvell,armada-3700-pcie' to make U-Boot A3700 PCIe DT node compatible
with Linux' DT node.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Disable Root Bridge I/O space, memory space and bus mastering in Aardvark's
remove method, which is called before booting Linux kernel.
This ensures that PCIe device which was initialized and used by U-Boot
cannot do new DMA transfers until Linux initializes PCI subsystem and loads
appropriate drivers for the device.
During initialization of PCI subsystem Linux in fact disables this bus
mastering on Root Bridge (and later enables it when driver is loaded and
configured), but there is a possibility of a small window after U-Boot
boots Linux when bus mastering is enabled, which is not correct.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
During our debugging of the Aardvark driver in Linux we have discovered
that the PCIE_CORE_LINK_CTRL_STAT_REG register in fact controls standard
PCIe Link Control Register for PCIe Root Bridge. This led us to discover
that the name of the PCIE_CORE_LINK_TRAINING macro and the corresponding
comment by this macro's usage is misleading; this bit in fact controls
Retrain Link, which, according to PCIe base spec is defined as:
A write of 1b to this bit initiates Link retraining by directing the
Physical Layer LTSSM to the Recovery state. If the LTSSM is already in
Recovery or Configuration, re-entering Recovery is permitted but not
required.
Entering Recovery state is normally done from LTSSM L0, L0s and L1 states.
But since the pci-aardvark.c driver enables Link Training just a few lines
above, the controller is not in L0 ready state yet. So setting aardvark bit
PCIE_CORE_LINK_TRAINING does not actually enter Recovery state at this
place.
Moreover, trying to enter LTSSM Recovery state without other configuration
is causing issues for some cards (e.g. Atheros AR9xxx and QCA9xxx). Since
Recovery state is not entered, these issues are not triggered.
Remove code which tries to enter LTSSM Recovery state completely.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add default bootarguments with booting from mmc0 for this configuration.
This will allow a default Linux boot for this board.
Suggested-by: Jarvis Chen <jarvis.chen@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
If a chunk was larger than 4GiB, then chunk_data_sz would overflow and
blkcnt would not be calculated correctly. Upgrade it to a u64 and cast
its multiplicands as well. Also fix bytes_written while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This contains the fix to bring back the SD card as MMC0. In the long run
we are looking into a more robust solution, but for now we need to fix
this, as this breaks the user experience left, right, and centre.
Also add the one MAINTAINERS path addition from Samuel.
Fix compilation error when Werror is turned on. The warning could
possible break some CI builds.
Signed-off-by: Green Wan <green.wan@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Add dts support for fu740. The HiFive Unmatched support is based on
fu740 cpu and drivers in following patch set.
Signed-off-by: Green Wan <green.wan@sifive.com>
[greentime.hu: set fu740 speed to 1.2GHz]
Signed-off-by: Greentime Hu <greentime.hu@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Add pcie driver for SiFive fu740, the driver depends on
fu740 gpio, clk and reset driver to do init. Force running at Gen1
for better capatible enumeration.
Several devices are tested:
a) M.2 NVMe SSD
b) USB-to-PCI adapter
c) Ethernet adapter (E1000 compatible)
Signed-off-by: Green Wan <green.wan@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
These drivers are sunxi platform-specific, and so are of interest to the
sunxi maintainers.
In fact, as there is no PHY driver maintainer, drivers/phy/allwinner had
no maintainer at all.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Commit 2243d19e56 ("mmc: mmc-uclass: Use dev_seq() to read aliases
node's index") now actually enforces U-Boot's device enumeration policy,
where explicitly named devices come first, then any other non-named
devices follow, without filling gaps.
For quite a while we have had an "mmc1 = &mmc2;" alias in our
sunxi-u-boot.dtsi, which now leads to the problem that the SD card
(which was always mmc device 0) now gets to be number 2.
This breaks quite some boot scripts, including our own distro boot
commands, and some other features looking at $mmc_bootdev, also
fastboot.
Just add an explicit mmc0 alias in the very same file to fix this and
restore the old behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reported-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Tested-by: Simon Baatz <gmbnomis@gmail.com>
"TCG PC Client Platform Firmware Profile Specification"
requires to measure every attempt to load and execute
a OS Loader(a UEFI application) into PCR[4].
This commit adds the PE/COFF image measurement, extends PCR,
and appends measurement into Event Log.
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Replace CONFIG_HASH_CALCULATE by CONFIG_HASH
Fix conversions between pointers and u64.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The hash_calculate() symbol is provided by hash-checksum.c. It depends
on hash_progressive_lookup_algo(), provided when CONFIG_HASH=y.
The issue is that hash_calculate() is used by the efi_loader,
irregardless of CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE. As pointed out in
commit 87316da05f ("lib: introduce HASH_CALCULATE option"),
enabling hash_calculate() based on CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is incorrect.
To resolve this, use CONFIG_HASH as the compile switch for
hash-checksum.c. This ensures that all dependencies are compiled, and
is the most natural Kconfig to use.
There is the issue of having to 'select HASH' in a couple of places
that already 'select SHA256'. This is a deeper problem with how hashes
are organized, and fixing it is beyonf the scope of this change.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
When we think of Kconfig, we usually think of features that we like
to enable or not. Ideally, we wouldn't use Kconfig to fix a build
issue, although sometimes it might make sense. With Kconfig it's hard
to guarantee that the fix is universal. We can only say that it works
for the set of tested configurations. In the majority of cases, it's
preferable to let the linker figure things out for us.
The reverted commit attempted to fix a build issue by adding an
invisible Kconfig option. This is wrong in several ways:
It invents a new Kconfig variable when CONFIG_HASH already
exists for the same purpose.
Second, hash-checksum.c makes use of the hash_progressive_lookup_algo()
symbol, which is only provided with CONFIG_HASH, but this dependency
was not expressed in the reverted patch.
It feels like Kconfig is turning into a listing of all available
source files, and a buffet to 'select' which ones to compile. The
purpose of this revert is to enable the next change to make use of
CONFIG_HASH instead of adding to Kconfig.
This reverts commit 87316da05f.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Coverity reported 3 warnings on the current code.
CID 331856, 331855, 331854 on the latest scan.
Fix the rest of the warnings by initializing the variables before
passing them to tpm2_get_pcr_info().
In order to avoid future warnings and errors initialize them to 0 within
the function as well, since the values are always OR'ed after querying the
hardware.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Enable the true random number generator. It can be used, for example, to
generate partition UUIDs when partitioning with the gpt command. The
generator is already enabled in the device trees of several other
STM32MP1‐based boards, like DKx or DHCOM.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Szymaszek <gszymaszek@short.pl>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The CMD_UNZIP provides the 'gzwrite' command, which is convenient
for writing e.g. gz-compressed images to eMMC from U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Currently the code sets eth1addr only if /ethernet1 alias exists in DT,
the node pointed to by the alias has "micrel,ks8851-mll" compatible
string, and the KSZ8851 CCR register read indicates programmed EEPROM
is not connected.
This is not sufficient to detect cases where the DT still contains the
KSZ8851 nodes, but the chip itself is not present. Extend the detection
to handle these cases.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
BITS_PER_LONG is used to represent register's size which is 32.
But when compiled on arch64, BITS_PER_LONG is then equal to 64.
Fix bank and offset computation to make it work on arch32 and
arch64 and ensure that register's size is always equal to 32.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Dev <pankaj.dev@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Fix the result of DFU_OP_WRITE operation in mtd_block_op function
when mtd_lock is not supported (-EOPNOTSUPP) to avoid DFU stack
error on the DFU manifestation of the MTD device, when
dfu_flush_medium_mtd is called.
Without this patch, dfu-util failed on dfuERROR state at the end
of the write operation on the alternate even if MTD write
opeartion is correctly performed.
$> dfu-util -a 3 -D test.bin
....
DFU mode device DFU version 0110
Device returned transfer size 4096
Copying data from PC to DFU device
....
Download [=========================] 100% 225469 bytes
Download done.
state(10) = dfuERROR, status(14) = Something went wrong,
but the device does not know what it was Done!
Fixes: 65f3fc18fc ("dfu_mtd: Add provision to unlock mtd device")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
The AM64x SoC uses a central Device Management and Security Controller
(DMSC) processor that manages all the low-level device controls
including the system-wide SoC reset. The system-wide reset is managed
through the system reset driver.
Add a sysreset controller node as a child of the dmsc node to enable
the "reset" command from U-Boot prompt for the K3 AM642 SK.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The AM64x SoC uses a central Device Management and Security Controller
(DMSC) processor that manages all the low-level device controls
including the system-wide SoC reset. The system-wide reset is managed
through the system reset driver.
Add a sysreset controller node as a child of the dmsc node to enable
the "reset" command from U-Boot prompt for the K3 AM642 EVM.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The ti_sci_msg_req_reboot message payload has been extended to include a
domain field, but for the purposes of u-boot this should be zero to
reset the entire SoC as it did before. Include domain for completeness
and set to zero to ensure proper operation.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The default U-Boot environment variables and design are all set up for
both the MAIN R5FSS clusters to be in Split-mode. This is the setting
in v2021.01 U-Boot and the dt nodes are synched with the kernel binding
property names in commit 468ec2f3ef ("remoteproc: k3_r5: Sync to
upstreamed kernel DT property names") merged in v2021.04-rc2.
The modes for both the clusters got switched back to LockStep mode by
mistake in commit 70e167495a ("arm: dts: k3-j721e: Sync Linux v5.11-rc6
dts into U-Boot") also in v2021.04-rc2. This throws the following warning
messages when early-booting the cores using default env variables,
k3_r5f_rproc r5f at 5d00000: Invalid op: Trying to start secondary core 7 in lockstep mode
Load Remote Processor 3 with data at addr=0x82000000 98484 bytes: Failed!
k3_r5f_rproc r5f at 5f00000: Invalid op: Trying to start secondary core 9 in lockstep mode
Load Remote Processor 5 with data at addr=0x82000000 98484 bytes: Failed!
Fix this by switching back both the clusters to the expected Split-mode.
Make this mode change in the u-boot specific dtsi file to avoid such
sync overrides in the future until the kernel dts is also switched to
Split-mode by default.
Fixes: 70e167495a ("arm: dts: k3-j721e: Sync Linux v5.11-rc6 dts into U-Boot")
Reported-by: Minas Hambardzumyan <minas@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
AM64x GP and SK EVM have DP83867 PHY connected to CPSW external port0.
Enable the driver in order to use ethernet at U-Boot prompt.
CONFIG_PHY_TI is selected by CONFIG_PHY_TI_DP83867 and thus can be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
ut_asserteq_strn is defined twice. Remove one definition.
Fixes: 33d7edfd5f ("test: Add a way to check part of a console line or skip it")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Commit 712cc962b7 ("GitLab: Remove "tags" stanzas") removed the 'all'
tag from all the jobs. The sandbox_noinst_test.py test was added in
between the author date and commit date (commit 6c914e4232
("azure/gitlab: Add tests for sandbox_noinst")) which is probably why it
still contains the tags. This commit fixes that so all jobs now don't
require tags on the GitLab runners.
Signed-off-by: Harm Berntsen <harm.berntsen@nedap.com>
CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Commit 1ba21bb06b ("test: Don't unmount not (yet) mounted system")
fixes an issue in the filesystem tests where the test setup may fail
to mount an image and still attempt to unmount it. However, the commit
unintentionally breaks the test setups in two ways.
The newly created unmounted filesystem images are being immediately
deleted due to some cleanup steps being misplaced into finally blocks,
which makes them always run instead of only on failures. The mount calls
always fail since the images never exist, causing the tests to be always
skipped. This patch moves these cleanup calls into the except blocks to
fix this and makes the tests run again.
There are also unmount calls misplaced into finally blocks, making them
run after the tests instead of before the tests. These unmount calls
make the filesystem image file consistent with the changes made to it as
part of the test setup, and this misplacement is making a number of
tests fail unexpectedly.
The unmount calls must be run before the tests use the image, meaning
before the yield call and not in the finally block. They must also be
run as a cleanup step when the filesystem setup fails, so they can't be
placed as the final call in the try blocks since they would be skipped
on such failures. For these reasons, this patch places the unmount calls
both in the except blocks and the else blocks of the final setup step.
This makes the unexpectedly failing tests to succeed again.
Furthermore, this isolates the mount calls to their own try-except
statement to avoid reintroducing the original issue of unmounting a
not-mounted image while fixing the unmount misplacement.
After these fixes, running "make tests" with guestmount available results
in two test failures not related to the mentioned commit. If the
guestmount executables are unavailable, the mounts fallback to using
sudo and result in no failures.
Fixes: 1ba21bb06b ("test: Don't unmount not (yet) mounted system")
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
A lot of entries were using spaces instead of tab for alignment that's why
it is good to fix it to use the same style everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The superblock buffer must be cache aligned, since it might be used
in DMA context, allocate it using ALLOC_CACHE_ALIGN_BUFFER() just
like it was done in btrfs_read_superblock() and read_tree_node().
This fixes this output on boot and non-working btrfs on iMX53:
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [ced299d0, ced2a9d0]
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
When reading directories the UEFI sub-system must supply file attributes
and timestamps. These fields will have to be added to struct fs_dirent.
SquashFS should not fill these fields with random data. Ensure that they
are zeroed out.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
The assembly output of the arch_initr_trap() function differed by a
single byte after common.h was removed from traps.c:
fff49a18 <arch_initr_trap>:
fff49a18: 94 21 ff f0 stwu r1,-16(r1)
fff49a1c: 7c 08 02 a6 mflr r0
fff49a20: 90 01 00 14 stw r0,20(r1)
-fff49a24: 80 62 00 44 lwz r3,68(r2)
+fff49a24: 80 62 00 38 lwz r3,56(r2)
fff49a28: 4b ff 76 19 bl fff41040 <trap_init>
fff49a2c: 80 01 00 14 lwz r0,20(r1)
fff49a30: 38 60 00 00 li r3,0
fff49a34: 38 21 00 10 addi r1,r1,16
fff49a38: 7c 08 03 a6 mtlr r0
This was causing a consistent hard lockup during the MMC read / loading
of the QoriQ FMan firmware on a P2041RDB board.
Re-adding the header causes identical assembly to be emitted and allows
the firmware loading and subsequent boot to succeed.
Fixes: 401d1c4f5d ("common: Drop asm/global_data.h from common header")
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
Some callers (e.g. cmd/fs.c) of fs_set_blk_dev may use a NULL dev_part_str.
While blk_get_device_part_str handles this fine,
part_get_info_by_dev_and_name does not. This fixes commands crashing when
implicitly using bootdevice.
The unit test has also been updated to set bootdevice to a known value and
to restore it after we are done.
Fixes: 7194527b6a ("cmd: fs: Use part_get_info_by_dev_and_name_or_num to parse partitions")
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If reg property of pinctrl-single node requires address translation then
probe fails with following message:
single-pinctrl pinctrl@4301c000: failed to get base register size
This is because driver uses dev_read_addr_size() to get size which also
tries to fetch untranslated addr and fails.
Fix this by using dev_read_addr_size_index() which takes care of address
translation and also makes following dev_read_addr() call redundant.
This fixes Ethernet failures on TI's AM654 based EVMs due to lack of
pinmux configuration.
Fixes: 9fd8a430f3 ("pinctrl: single: get register area size by device API")
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Remove qemu_mips boards because DM migration doesn't make sense.
The board support for qemu_mips is already marked as deprecated
in Qemu in favour of the Malta board. Also qemu_mips support
has been removed from Linux a long time ago.
The official replacement is the Malta board. The same Malta U-Boot
image can be used with Qemu and on physical hardware.
All combinations of Big Endian and Little Endian as well as 32 bit
and 64 bit are supported.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Compiling with -Wextra produces a number of (harmless) warnings for the EFI
TCG2 protocol. Let's fix those in case we ever enable the flag on the EFI
subsystem
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Use efi_get_variable_int() instead of EFI_CALL(RT->get_variable()).
Use efi_set_variable_int() instead of EFI_CALL(efi_set_variable()).
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Simplify the creation of indexed variable names like 'Boot0000' by using
function efi_create_indexed_name().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
To print a UTF-16 string use %ls instead of converting string to UTF-8.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
To print a UTF-16 string use %ls instead of converting string to UTF-8.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Before this patch efi_dp_from_name() only accommodated a maximum file path
length of 31 characters. This leads to boot failures due to file name
truncation.
Allow arbitrary path lengths.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This is preparation for PE/COFF measurement support.
PE/COFF image hash calculation is same in both
UEFI Secure Boot image verification and measurement in
measured boot. PE/COFF image parsing functions are
gathered into efi_image_loader.c, and exposed even if
UEFI Secure Boot is not enabled.
This commit also adds the EFI_SIGNATURE_SUPPORT option
to decide if efi_signature.c shall be compiled.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Configuring a system with CONFIG_EFI_CAPSULE_AUTHENTICATE=y but without a
method to retrieve the public key data is a misconfiguration. We should get
a build failure for it. Therefore remove the weak efi_get_public_key_data()
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- Add LTO (link time optimization) support to the build system and
enable it on a few boards. This is an alternative to using
-ffunction-sections/-fdata-sections and --gc-sections at link time to
remove unused code. This can result in notable savings, but needs
testing on each platform before use as it can expose problems by
optimizing away various functionally necessary calls.
With better compiler optimizations available, a compiler may see we do
nothing with our buffer after calling memset and omit the call, thus
causing us to not smash the stack. Add a comment to explain why we now
also have a printf call, so that the test will pass as the memset will
not be omitted.
Reported-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When using LTO, we can throw away the --gc-sections flag, but only if
using private libgcc.
When using system's libgcc, --gc-sections is still needed, otherwise
linking will fail due to undefined references to libc's symbols.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building with LTO, using -ffunction-sections/-fdata-sections is not
useful anymore.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building highbank_defconfig with LTO, the compiler complains about
type mismatch of function ahci_link_up().
The third parameter of this function is of type u8 in
drivers/ata/ahci.c, but of type int in board/highbank/ahci.c.
There is no reason in using u8, and the code using this function
actually passes an int variable into the function (so it is implicitly
converted to u8).
Change the type of this parameter to int in drivers/ata/ahci.c.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
For some reason when building SPL for ARMv8 with LTO, the relocation
information is not discarded.
Discard it explicitly in the linker script.
This fixes LTO build for imx8mm_venice_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adam Ford says that DM3730 needs board.c compiled without LTO flags.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
When building with LTO, the compiler complains about type mismatch of
function usb_gadget_handle_interrupts(). This function is defined
without parameters in files
arch/arm/mach-rockchip/board.c
board/samsung/common/exynos5-dt.c
but it should have one parameter, int index.
Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
When seaboard_defconfig is compiled with LTO, the compiler complains
about some instructions not being supported in ARM mode.
This is caused by arch/arm/mach-tegra/tegra20/warmboot_avp.c having
different CFLAGS declared in Makefile. This file needs to be compiled
without LTO.
Fix this by removing -flto for this file.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building imx8mp_evk_defconfig with LTO, the compiler complains
about type mismatch of function imx_eqos_txclk_set_rate() in file
drivers/net/dwc_eth_qos.c:845:12
which contains a weak definition of this function, vs file
arch/arm/mach-imx/imx8m/clock_imx8mm.c
which contains an implementation.
Change the type of this function in the implementation to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When building with LTO, the compiler complains about type mismatch of
function clk_bsc_enable() in file:
arch/arm/cpu/armv7/kona-common/clk-stubs.c
vs other files that define or use this function:
warning: type of ‘clk_bsc_enable’ does not match original declaration.
Change the type of this function to that of the other usages.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When building keystone with LTO the compiler complains:
Error: selected processor does not support `smc #0' in Thumb mode
Fix this by removing -flto for the file implementing these SMC calls.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
When apf27_defconfig is built with LTO, linking complains about
undefined reference to `nand_boot`. This is because it is referenced
from inline assembly. Make it visible.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
When imx28_xea_defconfig is built with LTO, the compiler complains about
the two different declarations of _start:
include/asm-generic/sections.h as extern void _start(void);
arch/arm/cpu/arm926ejs/mxs/mxs.c as extern uint32_t _start;
Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Fix LTO build for some thumb-interwork usecases (such as for
da850evm_defconfig), where inline assmebly such as
mrc p15,0,r2,c1,c0,0
causes the compiler to fail during LTO linking with
Error: selected processor does not support `mrc p15,0,r2,c1,c0,0'
in Thumb mode
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On ARM, the gd pointer is stored in registers r9 / x18. For this the
-ffixed-r9 / -ffixed-x18 flag is used when compiling, but using global
register variables causes errors when building with LTO, and these
errors are very difficult to overcome.
Richard Biener says [1]:
Note that global register vars shouldn't be used with LTO and if they
are restricted to just a few compilation units the recommended fix is
to build those CUs without -flto.
We cannot do this for U-Boot since all CUs use -ffixed-reg flag.
It seems that with LTO we could in fact store the gd pointer differently
and gain performance or size benefit by allowing the compiler to use
r9 / x18. But this would need more work.
So for now, when building with LTO, go the clang way, and instead of
declaring gd a global register variable, we make it a function call via
macro.
[1] https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=68384
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Thumb instruction `ldr` is able to move high registers only from
armv7. For armv5 and armv6 we have to use `mov`.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In style of linked lists, instead of declaring symbols for boundaries
of getopt options array in the linker script, declare corresponding
sections and retrieve the boundaries via static inline functions.
Without this clang's LTO produces binary without any getopt options,
because for some reason it thinks that array is empty (start and end
symbols are at the same address).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building with LTO, the system libc's `errno` variable used in
arch/sandbox/cpu/os.c conflicts with U-Boot's `errno` (defined in
lib/errno.c) with the following error:
.../ld: errno@@GLIBC_PRIVATE: TLS definition in /lib64/libc.so.6
section .tbss mismatches non-TLS reference in
/tmp/u-boot.EQlEXz.ltrans0.ltrans.o
To avoid this conflict use different asm label for this variable when
CONFIG_SANDBOX is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some toolchains are compiled so that they pass a --build-id=something
parameter to the linker implicitly.
This causes U-Boot LTO linking to fail with something like:
ld: section .note.gnu.build-id LMA ... overlaps section .text LMA ...
because U-Boot's link scripts do not currently handle .note.gnu.build-id
section.
Fix this by explicitly disabling build-id.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add plumbing for building U-Boot with Link Time Optimizations.
When building with LTO, $(PLATFORM_LIBS) has to be in --whole-archive /
--no-whole-archive group, otherwise some functions declared in assembly
may not be resolved and linking may fail.
Note: clang may throw away linker list symbols it thinks are unused when
compiling with LTO. To force these symbols to be included, we refer to
them via the __ADDRESSABLE macro in a C file generated from compiled
built-in.o files before linking.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently we use incremental linking (ld -r) to link several object
files from one directory into one built-in.o object file containing the
linked code from that directory (and its subdirectories).
Linux has, some time ago, moved to thin archives instead.
Thin archives are archives (.a) that do not really contain the object
files, only references to them.
Using thin archives instead of incremental linking
- saves disk space
- apparently works better with dead code elimination
- makes things easier for LTO
The third point is the important one for us. With incremental linking
there are several options how to do LTO, and that would unnecessarily
complicate things.
We have to use the --whole-archive/--no-whole-archive linking option
instead of --start-group/--end-group, otherwise linking may fail because
of unresolved symbols, or the resulting binary will be unusable.
We also need to use the P flag for ar, otherwise final linking may fail.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Indent the linking commands so that they look cosmetically better.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When compiling with LTO, the compiler fails with an error saying that
`crc_table` causes a section type conflict with `efi_var_buf`.
This is because both are declared to be in the same section (via macro
`__efi_runtime_data`), but one is const while the other is not.
Put this variable into the section .rodata.efi_runtime, instead of
.data.efi_runtime, via macro __efi_runtime_rodata.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.gpk@gmx.de>
Add $(CFLAGS_EFI) and remove $(CFLAGS_NON_EFI) for
efi_selftest_miniapp_exception.o.
The removal is needed when compiling with LTO - this object file needs
to be compiled without -flto.
The adding is for consistency with other miniapps.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add macro __efi_runtime_rodata, for const variables with similar purpose
as those using __efi_runtime_data.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Document the macros __efi_runtime and __efi_runtime_data in Sphinx
style.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When linking with LTO, the compiler complains about type mismatch of
variables `__efi_runtime_start`, `__efi_runtime_stop`,
`__efi_runtime_rel_start` and `__efi_runtime_rel_stop`:
include/efi_loader.h:218:21: warning: type of ‘__efi_runtime_start’
does not match original
declaration [-Wlto-type-mismatch]
218 | extern unsigned int __efi_runtime_start, __efi_runtime_stop;
| ^
arch/sandbox/lib/sections.c:7:6: note: ‘__efi_runtime_start’ was
previously declared here
7 | char __efi_runtime_start[0] __attribute__((section(".__efi_run
| ^
Change the type to char[] in include/efi_loader.h.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It seems that sometimes (happening on ARM64, for example with
turris_mox_defconfig) GCC, when linking with LTO, changes the symbol
names of some functions, for example lib/string.c's memcpy() function to
memcpy.isra.0.
This is a problem however when GCC for a code such as this:
struct some_struct *info = get_some_struct();
struct some struct tmpinfo;
tmpinfo = *info;
emits a call to memcpy() by builtin behaviour, to copy *info to tmpinfo.
This then results in the following linking error:
.../lz4.c:93: undefined reference to `memcpy'
.../uuid.c:206: more undefined references to `memcpy' follow
GCC's documentation says this about -nodefaultlibs option:
The compiler may generate calls to "memcmp", "memset", "memcpy" and
"memmove". These entries are usually resolved by entries in libc.
These entry points should be supplied through some other mechanism
when this option is specified.
Make these functions visible by using the __used macro to avoid this
error.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Improve the regular expression that matches unittest symbols in
u-boot.sym.
Currently we do not enforce no prefix in symbol string, but with the
soon to come change in linker lists declaring lists and entries with the
__ADDRESSABLE macro (because of LTO), the symbol file will contain for
every symbol of the form
_u_boot_list_2_ut_X_2_Y
also symbol
__UNIQUE_ID___addressable__u_boot_list_2_ut_X_2_YN,
(where N at the end is some number).
In order to avoid matching these additional symbols, ensure that the
character before "_u_boot_list_2_ut" is not a symbol name character.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit does the same thing as Linux commit 33def8498fdd.
Use a more generic form for __section that requires quotes to avoid
complications with clang and gcc differences.
Remove the quote operator # from compiler_attributes.h __section macro.
Convert all unquoted __section(foo) uses to quoted __section("foo").
Also convert __attribute__((section("foo"))) uses to __section("foo")
even if the __attribute__ has multiple list entry forms.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is how Linux does this now, see Linux commit 339f29d91acf.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a serious bug in regmap_read() and regmap_write() functions
where an uint pointer is cast to (void *) which is then cast to (u8 *),
(u16 *), (u32 *) or (u64 *), depending on register width of the map.
For example given a regmap with 16-bit register width the code
int val = 0x12340000;
regmap_read(map, 0, &val);
only changes the lower 16 bits of val on little-endian machines.
The upper 16 bits will remain 0x1234.
Nobody noticed this probably because this bug can be triggered with
regmap_write() only on big-endian architectures (which are not used by
many people anymore), and on little endian this bug has consequences
only if register width is 8 or 16 bits and also the memory place to
which regmap_read() should store it's result has non-zero upper bits,
which it seems doesn't happen anywhere in U-Boot normally. CI managed to
trigger this bug in unit test of dm_test_devm_regmap_field when compiled
for sandbox_defconfig using LTO.
Fix this by utilizing an union { u8; u16; u32; u64; } and reading data
into this union / writing data from this union.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
There is no good reason to use a sequence from rand() here. We may as well
invent our own sequence.
This should molify Coverity which does not use rand() being used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 312949)
Clang has -Wself-assign enabled by default under -Wall and so when
building with -Werror we would get an error here. Inspired by Linux
kernel git commit a21151b9d81a ("tools/build: tweak unused value
workaround") make use of the fact that both Clang and GCC support
casting to `void` as the method to note that something is intentionally
unused.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Increase the BOOTM_LEN to 32M . This would allow a bigger kernel image to be
booted, for example the multi_v7_defconfig.
Loading Kernel Image
Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Must RESET board to recover
resetting ...
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
The V3U SoC has several unlock registers, one per register group. They
reside at offset zero in each 0x200 bytes-sized block.
To avoid adding yet another table to the PFC implementation, this
patch adds the option to specify an address mask instead of the fixed
address in sh_pfc_soc_info::unlock_reg.
This is a direct port of Linux 5.12 commit e127ef2ed0a6
("pinctrl: renesas: Implement unlock register masks") by
Ulrich Hecht <uli+renesas@fpond.eu>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The help text for Gen2 entries had a copy paste error, still containing
the Gen3 string, while the description was correctly listing Gen2. Fix
the help text.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The help text in the Kconfig file was always a copy of the same thing.
Move single copy into the common PFC driver entry instead. Also fix a
copy-paste error in the PFC help text, which identified PFC as clock.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Pass struct udevice to rcar_gpio_set_direction() in preparation of
quirk handling in rcar_gpio_set_direction(). No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Most of the PLLx, MAIN, FIXED clock handlers are calling very similar
code, which determines parent rate and then applies multiplication and
division. The only difference is whether multiplication is fixed factor
or coming from CRx register. Deduplicate the code into a single function.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Base on Linux v5.10-rc2, commit 8b652aa8a1fb by Yoshihiro Shimoda
To support other register layouts in the future, add register pointers
of {control,status,reset,reset_clear}_regs into struct cpg_mssr_info
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
From Linux v5.10-rc2, commit ffbf9cf3f946 by Yoshihiro Shimoda
Introduce enum clk_reg_layout to support multiple register layout variants
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
CPG IP in some specific Renesas SoCs (i.e. new R8A779A0 V3U SoC)
requires a different setting procedure. Make struct cpg_mssr_info
accessible to handle the clock setting in that case.
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The MODEMR register offset changed on R8A779A0, make the MODEMR offset
configurable. Fill the offset in on all clock drivers. No functional
change.
Based off "clk: renesas: Make CPG Reset MODEMR offset accessible from
struct cpg_mssr_info" by Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
This supports RPCD2 clock handling. While at it, add the check point
for RPC-IF clock RPCD2 Frequency Division Ratio, since it must be odd
number
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
This patch fixes Realtime Module Stop Control Register (RMSTPCR) offsets
based on R-Car Gen3, H2/M2/M2N/E2/E2X hardware user's manual.
The r8a73a4 only has RMSTPCR0 - RMSTPCR5 so this calculation change
doesn't affect it.
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Reinstate RPC clock on D3/E3 after Linux 5.12 synchronization.
The D3 and E3 clock drivers do not contain RPC clock entries
mainline Linux yet.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
With commit 8678776df6 (arm: mvebu: armada-3720-uDPU: fix PHY mode
definition to sgmii-2500) the PHY mode was switch to "sgmii-2500", even
when this is functionally incorrect since "2500base-x" was not supported
in U-Boot at that time. As this mode is now supported (at least present
in the headers), this patch moves back to the orinal version.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Jakov Petrina <jakov.petrina@sartura.hr>
Cc: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Until now the mvpp2 driver used an extra 'phy-speed'
DT property in order to differentiate between the
SGMII and SGMII @2.5GHz. As there is a dedicated
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_SGMII_2500 flag to mark the latter
start using it and drop the custom flag.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Nadav Haklai <nadavh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nadav Haklai <nadavh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Currently, there are 2 valid cases for interface, PHY
and mdio relation:
- If an interface has PHY handler, it'll call
mdio_mii_bus_get_from_phy(), which will register
MDIO bus.
- If we want to use fixed-link for an interface,
PHY handle is not defined in the DTS, and no
MDIO is registered.
There is a third case, for some boards (with switch),
the MDIO is used for switch configuration, but the interface
itself uses fixed link. This patch allows this option by
checking if fixed-link subnode is defined, in this case,
MDIO bus is registers, but the PHY address is set to
PHY_MAX_ADDR for this interface, so this interface will
not try to access the PHY later on.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Because the mvpp2 driver now relies on the PHYLIB and
the external MDIO driver, configuring low level
SMI bus settings is redundant.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Kostya Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
1. Differ between Port1 RGMII and SFI modes in Netcomplex config.
2. Remove XPCS config from SFI mode.
Port1 doesn't XPCS domain, XPCS config should be removed.
Access to Port1 XPCS can cause stall.
3. Add Port1 MPCS configurations.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Xilinx changes for v2021.07-rc3
ZynqMP:
- Syncup DT with Linux kernel
- Fix mmc mini configurations via DT
- Add pinctrl/psgtr description to DTs
- Add DTs for Kria boards
- Enable RTC and Time commands
Versal:
- Fix early BSS section location
It will need larger heap size for u-boot-spl to load u-boot.itb which
be generated from binman than USE_SPL_FIT_GENERATOR.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Now that we have switched to binman to generate u-boot.itb for all
RISC-V boards, USE_SPL_FIT_GENERATOR is no longer needed and can
be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the new BINMAN_STANDALONE_FDT option for AE350 based SPL defconfigs,
so that binman is now used to generate u-boot.itb.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
By utilizing the newly introduced BINMAN_STANDALONE_FDT option, along
with a new dedicated device tree source file for the QEMU virt target
used for binman only, we can now use binman to generate u-boot.itb.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sort the RISC-V DTS build targets by their Kconfig target names in
alphabetical order.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For scenarios like OF_BOARD or OF_PRIOR_STAGE, no device tree blob is
provided in the U-Boot build phase hence the binman node information
is not available. In order to support such use case, a new Kconfig
option BINMAN_STANDALONE_FDT is introduced, to tell the build system
that a device tree blob containing binman node is explicitly required
when using binman to package U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Generally speaking BINMAN_FDT makes sense for OF_SEPARATE or OF_EMBED.
For the other OF_CONTROL methods, it's quite possible binman node is
not available as binman is invoked during the build phase instead of
runtime. Let's only turn it on for OF_SEPARATE or OF_EMBED by default.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present SiFive Unleashed board uses the Makefile to create the FIT,
using USE_SPL_FIT_GENERATOR, which is deprecated as per the Makefile
warning. Update to use binman instead.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently there are 2 binman test cases using the same 172 number.
It seems that 172_fit_fdt.dts was originally named as 170_, but
commit c0f1ebe9c1 ("binman: Allow selecting default FIT configuration")
changed its name to 172_ for no reason. Let's change it back.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Right now U-Boot is not aware about date/time that's why enable it by
default also with EFI runtime service for setting time.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
U-Boot expects to be linked to a specific hard-coded address and to
be loaded to and run from that address. CONFIG_POSITION_INDEPENDENT
config lifts that restriction & allowing the code to be loaded to
and executed from almost any address.
As we enabled CONFIG_POSITION_INDEPENDENT, CONFIG_INIT_SP_RELATIVE
is enabled by default, where it will set the early stack pointer at
runtime by adding an offset value to &_bss_start. The offset value
is taken from SYS_INIT_SP_BSS_OFFSET.
SYS_INIT_SP_BSS_OFFSET offset should be large enough so that the
early malloc region, global data (gd), and early stack should fit.
With commit d8fabcc424 ("arm64: versal: Increase SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN")
SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN is increased from 32KB to 1MB, so we need to
accommodate this space with SYS_INIT_SP_BSS_OFFSET. Hence increasing
SYS_INIT_SP_BSS_OFFSET to 1.5MB.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The patch contains several DT files for SOM platform.
Carrier card is sck-kv (KV260) revA/B. SMK-K26 is description for starter
kit which doesn't have EMMC populated. And SM-K26 is full som with EMMC.
Files are divided in this way to make sure that SOM can be plugged to
different carrier card and all peripherals on SOM (or defined by a spec) can
be used by U-Boot. Full DT for SOM+CC can be merged together as overlays.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Mainline kernel has psgtr driver that's why it is good to add description
to DT files. Some boards are just missing description for USB3 and sata.
zc1751-dc1 and p-a2197 are also missing clock descriptions for input
clocks.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
ZynqMP pinctrl Linux driver has been merged to 5.13-rc1 kernel. Based on it
DT files can be extended by pinctrl configurations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Probe zynqmp firmware driver by adding zynqmp firmware, power &
ipi mailbox device tree nodes for mini emmc.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Add missing xlnx,mio-bank property to sdhci node. Also add properties with
0 value to have it listed in case that files are copied to different
projects where default case doesn't need to be handled in the same way.
That's why explicitly list them too.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
I2C muxes that have the slave devices with same address are
falling into the below problem.
VCK190 system controller (SC) - zynqmp-e-a2197-00-revA.dts
I2C1 (0xff030000) -> Mux1 (@0x74) -> Channel 3 -> 0x50
I2C1 (0xff030000) -> Mux2 (@0x75) -> Channel 0 -> 0x50
1. SC accesses I2C1 - Mux1 (0x74) - Channel 3 and then
2. SC accesses I2C1 - Mux2 (0x75) - Channel 0.
Now it results in 2 slave devices with same address (0x50)
on the I2C bus, making the communication un-reliable.
When ' i2c-mux-idle-disconnect' is in DT, after '1', the Mux
channel output is disconnected, making none of the channels
available to the I2C1. So, there is no question of having the
same addressed slave (0x50) present on the bus when we are doing '2'.
Same pattern is seen in below two boards also.
ZCU208 - zynqmp-zcu208-revA.dts
ZCU216 - zynqmp-zcu216-revA.dts
Signed-off-by: Raviteja Narayanam <raviteja.narayanam@xilinx.com>
Add label to GPIO lines so the user-level applications can find any line
without knowing its physical path on System Controller on VCK190/VMK180.
These labels are describing EMIO gpio connection which depends on PL which
we normally don't describe but that's only way to go for now. Lately this
should be done out of this source code.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Nowshadi <saeed.nowshadi@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The 'silabs,skip-recall' property prevents interruption in operation of
the clock while the driver is being probed. Without this property, the
DDR DIMM clk can cause a failure during Versal's boot.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Nowshadi <saeed.nowshadi@xilinx.com>
All si570 which are used for ps reference clock generation should contain
silabs,skip-recall property not to cause break on ps clock.
On Versal boards this will cause hang on Versal cpu when it is booted at
the same time with SC.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Pull request for efi-2021-07-rc3
Documentation:
* add a man-page for the size command
* add man-page for extension command to index
Bug fixes:
* avoid build failure due to missing SHA512 hardware acceleration
* correct error handling in TCG2 protocol
* don't let user disable capsule authentication
* correct reading directories via UEFI API
Build error occurs when CONFIG_EFI_SECURE_BOOT or
CONFIG_EFI_CAPSULE_AUTHENTICATE is enabled,
because hash-checksum.c is not compiled.
Since hash_calculate() implemented in hash-checksum.c can be
commonly used aside from FIT image signature verification,
this commit itroduces HASH_CALCULATE option to decide
if hash-checksum.c shall be compiled.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
EFI_TCG2 depends not only on TPMv2 but also on the underlying algorithms.
So select the missing SHA1, SHA256, SHA384 and SHA512 we currently support
Reported-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add 'default y'.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Up to now we are stopping the EFI subsystem if a TPMv2 exists but the
protocol fails to install. Now that we've switched the config to 'default
y' the sandbox TPM fails, since it doesn't support all the required
capabilities of the protocol.
Not installing the protocol is not catastrophic. If the protocol fails
to install the PCRs will never be extended to the expected values, so
some other entity later in the boot flow will eventually figure it out
and take the necessary actions.
While at it fix a corner case were the user can see an invalid error
message when the protocol failed to install. We do have a tcg2_uninit()
which we call when the protocol installation fails. There are cases though
that this might be called before the configuration table is installed (e.g
probing the TPM for capabilities failed). In that case the user will see
"Failed to delete final events config table". So stop printing it since it's
not an actual failure , simply because the config table was never installed
in the first place.
In order to stop printing it make efi_init_event_log() and create_final_event()
cleanup themselves and only call tcg2_uninit() when the protocol installation
fails.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Instead of just failing, clean up the installed config table and
EventLog memory if logging an s-crtm event fails during the protocol
installation
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Eliminate label 'out:' by using return.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
efi_init_event_log() calls tcg2_uninit() in case of failure.
We can skip that since the function is called on efi_tcg2_register()
which also cleans up if an error occurs
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This is same issue as https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1733817,
but that fix was wrongly partial reverted.
When reading a directory, EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL should be returned when
the supplied buffer is too small, so a use-case is to call
EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.Read() with *buffer_size=0 and buffer=NULL to
obtain the needed size before doing the actual read.
So remove the check only for directory reading, file reading already
do the check by itself.
Fixes: db12f518edb0("efi_loader: implement non-blocking file services")
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefan Sørensen <stefan.sorensen@spectralink.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The current capsule authentication code checks if the environment
variable capsule_authentication_enabled is set, for authenticating the
capsule. This is in addition to the check for the config symbol
CONFIG_EFI_CAPSULE_AUTHENTICATE. Remove the check for the environment
variable. The capsule will now be authenticated if the config symbol
is set.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviwed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Commit a479f103dc ("hash: Allow for SHA512 hardware implementations")
defined function definitions for hardware accelerated SHA384 and SHA512.
If CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL=y, these functions are used.
We already have boards using CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL=y but none implements the
new functions hw_sha384() and hw_sha512().
For implementing the EFI TCG2 protocol we need SHA384 and SHA512. The
missing hardware acceleration functions lead to build errors on boards like
peach-pi_defconfig.
Introduce a new Kconfig symbol CONFIG_SHA512_HW_ACCEL to control if the
functions hw_sha384() and hw_sha512() shall be used to implement the SHA384
and SHA512 algorithms.
Fixes: a479f103dc ("hash: Allow for SHA512 hardware implementations")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Building 32bit boards with the TCG2 protocol enabled leads to a build
warning due to a missing conversion.
lib/efi_loader/efi_tcg2.c:774:27:
error: cast to pointer from integer of different size
[-Werror=int-to-pointer-cast]
774 | ret = tcg2_create_digest((u8 *)data_to_hash, data_to_hash_len,
| ^
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
'make htmldocs' results in a build warning
checking consistency... doc/usage/extension.rst:
WARNING: document isn't included in any toctree
Add the document to the index.
Fixes: 2f84e9cf06 ("cmd: add support for a new "extension" command")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Versions of U-Boot before 2014.01 created a symlink from include/asm to
the architecture-specific header directory.
If an ARM board is build with that old version, then sandbox is built on
a more recent version (both with in-tree builds), the include/asm symlink
confuses the build system. It picks up the ARM headers when it should be
using the sandbox ones.
Since 2014 U-Boot has only created a symlink inside the include/asm/
directory and only for out-of-tree builds. So for in-tree builds it does
not expect to see an include/asm symlink. It is not removed by
'make mrproper'. It does show up with 'git status' but is easy enough to
miss.
Add include/asm to the files to remove with 'make mkproper'. For recent
U-Boot builds this has no effect, since include/asm is a directory, not a
file. If the include/asm symlink is there, it will be removed.
Reported-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
s/psci_features/request_psci_features/g for the case when both
ARCH_SUPPORT_PSCI=y and ARM_PSCI_FW=y, that leads to these
compilation issues:
drivers/firmware/psci.c:69:12: error: conflicting types for 'psci_features'
69 | static int psci_features(u32 psci_func_id)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~
In file included from drivers/firmware/psci.c:23:
./arch/arm/include/asm/system.h:548:5: note: previous declaration of 'psci_features' was here
548 | s32 psci_features(u32 function_id, u32 psci_fid);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~
Tested-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Fixes: b7135b034f ("psci: add features/reset2 support")
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io>
Python3 taken from the PATH causes build issues when pylibfdt bindings are
generated with Yocto SDK.
Python3 provided as a part of SDK is not compatible with host Python3,
therefore binding build breaks with following errors:
scripts/dtc/pylibfdt/libfdt_wrap.c:154:11: fatal error: Python.h: No such file or directory
154 | # include <Python.h>
| ^~~~~~~~~~
Do not enforce the python3 from the PATH and make it conditionally-assigned
so it can be overridden from outside of build system. Keep the default
assignment to point to version that is taken from the PATH.
Similar fix has been introduced in b48bfc74ee ("tools: allow to override
python"), where conditional assignment is used for python executable to
address similar build errors.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: e91610da7c ("kconfig: re-sync with Linux 4.17-rc4")
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Add base support for Marvell OcteonTX2 CN9130 DB (mostly done
by Kostya)
- Sync Armada 8k MMU setup with Marvell version (misc Marvell
authors)
- spi: kirkwood: Some fixes especially for baudrate generation
(misc Marvell authors)
- mvebu: x530: Reduce SPL image size (Stefan)
- Rename "rx_training" to "mvebu_comphy_rx_training" (Stefan)
Currently all assembly optimized implementation of memory routines
show up at the top level of the RISC-V architecture Kconfig menu.
Let's group them together into a submenu.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present U-Boot SPL fails to boot on SiFive Unleashed board, due
to a load address misaligned exception happens when loading the FIT
image in spl_load_simple_fit(). The exception happens in memmove()
which is called by fdt_splice_().
Commit 8f0dc4cfd1 introduces an assembly version of memmove but
it does take misalignment into account (it checks if length is a
multiple of machine word size but pointers need also be aligned).
As a result it will generate misaligned load/store for the majority
of cases and causes significant performance regression on hardware
that traps misaligned load/store and emulate them using firmware.
The current behaviour of memcpy is that it checks if both src and
dest pointers are co-aligned (aka congruent modular SZ_REG). If
aligned, it will copy data word-by-word after first aligning
pointers to word boundary. If src and dst are not co-aligned,
however, byte-wise copy will be performed.
This patch was taken from the Linux kernel patch [1], which has not
been applied at the time being. It fixes the memmove and optimises
memcpy for misaligned cases. It will first align destination pointer
to word-boundary regardless whether src and dest are co-aligned or
not. If they indeed are, then wordwise copy is performed. If they
are not co-aligned, then it will load two adjacent words from src
and use shifts to assemble a full machine word. Some additional
assembly level micro-optimisation is also performed to ensure more
instructions can be compressed (e.g. prefer a0 to t6).
With this patch, U-Boot boots again on SiFive Unleashed board.
[1] https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/linux-riscv/patch/20210216225555.4976-1-gary@garyguo.net/
Fixes: 8f0dc4cfd1 ("riscv: assembler versions of memcpy, memmove, memset")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If /chosen was missing, chosen_offset would never get updated with the new
/chosen node. This would cause fdt_setprop_u32 to fail. This patch fixes
this by setting chosen_offset. In addition, log any errors from setting
boot-hartid as well.
Fixes: 5370478d1c ("riscv: Add boot hartid to device tree")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
At present there is only one Kconfig option CONFIG_SIFIVE_CLINT to
control the enabling of SiFive CLINT support in both SPL (M-mode)
and U-Boot proper (S-mode). So for a typical SPL config that the
SiFive CLINT driver is enabled in both SPL and U-Boot proper, that
means the S-mode U-Boot tries to access the memory-mapped CLINT
registers directly, instead of the normal 'rdtime' instruction.
This was not a problem before, as the hardware does not forbid the
access from S-mode. However this becomes an issue now with OpenSBI
commit 8b569803475e ("lib: utils/sys: Add CLINT memregion in the root domain")
that the SiFive CLINT register space is protected by PMP for M-mode
access only. U-Boot proper does not boot any more with the latest
OpenSBI, that access exceptions are fired forever from U-Boot when
trying to read the timer value via the SiFive CLINT driver in U-Boot.
To solve this, we need to split current SiFive CLINT support between
SPL and U-Boot proper, using 2 separate Kconfig options.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
This fixes two minor format issues of the ax25-ae350 reST file.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Even if only USB gadget is defined, dwc3 generic driver enables
a definition and probe/remove functions for host driver.
This enables the definition if USB_HOST is enabled only.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
All newer Allwinner SoCs (since about 2013) miss the CONFIGDATA register
in their MUSB implementation, so they need a quirk to hardcode this.
Currently this quirk depends on listing the SoCs affected in musb_reg.h,
which means that this list needs to grow with every new chip.
Move the quirk feature into Kconfig, next to PIO_ONLY, and change the
default to y (for Allwinner builds), while listing the early
implementations as exceptions.
This fixes USB peripheral operation on some newer SoCs, which were not
explicitly listed before.
Tested on H6, H616, R40 (which were broken before), and also on the H5
and A20, for regressions.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This patch adds the base support for the Marvell Octeon TX2 CN913x DB.
Only one defconfig is added with this patch. Other board variants are
available (NAND, MMC booting) and images for these boards can be
generated by following the documentation added in the included README.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the dtsi/dts files needed to support the Marvell
Octeon TX2 CN913x DB. This is only the base port with not all
interfaces supported fully.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Rename the misleading cmd "rx_training" to "mvebu_comphy_rx_training" to
avoid confusion and mixup with DDR3/4 training. This makes it clear,
that this command is platform specific and handles the COMPHY RX
training.
Also depend this cmd on ARMADA_8K and not TARGET_MVEBU_ARMADA_8K to make
is available for OcteonTX2 CN913x.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Kostya Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Cc: Nadav Haklai <nadavh@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Acked-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
The pcie_dw_mvebu configure ATU regions for memory, configuration
and IO space types. However the latter is not obligatory
and when not specified in the device tree, causes wrong
ATU configuration. Fix that by adding a dependency on the
detected PCIE regions count.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-on: https://sj1git1.cavium.com/18136
Reviewed-by: Kostya Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Kostya Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Some of the setups including cn9130 opens mmio window starting from
0xc0000000, reflect it in the u-boot code.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Kostya Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There is region left by ATF, which needs to remain in memory to provide RT
services. To prevent overwriting it by u-boot, do not provide any mapping
for this memory region, so any attempt to access it will trigger
synchronous exception.
Update sr 2021-04-12:
Don't update armada3700/cpu.c mmu table, as this has specific changes
included in mainline.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
After commit 1fe929ed497bcc8975be8d37383ebafd22b99dd2
("spi: kirkwood: prevent configuring speed exceeding max controller freq")
the spi frequency could be set to 0 on platform where spi-max-frequency
is not defined (e.g. on armada-388-gp). Prevent limiting speed in
mentioned cases.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Tested-by: Kostya Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcin Wojtas <marcin@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Kostya Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds a limitation in the kirkwood_spi driver
set_speed hook, which prevents setting too high transfer
speed.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Kostya Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Kostya Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The Armada SoC family implementation of this SPI hardware module has
extended the configuration register to allow for a wider range of SPI
clock rates. Specifically the Serial Baud Rate Pre-selection bits in the
SPI Interface Configuration Register now also use bits 6 and 7 as well.
Modify the baud rate calculation to handle these differences for the
Armada case. Potentially a baud rate can be setup using a number of
different pre-scalar and scalar combinations. This code tries all
possible pre-scalar divisors (8 in total) to try and find the most
accurate set.
Signed-off-by: Ken Ma <make@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently, building U-Boot for x530 fails since the SPL image is too
big. This patch reduces the SPL size by changing the following Kconfig
options:
Enable CONFIG_SPL_TINY_MEMSET
Disable CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR
By disabling CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR, the tiny SPI NOR framework can be
used.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Cc: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Acked-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
When the PHY interface is set as TXID & RXID, the delays should be taken from DT,
but first they should not be hardcoded since the PHY driver will set them.
Fixes: 798424e857 ("net: designware: add Amlogic Meson8b & later glue driver")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
If the PHY isn't specified in the DT, -ENODATA means it should be skipped,
handle it like -ENOENT.
With that, devices without USB3 supported can have USB working (Odroid-HC4).
Fixes: adb049abf7 ("usb: dwc3: Add Meson G12A USB Glue")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This lacks the right u-boot specific DT include to make HDMI work.
Reported-by: B1oHazard <ty3uk@mail.ua>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This reverts commit bc8bbb77f7.
This commit breaks U-Boot booting on SiFive Unleashed board, as
there is no such CSR on U54 core.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The pwm_sifive_set_config() and pwm_sifive_set_enable() cannot work
properly due to the wrong implementations. It will cause the u-boot
PWM command to not work as expected. The bugs will be resolved in this
patch.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Chen <vincent.chen@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Testing showed that disabling AI while leaving PLL1 enabled disabled the
aisram. This suggests that AI is a more appropriate clock for that ram
bank.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
This is more consistent with the naming of other ram banks, and matches
what Linux is doing.
Reported-by: Damien Le Moal <Damien.LeMoal@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
We just need to initialize all the clocks pre-reloc. The clock driver
creates a bunch of devices, so we need to increase the pre-reloc malloc
arena.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
These devices are necessary for the clock driver, which is required by the
sram driver, to run pre-relocation.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Variables which had previously been stored in .bss are moved to .data. In
addition, probed needs to be reset when the clock driver is re-bound
post-relocation.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
No other (real) clocks have the cpu clock as their parent; instead they are
children of aclk. Move the clint clock under aclk to match them.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
This simplifies the PLL creation process, since we don't have to pass all
the parameters individually.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
This conditional always evaluated as false, regardless of the value of reg.
Fix it so that it properly tests the bits in the PLL register. Also test
PLL_EN, now that we set it.
Reported-by: Damien Le Moal <Damien.LeMoal@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
After starting or setting the rate of a PLL, the enable bit must be set.
This fixes a bug where the AI ram would not be accessible, because it
requires PLL1 to be running.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com>
If the user/dev explicitly requests a clock be assigned a certain rate,
then we should warn them if we can't do it. This makes it clear if the
clock is running at the default rate.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Update the Kconfig and the board file to make the am335x board compatible
with cape detection.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
The am335x from BeagleBone use i2c EEPROM to detect capes.
The memory is wired to i2c bus 2 therefore it need to be enabled.
Add i2c2 clock, pinmux description and pinmux enable function.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Add the extension_board_scan specific function to scan the information
of the EEPROM on one-wire and fill the extension struct.
Add the Kconfig symbol to enable the needs to detect DIPs.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime@cerno.tech>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This patch changes the functioning of the detection of w1 devices.
The old way was a comparison between detected w1 and the ones described in
the device tree. Now it will just look for the driver matching the family
id of the w1 detected.
The patch is inspired from Maxime Ripard code.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime@cerno.tech>
The BeagleBone platforms all use a common mechanism to discover and
identify extension boards (called "capes"): each extension board has an
I2C-connected EEPROM describing itself.
This patch implements a generic extension_scan_board() feature that can
be used by all BeagleBone platforms to read those I2C EEPROMs and fill
in the list of "extension" structures.
Following commits will enable this common logic on two BeagleBone
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
This commit extends the sandbox to implement a dummy
extension_board_scan() function and enables the extension command in
the sandbox configuration. It then adds a test that checks the proper
functionality of the extension command by applying two Device Tree
overlays to the sandbox Device Tree.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
[trini: Limit to running on sandbox]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch adds a new "extension" command, which aims at detecting
extension boards connected to the hardware platform, and apply the
Device Tree overlays that describe the hardware present on those
extension boards.
In order to enable this mechanism, board-specific code must implement
the extension_board_scan() function that fills in a linked list of
"struct extension", each describing one extension board. In addition,
the board-specific code must select the SUPPORT_EXTENSION_SCAN Kconfig
boolean.
Based on this:
- "extension scan" makes the generic code call the board-specific
extension_board_scan() function to retrieve the list of detected
extension boards.
- "extension list" allows to list the detected extension boards.
- "extension apply <number>|all" allows to apply the Device Tree
overlay(s) corresponding to one, or all, extension boards
The latter requires two environment variables to exist and set one variable
to run:
- extension_overlay_addr: the RAM address where to load the Device
Tree overlays
- extension_overlay_cmd: the U-Boot command to load one overlay.
Indeed, the location and mechanism to load DT overlays is very setup
specific.
- extension_overlay_name: set by the command: the name of the DT which
will be load during the execution.
When calling the command described in the extension_overlay_cmd
variable, the variable extension_overlay_name will be defined. So a
typical extension_overlay_cmd will look like this:
extension_overlay_cmd=load mmc 0:1 $extension_overlay_addr /boot/$extension_overlay_name
Here is an example on how to use it:
=> run loadfdt
=> fdt addr $fdtaddr
=> setenv extension_overlay_addr 0x1000
=> setenv extension_overlay_cmd 'load mmc 0:1 ${extension_overlay_addr} /boot/${extension_overlay_name}'
=> extension scan
Found 1 extension board(s).
=> extension apply 0
519 bytes read in 3 ms (168.9 KiB/s)
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime@cerno.tech>
Move the fdt_valid function to fdt_support.
This changes allow to be able to test the validity of a devicetree in
other c files.
Update code syntax.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime@cerno.tech>
Enable CONFIG_DM_ETH in configs/pm9263_defconfig
Drop legacy initialization in board/ronetix/pm9263.c
Remove network related setting from include/configs/pm9263.h
Signed-off-by: Ilko Iliev <iliev@ronetix.at>
Scrub duplicate /memory@* node entries here. Some R-Car DTs might
contain multiple /memory@* nodes, however fdt_fixup_memory_banks()
either generates single /memory node or updates the first /memory
node. Any remaining memory nodes are thus potential duplicates.
However, it is not possible to delete all the memory nodes right
away, since some of those might not be DRAM memory nodes, but some
sort of other memory. Thus, delete only the memory nodes which are
in the R-Car3 DBSC ranges.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The rcar-common/common.c contains various common board functions shared
by all R-Car and RZG boards. This board is not compiling the file in, so
add it. This way, part of the board code can be de-duplicated too.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Add CPSW related nodes for AM642 SK. There are two CPSW ports on the
board but U-Boot supports only the first port.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
AM64 as CPSW3G IP with 2 external ports. Add DT entries for the same
(based on kernel DT).
Disable second port as its by default set to ICSS usage on EVM.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Currently driver may end up caching disabled port ID as active
interface. Fix this by bailing out earlier in case port is marked
disabled in the DT.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
CPSW NUSS IP on K3 SoCs can have more than one external port (upto 8)
Therefore increase AM65_CPSW_CPSWNU_MAX_PORTS to 9 (8 ext + 1 Root port)
as preparation to allow any one of the 8 ports to be used as ethernet
interface in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
ICSSG Ethernet driver uses two src threads per port (one per slice).
Similarly CPSW uses one src thread.
Drop PSIL EP static data for other src threads in order to reduce
R5 SPL footprint. This makes AM65x board bootable again.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
With AM64x supporting only K3_NAV_RINGACC_RING_MODE_RING or the exposed
ring mode, all other K3 SoCs have also been moved to this common
baseline. Therefore drop other modes such as
K3_NAV_RINGACC_RING_MODE_MESSAGE (and proxy) to save on SPL footprint.
There is a saving of ~800 bytes with this change for am65x_evm_r5_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
AM64 dual mode rings are modeled as pair of Rings objects which has common
configuration and memory buffer, but separate real-time control register
sets for each direction mem2dev (forward) and dev2mem (reverse).
AM64 rings must be requested only using k3_ringacc_request_rings_pair(),
and forward ring must always be initialized/configured. After this any
other Ringacc APIs can be used without any callers changes.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Update struct ti_sci_msg_rm_udmap_tx_ch_cfg_req to latest ABI to support
AM64x BCDMA Block copy channels.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Parse MAC addresses from EEPROM and set them in the env. This is needed
to get MAC address for additional ethernet ports on the EVM.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Enable all relevant configs for building multiple dtbs into a single fit
image and load the right dtb for next stage.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Enable relevant configs that checks for the size of image and stack:
BSS: 4KB
Initial MALLOC: 512KB
Initial Stack: 8K
SPL Image size can be: ~960KB
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
AM642 StarterKit (SK) board is a low cost, small form factor board
designed for TI’s AM642 SoC. It supports the following interfaces:
* 2 GB LPDDR4 RAM
* x2 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces capable of working in switch and MAC mode
* x1 USB 3.0 Type-A port
* x1 UHS-1 capable µSD card slot
* 2.4/5 GHz WLAN + Bluetooth 4.2 through WL1837
* 512 Mbit OSPI flash
* x2 UART through UART-USB bridge
* XDS110 for onboard JTAG debug using USB
* Temperature sensors, user push buttons and LEDs
* 40-pin Raspberry Pi compatible GPIO header
* 24-pin header for peripherals in MCU island (I2C, UART, SPI, IO)
* 54-pin header for Programmable Realtime Unit (PRU) IO pins
* Interface for remote automation. Includes:
* power measurement and reset control
* boot mode change
Add basic support for AM642 SK.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Now that single defconfig can be used for booting AM64 EVM and SK,
default device tree will not work for selecting dtb for kernel.
Update the env to select right dtb based on eeprom.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Current BSS allocation of SPL is as below:
size spl/u-boot-spl
text data bss dec hex filename
144572 5484 1752 151808 25100 spl/u-boot-spl
But 20KB is allocated currently for BSS. Reduce it to 4KB and
save some space for stack.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Enable support for selecting DTB within SPL based on EEPROM.
This will help to use single defconfig for both EVM and SK
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
I2C EEPROM data contains the board name and its revision.
Add support for:
- Reading EEPROM data and store a copy at end of SRAM
- Updating env variable with relevant board info
- Printing board info during boot.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
In SPL, DDR should be made available by the end of board_init_f()
so that apis in board_init_r() can use ddr. Adding support for
triggering DDR initialization from board_init_f().
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Introduce ddr node for am642 needed for all ddr configurations.
Also, introduce the 1600MTs DDR4 configuration that is supported on the
am642-evm.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Attempt to get and enable a vtt regulator if one is provided from the
dts. If we do not find one, continue as not all platforms have this.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Introduce support for the AM64 DDRSS controller which uses the 16bit
variation of the controller. This controller shares much functionality
with the existing J721e support, so this patch introduces only the new
code needed for am64 specific support from "_16bit_" files with headers
under "16bit/" include path/.
Also add a CONFIG_K3_AM64_DDRSS option to the choice required for use
with CONFIG_K3_DDRSS to allow selecting AM64 support.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Introduce a new version of the ddr driver which has the ability to
support different variations of the controller. Also introduce support
for the 32bit variation of the controller which is what was already
supported by the previous version used for J721e and J7200.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Create a new CONFIG_K3_DDRSS option to select the common parts of the
k3-ddrss driver. Also introduce a choice that depends on the top level
option to select CONFIG_K3_J721E_DDRSS for j721e support, and update
corresponding Kconfig as required.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Rename the k3-j721e folder under drivers/ram to k3-ddrss in preparation
of introducing additional support for other platforms to the same
driver.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Fix the indentation for certain macros to be consistent with the other
macros in the file, as the existing indentation does not make sense in
many places.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Fix the indentation for certain macros to be consistent with the other
macros in the file, as the existing indentation does not make sense in
many places.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Fix the indentation for certain macros to be consistent with the other
macros in the file, as the existing indentation does not make sense in
many places.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Fix the indentation for certain macros to be consistent with the other
macros in the file, as the existing indentation does not make sense in
many places.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Fix the indentation for certain macros to be consistent with the other
macros in the file, as the existing indentation does not make sense in
many places.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Fix the indentation for certain macros to be consistent with the other
macros in the file, as the existing indentation does not make sense in
many places.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Fix the indentation for certain macros to be consistent with the other
macros in the file, as the existing indentation does not make sense in
many places.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Fix the indentation for certain macros to be consistent with the other
macros in the file, as the existing indentation does not make sense in
many places.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
The AM642 EValuation Module (EVM) is a board that provides access to
various peripherals available on the AM642 SoC, such as PCIe, USB 2.0,
CPSW Ethernet, ADC, and more.
Add basic support.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
The AM642 SoC belongs to the K3 Multicore SoC architecture platform,
providing advanced system integration to enable applications such as
Motor Drives, PLC, Remote IO and IoT Gateways.
Some highlights of this SoC are:
* Dual Cortex-A53s in a single cluster, two clusters of dual Cortex-R5F
MCUs, and a single Cortex-M4F.
* Two Gigabit Industrial Communication Subsystems (ICSSG).
* Integrated Ethernet switch supporting up to a total of two external
ports.
* PCIe-GEN2x1L, USB3/USB2, 2xCAN-FD, eMMC and SD, UFS, OSPI memory
controller, QSPI, I2C, eCAP/eQEP, ePWM, ADC, among other
peripherals.
* Centralized System Controller for Security, Power, and Resource
Management (DMSC).
See AM64X Technical Reference Manual (SPRUIM2, Nov 2020)
for further details: https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruim2
Introduce basic support for the AM642 SoC to enable SD/MMC boot.
Introduce a limited set of MAIN domain peripherals under cbass_main and
a set of MCU domain peripherals under cbass_mcu.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Add pinctrl macros for AM64 SoC. These macro definitions are similar to
that of previous platforms, but adding new definitions to avoid any
naming confusions in the soc dts files.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
AM64x uses a different thread mapping that existing K3 SoCs, so update
the valid thread ID list to include those used for AM64x.
Also remove the comment identifying the purpose of each thread ID. The
purpose of the thread ID is specified when describing the threads in the
device tree and the same ID can mean different things on different SoCs,
so the comment is not useful.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Add support for the controller present on the AM642 SoC.
There are instances:
sdhci0: 8bit bus width, max 400 MBps
sdhci1: 4bit bus width, max 100 MBps
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Change the memory attributes for the DDR regions used by the remote
processors on AM65x so that the cores can see and execute the proper code.
A separate table based on the previous K3 SoCs is introduced since the
number of remote processors and their DDR usage is different between the
SoC families.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
The AM642 SoCs use the Main R5FSS0 as a boot processor, and runs
the R5 SPL that performs the initialization of the System Controller
processor and starting the Arm Trusted Firmware (ATF) on the Arm
Cortex A53 cluster. The Core0 serves as this boot processor and is
parked in WFE after all the initialization. Core1 does not directly
participate in the boot flow, and is simply parked in a WFI.
Power down these R5 cores (and the associated RTI timer resources
that were indirectly powered up) after starting up ATF on A53 by
using the appropriate SYSFW API in release_resources_for_core_shutdown().
This allows these Main R5F cores to be further controlled from the
A53 to run regular applications.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Use the System Firmware (SYSFW) loader framework to load and start
the SYSFW as part of the AM642 early initialization sequence. Also
make use of existing logic to detect if ROM has already loaded sysfw
and avoided attempting to reload and instead just prepare to use already
running firmware.
While at it also initialize the MAIN_UART1 pinmux as it is used by SYSFW
to print diagnostic messages.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
For AM642, ROM supports loading system firmware directly
from boot image. ROM passes information about the number of
images that are loaded to bootloader at a specific address
that is temporary. Add support for storing this information
somewhere permanent before it gets corrupted.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
To access various control MMR functionality the registers need to
be unlocked. Do that for all control MMR regions in the MAIN domain.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
AM642 allows for booting from primary or backup boot media.
Both media can be chosen individually based on switch settings.
ROM looks for a valid image in primary boot media, if not found
then looks in backup boot media. In order to pass this boot media
information to boot loader, ROM stores a value at a particular
address. Add support for reading this information and determining
the boot media correctly.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
The AM642 SoC belongs to the K3 Multicore SoC architecture platform,
providing advanced system integration to enable applications such as
Motor Drives, PLC, Remote IO and IoT Gateways.
Some highlights of this SoC are:
* Dual Cortex-A53s in a single cluster, two clusters of dual Cortex-R5F
MCUs, and a single Cortex-M4F.
* Two Gigabit Industrial Communication Subsystems (ICSSG).
* Integrated Ethernet switch supporting up to a total of two external
ports.
* PCIe-GEN2x1L, USB3/USB2, 2xCAN-FD, eMMC and SD, UFS, OSPI memory
controller, QSPI, I2C, eCAP/eQEP, ePWM, ADC, among other
peripherals.
* Centralized System Controller for Security, Power, and Resource
Management (DMSC).
See AM64X Technical Reference Manual (SPRUIM2, Nov 2020)
for further details: https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruim2
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Using the custom TI functions required not only replacing common memory
access functions but also rewriting the routines used to set bypass and
lock states. As for readl() and writel(), they also required the address
of the register to be accessed, a parameter that is hidden by the TI clk
module.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Replaces the common memory access functions used by the driver with the
ones exported from the TI clk module.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
The clock access functions exported by the clk header use the
struct clk_ti_reg parameter to get the address of the register. This
must also apply to clk_ti_latch(). Changes to TI's clk-mux and
clk-divider drivers prevented the patch from generating compile errors.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
As it has been now two years past the migration deadline, it is required
to have migrated. Remove the check from the Makefile and rework some of
the Kconfig logic slightly to get the functional dependencies of DM_MMC
/ BLK right in both the SPL and non-SPL case.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The migration deadline for having LIBATA mean that AHCI is also enabled
was v2019.07. As that has long since passed, adjust the Kconfig
dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There are a number of platforms that depend on a SATA driver that has
been converted to require AHCI but the platforms themselves are behind
on other migrations that would make it trivial to enable AHCI. Disable
SATA in these cases.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These specific configs are missing a number of migrations. In addition,
they are blocking completion of the now-expired DM_MMC migration as it
requires enabling BLK.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@nxp.com>
Cc: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This was missed when VirtIO support was initially brought to U-Boot
back in 2018. Add an entry for it and list myself as the maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This commit updates the default config with the values that are actually
used "in the wild" and which are close to what is used on the MediaTek
MT7688 based, 2nd generation of the GARDENA smart gateway:
- Reduce startup time by setting bootdelay to 0 (still allows accessing
the shell, one just has to send a key press quicker)
- Adjusting U-Boot environment volume names and MTD partitions to
the actual layout
Signed-off-by: Reto Schneider <reto.schneider@husqvarnagroup.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Allow for boards to update bootargs before booting the OS (helpful in
some forms of secure boot).
- Enhance GPT write support.
- gpio-sysinfo updates
- Allow env to be appended from dtb
Adding timeout mechanism to avoid spi driver from stucking
in the while loop in __atcspi200_spi_xfer().
Signed-off-by: Dylan Jhong <dylan@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Add a callback harts_early_init() to start.S to allow different riscv
hart perform setup code for each hart as early as possible. Since all
the harts enter the callback, they must be able to run the same
setup.
Signed-off-by: Green Wan <green.wan@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
By declaring board-specific board_fdt_chosen_bootargs() the kernel
command line arguments can be adjusted before injecting to flat dt
chosen node.
Signed-off-by: Niko Mauno <niko.mauno@vaisala.com>
This change would enhance the existing 'gpt read' command to allow
(optionally) writing of the read GPT partitions to an environment
variable in the UBOOT partitions layout format. This would allow users
to easily change the overall partition settings by editing said variable
and then using the variable in the 'gpt write' and 'gpt verify' commands.
Signed-off-by: Farhan Ali <farhan.ali@broadcom.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Corneliu Doban <cdoban@broadcom.com>
Cc: Rayagonda Kokatanur <rayagonda.kokatanur@broadcom.com>
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Check that a variable defined in /config/environment is found in the
run-time environment, and that clearing fdt_env_path from within that
node works.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
[trini: Conditionalize the test being linked in]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
It can be useful to use the same U-Boot binary for multiple purposes,
say the normal one, one for developers that allow breaking into the
U-Boot shell, and one for use during bootstrapping which runs a
special-purpose bootcmd. Or one can have several board variants that
can share almost all boot logic, but just needs a few tweaks in the
variables used by the boot script.
To that end, allow the control dtb to contain a /config/enviroment
node (or whatever one puts in fdt_env_path variable), whose
property/value pairs are used to update the run-time environment after
it has been loaded from its persistent location.
The indirection via fdt_env_path is for maximum flexibility - for
example, should the user wish (or board logic dictate) that the values
in the DTB should no longer be applied, one simply needs to delete the
fdt_env_path variable; that can even be done automatically by
including a
fdt_env_path = "";
property in the DTB node.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This uses the newly-added dm_gpio_get_values_as_int_base3 function to
implement a sysinfo device. The revision map is stored in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This has the uclass enforce calling detect() before other methods. This
allows drivers to cache information in detect() and perform (cheaper)
retrieval in the other accessors. This also modifies the only instance
where this sequencing was not followed.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since 07c9e683a4 ("smbios: Allow a few values to come from sysinfo")
there are common global sysinfo IDs. This patch moved existing IDs above
SYSINFO_ID_USER.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
of_parse_phandle_with_args (called by dev_read_phandle_with_args) does not
support getting the length of a phandle list by using the index -1.
Instead, use dev_count_phandle_with_args which supports exactly this
use-case.
Fixes: 8558217153 ("gpio: Convert to use APIs which support live DT")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Supported peripherals: Ethernet, eMMC, Serial.
U-Boot SPL 2021.04-00911-g5fa1e2ffeb-dirty (Apr 23 2021 - 09:11:14
+0200)
Normal Boot
Trying to boot from MMC2
U-Boot 2021.04-00911-g5fa1e2ffeb-dirty (Apr 23 2021 - 09:11:14 +0200)
CPU: Freescale i.MX8MQ rev2.1 at 1000 MHz
Reset cause: POR
Model: Ronetix iMX8M-CM SoM
DRAM: 1 GiB
WDT: Started with servicing (60s timeout)
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1
Loading Environment from MMC... OK
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Net:
Warning: ethernet@30be0000 (eth0) using random MAC address -
42:0d:e7:78:da:53
eth0: ethernet@30be0000
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
u-boot=>
Signed-off-by: Ilko Iliev <iliev@ronetix.at>
commit 6ecbe13756 ("drivers: pci: imx: add imx_pcie_remove function")
attempted to resolve an issue caused by MX6QDL not having a proper
intneral PCIe core reset and thus hanging during kernel init if the
bootloader had enabled PCI.
The issue exists for IMX6Q, IMX6D, IXM6S, and IMX6DL. Fix the case for
IMX6S and IMX6DL getting missed.
This fixes IMX6S and IMX6DL with PCI enabled in U-Boot booting for
Linux v4.11+.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
instead using ls and awk to determine file size use stat instead.
This fixes an invalid size reporting for user or group names that have
spaces in them.
This adds a dependency on the stat application which is part of
the coreutils package which also includes ls.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Current setup instructions for i.MX8QM MEK board include somewhat
conflicting instructions, so here's an attempt to fix it.
After trying both sets of firmwares, I can conclude that both of
them fail to work:
- no boot at all with imx-sc-firmware-0.7 / firmware-imx-7.6
- partial success with imx-sc-firmware-1.1 / firmware-imx-8.0:
U-Boot 2021.04-rc3-00135-ge0669a43c8 (Mar 08 2021 - 16:49:08 +0200)
CPU: NXP i.MX8QM RevB A53 at 1200 MHz
Model: Freescale i.MX8QM MEK
Board: iMX8QM MEK
mu_hal_receivemsg timeout
Build: SCFW 65afe5f6, SECO-FW 65afe5f6, ATF a-20190
mu_hal_receivemsg timeout
sc_misc_get_boot_dev: res:16
Boot: SD0
DRAM: mu_hal_sendmsg timeout
sc_rm_is_memreg_owned: mr:0 res:21
...
Signed-off-by: Priit Laes <priit.laes@paf.com>
If we fail to probe for whatever reason, we cannot unregister/free the
MII bus unless we registered it with fec_get_miibus. This fixes FECs
sharing an MDIO bus from destroying it, preventing the other FEC from
using it.
Fixes: 6a895d039b ("net: Update eQos driver and FEC driver to use eth phy interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
If a phy is disabled, don't use it. This matches Linux's behavior.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Update the highest subordinate bus number after probing the devices
under the bus for setting up the bridge correctly.
The commit 42f3663a3f ("pci: Update to use new sequence numbers")
removed this but it is required if a PCIe bridge is under the bus.
Fixes: 42f3663a3f ("pci: Update to use new sequence numbers")
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Remove the invalid 'regulator-always-on' property to resolve:
starting USB...
Bus usb@2184000: Error enabling VBUS supply (ret=-13)
probe failed, error -13
Bus usb@2184200: USB EHCI 1.00
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Engicam C.TOUCH 2.0 is an EDIMM compliant general purpose Carrier
board.
Genaral features:
- Ethernet 10/100
- Wifi/BT
- USB Type A/OTG
- Audio Out
- CAN
- LVDS panel connector
i.Core MX8M Mini is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP i.MX8M Mini from Engicam.
i.Core MX8M Mini needs to mount on top of this Carrier board for
creating complete i.Core MX8M Mini C.TOUCH 2.0 board.
Linux dts commit details:
commit <a142252061ff> ("arm64: dts: imx8mm: Add Engicam i.Core MX8M Mini
C.TOUCH 2.0")
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Engicam EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit is an EDIMM 2.2 Form Factor Capacitive
Evaluation Board.
Genaral features:
- LCD 7" C.Touch
- microSD slot
- Ethernet 1Gb
- Wifi/BT
- 2x LVDS Full HD interfaces
- 3x USB 2.0
- 1x USB 3.0
- HDMI Out
- Mini PCIe
- MIPI CSI
- 2x CAN
- Audio Out
i.Core MX8M Mini is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP i.MX8M Mini from Engicam.
i.Core MX8M Mini needs to mount on top of this Evaluation board for
creating complete i.Core MX8M Mini EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit.
Linux dts commit details:
commit <051c08eea682> ("arm64: dts: imx8mm: Add Engicam i.Core MX8M Mini
EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit")
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
i.Core MX8M Mini is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP i.MX8M Mini
from Engicam.
General features:
- NXP i.MX8M Mini
- Up to 2GB LDDR4
- 8/16GB eMMC
- Gigabit Ethernet
- USB 2.0 Host/OTG
- PCIe Gen2 interface
- I2S
- MIPI DSI to LVDS
- rest of i.MX8M Mini features
i.Core MX8M Mini needs to mount on top of Engicam baseboards
for creating complete platform solutions.
Linux dts commit details:
commit <470d6dad5ddd> ("arm64: dts: imx8mm: Add Engicam i.Core MX8M Mini
SoM")
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Lisi <matteo.lisi@engicam.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Minor cosmetic changes to unify `CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS'
indentation between Bx50v3 and PPD to make comparison and
review easier and simplify the default boot command.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Increase watchdog period, in order to accomodate recent kernel size
and configuration changes.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Add PHY's reset GPIO, so that U-Boot does a PHY hard reset.
This is needed, since the PHY might become unresponsive if
watchdog reboots the system while a transaction is ongoing.
The reset GPIO is added to the U-Boot specific DT files, since
the kernel does not setup the reserved registers correctly after
resetting the PHY and thus must not reset it.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
The DA9063 enables the CRYSTAL bit by default, but there is no
crystal populated on the BA16 system on module. Without explicitly
clearing the CRYSTAL bit the system runs unstable and sometimes
reboots unexpectedly.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
In case binman is enabled, the u-boot.itb is generated using this tool
and there is no direct u-boot.itb target, but instead the binman tool
must be invoked. Add support for this case.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
- Add base support for Marvell OcteonTX2 CN9130 CRB (mostly done
by Kostya)
- Sync Armada 3k/7k/8k SERDES code with Marvell version (misc Marvell
authors)
- pci-aardvark: Fix processing PIO transfers (Pali)
Add a reference for the TPM event types and provide missing constants.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add test item for getting address and size functions
Test the following function:
- ofnode_get_addr()
- ofnode_get_size()
Signed-off-by: Chen Guanqiao <chenguanqiao@kuaishou.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add functions to add size of addresses in the device tree using ofnode
references.
If the size is not set, return FDT_SIZE_T_NONE.
Signed-off-by: Chen Guanqiao <chenguanqiao@kuaishou.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we sometimes see problems in gitlab where the environment has
0x80 characters or sequences which are not valid UTF-8.
Avoid this by using bytes for the environment, both internal to buildman
and when writing out the 'env' file. Add a test to make sure this works
as expected.
Reported-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Fixes: e5fc79ea71 ("buildman: Write the environment out to an 'env' file")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There have been at least a few cases where an exception has occurred in a
thread and resulted in buildman hanging: running out of disk space and
getting a unicode error.
Handle these by collecting a list of exceptions, printing them out and
reporting failure if any are found. Add a test for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If there are no nodes or if all nodes are disabled, this function would
return err without setting it first. Fix this by initializing err to
zero.
Fixes: 94f7afdf7e ("dm: core: Ignore disabled devices when binding")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Today of_address_to_resource() is called only in
ofnode_read_resource() for livetree support and
fdt_get_resource() is called when livetree is not supported.
The fdt_get_resource() doesn't do the address translation
so when it is required, but the address translation is done
by ofnode_read_resource() caller, for example in
drivers/firmware/scmi/smt.c::scmi_dt_get_smt_buffer() {
...
ret = ofnode_read_resource(args.node, 0, &resource);
if (ret)
return ret;
faddr = cpu_to_fdt32(resource.start);
paddr = ofnode_translate_address(args.node, &faddr);
...
The both behavior should be aligned and the address translation
must be called in fdt_get_resource() and removed for each caller.
Fixes: a44810123f ("dm: core: Add dev_read_resource() to read device resources")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
When used with hierarchical images, use the Chromium OS convention of
adding a section before all the subentries it contains.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use an interator in two of the fmap tests so it is easier to add new
items. Also check the name first since that is the first indication
that something is wrong. Use a variable for the expected size of the
fmap to avoid repeating the code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Parse each empty-line-delimited message separately. This saves having to
deal with all the different line content styles, we only care about the
header ERROR | WARNING | NOTE...
Also make checkpatch print line information for a uboot specific
warning.
Signed-off-by: Evan Benn <evanbenn@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Given that we have tests that require pygit2 and it can be installed
like any other python module, fail much more loudly if it is missing.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Given that test/py/requirements.txt has all required test modules, make
use of that rather than a manual pip install list before running our
assorted tool testsuites.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It is easier to read the positive conditional.
While at it, convert hard coded length of "_test_" to strlen("_test_")
which will be converted to a constant bu optimizing compiler.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When run `ut dm [test name]` allow to use simple pattern to run all tests
started with given prefix. For example, to run all ACPI test cases:
ut dm acpi*
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present each invocation of run_steps() updates OUTPUT_FILES_COMMON,
since it does not make a copy of the dict. This is fine for a single
invocation, but for tests, run_steps() is invoked many times.
As a result it may include unwanted items from the previous run, if it
happens that a test runs twice on the same CPU. The problem has not been
noticied previously, as there are few enough tests and enough CPUs that
is is rare for the 'wrong' combination of tests to run together.
Fix this by making a copy of the dict, before updating it. Update the
tests to suit, taking account of the files that are no-longer generated.
With this fix, we no-longer generate files which are not needed for a
particular state of OF_PLATDATA_INST, so the check_instantiate() function
is not needed anymore. It has become dead code and so fails the
code-coverage test (dtoc -T). Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These two tests require an ELF image so that symbol information can be
written into the SPL/TPL binary. At present they rely on other tests
having set it up first, but every test must run independently. This can
cause occasional errors in CI.
Fix this by setting up the required files, as other tests do.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The commit 6c993815bb ("net: phy: xilinx: Be compatible with live OF
tree") change driver behavior to while loop which wasn't correct because
the driver was looping over again and again. The reason was that
ofnode_valid() is taking 0 as correct value.
Fix it by changing while loop to ofnode_for_each_subnode() which is only
loop over available nodes.
Fixes: 6c993815bb ("net: phy: xilinx: Be compatible with live OF tree")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Trying to clear PIO_START register when it is non-zero (which indicates
that previous PIO transfer has not finished yet) causes an External
Abort with SError 0xbf000002.
This bug is currently worked around in TF-A by handling External Aborts
in EL3 and ignoring this particular SError.
This workaround was also discussed at:
https://git.trustedfirmware.org/TF-A/trusted-firmware-a.git/commit/?id=3c7dcdac5c50https://lore.kernel.org/linux-pci/20190316161243.29517-1-repk@triplefau.lt/https://lore.kernel.org/linux-pci/971be151d24312cc533989a64bd454b4@www.loen.fr/https://review.trustedfirmware.org/c/TF-A/trusted-firmware-a/+/1541
Implement a proper fix to prevent this External Abort. As it is not
possible to cancel a pending PIO transfer, simply do not start a new one
if previous has not finished yet. In this case return an error to the
caller.
In most cases this SError happens when there is no PCIe card connected
or when PCIe link is down. The reason is that in these cases a PIO
transfer takes about 1.44 seconds. For this reason we also increase the
wait timeout in pcie_advk_wait_pio() to 1.5 seconds.
If PIO read transfer for PCI_VENDOR_ID register times out, or if it
isn't possible to read it yet because previous transfer is not finished,
return Completion Retry Status value instead of failing, to give the
caller a chance to send a new read request.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Add additional step which enables the Impedance and PLL calibration.
- Enable old squelch detector instead of the new analog squelch detector
circuit and update host disconnect threshold value.
- Update LS TX driver strength coarse and fine adjustment values.
Change-Id: Ifa0a585bfb5ecab0bfa033eed6874ff98b16a7df
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
In CP115, comphy4 can be configured into SFI port1
(in addition to SFI0). This patch adds the option
described above.
In addition, rename all existing SFI/XFI references:
COMPHY_TYPE_SFI --> COMPHY_TYPE_SFI0
No functional change for exsiting configuration.
Change-Id: If9176222e0080424ba67347fe4d320215b1ba0c0
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
According to Design Reference Specification the PHY PLL and Calibration
register from PHY0 are shared for multi-port PHY. PLL control registers
inside other PHY channels are not used.
This commit reworks utmi device tree nodes in a way that common PHY PLL
registers are moved to main utmi node. Accordingly both child nodes
utmi-unit range is reduced and register offsets in utmi_phy.h are updated
to this change.
This fixes issues in scenarios when only utmi port1 was in use, which
resulted with lack of correct pll initialization.
Change-Id: Icc520dfa719f43a09493ab31f671efbe88872097
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
New products can contain up to 6 usb ports, therefore allow to initialize
all relevant UTMI PHYs.
Change-Id: I28c36e59fa0e3e338bb3ee0cee2240b923f39785
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Kostya Porotchkin <Kostya.Porotchkin@cavium.com>
It helps ATF to determine who called power off
function (U-boot/Linux) and act accordingly
Change-Id: Icfc5cbfdba64754496812154272b28c0ff639f0f
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
- the default value of comphy pipe selector is set to PCIe (x4)
in case of unconnected comphy the default value remains 0x4
which may lead to several issues with comphy initialization.
- this patch adds SMC call that powers off the comphy lane in case of
unconnected comphy.
Change-Id: I196b2916518dd8df3b159ffa85e2989b8e483087
Signed-off-by: Christine Gharzuzi <chrisg@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Currently, we don't pass id for SGMII 0/1.
A bug in comphy selector configuration was found (in comphy
firmware), after fixing it, SGMII0/1 have different configuration,
so we need to pass the ID the firmware.
Change-Id: Idcff4029cc9cf018278e493221b64b33574e0d38
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Change-Id: I358792a96c13b54e700c05227cc7a8f6bd584694
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Now the comphy configuration is handled in atf, therefore there is no
need to configure phy or pipe selector in u-boot, it is configured by
atf for each particular pair: lane and mode.
Change-Id: I0bebf8d5ff66dbeb6bf9ef90876195938a8eb705
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Replace the XFI training with appropriate SMC call, so the firmware will
perform exact initialization.
Update Stefan 2021-03-23:
Move comphy_smc() function to an earlier place - necessary for the
mainline merge.
Change-Id: I789b130b05529dc80dadcf66aef407d93595b762
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Replace the comphy initialization for USB with appropriate SMC call,
so the firmware will execute required serdes configuration.
Change-Id: I7f773c0dfac70db9dd2653de2cdcfac577e78c4e
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Replace the comphy initialization for RXAUI with appropriate SMC call,
so the firmware will execute required serdes configuration.
Change-Id: Iedae0285fb283e05bb263a8b4ce46e8e7451a309
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Even if comphy types of SATA2/SATA3/SGMII3 and comphy speeds of
1.5G/3G/6.25G were referenced in the driver non configuration (dts)
was using it.
This patch removes unused definitions.
Change-Id: I53ed6f9d3a82b9d18cb4e488bc14d3cf687f9488
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Jaszczyk <jaz@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
This patch adds support for running RX training using new command called
"rx_training"
Usage:
rx_training - rx_training <cp id> <comphy id>
RX training allows to improve link quality (for SFI mode)
by running training sequence between us and the link partner,
this allows to reach better link quality then using static configuration.
Change-Id: I818fe67ccaf19a87af50d4c34a9db7d6802049a5
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
This allows the lower level driver access to comphy map data
(required for RX training support, which is introduced
in the following patches).
Change-Id: Ib7ffdc4b32076c01c3a5d33f59552c9dfc6b12fa
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
If fdtdec_get_int can't find speed, set COMPHY_SPEED_INVALID
If fdtdec_get_int can't find type, set COMPHY_TYPE_INVALID
Move the error print if phy-type is invalid
Add continue to the probe loop (in a case of invalid phy)
Cosmetic changes
Change-Id: I0c61b40bfe685437426fe907942ed338b7845378
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Add UTMI analog parameters initialization values according to
latest ETP.
Change-Id: I5bcca205a3995202a18ff126f371a81f69e205c8
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
UTMI should be initialized only for enabled device tree nodes.
This fix overrides current internal configuration array
entry with the next DT entry data if error is detected
during the current DT entry parsing or the current port
is disabled.
This way the internal configuration structure will only
contain valid ports information obtained from the DT.
Change-Id: I9c43c6a5d234e15ae9005d1c9bc983fc1f3544b8
Signed-off-by: Omri Itach <omrii@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ken Ma <make@marvell.com>
In get_speed_string() we have an array (speed_strings[])
which includes all possible speed strings.
This array size and content must be aligned to the speed
defines in comphy_data.h.
This patch adds missing 5.125G speed, aligns speed_strings[]
and fixes incorrect printing when speed > 5.0G.
Change-Id: I9900d23595094be321be0c62fcaa88036324568e
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Currently, all comphy definitions are PHY_TYPE_XX and PHY_SPEEED_XX.
Those definition might be confused with MDIO PHY definitions.
This patch does the following changes:
- PHY_TYPE_XX --> COMPHY_TYPE_XX
- PHY_SPEED_XX --> COMPHY_SPEED_XX
This improves readability, no functional change.
Change-Id: I2bd1d9289ebbc5c16fa80f9870f797ea1bcaf5fa
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
- For some Marvell SoCs, like armada-3700, there are both
USB host and device controller, but on PHY level the
configuration is the same.
- The new type supports both USB device and USB host
- This patch is cherry-picked from u-boot-2015 as-is.
Change-Id: I01262027edd8ec23391cff6fb409b3009aedfbb9
Signed-off-by: jinghua <jinghua@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ken Ma <make@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Because of the incorrectly supported SGMII_2500 mode, this patch
disables eth2 for now until this issue will be fixed in mainline.
Also fix an incorrect comment.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Cc: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Cc: Nadav Haklai <nadavh@marvell.com>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This patch adds the base support for the Marvell Octeon TX2 CN9130 CRB.
Not all interfaces are supported fully yet.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the dtsi/dts files needed to support the Marvell
Octeon TX2 CN9130 CRB. This is only the base port with not all
interfaces supported fully.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Move the default environment location to the end of 4MB flash
region. This change allows to accomodate larger flash boot
images making space for forthcoming code changes.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add support for SoCs based on AP807 die.
Remove unused include file for Armada-8020 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use a single dtsi file for CP110 die instead of master/slave.
Moving to single file will allow miltiple DTSI inclusions with
re-defined CP index and name.
This change will also allow support for SoCs containing more than
two CP110 dies on board.
Move pin control definitions from CP110 DTS to board DTS files
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- fix the dependency for MMC boot (add XENON to MVEBU_MMC)
- fix the bubt destination assignment (missing # in "else" case)
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add support for regulator-force-boot-off DT property.
This property can be used by the board/device drivers for
turning off regulators on early init stages as pre-requisite
for the other components initialization.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The dw_eth_pdata is not accessible from the mdio device, it gets the mdio bus plat
leading to random sleeps (-10174464 on Odroid-HC4).
This moves the dw_mdio_reset function to a common one taking the ethernet
device as parameter and use it from the dw_mdio_reset and dm_mdio variant functions.
Fixes: 5160b4567c ("net: designware: add DM_MDIO support")
Reported-by: Mark Kettenis <mark.kettenis@xs4all.nl>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
According to S26KL512S datasheet [1] and S29GL01GS datasheet [2],
the procedure to read out PPB lock bits is to send the PPB Entry,
PPB Read, Reset/ASO Exit. Currently, the code does send incorrect
PPB Entry, PPB Read and Reset/ASO Exit is completely missing.
The PPB Entry sent is implemented by sending flash_unlock_seq()
and flash_write_cmd(..., FLASH_CMD_READ_ID). This translates to
sequence 0x555:0xaa, 0x2aa:0x55, 0x555:0x90=FLASH_CMD_READ_ID.
However, both [1] and [2] specify the last byte of PPB Entry as
0xc0=AMD_CMD_SET_PPB_ENTRY instead of 0x90=FLASH_CMD_READ_ID,
that is 0x555:0xaa, 0x2aa:0x55, 0x555:0xc0=AMD_CMD_SET_PPB_ENTRY.
Since this does make sense, this patch fixes it and thus also
aligns the code in flash_get_size() with flash_real_protect().
The PPB Read returns 00h in case of Protected state and 01h in case
of Unprotected state, according to [1] Note 83 and [2] Note 17, so
invert the result. Moreover, align the arguments with similar code
in flash_real_protect().
Finally, Reset/ASO Exit command should be executed to exit the PPB
mode, so add the missing reset.
[1] https://www.cypress.com/file/213346/download
Document Number: 001-99198 Rev. *M
Table 40. Command Definitions, Nonvolatile Sector Protection
Command Set Definitions
[2] https://www.cypress.com/file/177976/download
Document Number: 001-98285 Rev. *R
Table 7.1 Command Definitions, Nonvolatile Sector Protection
Command Set Definitions
Fixes: 03deff433e ("cfi_flash: Read PPB sector protection from device for AMD/Spansion chips")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This fixes an issue getting resets index 1 and 3+, the spurius "> 0"
made it return the index 0 or 1, whatever index was passed.
The dm_test_reset_base() did not catch it, but the dm_test_reset_base() extension
catches it and this fixes the regression.
This also fixes a reggression on Amlogic G12A/G12B SoCs, where HDMI output was disable
even when Linux was booting.
Fixes: ea9dc35aab ("reset: Get the RESET by index without device")
Reported-by: B1oHazard <ty3uk@mail.ua>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
With this extended test, we get the following failure :
=> ut dm reset_base
Test: dm_test_reset_base: reset.c
test/dm/reset.c:52, dm_test_reset_base(): reset_method3.id == reset_method3_1.id: Expected 0x14 (20), got 0x2 (2)
Test: dm_test_reset_base: reset.c (flat tree)
test/dm/reset.c:52, dm_test_reset_base(): reset_method3.id == reset_method3_1.id: Expected 0x14 (20), got 0x2 (2)
Failures: 2
A fix is needed in reset_get_by_index_nodev() when introduced in [1].
[1] ea9dc35aab ("reset: Get the RESET by index without device")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
As reported by Coverity Scan for Das U-Boot, the 'less-than-zero'
comparison of an unsigned value is never true.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
When CONFIG_USE_DEFAULT_ENV_FILE=y and the file
CONFIG_DEFAULT_ENV_FILE is empty (or at least doesn't contain any
non-comment, non-empty lines), we end up feeding nothing into xxd,
which in turn then outputs nothing. Then blindly appending ", 0x00"
means that we end up trying to compile (roughly)
const char defaultenv[] = { , 0x00 }
which is of course broken.
To fix that, change the frobbing of the text file so that we always
end up printing an extra empty line (which gets turned into that extra
nul byte we need) - that corresponds better to the binary format
consisting of a series of key=val nul terminated strings, terminated
by an empty string.
Reported-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
There are some cases where decompressed sectors can have padding zeros.
In kernel code, we have lines to address such situation:
/*
* btrfs_getblock is doing a zero on the tail of the page too,
* but this will cover anything missing from the decompressed
* data.
*/
if (bytes < destlen)
memset(kaddr+bytes, 0, destlen-bytes);
kunmap_local(kaddr);
But not in U-boot code, thus we have some reports of U-boot failed to
read compressed files in btrfs.
Fix it by doing the same thing of the kernel, for both inline and
regular compressed extents.
Reported-by: Matwey Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Link: https://bugzilla.suse.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1183717
Fixes: a26a6bedaf ("fs: btrfs: Introduce btrfs_read_extent_inline() and btrfs_read_extent_reg()")
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
When zImage support was added to SPL, the messages were hidden to reduce
code size. However, the wrong config symbol was used. Since this file is
only built when CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK=y, the messages were always hidden.
Use the correct symbol so the messages are printed in U-Boot proper.
Also use IS_ENABLED to drop the #ifdef.
Fixes: 431889d6ad ("spl: zImage support in Falcon mode")
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
When flush_cache() is called during boot on our ~7M kernel image, the
hundreds of thousands of WATCHDOG_RESET calls end up adding
significantly to boottime. Flushing a single cache line doesn't take
many microseconds, so doing these calls for every cache line is
complete overkill.
The generic watchdog_reset() provided by wdt-uclass.c actually
contains some rate-limiting logic that should in theory mitigate this,
but alas, that rate-limiting must be disabled on powerpc because of
its get_timer() implementation - get_timer() works just fine until
interrupts are disabled, but it just so happens that the "big"
flush_cache() call happens in the part of bootm where interrupts are
indeed disabled. [1] [2] [3]
I have checked with objdump that the generated code doesn't change
when this option is left at its default value of 0: gcc is smart
enough to see that the ">=" comparison is tautologically true, hence
all assignments to "flushed" are eliminated as dead stores.
On our board, setting the option to something like 65536 ends up
reducing total boottime by about 0.8 seconds.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20200605111657.28773-1-rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk/
[2] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2021-April/446906.html
[3] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2021-April/447280.html
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
CONFIG_5xx hasn't existed since commit 5025897774 (powerpc, 5xx:
remove support for 5xx). Remove this last mention of it.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Having WATCHDOG_RESET() called automatically from the timer interrupt
runs counter to the idea of a watchdog device - if the board runs into
an infinite loops with interrupts still enabled, the watchdog will
never fire.
When using CONFIG_(SPL_)WDT, the watchdog_reset function is a lot more
complicated than just poking a few SOC-specific registers - it
involves accessing all kinds of global data, and if the interrupt
happens at the wrong time (say, in the middle of an WATCHDOG_RESET()
call from ordinary code), that can end up corrupting said global data.
Allow the board to opt out of calling WATCHDOG_RESET() from the timer
interrupt handler by setting CONFIG_SYS_WATCHDOG_FREQ to 0 - as that
setting is currently nonsensical (it would be compile-time
divide-by-zero), it cannot affect any existing boards.
Add documentation for both the existing and extended meaning of
CONFIG_SYS_WATCHDOG_FREQ.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
The code, which is likely copied from arch/powerpc/lib/interrupts.c,
lacks a fallback definition of CONFIG_SYS_WATCHDOG_FREQ and refers to
a non-existing timestamp variable - obviously priv->timestamp is
meant.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Some boards don't work with the rate-limiting done in the generic
watchdog_reset() provided by wdt-uclass.
For example, on powerpc, get_timer() ceases working during bootm since
interrupts are disabled before the kernel image gets decompressed, and
when the decompression takes longer than the watchdog device
allows (or enough of the budget that the kernel doesn't get far enough
to assume responsibility for petting the watchdog), the result is a
non-booting board.
As a somewhat hacky workaround (because DT is supposed to describe
hardware), allow specifying hw_margin_ms=0 in device tree to
effectively disable the ratelimiting and actually ping the watchdog
every time watchdog_reset() is called. For that to work, the "has
enough time passed" check just needs to be tweaked a little to allow
the now==next_reset case as well.
Suggested-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION on Salvator-X(S), ULCB, Ebisu,
which means the Spansion HF PPB protection bits can be operated
using the 'protect' U-Boot command.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The clock driver used a heavy-handed approach where it turned off
all available clocks, while also possibly setting bits which are not
documented in the R-Car datasheet. Update the tables so that only
the bits which are documented are set or cleared when tearing down
the clock driver.
Note that the only clock left running before booting Linux are now
MFIC, INTC-AP, INTC-EX and SCIF2 / SCIF0 on V3x.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Import updated devicetree files from the Linux v5.12 release.
Besides some node and audio port renames this changes the PHY modes to
either rgmii-id or rgmii-txid. From the board files the Pinephone sees
a lot of updates.
This also adds the long missing USB PHY property for controller 0, which
allows the U-Boot PHY driver to eventually use port 0 in host mode
(pending another U-Boot patch).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Update R40 .dts{,i} and dt-binding headers to current version from kernel.
Files taken from Linux 5.12-rc1 release
(commit fe07bfda2fb9cdef8a4d4008a409bb02f35f1bd8)
Signed-off-by: Ivan Uvarov <i.uvarov@cognitivepilot.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Commit eb5a2b6710 ("net: sun8i-emac: Determine pinmux based on SoC,
not EMAC type") switched the pinmux setup over to look at
CONFIG_MACH_SUN* symbols, to find the appropriate mux value.
Unfortunately this patch missed to check for the H5, which is
pin-compatible to the H3, but uses a different Kconfig symbol (because
it has ARMv8 vs. ARMv7 cores).
Replace the pure SUN8I_H3 symbol with the joint SUNXI_H3_H5 one, which is
there to cover the peripherals common to both SoCs.
Also explicitly list each supported SoC, and have an error message in the
fallback case, to avoid those problems in the future.
This fixes Ethernet support on all H5 boards.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org> # Orange Pi PC2
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the following I2C devices connected to
I2C bus 0 on the Octeon EBB7304:
- Dallas DS1337 RTC
- TLV EEPROM
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
We already have a clock driver for MIPS Octeon. This patch changes the
Octeon DT nodes to supply the clock property via the clock driver
instead of using an hard-coded value, which is not correct in all cases.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Otherwise the output will look like this on MIPS Octeon NIC23:
Device 0: (0:0) Vendor: ATA Prod.: aSDnsi klUrt aII Rev: 4X11
Type: Hard Disk
Capacity: 457862.8 MB = 447.1 GB (937703088 x 512)
instead of this version:
Device 0: (0:0) Vendor: TA Prod.: SanDisk Ultra II Rev: X411
Type: Hard Disk
Capacity: 457862.8 MB = 447.1 GB (937703088 x 512)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch adds a few missing virt_to_phys() to use the correct physical
address for DMA operations in the common AHCI code. This is done to
support the big-endian MIPS Octeon platform.
Additionally the code a cleaned up a bit (remove some empty lines) and
made a bit better readable.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch enables the usage of the MVEBU AHCI/SATA driver. The only
changes necessary to support MIPS Octeon via DT based probing are, to
add the compatible DT property and the use of dev_remap_addr() so that
the correct mapped address is used in the Octeon case (phys != virt).
Please note that this driver supports the usage of the "scsi" command
and not the "sata" command, since it does not provide an own "scan"
function, which is needed for the "sata" cmd support.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
For easy AHCI/ SATA integration, this patch adds board_ahci_enable()
for the MVEBU AHCI driver, which will be used by this platform. This
platform specific "enable" function will setup the proper endian
swapping in the AHCI controller so that it can be used by the common
AHCI code.
Additionally the endian swizzle entry for AHCI in
octeon_should_swizzle_table[] is removed, as this enabled the original
lowlevel code function, e.g. octeon_configure_qlm(), for the QLM setup
to work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch adds the necessary platform infrastructure code, so that the
MIPS Octeon drivers "serial_octeon_pcie_console" & "serial_bootcmd" can
be used. This is e.g. the bootmem initialization in a compatible way to
the Marvell 2013 U-Boot, so that the exisiting PC remote tools like
"oct-remote-console" & "oct-remote-load" can be used. This is be done in
the newly introduced arch_misc_init(), which calls the necessary init
functions when enabled.
These patches are in preparation for the MIPS Octeon NIC23 board
support, which is a desktop PCIe target board enabling these features.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch adds the PCI bootcmd feature for MIPS Octeon, which will be
used by the upcoming Octeon III NIC23 board support. It enables the use
of the "oct-remote-load" and "oct-remote-bootcmd" on host PC's to
communicate with the PCIe target and load images into the onboard
memory and issue commands.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch adds the PCI remote console feature for MIPS Octeon, which
will be used by the upcoming Octeon III NIC23 board support. It enables
the use of the "oct-remote-console" tool on host PC's to communicate
with the PCIe target.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
As DEBUG is no Kconfig symbol, we can't use the IS_ENABLED() macros.
This patch switches to the unfortunately necessary #ifdef usage again
to make it work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
While porting from the Marvell source, I introduced a bug by misplacing
the parenthesis. This patch fixes this issue.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch changes the MIPS Octeon defconfig to enable some features
for PCIe enablement. This includes CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT to call the
board specific serdes init code.
With these features enabled, the serdes and PCIe driver including the
Intel E1000 driver can be tested on the Octeon EBB7304.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the PCIe host controller driver for MIPS Octeon II/III.
The driver mainly consist of the PCI config functions, as all of the
complex serdes related port / lane setup, is done in the serdes / pcie
code available in the "arch/mips/mach-octeon" directory.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch adds the board specific QLM/DLM init code to the Octeon 3
EBB7304 board. The configuration of each port is read from the
environment exactly as done in the 2013 U-Boot version to keep the
board and it's configuration compatible.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the newly added C files to the Makefile to enable
compilation. This is done in a separate step, to not introduce build
breakage while adding the single files with potentially missing
externals.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import octeon_qlm.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import octeon_fdt.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-qlm.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pcie.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-util.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-jtag.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-fdt.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-cfg.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To match all other cvmx-* header, this patch moves the already existing
cvmx-lmcx-defs.h header one directory up.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
With the newly added headers and their restructuring (which macro is
defined where), some changes in the already existing Octeon files are
necessary. This patch makes the necessary changes.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import misc remaining header files from 2013 U-Boot. These will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Import cvmx-sso-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-sriox-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-sriomaintx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-smix-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-sli-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-sata-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-rst-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pow-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pko-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pki-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pip-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pepx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pemx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pcsx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pciercx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pcieepx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-npi-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-mio-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-l2c-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-ipd-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-gserx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-gmxx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-fpa-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-dtx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-dpi-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-dbg-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-ciu-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-bgxx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-asxx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-agl-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import misc cvmx-helper header files from 2013 U-Boot. They will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This will be used by the upcoming Serdes and driver code ported from
the original 2013 U-Boot code to mainline.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This fixes an issue getting resets index 1 and 3+, the spurius "> 0"
made it return the index 0 or 1, whatever index was passed.
The dm_test_reset_base() did not catch it, but the dm_test_reset_base() extension
catches it and this fixes the regression.
This also fixes a reggression on Amlogic G12A/G12B SoCs, where HDMI output was disable
even when Linux was booting.
Fixes: ea9dc35aab ("reset: Get the RESET by index without device")
Reported-by: B1oHazard <ty3uk@mail.ua>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
With this extended test, we get the following failure :
=> ut dm reset_base
Test: dm_test_reset_base: reset.c
test/dm/reset.c:52, dm_test_reset_base(): reset_method3.id == reset_method3_1.id: Expected 0x14 (20), got 0x2 (2)
Test: dm_test_reset_base: reset.c (flat tree)
test/dm/reset.c:52, dm_test_reset_base(): reset_method3.id == reset_method3_1.id: Expected 0x14 (20), got 0x2 (2)
Failures: 2
A fix is needed in reset_get_by_index_nodev() when introduced in [1].
[1] ea9dc35aab ("reset: Get the RESET by index without device")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
As reported by Coverity Scan for Das U-Boot, the 'less-than-zero'
comparison of an unsigned value is never true.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
When CONFIG_USE_DEFAULT_ENV_FILE=y and the file
CONFIG_DEFAULT_ENV_FILE is empty (or at least doesn't contain any
non-comment, non-empty lines), we end up feeding nothing into xxd,
which in turn then outputs nothing. Then blindly appending ", 0x00"
means that we end up trying to compile (roughly)
const char defaultenv[] = { , 0x00 }
which is of course broken.
To fix that, change the frobbing of the text file so that we always
end up printing an extra empty line (which gets turned into that extra
nul byte we need) - that corresponds better to the binary format
consisting of a series of key=val nul terminated strings, terminated
by an empty string.
Reported-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
There are some cases where decompressed sectors can have padding zeros.
In kernel code, we have lines to address such situation:
/*
* btrfs_getblock is doing a zero on the tail of the page too,
* but this will cover anything missing from the decompressed
* data.
*/
if (bytes < destlen)
memset(kaddr+bytes, 0, destlen-bytes);
kunmap_local(kaddr);
But not in U-boot code, thus we have some reports of U-boot failed to
read compressed files in btrfs.
Fix it by doing the same thing of the kernel, for both inline and
regular compressed extents.
Reported-by: Matwey Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Link: https://bugzilla.suse.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1183717
Fixes: a26a6bedaf ("fs: btrfs: Introduce btrfs_read_extent_inline() and btrfs_read_extent_reg()")
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
When zImage support was added to SPL, the messages were hidden to reduce
code size. However, the wrong config symbol was used. Since this file is
only built when CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK=y, the messages were always hidden.
Use the correct symbol so the messages are printed in U-Boot proper.
Also use IS_ENABLED to drop the #ifdef.
Fixes: 431889d6ad ("spl: zImage support in Falcon mode")
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
When flush_cache() is called during boot on our ~7M kernel image, the
hundreds of thousands of WATCHDOG_RESET calls end up adding
significantly to boottime. Flushing a single cache line doesn't take
many microseconds, so doing these calls for every cache line is
complete overkill.
The generic watchdog_reset() provided by wdt-uclass.c actually
contains some rate-limiting logic that should in theory mitigate this,
but alas, that rate-limiting must be disabled on powerpc because of
its get_timer() implementation - get_timer() works just fine until
interrupts are disabled, but it just so happens that the "big"
flush_cache() call happens in the part of bootm where interrupts are
indeed disabled. [1] [2] [3]
I have checked with objdump that the generated code doesn't change
when this option is left at its default value of 0: gcc is smart
enough to see that the ">=" comparison is tautologically true, hence
all assignments to "flushed" are eliminated as dead stores.
On our board, setting the option to something like 65536 ends up
reducing total boottime by about 0.8 seconds.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20200605111657.28773-1-rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk/
[2] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2021-April/446906.html
[3] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2021-April/447280.html
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
CONFIG_5xx hasn't existed since commit 5025897774 (powerpc, 5xx:
remove support for 5xx). Remove this last mention of it.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Having WATCHDOG_RESET() called automatically from the timer interrupt
runs counter to the idea of a watchdog device - if the board runs into
an infinite loops with interrupts still enabled, the watchdog will
never fire.
When using CONFIG_(SPL_)WDT, the watchdog_reset function is a lot more
complicated than just poking a few SOC-specific registers - it
involves accessing all kinds of global data, and if the interrupt
happens at the wrong time (say, in the middle of an WATCHDOG_RESET()
call from ordinary code), that can end up corrupting said global data.
Allow the board to opt out of calling WATCHDOG_RESET() from the timer
interrupt handler by setting CONFIG_SYS_WATCHDOG_FREQ to 0 - as that
setting is currently nonsensical (it would be compile-time
divide-by-zero), it cannot affect any existing boards.
Add documentation for both the existing and extended meaning of
CONFIG_SYS_WATCHDOG_FREQ.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
The code, which is likely copied from arch/powerpc/lib/interrupts.c,
lacks a fallback definition of CONFIG_SYS_WATCHDOG_FREQ and refers to
a non-existing timestamp variable - obviously priv->timestamp is
meant.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Some boards don't work with the rate-limiting done in the generic
watchdog_reset() provided by wdt-uclass.
For example, on powerpc, get_timer() ceases working during bootm since
interrupts are disabled before the kernel image gets decompressed, and
when the decompression takes longer than the watchdog device
allows (or enough of the budget that the kernel doesn't get far enough
to assume responsibility for petting the watchdog), the result is a
non-booting board.
As a somewhat hacky workaround (because DT is supposed to describe
hardware), allow specifying hw_margin_ms=0 in device tree to
effectively disable the ratelimiting and actually ping the watchdog
every time watchdog_reset() is called. For that to work, the "has
enough time passed" check just needs to be tweaked a little to allow
the now==next_reset case as well.
Suggested-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable EFI capsule update features to be enabled by default also with all
dfu valid options for ZynqMP.
This feature was tested on Xilinx ZynqMP zcu104 board with defining
dfu_alt_info="mmc 0:1=boot.bin fat 0 1;u-boot.itb fat 0 1"
and
dfu_alt_info="sf 0:0=boot.bin raw 0 0x50000;u-boot.itb raw 0x80000
0x500000".
There is a need to increase malloc size for getting dfu mmc to work.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
CC: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
CC: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
CC: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Import updated devicetree files from the Linux v5.12 release.
Besides some node and audio port renames this changes the PHY modes to
either rgmii-id or rgmii-txid. From the board files the Pinephone sees
a lot of updates.
This also adds the long missing USB PHY property for controller 0, which
allows the U-Boot PHY driver to eventually use port 0 in host mode
(pending another U-Boot patch).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Update R40 .dts{,i} and dt-binding headers to current version from kernel.
Files taken from Linux 5.12-rc1 release
(commit fe07bfda2fb9cdef8a4d4008a409bb02f35f1bd8)
Signed-off-by: Ivan Uvarov <i.uvarov@cognitivepilot.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Commit eb5a2b6710 ("net: sun8i-emac: Determine pinmux based on SoC,
not EMAC type") switched the pinmux setup over to look at
CONFIG_MACH_SUN* symbols, to find the appropriate mux value.
Unfortunately this patch missed to check for the H5, which is
pin-compatible to the H3, but uses a different Kconfig symbol (because
it has ARMv8 vs. ARMv7 cores).
Replace the pure SUN8I_H3 symbol with the joint SUNXI_H3_H5 one, which is
there to cover the peripherals common to both SoCs.
Also explicitly list each supported SoC, and have an error message in the
fallback case, to avoid those problems in the future.
This fixes Ethernet support on all H5 boards.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org> # Orange Pi PC2
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Enable CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION on Salvator-X(S), ULCB, Ebisu,
which means the Spansion HF PPB protection bits can be operated
using the 'protect' U-Boot command.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The clock driver used a heavy-handed approach where it turned off
all available clocks, while also possibly setting bits which are not
documented in the R-Car datasheet. Update the tables so that only
the bits which are documented are set or cleared when tearing down
the clock driver.
Note that the only clock left running before booting Linux are now
MFIC, INTC-AP, INTC-EX and SCIF2 / SCIF0 on V3x.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- MIPS: octeon: fix minor bugs of initial merge
- MIPS: octeon: add support for QLM and PCI-E controller
- MIPS: octeon: add support for AHCI and SATA
- MIPS: octeon: add E1000 ethernet support
- MIPS: octeon: add Octeon III NIC23 board
- ata/scsi: add support for Big Endian platforms
Bump our py version to 1.10.0 to address CVE-2020-29651.
Reported-by: GitHub dependabot
Reported-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- search for additional detailed timings in the EDID extension block
- rework sunxi DE2 driver and accompanying DW-HDMI platform driver
to drop redundant device specific code, and later use the DT as a
source of information
Currently DE2 driver uses functions which are defined in internal
headers. They are not meant to be used outside of uclass framework.
Switch DE2 driver to public ones. This has additional benefit that
device_probe doesn't need to be called manually.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
There is no real need to read source_id at probe time. It also doesn't
make sense to store it in driver private data since it's already stored
in class platform data. While this looks like cleanup (and it is), it's
also important for DE2 driver rework because this info will be filled
later (after probe is already executed).
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
It turns out that there are two ways how hot plug detection can be done.
One is standard way for DW HDMI controller - checking bit 2 in 0x3004
register. Another way is applicable only to Allwinner custom PHY - by
checking bit 19 in register 0x10038. Both methods are equally good as
far as we know.
Use standard method in order to reduce amount of custom code.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
One of my monitors have only 4k@60 timing in base EDID block which is
out of range for devices with HDMI 1.4. It turns out that it has
additional detailed timings in CTA-861 Extension Block and two of them
are appropriate for HDMI 1.4.
Add additional search for valid detailed timing in extension block.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Code which searches for valid detailed timing entry will be used in more
places. Extract it.
No functional change is made. However, descriptors are casted to
edid_detailed_timing instead of edid_monitor_descriptor. Descriptor can
be of either type, but since we're interested only in DTD, it is more
fitting to cast to edid_detailed_timing.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When searching for detailed timing in EDID, check for digital display
earlier. There is no point parsing other parameters if this flag is not
present.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently driver accepts all resolution which won't work on 4k screens.
Add validation callback which limits acceptable resolutions to 297 MHz.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
commit cbea241e935e("efidebug: add multiple device path instances on Boot####")
slightly tweaked the efidebug syntax adding -b, -i and -s for the boot
image, initrd and optional data.
The pytests using this command were adapted as well. However I completely
missed the last "" argument, which at the time indicated the optional data
and needed conversion as well. This patch is adding the missing -s flag
and the tests are back to normal.
Fixes: cbea241e935e("efidebug: add multiple device path instances on Boot####")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviwed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In case of failure at efi_get_variable_int("BootOrder"), we should
skip examining boot option variables and return an appropriate error
code which is the one the function returned.
Fixes: CID 331153 Code maintainability issues (UNUSED_VALUE)
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Indicated by Coverity Scan CID 331147
The ESRT was being refreshed in situations where the UpdateCapsule
procedure failed. In that scenario:
1) the ESRT refresh was superfluous.
2) a failed ESRT refresh return code overwrites the UpdateCapsule error
return code.
This commit ensures that the ESRT is only refreshed when the
UpdateCapsule performs successfully.
CC: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CC: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
CC: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CC: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
CC: nd@arm.com
Signed-off-by: Jose Marinho <jose.marinho@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Bumping the digest list count, for all supported algorithms, can be
calculated outside of the individual switch statements. So let's do that
for every loop iteration instead and simplify the code a bit.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
To avoid diverging function definitions we need to include efi_loader.h.
Fixes: fe179d7fb5 ("efi_loader: Add size checks to efi_create_indexed_name()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Provide a man-page for the fatinfo command.
The .rst file was lost in patch 15d9694600 ("doc: fatinfo man-page").
Fixes: 15d9694600 ("doc: fatinfo man-page")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This patch adds support for the following I2C devices connected to
I2C bus 0 on the Octeon EBB7304:
- Dallas DS1337 RTC
- TLV EEPROM
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
We already have a clock driver for MIPS Octeon. This patch changes the
Octeon DT nodes to supply the clock property via the clock driver
instead of using an hard-coded value, which is not correct in all cases.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Otherwise the output will look like this on MIPS Octeon NIC23:
Device 0: (0:0) Vendor: ATA Prod.: aSDnsi klUrt aII Rev: 4X11
Type: Hard Disk
Capacity: 457862.8 MB = 447.1 GB (937703088 x 512)
instead of this version:
Device 0: (0:0) Vendor: TA Prod.: SanDisk Ultra II Rev: X411
Type: Hard Disk
Capacity: 457862.8 MB = 447.1 GB (937703088 x 512)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch adds a few missing virt_to_phys() to use the correct physical
address for DMA operations in the common AHCI code. This is done to
support the big-endian MIPS Octeon platform.
Additionally the code a cleaned up a bit (remove some empty lines) and
made a bit better readable.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch enables the usage of the MVEBU AHCI/SATA driver. The only
changes necessary to support MIPS Octeon via DT based probing are, to
add the compatible DT property and the use of dev_remap_addr() so that
the correct mapped address is used in the Octeon case (phys != virt).
Please note that this driver supports the usage of the "scsi" command
and not the "sata" command, since it does not provide an own "scan"
function, which is needed for the "sata" cmd support.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
For easy AHCI/ SATA integration, this patch adds board_ahci_enable()
for the MVEBU AHCI driver, which will be used by this platform. This
platform specific "enable" function will setup the proper endian
swapping in the AHCI controller so that it can be used by the common
AHCI code.
Additionally the endian swizzle entry for AHCI in
octeon_should_swizzle_table[] is removed, as this enabled the original
lowlevel code function, e.g. octeon_configure_qlm(), for the QLM setup
to work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch adds the necessary platform infrastructure code, so that the
MIPS Octeon drivers "serial_octeon_pcie_console" & "serial_bootcmd" can
be used. This is e.g. the bootmem initialization in a compatible way to
the Marvell 2013 U-Boot, so that the exisiting PC remote tools like
"oct-remote-console" & "oct-remote-load" can be used. This is be done in
the newly introduced arch_misc_init(), which calls the necessary init
functions when enabled.
These patches are in preparation for the MIPS Octeon NIC23 board
support, which is a desktop PCIe target board enabling these features.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch adds the PCI bootcmd feature for MIPS Octeon, which will be
used by the upcoming Octeon III NIC23 board support. It enables the use
of the "oct-remote-load" and "oct-remote-bootcmd" on host PC's to
communicate with the PCIe target and load images into the onboard
memory and issue commands.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch adds the PCI remote console feature for MIPS Octeon, which
will be used by the upcoming Octeon III NIC23 board support. It enables
the use of the "oct-remote-console" tool on host PC's to communicate
with the PCIe target.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
As DEBUG is no Kconfig symbol, we can't use the IS_ENABLED() macros.
This patch switches to the unfortunately necessary #ifdef usage again
to make it work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
While porting from the Marvell source, I introduced a bug by misplacing
the parenthesis. This patch fixes this issue.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch changes the MIPS Octeon defconfig to enable some features
for PCIe enablement. This includes CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT to call the
board specific serdes init code.
With these features enabled, the serdes and PCIe driver including the
Intel E1000 driver can be tested on the Octeon EBB7304.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the PCIe host controller driver for MIPS Octeon II/III.
The driver mainly consist of the PCI config functions, as all of the
complex serdes related port / lane setup, is done in the serdes / pcie
code available in the "arch/mips/mach-octeon" directory.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This patch adds the board specific QLM/DLM init code to the Octeon 3
EBB7304 board. The configuration of each port is read from the
environment exactly as done in the 2013 U-Boot version to keep the
board and it's configuration compatible.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the newly added C files to the Makefile to enable
compilation. This is done in a separate step, to not introduce build
breakage while adding the single files with potentially missing
externals.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import octeon_qlm.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import octeon_fdt.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-qlm.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pcie.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-util.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-jtag.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-fdt.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-cfg.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To match all other cvmx-* header, this patch moves the already existing
cvmx-lmcx-defs.h header one directory up.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
With the newly added headers and their restructuring (which macro is
defined where), some changes in the already existing Octeon files are
necessary. This patch makes the necessary changes.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import misc remaining header files from 2013 U-Boot. These will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Import cvmx-sso-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-sriox-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-sriomaintx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-smix-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-sli-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-sata-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-rst-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pow-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pko-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pki-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pip-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pepx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pemx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pcsx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pciercx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pcieepx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-npi-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-mio-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-l2c-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-ipd-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-gserx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-gmxx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-fpa-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-dtx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-dpi-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-dbg-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-ciu-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-bgxx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-asxx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-agl-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import misc cvmx-helper header files from 2013 U-Boot. They will be used
by the later added drivers to support PCIe and networking on the MIPS
Octeon II / III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This will be used by the upcoming Serdes and driver code ported from
the original 2013 U-Boot code to mainline.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For work with EFI it is good to have GUID partitions enabled and also
option to work with UEFI variables. That's why enable both.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Currently u-boot supports addresses upto 39-bits only. If anybody
wants to use addresses of more than 39-bits in Linux they will have
a separate memory node in DT. In such cases they will have multiple
memory nodes.
Currently u-boot selects and runs on lower memory bank region.
But bootscript is being loaded on dram bank 0, where dram bank 0 will
point to 1st memory node in DT. If first memory node is mentioned as
higher ddr(>39-bits address) then u-boot cannot load the bootscript.
So fix this issue by setting bootscript address within the lower memory
bank region.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add support for usb dfu & thor to distro boot on zynq platform.
Add 60s timeout of dfu-utils to start transaction. Remove
DFU_ALT_INFO_RAM as we use bootcmd_usb_dfu instead of dfu_ram.
Remove DFU_ALT_INFO_MMC as part of distro boot cleanup.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Change "dfu_usb" to "usb_dfu" for better representation and change
required macros. Add 60s timeout of dfu-utils to start transaction.
Add support for usb thor to distro boot. Remove DFU_ALT_INFO_RAM
as we use bootcmd_usb_dfu instead of dfu_ram.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The dfu ram info is wired in connection to Linux kernel and certain setup.
We should change this to be more generic as others command. That's why
using boot via script is the way to go.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
In usb boot mode distro boot should select usb device as primary boot
device instead of usb host. So make usb dfu as primary boot device. But do
not list it in boot_targets as fallback option because it is not classic
mode for booting. Using 60s timeout by default should be enough time for
dfu-utils to start transaction. In case none needs this please change
timeout value in the command or disable CONFIG_DFU_TIMEOUT.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
On systems without usb gadget dfu core fails which was reported by error
but command itself returns pass which breaks any usage in a script.
That's why propagate error from run_usb_dnl_gadget().
Fixes: 16297cfb2a ("usb: new board-specific USB init interface")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable this feature by default to be able to work with env import/export
commands which are done in this slightly changed variable format (There is
addtional flag fields in variable file which is changing CRC calculation).
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable saving variables to MMC(FAT) and SPI based on primary
bootmode. If bootmode is JTAG, dont save env anywhere(NOWHERE).
Enable ENV_FAT_DEVICE_AND_PART="0:auto" for Versal platforms as well.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable saving variables to MMC(FAT), NAND, SPI based on primary
bootmode. If bootmode is JTAG, dont save env anywhere(NOWHERE).
Since most of the flashes on zynq evaluation boards are 16MB in size,
set default ENV_OFFSET to 15MB(0xE00000).
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This variable is used for pointing to location where redundant variables
are located. There is no default value. And it doesn't need to be specified
which is showing as warning when savedefconfig is called.
make xilinx_zynqmp_virt_defconfig
#
# configuration written to .config
#
make savedefconfig
scripts/kconfig/conf --savedefconfig=defconfig Kconfig
.config:199:warning: symbol value '' invalid for ENV_OFFSET_REDUND
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
According to EHCI spec, software needs to do handshake with HC for
safely removing QH from async list. This handshake is implemented by
setting IAAD (Interrupt on Async Advance Doorbell) bit in USB_USBCMD
register and poll the IAA (Interrupt on Async Advance bit) in the
USB_USBSTS to ensure the HC has released all on-chip state that may
potentially reference one of the data structures just removed.
Current codes only check active status of the last QTD, but this can't
ensure the QH is released from HC. We can meet unrecoverable
"EHCI timed out on TD" errors when running UEFI SCT tests on USB disk.
The USB_ASYNCLISTADDR register is changed to a invalid address when the
issue happens. It is fixed after adding the IAA handshake.
Steps to reproduce the issue:
1. Build the UEFI SCT from https://github.com/tianocore/edk2-test
2. Build the EDK2 UEFI Shell from https://github.com/tianocore/edk2
3. Copy SCT files and Shell.efi to USB disk FAT partition
4. Load the Shell.efi from USB FAT, and run bootefi to execute it
5. After booting into Shell, enter the SCT directory and run "sct -a"
to execute all tests.
6. Tests run about 1 hour and stop with many EHCI timeout errors like
EHCI timed out on TD - token=0x801f8c80
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
For the latest kernel device tree the max number of reserved regions
in lmb library is reached: 8 with 5 reserved regions in device tree.
When a new region is added, the lmb allocation for the device tree
relocation failed and boot with ramdisk failed.
This patch avoids this issue by increasing the max number of
supported reserved memory in lmb library to 16.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add 2 configs CONFIG_LMB_MEMORY_REGIONS and CONFIG_LMB_RESERVED_REGIONS
to change independently the max number of the regions in lmb
library.
When CONFIG_LMB_USE_MAX_REGIONS=y, move the lmb property arrays to
struct lmb and manage the array size with the element 'max' of struct
lmb_region; their are still allocated in stack.
When CONFIG_LMB_USE_MAX_REGIONS=n, keep the current location in
struct lmb_region to allow compiler optimization.
Increase CONFIG_LMB_RESERVED_REGIONS is useful to avoid lmb errors in
bootm when the number of reserved regions (not adjacent) is reached:
+ 1 region for relocated U-Boot
+ 1 region for initrd
+ 1 region for relocated linux device tree
+ reserved memory regions present in Linux device tree.
The current limit of 8 regions is reached with only 5 reserved regions
in DT.
see Linux kernel commit bf23c51f1f49 ("memblock: Move memblock arrays
to static storage in memblock.c and make their size a variable")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
As in lmb_region, cnt < max and in the lmb library
use region[i] only with i in 0...cnt, this region array size
can be reduced by 1 element without overflow.
This patch allows to reduce the struct lmb size.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add a max parameter in lmb_region struct to handle test
in lmb_add_region without using the MAX_LMB_REGIONS
define.
This patch allows to modify these size independently for
memory of reserved regions in the next patches.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Remove the unused field size of struct lmb_region as it is initialized to 0
and never used after in lmb library.
See Linux kernel commit 4734b594c6ca ("memblock: Remove memblock_type.size
and add memblock.memory_size instead")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
There are no system calls in U-Boot, but ENOSYS is still allowed (and
preferred since 42a2668743 ("dm: core: Document the common error codes")).
Silence this warning.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is technically a library function, but we use MMCs for testing, so
it is easier to do it with DM. At the moment, the only block devices in
sandbox are MMCs (AFAIK) so we just test with those.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
blk_get_device_by_str returns the device number on success. So we must
check if the return was negative to determine an error.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Recently, tests have been added primarily to the end of the dm Makefile.
This results in merge conflicts when two people add new tests at the
same time. To reduce these conflicts, alphabetize the makefile.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This patch enables USB storage support with the necessary partition
support on the MIPS Octeon EBB7304.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Until now, the Octeontx MMC driver did only support the ARM Octeon
TX/Tx2 platforms. This patch adds support for the MIPS Octeon platform
to this driver. Here a short summary of the changes:
- Enable driver compilation for MIPS Octeon, including the MMC related
header file
- Reorder header inclusion
- Switch to using the clk framework to get the input clock
- Remove some functions for MIPS Octeon, as some registers don't
exist here
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
The MT7688KN is a multi-chip package with 8MiB DDR1 KGD. So the DDR type
from bootstrap register must be ignored, and always be assumed as DDR1.
This patch fixes the displayed DDR type of mt7628.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The MT7688KN is a multi-chip package with 8MiB DDR1 KGD. So the DDR type
from bootstrap register must be ignored, and always be assumed as DDR1.
This patch fixes an issue that mt7628_ddr_pad_ldo_config() may be passed
with a wrong ddr_type in MT7688KN.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Sometimes no traffic was getting out on the ports, the root cause was
a wrong configuration of the Serdes6G, which is used on jr2 pcb111.
This patch fixes this issue by applying the correct configuration.
Fixes: 5e1d417bec ("net: Add MSCC Jaguar2 network driver.")
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add support for stack protector for UBOOT, SPL, and TPL
as well as new pytest for stackprotector
Signed-off-by: Joel Peshkin <joel.peshkin@broadcom.com>
Adjust UEFI build flags.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The current usage of the variable CFLAGS_NON_EFI on the x86 architecture
deviates from other architectures.
Variable CFLAGS_NON_EFI is the list of compiler flags to be removed when
building UEFI applications. It is not a list of flags to be added anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
regmap_read() only fills the first two bytes of val. The last two bytes are
random data from the stack. This means the test will fail randomly.
For low endian systems we could simply initialize val to 0 and get correct
results. But tests should not depend on endianness. So let's use a pointer
conversion instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-boot might display wrong module revision information
for modules with an assembly version 'K'. "cfgblock create"
does not takes into account all revision digits from PID8.
This fix takes into account all digits of PID8
to store module revision.
Signed-off-by: Denys Drozdov <denys.drozdov@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Use psci driver exported functions for reset/poweroff, instead of
invoking directly invoke_psci_fn.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io>
Adds support for:
* PSCI_FEATURES, which was introduced in PSCI 1.0. This provides API
that allows discovering whether a specific PSCI function is implemented
and its features.
* SYSTEM_RESET2, which was introduced in PSCI 1.1, which extends existing
SYSTEM_RESET. It provides support for vendor-specific resets, providing
reset_type as an additional param.
For additional details visit [1].
Implementations of some functions were borrowed from Linux PSCI driver
code [2].
[1] https://developer.arm.com/documentation/den0022/latest/
[2] drivers/firmware/psci/psci.c
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io>
Rob does not have access to any Calxeda systems anymore, also has
expressed a lack of interest in those systems in the past.
I have multiple working Midway nodes under my desk in the office, so
am happy to take over maintainership.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
So far U-Boot was hard coding a (surely sufficient) memory size of 512
MB, even though all machines out there have at least 4GB of DRAM.
Since U-Boot uses its memory knowledge to populate the EFI memory map,
we are missing out here, at best losing everything beyond 4GB on Midway
boxes (which typically come with 8GB of DRAM).
Since the management processor populated the DT memory node already with
the detected DRAM size and configuration, we use that to populate
U-Boot's memory bank information, which is the base for the UEFI memory
map.
This finally allows us to get rid of the NR_DRAM_BANKS=0 hack, that we
had in place to avoid U-Boot messing up the DT memory node before
loading the kernel.
Also, to cover the whole of memory, we need to enable PHYS_64BIT.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
So far we were defining a somewhat confusing PHYS_SDRAM_1_SIZE variable,
which originally was only used for setting the memtest boundaries. This
definition in highbank.h has been removed about a year ago (moved to
Kconfig), so we also don't need the hard-coded size definition any longer.
Get rid of the misleading memory size definition, which was actually wrong
anyway (it's 4088 MB for those machines with just 4GB of DRAM).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
To squash that nasty warning message and make better use of the newly
gained OF_CONTROL feature, let's convert the calxedagmac driver to the
"new" driver model.
The conversion is pretty straight forward, mostly just adjusting the
use of the involved data structures.
The only actual change is the required split of the receive routine into
a receive and free_pkt part.
Also this allows us to get rid of the hardcoded platform information and
explicit init calls.
This also uses the opportunity to wrap the code decoding the MMIO
register base address, to make it safe for using PHYS_64BIT later.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
All Calxeda machines are actually a poster book example of device tree
usage: the DT is loaded from flash by the management processor into
DRAM, the memory node is populated with the detected DRAM size and this
DT is then handed over to the kernel.
So it's a shame that U-Boot didn't participate in this chain, but
fortunately this is easy to fix:
Define CONFIG_OF_CONTROL and CONFIG_OF_BOARD, and provide a trivial
function to tell U-Boot about the (fixed) location of the DTB in DRAM.
Then enable DM_SERIAL, to let the PL011 driver pick up the UART platform
data from the DT. Also define AHCI, to bring this driver into the driver
model world as well.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
So far on Highbank/Midway machines U-Boot only ever uses 512MB of DRAM,
even though the machines have typically 4GB and 8GB, respectively.
That means that so far we didn't need an extra limit for placing the DTB
and initrd, as the 512MB are lower than the kernel's limit ("lowmem",
typically 768MB).
With U-Boot now needing to learn about the actual memory size (to
correctly populate the EFI memory map), it might relocate fdt and initrd
to the end of DRAM, which is out of reach of the kernel.
So add limiting values to the fdt_high and initrd_high environment
variables, to prevent U-Boot from using too high addresses.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Anatop is an integrated regulator inside i.MX6 SoC.
There are 3 digital regulators which controls PU, CORE (ARM), and SOC.
And 3 analog regulators which controls 1P1, 2P5, 3P0 (USB).
This patch adds the Anatop regulator driver.
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Trying to compile with CONFIG_CMD_MMC=y and CONFIG_MMC=n leads to errors:
riscv64-linux-gnu-ld.bfd: cmd/built-in.o: in function `do_mmcops':
cmd/mmc.c:984: undefined reference to `get_mmc_num'
riscv64-linux-gnu-ld.bfd: cmd/built-in.o: in function `do_mmc_setdsr':
cmd/mmc.c:873: undefined reference to `find_mmc_device'
Add missing dependency.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The fdt node offset is apparently not set properly when probed
causing no MDIO busses to be found. Fix this by obtaining the
offset.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
After check for maximum between max id and available ports, also check
if available port count is less than max id and update.
In the case of the CN8030 OcteonTX SoC max_id needs to be reduced to
the number of ports found otherwise the following occurs on a scan:
GW6404-B> scsi scan
scanning bus for devices...
Target spinup took 0 ms.
AHCI 0001.0300 32 slots 1 ports 6 Gbps 0x1 impl SATA mode
flags: 64bit ncq ilck stag pm led clo only pmp fbss pio slum part ccc
apst
Device 0: (0:0) Vendor: ATA Prod.: SanDisk SD8SFAT0 Rev: Z233
Type: Hard Disk
Capacity: 61057.3 MB = 59.6 GB (125045424 x 512)
"Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000006
elr: 000000000052f824 lr : 000000000052fa10 (reloc)
elr: 000000007fee9824 lr : 000000007fee9a10
x0 : 0000000000000001 x1 : 0000000000000001
x2 : 000000007bea3528 x3 : 000000007bea3580
x4 : 0000000000000200 x5 : 0000000000000000
x6 : 0000000000000002 x7 : 000000007bea3540
x8 : 00000000fffffff8 x9 : 0000000000000008
x10: 00000000000186a0 x11: 000000000000000d
x12: 0000000000000006 x13: 000000000001869f
x14: 0000000000000007 x15: 00000000ffffffff
x16: 000000007ff439a5 x17: 000000007ff5730c
x18: 000000007bea9de0 x19: 000000007ff7a580
x20: 000000007bec79f8 x21: 0000000000000000
x22: 000000007bea3580 x23: 0000000000000000
x24: 0000000000000000 x25: 000000007bec7a00
x26: 00000000ffffffc0 x27: 000000007bec79d0
x28: 000000007beb51c0 x29: 000000007bea3480
Code: 91246800 940130c2 12800000 1400004f (b9402ae0)
Resetting CPU ...
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <sgarapati@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Revert a change that occured between the Marvell SDK-10.1.1.0
and SDK-10.3.1.1 which broke QSMII phy support.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Move CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD out of the octeontx_common header
and into the defconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Fixes IDE issues found on the Malta board under Qemu:
1) DMA implied commands were sent to the controller in stead of the PIO
variants. The rest of the code is DMA free and written for PIO operation.
2) direct pointer access was used to read and write the registers instead
of the inb/inw/outb/outw functions/macros. Registers don't have to be
memory mapped and ATA_CURR_BASE() does not have to return an offset from
address zero.
3) Endian isues in ide_ident() and reading/writing data in general. Names
were corrupted and sizes misreported.
Tested malta_defconfig and maltael_defconfig to work again in Qemu.
Signed-off-by: Reinoud Zandijk <reinoud@NetBSD.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
UCLASS_IRQ driver is not Intel specific. Make CONFIG_IRQ
selectable for all platforms.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The GICv3 RM requires "The first 1KB of memory for the LPI Pending tables
must contain only zeros on initial allocation, and this must be visible
to the Redistributors, or else the effect is UNPREDICTABLE".
And as the following statement, we here clear the whole Pending tables
instead of the first 1KB.
"An LPI Pending table that contains only zeros, including in the first 1KB,
indicates that there are no pending LPIs.
The first 1KB of the LPI Pending table is IMPLEMENTATION DEFINED. However,
if the first 1KB of the LPI Pending table and the rest of the table contain
only zeros, this must indicate that there are no pending LPIs."
And there isn't any pending LPI under U-Boot, so it's unnecessary to
load the contents of the Pending table during the enablement, then set
the GICR_PENDBASER.PTZ flag.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> # NXP LS1028A
Reviewed-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Now we have PCIe, let's also enable NVMe to access an eventual NVMe SSDs
connected on the M.2 slot.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Enable PCIe by default in u-boot, this should eventually be made dynamic
in the runtime board config depending on the MCU configuration.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The sync of the device tree and dt-bindings from Linux v5.6-rc2
11a48a5a18c6 ("Linux 5.6-rc2") causes Ethernet to break on some
ODROID-C2. The PHY seems to need proper reset timing to be functional
in U-Boot and Linux afterwards. Readd the old PHY reset bindings for
dwmac until we support the new bindings in the PHY node.
Fixes: dd5f2351e9 ("arm64: dts: meson: sync dt and bindings from v5.6-rc2")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Second set of u-boot-atmel features for 2021.07 cycle:
This small feature set include support for 5th PIO bank on pio4 pinctrl
driver and a fix for the SPL on sama5d3.
This reverts commit 38d6b7ebda.
struct global_data contains a pointer to the bd_info structure. This
pointer was populated spl_set_bd() to a pre-allocated bd_info in the
".data" section. The referenced commit replaced this mechanism to one
that uses malloc(). That new mechanism is only used if SPL_ALLOC_BD=y.
which very few boards do.
The result is that (struct global_data)->bd is NULL in SPL on most
platforms. This breaks falcon mode, since arch_fixup_fdt() tries to
access (struct global_data)->bd and set the "/memory" node in the
devicetree. The result is that the "/memory" node contains garbage
values, causing linux to panic() as it sets up the page table.
Instead of trying to fix the mess, potentially causing other issues,
revert to the code that worked, while this change is reworked.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Now we have PCIe, let's also enable NVMe to access an eventual NVMe SSDs
connected on the M.2 slot.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Enable PCIe by default in u-boot, this should eventually be made dynamic
in the runtime board config depending on the MCU configuration.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The sync of the device tree and dt-bindings from Linux v5.6-rc2
11a48a5a18c6 ("Linux 5.6-rc2") causes Ethernet to break on some
ODROID-C2. The PHY seems to need proper reset timing to be functional
in U-Boot and Linux afterwards. Readd the old PHY reset bindings for
dwmac until we support the new bindings in the PHY node.
Fixes: dd5f2351e9 ("arm64: dts: meson: sync dt and bindings from v5.6-rc2")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add support for sama7g5 pinctrl variant, with 5 banks with a degraded
8 line only 5th bank.
Based on Linux Kernel implementation.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
This is a patchset which makes away with the .bind() controller indexing
workaround which was broken since before v2021.04, and then adds PHY
support and MX8M support on top of that. Better add it into the release
early to get as much testing as possible done, because this really does
a lot of changes to the ehci-mx6 driver.
Fix cast from pointer to integer of different size by casting the
pointer to uintptr_t instead of uint32_t, the former has correct
size on both 32bit and 64bit architectures.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
There is now multiple copies of CONFIG_MXC_USB_PORTSC in configs set to
PORT_PTS_UTMI | PORT_PTS_PTW, which is in fact the default register value
for MX6, MX7 and MX7ULP. Define the default value of CONFIG_MXC_USB_PORTSC
in the driver and use it in case CONFIG_MXC_USB_PORTSC is not defined in
config, to reduce the duplication.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
In case the platform uses DM, determine port number, which is
used as offset in USBMISC registers, from PHY node DT aliases,
just like Linux does.
Fixes: 4de51cc25b ("usb: ehci-mx6: Drop assignment of sequence number")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Instead of passing ad-hoc sequence number to usb_oc_config(), pass in
the USB MISC address itself. The USB MISC address comes from DT in DM
case, and from the old method using controller index in non-DM case.
Fixes: 4de51cc25b ("usb: ehci-mx6: Drop assignment of sequence number")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Split usb_power_config() per SoC and pass in USB PHY, USBNC and ANATOP
addresses instead of ad-hoc sequence numbers. This is only applicable
on legacy systems which do not implement proper PHY support. Once PHY
support is available, parts of this can be removed altogether and moved
to the PHY driver, similar to Linux phy-mxs-usb.c .
Fixes: 4de51cc25b ("usb: ehci-mx6: Drop assignment of sequence number")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Instead of passing ad-hoc index to USB PHY handling functions and then
try and figure out the PHY address, pass in the PHY address itself. For
DM case, this address comes easily from DT. For non-DM case, the previous
method is still present, however the non-DM case will soon be removed.
Fixes: 4de51cc25b ("usb: ehci-mx6: Drop assignment of sequence number")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
In order to pass component addresses around easily instead of passing
ad-hoc sequence numbers, it is necessary to split ehci_mx6_common_init().
Make it so and call the separate functions instead.
Since board_ehci_hcd_init() makes no sense in DM case, do not call it
in DM case.
Fixes: 4de51cc25b ("usb: ehci-mx6: Drop assignment of sequence number")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
In case DM and OF controler is enabled, but PHY support is disabled,
parse USB PHY and MISC component addresses from DT manually. Those
component addresses will be used in subsequent patches to access the
ANATOP, PHY and MISC registers matching the controller and thus get
rid of the ad-hoc controller sequence number mapping.
Fixes: 4de51cc25b ("usb: ehci-mx6: Drop assignment of sequence number")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
The fsl,usbphy DT property is deprecated, replace it with phys DT
property and specify #phy-cells, so that the generic PHY framework
can parse the PHY bindings without any extra hacking.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
The fsl,usbphy DT property is deprecated, replace it with phys DT
property and specify #phy-cells, so that the generic PHY framework
can parse the PHY bindings without any extra hacking.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
If realloc() fails, we should free the old buffer.
Fixes: c74cd8bd08: ("efi_loader: capsule: add capsule_on_disk support")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Remove function invocations using the EFI_CALL macro for those
functions that do not have an EFI_ENTRY call in their definition. Such
functions can use u-boot api's which rely on u-boot global data(gd)
pointer. The Arm and RiscV architectures maintain a separate gd
pointer, one for u-boot, and a separate gd for the efi application.
Calling a function through the EFI_CALL macro changes the gd pointer
to that used for the efi application, with u-boot gd being
unavailable. Any function then trying to dereference u-boot's gd will
result in an abort.
Fix this issue by removing the EFI_CALL macro for all of such
functions which do not begin by an EFI_ENTRY function call.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Two external references cannot have the same name:
doc/chromium/overview.rst:5:
WARNING: Duplicate explicit target name: "youtube"
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In reStructured text footnotes are referenced like [1]_.
Add missing underscores.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
As the the SPI flash is probed and is released in each ENV sf function
the env_flash no more need to be static.
This patch move this device handle as local variable of each function and
simplify the associated code (env_flash is never == NULL when
setup_flash_device is called).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Free the SPI resources by calling spi_flash_free() in each env sf
function to avoid issue for other SPI users.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add support of opts erase for env in SPI flash;
this opts is used by command 'env erase'.
This command only fills the env offset by 0x0 (bit flip to 0) and
the saved environment becomes invalid (with bad CRC).
It doesn't erase the sector here to avoid issue when the sector
is larger than the env (i.e. embedded when
CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE > CONFIG_ENV_SIZE).
The needed sector erase will be managed in the next "env save" command,
using the opt ".save", before to update the environment in SPI flash.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add ENV_ERASE_PTR macro to handle erase opts and remove the associated
ifdef.
This patch is a extension of previous commit 82b2f41357 ("env_internal.h:
add alternative ENV_SAVE_PTR macro").
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
This fixes the case where there are multiple environment drivers, one of
them is the default environment one, and it is followed by an environment
driver which does not implement .init() callback. The default environment
driver sets gd->env_valid to ENV_INVALID and returns 0 from its .init()
callback implementation, which is valid behavior for default environment.
Since the subsequent environment driver does not implement .init(), it
also does not modify the $ret variable in the loop. Therefore, the loop
is exited with gd->env_valid=ENV_INVALID and ret=0, which means that the
code further down in env_init() will not reset the environment to the
default one, which is incorrect.
This patch sets the $ret variable back to -ENOENT in case the env_valid
is set to ENV_INVALID by an environment driver, so that the environment
would be correctly reset back to default one, unless a subsequent driver
loads a valid environment.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Since commit 0f036bf4b8 ("env: Warn on force access if ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE set")
a warning message is displayed when setenv -f is used WITHOUT
CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE, but the variable is set anyway, resulting
in lots of log pollution.
env_flags_validate() returns 0 if the access is accepted, or non zero
if it is refused.
So the original code
#ifndef CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
if (flag & H_FORCE)
return 0;
#endif
was correct, it returns 0 (accepts the modification) if forced UNLESS
IGNORE_FORCE is set (in which case access checks in the following code
are applied). The broken patch just added a printf to the force accepted
case.
To obtain the intent of the patch we need this:
if (flag & H_FORCE) {
#ifdef CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
printf("## Error: Can't force access to \"%s\"\n", name);
#else
return 0;
#endif
}
Fixes: 0f036bf4b8 ("env: Warn on force access if ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE set")
Signed-off-by: Martin Fuzzey <martin.fuzzey@flowbird.group>
If one of the reads fails when importing redundant environments (a
single read failure), the env_flags wouldn't get initialized in
env_import_redund(). If a user then calls saveenv, the new environment
will have the wrong flags value. So on the next load the new environment
will be ignored.
While debugging this, I also noticed that env/sf.c was not correctly
handling a single read failure, as it would not check the crc before
assigning it to gd->env_addr.
Having a special error path for when there is a single read failure
seems unnecessary and may lead to future bugs. Instead collapse the
'single read failure' error to be the same as a 'single crc failure'.
That way env_check_redund() either passes or fails, and if it passes we
are guaranteed to have checked the CRC.
Signed-off-by: Brandon Maier <brandon.maier@rockwellcollins.com>
CC: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
CC: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
CC: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is roughly the U-Boot side equivalent to commit
e282c422e0 (tools: fw_env: use erasesize from MEMGETINFO ioctl). The
motivation is the case where one has a board with several revisions,
where the SPI flashes have different erase sizes.
In our case, we have an 8K environment, and the flashes have erase
sizes of 4K (newer boards) and 64K (older boards). Currently, we must
set CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE to 64K to make the code work on the older
boards, but for the newer ones, that ends up wasting quite a bit of
time reading/erasing/restoring the last 56K.
At first, I wanted to allow setting CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE to 0 to mean
"use the erase size the chip reports", but that config
option is used in a number of preprocessor conditionals, and shared
between ENV_IS_IN_FLASH and ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH.
So instead, introduce a new boolean config option, which for now can
only be used with ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH. If left off, there's no change
in behaviour.
The only slightly annoying detail is that, when selected, the compiler
is apparently not smart enough to see that the the saved_size and
saved_offset variables are only used under the same "if (sect_size >
CONFIG_ENV_SIZE)" condition as where they are computed, so we need to
initialize them to 0 to avoid "may be used uninitialized" warnings.
On our newer boards with the 4K erase size, saving the environment now
takes 0.080 seconds instead of 0.53 seconds, which directly translates
to that much faster boot time since our logic always causes the
environment to be written during boot.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
As preparation for the next patch, use a local variable to represent
the sector size. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
According to latest errata of J721e [1], HS400 mode is not supported
in MMCSD0 subsystem (i2024) and SDR104 mode is not supported in MMCSD1/2
subsystems (i2090). Therefore, replace mmc-hs400-1_8v with mmc-hs200-1_8v
in MMCSD0 subsystem and add a sdhci mask to disable SDR104 speed mode.
Also, update the itap delay values for all the MMCSD subsystems according
the latest J721e data sheet[2]
[1] - https://www.ti.com/lit/er/sprz455/sprz455.pdf
[2] - https://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/tda4vm.pdf
Fixes: 70e167495a ("arm: dts: k3-j721e: Sync Linux v5.11-rc6 dts into U-Boot")
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
This adds support for devices with R40 dual rank DRAM, and asymmetric
A64 DRAM devices like the Pinephone/3GB.
Also we enable automatic gzipped kernel support, and allow scripted
DT overlay support. The rest of the patches are cleanups, but also
some sunxi-specific preparatory patches for USB3.0 and improved HDMI
support. The bulk of those changes will go through other trees, though.
Build-tested for all 156 sunxi boards, and boot tested on a A64, A20, R40,
H5, H6 and H616 board. USB, SD card, eMMC, HDMI and Ethernet all work
there (where applicable), with the exception of Ethernet on the H5. Since
this is already broken in v2021.04, I will send a separate fix.
Currently sunxi Makefile manually specifies full path to dw-hdmi common
code. However, that is not needed because it can be selected in Kconfig
instead.
Select proper symbol in Kconfig and drop path from Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The "booti" command to load arm64 Linux kernels supports automatic
decompression of zipped kernel images, but relies on some environment
variables to point to usable buffer RAM.
Add those variables and let them point to some default values, that
should cover most use-cases.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The FIT description has access to the configuration variables. Use the
appropriate variable instead of hardcoding the address.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
binman can fill in the default FIT configuration index as selected by
the "default-dt" argument, which is set to CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE.
Let's respect the user's configuration by taking advantage of this
feature, instead of always defaulting to the first device tree in
CONFIG_OF_LIST.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The 32kHz clock ("LOSC") on sunxi SoCs is provided by the RTC. It is
used, among other things, by the XHCI controller in the H6. To be able
to call clk_get_bulk() on the XHCI controller, some device needs to
provide all referenced clocks.
Since LOSC is a fixed-rate always-on clock, implementation is trivial.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Previously we do not have proper dual rank memory detection on R40
(because we omitted PIR_QSGATE, which does not work on R40 with our
configuration), and dual rank memory is just simply disabled as early
R40 boards available (Banana Pi M2 Ultra and Berry) have single rank
memory.
As a board with dual rank memory (Forlinx OKA40i-C) is now known to us,
we need to have a way to do memory rank detection to support that board.
Add some routine to detect memory rank by trying to access the memory
in rank 1 and check for error status of the memory controller, and then
enable dual rank memory on R40.
Similar routine can be used to detect half DQ width (which is also
detected by PIR_QSGATE on other SoCs), but it's left unimplemented
because there's no known R40 board with half DQ width now.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: Move R40 detect code call into sunxi_dram_init()]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Previously we have known that R40 has a configuration register for its
rank 1, which allows different configuration than rank 0. Reverse
engineering of newest libdram of A64 from Allwinner shows that A64 has
this register too. It's bit 0 (which enables dual rank in rank 0
configuration register) means a dedicated rank size setup is used for
rank 1.
Now, Pine64 scheduled to use a 3GiB LPDDR3 DRAM chip (which has 2GiB
rank 0 and 1GiB rank 1) on PinePhone, that makes asymmetric dual rank
DRAM support necessary.
Add this support. The code could support both A64 and R40, but because
dual rank detection is broken on R40 now, we cannot really use it on R40
currently.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Commit 69076dff22 ("cmd: pxe: add support for FDT overlays") added
support for loading DT overlay files to PXE boot. However, it needs
additional environment variable which points to memory location which
can be used to temporary store overlay data.
Add it and in the process unify alignment using spaces and fix comment.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
update ls1028aqds networking protocol, config in ls1021atwr, env in ls1012a
Add seli3 board support, booke watchdog, update eTSEC support in ppc-qemu
Add DM_SERIAL and lpuart in sl28, add DM_ETH support for some of powerpc platforms
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
- Minor fix to Apollo Lake devicetree bindings for FSP
- Refactor Designware PCIe drivers to core and SoC parts
- Add Amlogic Meson Designware PCIe controller driver
Add the FMan v3 nodes for the T1042D4RDB. The nodes are copied over with
little modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the QorIQ DPAA 1 FMan v3 device tree nodes for the T1042 SoC.
The device tree nodes are copied over with little modification
from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
When two FMan's are present on a board, the MDIO nodes are found at the
same offsets inside each FMan. This causes "non unique device name"
errors when registering the MDIO nodes under the second FMan. Fix this
by updating the offsets of the MDIO nodes to include the parent FMan's
offset.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the FMan v3 nodes for the T4240RDB. The nodes are copied over with
little modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the QorIQ DPAA 1 FMan v3 device tree nodes for the T4240 SoC.
The device tree nodes are copied over with little modification
from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Disable the FMan mEMAC 5 and 6 nodes from the fdt since they are not
available under the supported RCW. Also disable the associated
"fsl,dpa-ethernet" nodes that reference them.
This is a simplified version of the fdt_fixup_fman_ethernet call for
use under DM_ETH.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the FMan v3 nodes for the T2080RDB. The nodes are copied over with
little modification from the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add the QorIQ DPAA 1 FMan v3 device tree nodes for the T2080 SoC.
The device tree nodes are copied over with little modification from
the Linux kernel source code.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
scan_dev_for_efi is supposed to be called from scan_dev_for_boot.
However, this call is missing for ls1012a boards. As a result EFI
boot doesn’t work. Fix this issue by removing custom definition of
scan_dev_for_boot and use the default definition instead.
Signed-off-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Sometimes it is desireable to have the console output on the first
serial line. Introduce a configuration option for it (in the board
scope).
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
With all preparations in place, switch over to DM_SERIAL.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Move the CONFIG_DM_* from the defconfig to the TARGET_SL28 config.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
DM_SERIAL needs both the device tree as well as an early heap. Thus, we
have to call spl_early_init() to initialize the memory allocator and the
setup the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
To use the debug UART we have to call debug_uart_init() in the SPL. Do
so as soon as possible.
As an example, here is how you can use it on a LS1028A SoC:
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_BASE=0x21c0500
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_CLOCK=200000000
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
It is not recommended to use CONFIG_xxx defines for things which are not
Kconfig options. Rename this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
QEMU ppce500 target can dynamically instantiate an eTSEC device
if "-device eTSEC" is given to QEMU. This commit enables eTSEC
driver and the required fixed PHY driver to create a usable
network configuration using eTSEC.
Unlike a real world 85xx board that usually stores the eTSEC MAC
address in an EEPROM, CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is required for
QEMU otherwise U-Boot ethernet initialization complains no valid
ethernet address is set.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
QEMU ppce500 target can dynamically instantiate an eTSEC device on
a platform bus if "-device eTSEC" is given to QEMU. It is presented
as a "simple-bus" in the device tree, with an additional compatible
string "qemu,platform".
Let's create a virtual memory mapping for it in misc_init_r(), in
preparation to adding eTSEC support.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This adds a test case to verify reading <ranges> of a simple-bus is
working as expected.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
At present we decode simple bus <ranges> using the following assumption:
- parent #address-cells 1
- child #address-cells 1
- child #size-cells 1
However this might not always be the case.
Update to use fdt_addr_t and fdt_size_t in 'struct simple_bus_plat', and
use fdt_read_ranges() to correctly decode it according to the actual
parent and child #address-cells / #size-cells under a Kconfig option
CONFIG_SIMPLE_BUS_CORRECT_RANGE which can be turned on for any board
that needs it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
At present the tsec driver uses a non-standard DT bindings to get
its <reg> base / size. The upstream Linux kernel seems to require
the <reg> base / size to be put under a subnode of the eTSEC node
with a name prefix "queue-group". This is not documented in the
kernel DT bindings, but it looks every dtsi file that contains the
eTSEC node was written like this.
This commit updates the tsec driver to handle this case.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
At present the Freescale TSEC node DT bindings doc requires a <reg>
property in the TSEC node. But this might not always be the case.
In the upstream Linux kernel, there is no DT bindings doc for it
but the kernel driver tests a subnode of a name prefixed with
"queue-group", as we can see from gfar_of_init():
for_each_available_child_of_node(np, child) {
if (!of_node_name_eq(child, "queue-group"))
...
in drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c
Update our DT bindings to describe this alternate description.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
dev_remap_addr() eventually calls dev_read_addr_index(), while
pdata->iobase holds the return value of dev_read_addr() that calls
dev_read_addr_index() too. Such duplication can be avoided by using
map_physmem() directly.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The DSA sandbox driver is used for unit testing the DSA class code.
It implements a simple 2 port switch plus 1 CPU port, and uses a
very simple tag to identify the ports.
The DSA sandbox device is connected via CPU port to a regular Ethernet
sandbox device, called 'dsa-test-eth, managed by the existing eth
sandbox driver. The 'dsa-test-eth' is not intended for testing the
eth class code however, but it is used to emulate traffic through the
'lan0' and 'lan1' front pannel switch ports. To achieve this the dsa
sandbox driver registers a tx handler for the 'dsa-test-eth' device.
The switch ports, labeled as 'lan0' and 'lan1', are also registered
as eth devices by the dsa class code this time. So pinging through
these switch ports is as easy as:
=> setenv ethact lan0
=> ping 1.2.3.5
Unit tests for the dsa class code were also added. The 'dsa_probe'
test exercises most API functions from dsa.h. The 'dsa' unit test
simply exercises ARP/ICMP traffic through the two switch ports,
including tag injection and extraction, with the help of the dsa
sandbox driver.
I took care to minimize the impact on the existing eth unit tests,
though some adjustments needed to be made with the addition of
extra eth interfaces used by the dsa unit tests. The additional eth
interfaces also require MAC addresses, these have been added to the
sandbox default environment.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexandru.marginean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Message-Id: <20210216224804.3355044-5-olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Simplify the logic of phy_connect_fixed() by using the new API
ofnode_phy_is_fixed_link(), which brings additional bonus of
supporting the old DT bindings.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
At present phy_connect_gmii2rgmii() is implemented using a DM API
dev_of_offset() hence it cannot support a non-DM configuration.
Remove the non-DM version prototype of phy_connect_gmii2rgmii()
and make the driver depend on CONFIG_DM_ETH.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Following the same updates that were done to the fixed phy driver,
use ofnode_ APIs instead of fdt_ APIs so that the Xilinx PHY driver
can support live DT.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In drivers/net/phy/Kconfig, CONFIG_PHY_FIXED already depends on
CONFIG_DM_ETH, so the function prototype definition when
CONFIG_DM_ETH=n does nothing, so it can be dropped. It is also
never reachable, since the whole function is already under #ifdef
CONFIG_PHY_FIXED (which again, as I said, depends on CONFIG_DM_ETH=y).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210216224804.3355044-3-olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
On systems that use CONFIG_OF_LIVE, the "ofnode" type is defined
as const struct device_node *np, while on the flat DT systems it
is defined as a long of_offset into gd->fdt_blob.
It is desirable that the fixed PHY driver uses the higher-level
ofnode abstraction instead of parsing gd->fdt_blob directly,
because that enables it to work on live OF systems.
The fixed PHY driver has used a nasty hack since its introduction in
commit db40c1aa1c ("drivers/net/phy: add fixed-phy /
fixed-link support"),
which is to pass the long gd->fdt_blob offset inside int phydev->addr
(a value that normally holds the MDIO bus address at which the PHY
responds). Even ignoring the fact that the types were already
mismatched leading to a potential truncation (flat OF offset was
supposed to be a long and not an int), we really cannot extend this
hack any longer, because there's no way an int will hold the other
representation of ofnode, the struct device_node *np.
So we unfortunately need to do the right thing, which is to use the
framework introduced by Grygorii Strashko in
commit eef0b8a930 ("net: phy: add ofnode node to struct phy_device").
This will populate phydev->node for the fixed PHY.
Note that phydev->node will not be valid in the probe function, since
that is called synchronously from phy_device_create and we really have
no way of passing the ofnode directly through the phy_device_create API.
So we do what other drivers do too: we move the OF parsing logic from
the .probe to the .config method of the PHY driver. The new function
will be called at phy_config() time.
I do believe I've converted all the possible call paths for creating
a PHY with PHY_FIXED_ID, so there is really no reason to maintain
compatibility with the old logic of retrieving a flat OF tree offset
from phydev->addr. We just pass 0 to phydev->addr now.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210216224804.3355044-2-olteanv@gmail.com>
[bmeng: keep fixedphy_probe(); update mdio-uclass.c to handle fixed phy]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Introduce a helper API ofnode_phy_is_fixed_link() to detect whether
the ethernet controller connects to a fixed-link pseudo-PHY device.
Note there are two ways to describe a fixed PHY attached to an
Ethernet device:
- the new DT binding, where 'fixed-link' is a sub-node of the
Ethernet device
- the old DT binding, where 'fixed-link' is a property with 5
cells encoding various information about the fixed PHY
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Per the upstream Linux kernel doc:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml
There are two ways to describe a fixed PHY attached to an Ethernet
device. This updates our dt-bindings doc to add the old DT bindings.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add a driver for the PowerPC Book E watchdog driver that is present on a
number of Freescale/NXP SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The SELI8 design is a new tdm service unit card for Hitachi-Powergrids
XMC and FOX product lines.
It is based on NXP LS1021 SoC and it provides following interfaces:
- IFC interface for NOR, NAND and external FPGA's
- 1 x RGMII ETH for debug purposes
- 2 x SGMII ETH for management communication via back-plane
- 1 x uQE HDLC for management communication via back-plane
- 1 x I2C for peripheral devices
- 1 x SPI for peripheral devices
- 1 x UART for debug logging
It is foreseen that the design will be later re-used for another XMC and
FOX service cards with similar SoC requirements.
Signed-off-by: Rainer Boschung <rainer.boschung@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Signed-off-by: Matteo Ghidoni <matteo.ghidoni@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachi-powergrids.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Includes DT definition for the following serdes protocols using various
PHY cards: 85xx, 13xx, 65xx, 9999, 7777.
Note that the default device tree for QDS now uses 85xx.
Enabling any of the others requires patching the fsl-ls1028a-qds.dtsi
file (the includes at the bottom of the file).
The phy-handle is specified as a path rather than a label because it is
possible to use the #include multiple times (meaning that more than one
PHY riser card of one type is inserted), and therefore, there would be
duplicate labels with the same name.
LBRW means that the board needs lane B rework before using this dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexandru.marginean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add support for the DW PCIe controller found in the Amlogic Meson AXG and
G12 (G12A, G12B, SM1) SoCs.
This uses the common DW PCIe helpers introducted previously.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
With the introduction of pcie_dw_rockchip, and need to support the DW PCIe in the
Amlogic AXG & G12 SoCs, most of the DW PCIe helpers would be duplicated.
This introduce a "common" DW PCIe helpers file with common code merged from the
dw_ti and dw_rockchip drivers and adapted to fit with the upcoming dw_meson.
The following changes will switch the dw_ti and dw_rockchip to use these helpers.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Green Wan <green.wan@sifive.com>
[bmeng: remove the blank line at EOF of drivers/pci/pcie_dw_common.c]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
An entry is missing in the FSP-S devicetree bindings, and as a result
the description for the next few following entries is off by one line.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Most modern OpenSSL engines have methods overridden at the EVP level rather
than at RSA level, to make these engines work properly with mkimage, the RSA
signing code needs to switch to using EVP_* APIs as much as possible.
Signed-off-by: Donald Chan <hoiho@lab126.com>
[trini: Rebase on top of keyfile changes]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
OP-TEE images are normally packaged with
type = "tee;
os = "tee";
However, fit_image_load() thinks that is somehow invalid. However if
they were declared as type = "kernel", os = "linux", fit_image_load()
would happily accept them and allow the boot to continue. There is no
technical limitation to excluding "tee".
Allowing "tee" images is useful in a boot flow where OP-TEE is
executed before linux.
In fact, I think it's unintuitive for a "load"ing function to also do
parsing and contain a bunch ad-hoc heuristics that only its caller
might know. But I don't make the rules, I just write fixes. In more
polite terms: refactoring the fit_image API is beyond the scope of
this change.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Consider the following FIT:
images {
whipple {};
};
configurations {
conf-1 {
firmware = "whipple";
};
};
Getting the 'firmware' image with fit_image_load() is not possible, as
it doesn't understand 'firmware =' properties. Although one could pass
IH_TYPE_FIRMWARE for 'image_type', this needs to be converted to a
"firmware" string for FDT lookup -- exactly what this change does.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'firmware' property of a config node takes precedence over the
'kernel' property. 'standalone' is deprecated. However, give users a
couple of releases where 'standalone' still works, but warns loudly.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
U-Boot expects the FDT to be located right after the _end
linker symbol (see fdtdec.c: board_fdt_blob_setup())
The "basic" LOAD_FIT path is aware of this limitation, and relocates
the FDT at the expected location. Guessing the expected location
probably only works reliably on 32-bit arm, and it feels like a hack.
One proposal would be to pass the FDT address to u-boot
(e.g. using 'r2' on arm platforms).
The variable is named "fdt_hack" to remind future contributors that,
"hey! we should fix the underlying problem". However, that is beyond
the scope of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
The information on the OS should be contained in the FIT, as the
self-explanatory "os" property of a node under /images. Hard-coding
this to U_BOOT might send us down the wrong path later in the boot
process.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
The correct FDT to use is described by the "fdt" property of the
configuration node. When the fit_unamep argument to fit_image_load()
is "fdt", we get the "/images/fdt" node. This is incorrect, as it
ignores the "fdt" property of the config node, and in most cases,
the "/images/fdt" node doesn't exist.
Use NULL for the 'fit_unamep' argument. With NULL, fit_image_load()
uses the IH_TYPE_FLATDT value to read the config property "fdt",
which points to the correct FDT node(s).
fit_image_load() should probably be split into a function that reads
an image by name, and one that reads an image by config reference. I
don't make those decisions, I just point out the craziness.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Several architectures had a default board_fit_config_name_match already;
this provides a generic weak version. We default to rejecting all configs.
This will use the FIT's default config, instead of the first config. This
may result in boot failures if there are multiple configurations and the
first config is *not* the default.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
The new correct way to load an FPGA image is to declare it in the list
of "loadables". multi-with-fpga.its used the now deprecated "fpga"
property. Since this example most likely intended to use u-boot's
generic FPGA loading code, compatible = "u-boot,fpga-legacy" is also
appropriate here.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The "simple" SPL_LOAD_FIT path is the most compliant with the format
documented in doc/uImage.FIT/source_file_format.txt. The other two
paths to load a FIT are SPL_LOAD_FIT_FULL and the "bootm" command.
Since the Kconfig menu is the most likely place for a new user to see
these options, it seems like the most logical candidate to document
the limitations. This documents the _known_ issues, and is not
intended to be a complete list of all follies.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 4afc4f37c7 ("doc: FIT image: Clarify format and simplify
syntax") and delegated FPGA images to be added via the list of
"loadables" in lieu of the "fpga" property. Now actually implement
this in code.
Note that the "compatible" property is ignored for the time being, as
implementing "compatible" loading is beyond the scope of this change.
However, "u-boot,fpga-legacy" is accepted without warning.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Commit 4afc4f37c7 ("doc: FIT image: Clarify format and simplify
syntax") requires that FPGA images be referenced through the
"loadables" in the config node. This means that "fpga" properties in
config nodes are deprecated.
Given that there are likely FIT images which use "fpga", let's not
break those right away. Print a warning message that such use is
deprecated, and give users a couple of releases to update their
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
The FPGA loading code in spl_simple_fit_read() can easily be separated
from the rest of the logic. It is split into two functions instead of
one because spl_fit_upload_fpga() is used in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 4afc4f37c7 ("doc: FIT image: Clarify format and simplify
syntax") introduced a "compatible" property for loadable images.
It did not define its contents. Use "u-boot,fpga-legacy" compatible
string to specify that fpga_load() should be used to load the image.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
spl_load_fit_image() will try to load an image at the address given
in the "load" property. Absent such property, it uses
image_info->load_addr
Correct use of this is demonstrated in spl_fit_append_fdt(), which
resets the 'load_addr' before each spl_load_fit_image() call.
On the other hand loading "loadables" loop in spl_load_simple_fit()
completely ignores this. It re-uses the same structure, but doesn't
reset load_addr. If loadable [i] does not have a "load" property, its
load address defaults to load_addr, which still contains the address
of loadable [i - 1].
A simple solution is to treat NULL as an invalid load address. The
caller can set load_addr = 0 to request an abort if the "load"
property is absent.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Originally, the ECDSA code path used 'keydir' as the key filename.
mkimage has since been updated to include a new 'keyfile' argument.
Use the new argument for passing in the key.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Keys can be derived from keydir, and the "key-name-hint" property of
the FIT. They can also be specified ad-literam via 'keyfile'. Update
the ECDSA signing path to use the appropriate one.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Keys can be derived from keydir, and the "key-name-hint" property of
the FIT. They can also be specified ad-literam via 'keyfile'. Update
the RSA signing path to use the appropriate one.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It's not always desirable to use 'keydir' and some ad-hoc heuristics
to get the filename of the signing key. More often, just passing the
filename is the simpler, easier, and logical thing to do.
Since mkimage doesn't use long options, we're slowly running out of
letters. I've chosen '-G' because it was available.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After lots of debating, this documents how we'd like mkimage to treat
'keydir' and 'keyfile' arguments. The rest is in the docs.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test to make sure that the ECDSA signatures generated by
mkimage can be verified successfully. pyCryptodomex was chosen as the
crypto library because it integrates much better with python code.
Using openssl would have been unnecessarily painful.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We wish to use pycryptodomex to verify code paths involving ECDSA
signatures. Add it to requirements.txt so that they get picked up
automatically .gitlab and .azure tasks
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
mkimage supports rsa2048, and rsa4096 signatures. With newer silicon
now supporting hardware-accelerated ECDSA, it makes sense to expand
signing support to elliptic curves.
Implement host-side ECDSA signing and verification with libcrypto.
Device-side implementation of signature verification is beyond the
scope of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
fdt_add_bignum() is useful for algorithms other than just RSA. To
allow its use for ECDSA, move it to a common file under lib/.
The new file is suffixed with '-libcrypto' because it has a direct
dependency on openssl. This is due to the use of the "BIGNUM *" type.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
rsa-checksum.c sontains the hash_calculate() implementations. Despite
the "rsa-" file prefix, this function is useful for other algorithms.
To prevent confusion, move this file to lib/, and rename it to
hash-checksum.c, to give it a more "generic" feel.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case exit is called in a script without parameter, the command
returns -2 ; in case exit is called with a numerical parameter,
the command returns -2 and lower. This leads to the following problem:
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit 1' ; run foo ; echo $?
bar
0
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit 0' ; run foo ; echo $?
bar
0
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit -2' ; run foo ; echo $?
bar
0
That is, no matter what the 'exit' command argument is, the return
value is always 0 and so it is not possible to use script return
value in subsequent tests.
Fix this and simplify the exit command such that if exit is called with
no argument, the command returns 0, just like 'true' in cmd/test.c. In
case the command is called with any argument that is positive integer,
the argument is set as return value.
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit 1' ; run foo ; echo $?
bar
1
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit 0' ; run foo ; echo $?
bar
0
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit -2' ; run foo ; echo $?
bar
0
Note that this does change ABI established in 2004 , although it is
unclear whether that ABI was originally OK or not.
Fixes: c26e454dfc
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Call the translation function on the ofnode_read_resource result only
when the livetree is not activated.
Today of_address_to_resource() calls ofnode_read_resource() for livetree
support and fdt_get_resource() when livetree is not supported.
The fdt_get_resource() doesn't do the address translation
so when it is required when livetree is activated but this address
translation is already done by ofnode_read_resource().
Fixes: 240720e905 ("firmware: scmi: mailbox/smt agent device")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
This is the only driver that uses this function. Update it to use the
alternative which is dm_gpio_clrset_flags().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Harm Berntsen <harm.berntsen@nedap.com>
Select CMD_QFW and QFW_MMIO in the qemu-arm board (covers arm and
arm64).
Signed-off-by: Asherah Connor <ashe@kivikakk.ee>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add MMIO driver for QFW.
Note that there is no consumer as of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Asherah Connor <ashe@kivikakk.ee>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
A sandbox driver and test are added for the qfw uclass, and a test in
QEMU added for qfw functionality to confirm it doesn't break in real
world use.
Signed-off-by: Asherah Connor <ashe@kivikakk.ee>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We move qfw into its own uclass and split the PIO functions into a
specific driver for that uclass. The PIO driver is selected in the
qemu-x86 board config (this covers x86 and x86_64).
include/qfw.h is cleaned up and documentation added.
Signed-off-by: Asherah Connor <ashe@kivikakk.ee>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Align the MMU area for SCMI shared buffer on section size;
use the ALIGN macro in mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour call.
Since commit d877f8fd0f ("arm: provide a function for boards init
code to modify MMU virtual-physical map") the parameter of
mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour need to be MMU_SECTION_SIZE
aligned.
Fixes: 240720e905 ("firmware: scmi: mailbox/smt agent device")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Skip the processing of *.aml and *.dat files while iterating through the
source in order to process header files.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
strn(cat|cpy) has a bad habit of not nul-terminating the destination,
resulting in constructions like
strncpy(foo, bar, sizeof(foo) - 1);
foo[sizeof(foo) - 1] = '\0';
However, it is very easy to forget about this behavior and accidentally
leave a string unterminated. This has shown up in some recent coverity
scans [1, 2] (including code recently touched by yours truly).
Fortunately, the guys at OpenBSD came up with strl(cat|cpy), which always
nul-terminate strings. These functions are already in U-Boot, so we should
encourage new code to use them instead of strn(cat|cpy).
[1] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2021-March/442888.html
[2] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2021-January/438073.html
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This fixes several uses of strn(cpy|cat) which did not terminate their
destinations properly.
Fixes de1728ce4c ("fastboot: Allow u-boot-style partitions")
Reported-by: Coverity Scan
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
This test is adapted from glibc, which is very concerned about alignment.
It also tests strlcpy by dependency.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This introduces strlcat, which provides a safer interface than strncat. It
never copies more than its size bytes, including the terminating nul. In
addition, it never reads past dest[size - 1], even if dest is not
nul-terminated.
This also removes the stub for dwc3 now that we have a proper
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
strlcpy should always return the number of bytes copied. We were
accidentally missing the nul-terminator. We also always used to return a
non-zero value, even if we did not actually copy anything.
Fixes: 23cd138503 ("Integrate USB gadget layer and USB CDC driver layer")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Right now the error messages when optee has a version mismatch or shared
memory is not configured are done with a debug().
That's not very convenient since you have to enable debugging to figure
out what's going on, although this is an actual error.
So let's switch the debug() -> dev_err() and report those explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
serial_reinit_all() is only available if CONFIG_SERIAL is defined (i.e.
!CONFIG_DM_SERIAL).
Signed-off-by: Asherah Connor <ashe@kivikakk.ee>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
stdio_dev methods have taken a pointer to themselves since 709ea543
(nearly 7 years ago).
Signed-off-by: Asherah Connor <ashe@kivikakk.ee>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for rtc3028 rtc from microcrystal.
based on linux dirver:
commit a38fd8748464: ("Linux 5.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add local variables agent0/agent1 to refer to SCMI sandbox context
agent and ease readability of the test.
For consistency, rename regul_dev to regul0_dev and remove sandbox_voltd
in dm_test_scmi_voltage_domains().
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix inline comments and empty line in scmi driver and test files.
Remove test on IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_*_SCMI) in test/dm/scmi.c since these
configuration are expected enabled when CONFIG_FIRMWARE_SCMI is enabled
in sandbox configuration.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Implement voltage regulators interfaced by the SCMI voltage domain
protocol. The DT bindings are defined in the Linux kernel since
SCMI voltage domain and regulators patches [1] and [2] integration
in v5.11-rc7.
Link: [1] 0f80fcec08
Link: [2] 2add5cacff
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The gpt command require the GPT backup header at the standard location
at the end of the device. Check the alternate LBA value before reading
the GPT backup header from the last usable LBA of the device.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If there were no variable substitutions in a command, then initial
assignments would be misinterpreted as commands, instead of being skipped
over. This is demonstrated by the following example:
=> foo=bar echo baz
Unknown command 'foo=bar' - try 'help'
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
For all other erase failures, the fail_addr is updated with the
failing address. Only in the case of erase failure due to bad block
detection, the fail_addr is not updated. This change simply updates
the fail_addr for this specific scenario so that it is consistent with
the rest of the code.
Signed-off-by: Farhan Ali <farhan.ali@broadcom.com>
On ARMv8 systems
load mmc 0:1 $loadaddr vmlinuz-5.10.0-3-arm64
booti
leads to a hanging system requiring to physically reset the system:
FDT and ATAGS support not compiled in - hanging
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
For systems where physical access is difficult hanging is a poor choice.
It is preferable to reset the system when U-Boot reaches a state that is
not recoverable.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Similar to support for SHA1 and SHA256, allow the use of hardware hashing
engine by enabling the algorithm and setting CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL /
CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Checkpatch complains about:
ERROR: "foo * bar" should be "foo *bar"
and
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
The optee_copy_fdt_nodes is only used to copy op-tee nodes
of U-Boot device tree (from gd->fdt_blob when OF_LIVE is not activated)
to external device tree but it is not compatible with OF_LIVE.
This patch migrates all used function fdt_ functions to read node on
old_blob to ofnode functions, compatible with OF_LIVE and remove this
parameter "old_blob".
The generated "device tree" is checked on stm32mp platform with OF_LIVE
activated.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add power_max77696_init() function.
Since warp doesn't support DM, the keeping its code in board file is
better than maintainig the file of driver.
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The test adds two pinmux nodes to the device tree, one to test when a
register changes only one pin's mux (pinctrl-single,pins), and the other
to test when more than one pin's mux is changed (pinctrl-single,bits).
This required replacing the controller's register access functions when
the driver is used on sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It allows to display the muxing of a given pin. Inspired by more recent
versions of the Linux driver, in addition to the address and the value
of the configuration register I added the pin function retrieved from
the DT. In doing so, the information displayed does not depend on the
platform, being a generic type driver, and it can be useful for debug
purposes.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The configuration of pinmux registers was implemented with duplicate
code which can be removed by adding two functions for read/write access.
Access to 8-bit registers has also been added.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The patch is inspired by more recent versions of the Linux driver.
Replacing the default value 0xffffffff of the function mask with 0 is
certainly more conservative in case the "pinctrl-single,function-mask"
DT property is missing.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In more recent versions of the Linux kernel the driver's probe function
returns an error if the "pinctrl-single,register-width" DT property is
missing. The lack of this information, in fact, does not allow to know
whether to access the registers of the controller at 8, 16, ... bits.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use dev_read_addr_size to get size of the controller's register area.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
The dev_dbg(dev, " reg/val 0x%pa/0x%08x\n", ®, val); prints the 'reg'
address preceded by the prefix 0x0x instead of 0x. This because the
printf '%pa' format specifier already prepends the prefix '0x' to the
address displayed.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
The pinmux configuration DT node of a peripheral does not define a
physical address but an offset. Only by adding it to the base address of
the controller it is possible to calculate the physical address of the
register to be configured. Printing an offset also requires a different
formatting option than a physical address.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
The 'n' variable is used as a loop counter, not as a physical address,
and is used in a comparison with an int. So it makes sense to change
its type from phys_addr_t to int.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
A previous patch had removed the GPIO nodes from being built
into the SPL Device tree, but CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT remained
which makes the MMC card detect fail and the board does not boot.
Fix this by disabling CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT.
Fixes: 6f1efe81aa ("configs: omap3/35_logic and omap3/35_logic_somlv: Reduce SPL size")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
- rk3399 eDP support
- pwm backlight without a known period_ns
- add Chrome OS EC PWM driver
- Kconfig SIMPLE_PANEL DM_GPIO dependency
- remove mb862xx driver remnants
- fix KiB format in reserve_video() debug trace
- fix tegra124 sor CSTM LVDS_EN_ENABLE/DISABLE config
- fix line padding calculation for 16 and 24 BPP bitmaps
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Each row in the pixel array in the bitmap file is padded
if necessary so the row size is always a multiple of 4 bytes.
In current code the complement of row size to a multiple of
4 bytes is further unnecessarily multiplied by the pixel size.
This results in incorrect displaying of bitmaps having row size
that is not a multiple of 4 bytes. Fix this by removing
the unnecessary multiplication.
Tested with 24BPP bitmap and XRGB32 display.
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Bitwise OR has a higher operator precedence than the ternary conditional.
Add the missing parentheses.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Update the debug trace for the reserved video memory to KB as indicated
in the message with "%luk"; before the patch the computed size
gd->relocaddr - addr is in bytes.
This patch aligns the debug trace in reserve_video() with others
functions, for example on stm32mp157c-dk2:
- Reserving 3080192k for video at: dfd00000
+ Reserving 3008k for video at: dfd00000
Reserving 873k for U-Boot at: dfc25000
Reserving 32776k for malloc() at: ddc23000
Reserving 72 Bytes for Board Info at: ddc22fb0
Reserving 280 Bytes for Global Data at: ddc22e90
Reserving 119072 Bytes for FDT at: ddc05d70
Reserving 0x278 Bytes for bootstage at: ddc05af0
Fixes: 5630d2fbc5 ("board: Show memory for frame buffers")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
drivers/video/mb862xx.c was removed in commit
9c1e098fb9 from December 2020, however, this
last little remnant in drivers/video/cfb_console.c remained.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
SIMPLE_PANEL currently only depends on PANEL && BACKLIGHT, but the code
makes references to dm_gpio_set_value and gpio_request_by_name. These
are defined in drivers/gpio/gpio-uclass.c, so a dependency on DM_GPIO
corrects these link errors:
aarch64-linux-gnu-ld.bfd: drivers/built-in.o: in function `simple_panel_set_backlight':
/home/kameliya/u-boot/drivers/video/simple_panel.c:42: undefined reference to `dm_gpio_set_value'
aarch64-linux-gnu-ld.bfd: drivers/built-in.o: in function `simple_panel_enable_backlight':
/home/kameliya/u-boot/drivers/video/simple_panel.c:27: undefined reference to `dm_gpio_set_value'
aarch64-linux-gnu-ld.bfd: drivers/built-in.o: in function `simple_panel_of_to_plat':
/home/kameliya/u-boot/drivers/video/simple_panel.c:72: undefined reference to `gpio_request_by_name'
This issue is only exposed if you have a board which enables
CONFIG_DM_VIDEO without CONFIG_DM_GPIO; so far, none do, but soon a QEMU
board may.
Signed-off-by: Asherah Connor <ashe@kivikakk.ee>
This PWM is used in rk3399-gru-bob and rk3399-gru-kevin to control
the display brightness. We can only change the duty cycle, so on
set_config() we just try to match the duty cycle that dividing duty_ns
by period_ns gives us. To disable, we set the duty cycle to zero while
keeping the old value for when we want to re-enable it.
The cros_ec_set_pwm_duty() function is taken from Depthcharge's
cros_ec_set_bl_pwm_duty() but modified to use the generic pwm type.
The driver itself is very loosely based on rk_pwm.c for the general pwm
driver structure.
The devicetree binding file is from Linux, before it was converted to
YAML at 5df5a577a6b4 ("dt-bindings: pwm: Convert google,cros-ec-pwm.txt
to YAML format") in their repo.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The PWM device provided by Chrome OS EC doesn't really support anything
other than setting a relative duty cycle. To support it as a backlight,
this patch makes the PWM period optional in the device tree and pretends
the valid brightness range is its period_ns.
Also adds a sandbox test for a PWM channel that has a fixed period,
checking that the resulting duty_cycle matches on a set_config() even if
the requested period_ns can't be set.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove them. As the P5020 is the last ARCH_P5020 platform, remove that
support as well.
Cc: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC, along with other
DM conversions, by the deadline. Remove them.
Cc: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC, along with other
DM conversions, by the deadline. Remove them.
Cc: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Ilya Yanok <yanok@emcraft.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it. It is also the only ARCH_T2081 board so remove that support
as well.
Cc: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@nxp.com>
Cc: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Jason Liu <jason.hui.liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove them.
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Thomas Weber <weber@corscience.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM by the deadline.
Remove them.
Cc: Steve Rae <steve.rae@raedomain.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Erik van Luijk <evanluijk@interact.nl>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Eddy Petrișor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The mvsata_ide driver was due for DM conversion by v2019.07. As that
has long passed, remove the driver and disable it in the boards which
had enabled it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board relies on using CONFIG_LIBATA but does not enable CONFIG_AHCI. The
deadline for this conversion was the v2019.07 release. The use of CONFIG_AHCI
requires CONFIG_DM. The deadline for this conversion was v2020.01. Remove
this board.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board relies on using CONFIG_LIBATA but does not enable CONFIG_AHCI. The
deadline for this conversion was the v2019.07 release. In order to
convert to using the DWC SATA driver under DM further migrations are
required.
Cc: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
This board relies on using CONFIG_LIBATA but does not enable CONFIG_AHCI. The
deadline for this conversion was the v2019.07 release. The use of CONFIG_AHCI
requires CONFIG_DM. The deadline for this conversion was v2020.01. Remove
this board.
Cc: Akshay Bhat <akshaybhat@timesys.com>
Cc: Ken Lin <Ken.Lin@advantech.com.tw>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The dwc ahsata driver is written such that CONFIG_BLK must be enabled,
add this as a dependency in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable the AHCI and BLK features to complete migration of various
drivers.
Cc: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Although ptr arithmetics are allowed with extensions in gcc, they
are not allowed by the C spec. So switch to (void *)(uintptr_t) instead
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Show short arguments along with long arguments in online help:
$ tools/mkeficapsule -h
Usage: mkeficapsule [options] <output file>
Options:
-f, --fit <fit image> new FIT image file
-r, --raw <raw image> new raw image file
-i, --index <index> update image index
-I, --instance <instance> update hardware instance
-K, --public-key <key file> public key esl file
-D, --dtb <dtb file> dtb file
-O, --overlay the dtb file is an overlay
-h, --help print a help message
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Fix the build warning when building for 32 bit systems by using the
length modifier for size_t.
lib/efi_loader/efi_esrt.c: In function ‘efi_esrt_populate’:
include/efi_loader.h:126:8: warning: format ‘%ld’ expects argument of type ‘long int’, but argument 8 has type ‘size_t’ {aka ‘unsigned int’} [-Wformat=]
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Enable building of the crypto helper functions used during capsule
authentication by selecting IMAGE_SIGN_INFO.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
* UEFI spec 2.9 introduced a new memory type EFI_UNACCEPTED_MEMORY_TYPE.
Add it to enum EFI_MEMORY_TYPE.
* Add missing EFI_MEMORY_CPU_CRYPTO constant
* Improve description of EFI_PERSISTENT_MEMORY_TYPE
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Replace static function efi_get_device_handle_info() by a simplified
function efi_get_device_path_text() avoiding EFI_CALL().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Since that invlolves external projects and not only U-Boot, add guidance
for supported platforms
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Avoid 'make htmldocs' build warnings:
./include/linker_lists.h:224: warning:
Function parameter or member '_type' not described in 'll_entry_ref'
./include/linker_lists.h:224: warning:
Function parameter or member '_name' not described in 'll_entry_ref'
./include/linker_lists.h:224: warning:
Function parameter or member '_list' not described in 'll_entry_ref'
Fixes: 851144350b ("linker_lists: Allow use in data structures")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
* Avoid a warning: "Incorrect use of kernel-doc format".
* Remove duplicate text.
* Clarify usage of EFI_SETTING_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_MAP.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Up to now file_fat_detectfs() did not detect some interface types like
EFI, HOST, VIRTIO.
Avoid duplicate code by calling blk_get_if_type_name().
The interface type now will be shown in lower case to match all other use
cases.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_var() is defined statically in efi_bootmgr.c and doesn't properly
check a buffer allocation. Remove it completely and use the exported
function from efi_var_common.c that does the same thing
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Document the command line options for efidebug and initrd loading
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Rewiewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In order to ensure that the VOP registers are in correct state,
add missing support for the VOP reset lines found in the device-tree
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Patard <arnaud.patard@rtp-net.org>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
In order to ensure that the eDP registers are in correct state,
add missing support for the eDP reset lines found in the device-tree.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Patard <arnaud.patard@rtp-net.org>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The debug string printing the device name, framebuffer address and of node
is using %lu as format for the framebuffer address, which is not so nice.
Change it to %lx.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Patard <arnaud.patard@rtp-net.org>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
In the code, the default polarity is set to positive/positive,
which is neither normal polarity or inverted polarity. It's
only the hardware default. This leads to booting linux with
wrong polarity setting.
Update the code to use PWM_DUTY_POSTIVE | PWM_INACTIVE_NEGATIVE
by default instead.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Patard <arnaud.patard@rtp-net.org>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
- uboot rockchip edp code is looking for a rockchip,panel property
for the edp dts node, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Patard <arnaud.patard@rtp-net.org>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
When booting with EFI and graphics, the memory used for framebuffer
has to be reserved, otherwise it may leads to kernel memory
overwrite.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Patard <arnaud.patard@rtp-net.org>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The linux code is setting polarity configuration to 3 but
uboot code is setting it to 1. Change the configuration to match the
linux configuration
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Patard <arnaud.patard@rtp-net.org>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
According to linux commit "drm/rockchip: analogix_dp: add rk3399 eDP
support" (82872e42bb1501dd9e60ca430f4bae45a469aa64), rk3288 and rk3399
eDP IPs are nearly the same, the difference is in the grf register
(SOC_CON6 versus SOC_CON20). So, change the code to use the right
register on each IP.
The clocks don't seem to be the same, the eDP clock is not at index 1
on rk3399, so don't try changing the clock at index 1 to rate 0 on
rk3399.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Patard <arnaud.patard@rtp-net.org>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The current code is using an hard coded enum and the of node reg value of
endpoint to find out if the endpoint is mipi/hdmi/lvds/edp/dp. The order
is different between rk3288, rk3399 vop little, rk3399 vop big.
A possible solution would be to make sure that the rk3288.dtsi and
rk3399.dtsi files have "expected" reg value or an other solution is
to find the kind of endpoint by comparing the endpoint compatible value.
This patch is implementing the more flexible second solution.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Patard <arnaud.patard@rtp-net.org>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Add rt-thread art-pi board support based on STM32H750 SoC
Add Engicam i.Core STM32MP1 SoM
Add FIP header support for STM32programmer
Update uart number when no serial device found for STM32MP1
Remove board_check_usb_power function when ADC flag is not set
Update SPL size limitation for STM32MP1
Set soc_type, soc_pkg, soc_rev env variables for STM32MP1
Split up get_soc_name(), clean the decoding up a bit, and set up
environment variables which contain the SoC type, package, revision.
This is useful on SoMs, where multiple SoC options are populated.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
A now removed comment promises to "limit SYSRAM usage to first 128 KB".
This would imply that only SYSRAM from 0x2ffc0000 - 0x2ffe0000 would be
used. This is not what happens at all.
First, SPL_MAX_SIZE is referenced from SPL_TEXT_BASE, which on all
existing configs is set to 0x2ffc2500, not SYSRAM_BASE (0x2ffc0000).
Some of it is in the first 128 KiB and some of it is in the second
128 KiB chunk of SYSRAM.
Second, SPL_MAX_SIZE, does not restrict the BSS size. While a valiant
attempt is made via SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE, the value of 0x00100000 is much
larger than SYSRAM, and doesn't account for the non-BSS sections.
Because we're putting the .text and .bss in the same boat, the correct
way to limit them together is via SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT. With the current
SPL_TEXT_BASE, we couldn't limit even a very basic SPL to the first
128 KiB, and there is no technical reason to do so. Because of this,
simply allow the SPL to use all SYSRAM.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR is only used on a few mach- linker scripts.
stm32mp1 uses the generic script under arch/arm/cpu/u-boot-spl.lds,
which does not make use of this definition.
The SPL BSS starts in SRAM, right after .text, .rodata, .data, and
.u_boot_list. A very short version of the STM32MP1 memory map is:
* SYSRAM: 2ffc0000 - 30000000 <- all of SPL is here
* DRAM: c0000000+
0xC0200000 is a DRAM address, and has nothing to do with SPL. It is
just very misleading to have it next to CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE, or to
have it at all.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Since commit 03f1f78a9b ("spl: fit: Prefer a malloc()'d buffer for
loading images"), FIT images must be malloc()'d before being loaded.
The old size of 1 MiB is suitable for FIT images with u-boot and an
FDT, but something containing a linux kernel is almost sure to fail.
It's safe to extend malloc all the way to 0xc2000000, but no further.
Linux likes to be loaded at 0xc2000000, so we use that as our cutoff
point. This gives us 29 MiB of malloc() space, which suited for more
complex FIT images including several DTBs, kernel, and OP-TEE images.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Simplify the code of the function board_check_usb_power
based in CONFIG_ADC and adc_measurement; the function is removed by the
linker when the CONFIG_ADC is not activated.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Replace the remaining printf in setup_boot_mode() by log macro
to handle filtering for log features.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Align the uart number in the trace of setup_boot_mode() with the name of
the uart/usart device (start at 1) and not with the instance value
(start at 0), i.e. the serial device sequence number and the index in
serial_addr[].
Fixes: f49eb16c17 ("stm32mp: stm32prog: replace alias by serial
device sequence number")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add support of TF-A FIP header in command stm32prog for all the boot
partition and not only the STM32IMAGE.
This patch is a preliminary patch to support FIP as second boot stage
after TF-A BL2 when CONFIG_TFABOOT is activated for trusted boot chain.
The FIP is archive binary loaded by TF-A BL2, which contains the secure OS
= OP-TEE and the non secure firmware and device tree = U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
7" OF is a capacitive touch 7" Open Frame panel solutions with
- 7" AUO B101AW03 LVDS panel
- EDT, FT5526 Touch
MicroGEA STM32MP1 is a STM32MP157A based Micro SoM.
MicroDev 2.0 is a general purpose miniature carrier board with CAN,
LTE and LVDS panel interfaces.
MicroGEA STM32MP1 needs to mount on top of MicroDev 2.0 board with
pluged 7" OF for creating complete MicroGEA STM32MP1 MicroDev 2.0
7" Open Frame Solution board.
Linux dts commit details:
commit <1d278204cbaa> ("ARM: dts: stm32: Add Engicam MicroGEA STM32MP1
MicroDev 2.0 7" OF")
Add support for it.
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
MicroDev 2.0 is a general purpose miniature carrier board with CAN,
LTE and LVDS panel interfaces.
Genaral features:
- Ethernet 10/100
- USB Type A
- Audio Out
- microSD
- LVDS panel connector
- Wifi/BT (option)
- UMTS LTE with sim connector (option)
MicroGEA STM32MP1 is a STM32MP157A based Micro SoM.
MicroGEA STM32MP1 needs to mount on top of this MicroDev 2.0 board
for creating complete MicroGEA STM32MP1 MicroDev 2.0 Carrier board.
Linux dts commit details:
commit <f838dae7afd0> ("ARM: dts: stm32: Add Engicam MicroGEA STM32MP1
MicroDev 2.0 board")
Add support for it.
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
MicroGEA STM32MP1 is a STM32MP157A based Micro SoM.
General features:
- STM32MP157AAC
- Up to 1GB DDR3L-800
- 512MB Nand flash
- I2S
MicroGEA STM32MP1 needs to mount on top of Engicam MicroDev carrier
boards for creating complete platform solutions.
Linux dts commit details:
commit <0be81dfaeaf8> ("ARM: dts: stm32: Add Engicam MicroGEA STM32MP1
SoM")
Add support for it.
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Engicam C.TOUCH 2.0 is an EDIMM compliant general purpose Carrier
board.
Genaral features:
- Ethernet 10/100
- Wifi/BT
- USB Type A/OTG
- Audio Out
- CAN
- LVDS panel connector
i.Core STM32MP1 is an EDIMM SoM based on STM32MP157A from Engicam.
i.Core STM32MP1 needs to mount on top of this Carrier board for
creating complete i.Core STM32MP1 C.TOUCH 2.0 board.
Linux dts commit details:
commit <6ca2898df59f> ("ARM: dts: stm32: Add Engicam i.Core STM32MP1
C.TOUCH 2.0")
Add support for it.
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Engicam EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit is an EDIMM 2.2 Form Factor Capacitive
Evaluation Board.
Genaral features:
- LCD 7" C.Touch
- microSD slot
- Ethernet 1Gb
- Wifi/BT
- 2x LVDS Full HD interfaces
- 3x USB 2.0
- 1x USB 3.0
- HDMI Out
- Mini PCIe
- MIPI CSI
- 2x CAN
- Audio Out
i.Core STM32MP1 is an EDIMM SoM based on STM32MP157A from Engicam.
i.Core STM32MP1 needs to mount on top of this Evaluation board for
creating complete i.Core STM32MP1 EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit.
Linux dts commit details:
commit <adc0496104b6> ("ARM: dts: stm32: Add Engicam i.Core STM32MP1
EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit")
Add support for it.
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
i.Core STM32MP1 is an EDIMM SoM based on STM32MP157A from Engicam.
General features:
- STM32MP157A
- Up to 1GB DDR3L
- 4GB eMMC
- 10/100 Ethernet
- USB 2.0 Host/OTG
- I2S
- MIPI DSI to LVDS
- rest of STM32MP157A features
i.Core STM32MP1 needs to mount on top of Engicam baseboards
for creating complete platform solutions.
Linux commit details:
commit <30f9a9da4ee1> ("ARM: dts: stm32: Add Engicam i.Core STM32MP1
SoM")
Add support for it.
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
strsep will change data from original memory address,
in case the memory is in non-sdram/sram place, will
run into a bug(hang at SDRAM: )
just add a temporary array to store bank_name[] to fix this
bug.
Signed-off-by: dillon min <dillon.minfei@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This patchset has following changes:
- introduce stm32h750.dtsi to support stm32h750 value line
- add pin groups for usart3/uart4/spi1/sdmmc2
- add stm32h750i-art-pi.dtb (arch/arm/boot/dts/Makefile)
- add stm32h750i-art-pi.dts to support art-pi board
- add stm32h750i-art-pi-u-boot.dtsi to support art-pi board (u-boot)
art-pi board component:
- 8MiB qspi flash
- 16MiB spi flash
- 32MiB sdram
- ap6212 wifi&bt&fm
the detail board information can be found at:
https://art-pi.gitee.io/website/
Signed-off-by: dillon min <dillon.minfei@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Some instances are missing in current support of stm32h743 MCU. This commit
adds usart3/uart4 and sdmmc2 support.
Signed-off-by: dillon min <dillon.minfei@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This patch is intend to add support stm32h750 value line,
just add stm32h7-pinctrl.dtsi for extending, with following changes:
- rename stm32h743-pinctrl.dtsi to stm32h7-pinctrl.dtsi
- move 'pin-controller' from stm32h7-pinctrl.dtsi to stm32h743.dtsi
- update stm32h743i-{disco, eval}.dts to include stm32h7-pinctrl.dtsi
Signed-off-by: dillon min <dillon.minfei@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
As different boards has their own sdram hw connection, mount different
sdram modules, so move sdram timing parameter and pin configuration
to their board device tree.
Signed-off-by: dillon min <dillon.minfei@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This reverts the arch/arm/mach-imx/imx_bootaux.c changes of commit
805b3cac1e. The loader function name was changed so that it does
not clash with the generically available function in lib/elf.c.
imx-bootaux loads an elf file linked for an auxilary core. Thus the
loader function requires address translation from the auxilary core's
address space to where those are mapped into U-Boot's address space.
So the elf loader is specific and must not be replaced with a generic
loader which doesn't provide the address translation functionality.
Fixes commit 805b3cac1e ("lib: elf: Move the generic elf
loading/validating functions to lib")
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Pass "pfuze3000@8" in pmic_get() so that the PMIC node can
be found in the devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Some board like imx8mm-evkb, IO voltage switch from 3.3v to 1.8v need
around 18ms, common code only delay 10ms, so need to delay extra 8ms.
Otherwise voltage switch will timeout when wait for data0 line.
This IO voltage switch time depends on board design, depend on the
PMIC and capacitance. imx8mm-evkb board use PCA9450(PMIC) and 10uF
capacitance.
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
Common code already handle the voltage switch sequence based on spec,
so remove the redundant voltage switch code.
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
sel_input value for the following uart5 pins is
different between i.MX6UL and i.MX6ULL:
MX6_PAD_UART5_TX_DATA__UART5_DTE_RX
MX6_PAD_UART5_RX_DATA__UART5_DCE_RX
MX6_PAD_ENET1_RX_EN__UART5_DCE_RTS
MX6_PAD_ENET1_TX_DATA0__UART5_DTE_RTS
MX6_PAD_CSI_DATA02__UART5_DCE_RTS
As sel_input value for the second one is fixed by
the previous commit, fix the rest.
Signed-off-by: Yuichiro Goto <goto@k-tech.co.jp>
Document SRC_GPR10 PERSIST_SECONDARY_BOOT functionality. This is useful for
reliable bootloader A/B updates, as it permits switching between two copies
of bootloader at different offsets of the same storage. The switch happens
in case one copy is corrupted OR can be enforced by user. This functionality
is present at least since i.MX53, however is poorly documented in all known
SoC datasheets, hence this document aims to clarify the usage, currently on
i.MX7D and i.MX8MM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # Original MX7D work, this document
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io> # All the MX8M work
Cc: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Cc: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io>
Cc: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Cc: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enabled "fsl,legacy-bch-geometry" in U-Boot device tree overlay
to match the legacy BCH geometry layout, which mainline Linux
applies when "fsl,use-minimum-ecc" is not specified in the device
tree.
Reinstated SYS_NAND_ONFI_DETECTION, which when disabled, masked
the mismatch on SOMs with Winbond NAND flash chips.
Signed-off-by: Niel Fourie <lusus@denx.de>
Convert the Olimex Olinuxino board's support for MMC to driver model following
Fabio Estevam's excellent example from:
commit: 23013aa961:
mx23evk: Convert to driver model
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Add the dts file for the Olimex Olinuxino from the linux kernel, and enable
its use in this machine's defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
For FSL_USDHC, it do not implement VENDORSPEC_CKEN/PEREN/HCKEN/IPGEN, these
are reserved bits. Instead, use VENDORSPEC_FRC_SDCLK_ON to gate on/off the
card clock output.
After commit b5874b552f ("mmc: fsl_esdhc_imx: add wait_dat0() support"),
we meet SD3.0 card can't work at UHS mode, mmc_switch_voltage() fail because
the second mmc_wait_dat0 return -ETIMEDOUT. According to SD spec, during
voltage switch, need to gate off/on the card clock. If not set the FRC_SDCLK_ON,
after CMD11, hardware will gate off the card clock automatically, so card do
not detect the clock off/on behavior, so will draw the data0 line low until
next command.
Fixes: b5874b552f ("mmc: fsl_esdhc_imx: add wait_dat0() support")
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
Enable DM block, DM MMC and DM SATA support on iMX6 Udoo
convert board code to match the DM support.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
It doesn't make much sense to have two separate configs for
the riotboard so let's merge the SPL config into the main one
for less duplication.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Cc: "Eric Bénard" <eric@eukrea.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
While initializing dram in spl_dram_init(), mdelay() is called that in
order calls get_ticks() that verifies if timer exists, if doesn't, it
throws a panic(), but since preloader_console_init() has still not been
called those panic()s will fail. This doesn't help debugging, so let's
setup console before calling spl_dram_init() by moving it after
spl_dram_init().
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
While initializing dram in spl_dram_init(), mdelay() is called that in
order calls get_ticks() that verifies if timer exists, if doesn't, it
throws a panic(), but since preloader_console_init() has still not been
called those panic()s will fail. This doesn't help debugging, so let's
setup console before calling spl_dram_init() by moving it after
spl_dram_init().
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
While initializing dram in spl_dram_init(), mdelay() is called that in
order calls get_ticks() that verifies if timer exists, if doesn't, it
throws a panic(), but since preloader_console_init() has still not been
called those panic()s will fail. This doesn't help debugging, so let's
setup console before calling spl_dram_init() by moving it after
spl_dram_init().
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Fix an URL for downloading the SCFW binary for an Apalis iMX8X
and improve u-boot image build instructions.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Since Toradex provides the full set of overlays for Linux kernel
for display interfaces for both Apalis iMX6Q and Colibri iMX6DL
modules, the video= settings are obsolete. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
All the other boards have tdxargs specified for setting manual kernel
command-line arguments. Add them also to NAND-based boards.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
commit 03f1f78a9b ("spl: fit: Prefer a malloc()'d buffer for loading images")'
changed the way buffer allocation worked for SPL to a more flexible
method.
For venice this caused breakage that is resolved by increasing the size
of CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE as the current FIT slighly exceeds 512KiB.
Additionally remove the unnecessary comment on CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
and CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE as the size is obvious from the define.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
use dm_i2c_probe instead of i2c_get_chip which appears to be more
reliable.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Enable driver model for MTD and NAND support allowing us to remove
the iomux, init, and most of the static configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Enable driver model support for MMC and SATA.
Note that DM_MMC requires aliases for your mmc devices so
they are added to the dts. Linux does not support enumerating mmc
devices by alias so these are not present in the Linux dts.
Note that we still need board_mmc_init() and board_mmc_getcd() for
not DM SPL to support MMC.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Enable dm support for USB (which also requires dm support for fixed
regulators used for vbus enable) and remove usb iomux which is no
longer needed.
We can remove the handling of otgpwr_en gpio as this is defined in
dt as usbotg vbus-supply but we need to keep the handling of
USB_HUB_RST# for boards that have a USB HUB as that isn't defined in
the dt's currently.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Once the IMX6 pinctrl driver is added UART is fully using driver mode
so we no longer need to config and initialize it.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
In preparation for dm conversion convert to OF_CONTROL by adding FIT image
support and multi dtb.
Add a board_fit_config_name_match to match the dtb based off of EEPROM
model.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The fsl-usb dt bindings in Linux default dr_mode to 'host' for
backward compatibility however U-Boot prints an error if
this property does not exist. Declare it in the Gateworks
Ventana device-trees to avoid the error.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Add a weak nand_get_mtd function for nand drivers to provide mtd info
and use this to set pagesize such that reading of non page-aligned
elements can succeed.
The spl_load_simple_fit already handles block block access so all we
need to do is provide the nand writesize as the block length.
Further cleanup of the drivers which use nand_spl_loaders.c such as
am335x_spl_bch.c, atmel_nand.c, and nand_spl_simple.c could be done
using info from mtd_info instead of statically defined details.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
commit 9f6a14c47f ("spl: fit: nand: fix fit loading in case of bad blocks")
added support for adjusting the image offset to account for bad blocks.
However this requires nand_spl_adjust_offset() which requires fully defined
specifics of the NAND chip being used may not be avialable.
Allow skipping this support for drivers or configs which don't specify
the NAND chip details statically with defines.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The OCRAM_S is regular memory, just like the OCRAM, add it to the MMU
tables so it can be used and cached.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Previous patch "MLK-18044-4: crypto: caam: Fix pointer size to 32bit
for i.MX8M" breaks the 64 bits CAAM.
Since i.MX CAAM are all 32 bits no matter the ARM arch (32 or 64),
to adapt and not break 64 bits CAAM support, add a new config
CONFIG_CAAM_64BIT and new relevant type "caam_dma_addr_t".
This config is default enabled when CONFIG_PHYS_64BIT is set except
for iMX8M.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horia Geantă <horia.geanta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The signature is generated using manufacturing protection private key.
Fix typo in fsl_mfgprot.c.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add DEK encapsulation support for imx8. The DEK blob is generated by the
SECO through the SCFW API.
Signed-off-by: Clement Faure <clement.faure@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add DEK blob encapsulation support for IMX8M through "dek_blob" command.
On ARMv8, u-boot runs in non-secure, thus cannot encapsulate a DEK blob
for encrypted boot.
The DEK blob is encapsulated by OP-TEE through a trusted application call.
U-boot sends and receives the DEK and the DEK blob binaries through OP-TEE
dynamic shared memory.
To enable the DEK blob encapsulation, add to the defconfig:
CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT=y
CONFIG_FAT_WRITE=y
CONFIG_CMD_DEKBLOB=y
Signed-off-by: Clement Faure <clement.faure@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
It is highly recommended to set the PRIBLOB bitfield to 0x3 once your
encrypted boot image has booted up, this prevents the generation of new
blobs that can be used to decrypt an encrypted boot image. The PRIBLOB is
a sticky type bit and cannot be changed until the next power on reset.
Add the set_priblob_bitfield U-Boot command to prevent the generation of
new blobs.
Signed-off-by: Clement Le Marquis <clement.lemarquis@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Ye Li <Ye.Li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
- Add Armada 38x RTC driver (Marek)
- turris_omnia: Misc updates (enable RTC and other cmds) (Marek)
- ds414: Misc updates (enable XHCI_PCI USB support etc) (Phil)
- Convert MVEBU MMC driver to DM (Harm)
- kirkwood: Misc updates and cleanups to some boards (Harm)
Add signature with crc32 value for all images in binman node for FIT
image in device tree. And, enable FIT signature checking for Stratix10
and Agilex ATF and VAB sdmmc boot.
Signed-off-by: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Changed to store QSPI reference clock in kHz instead of Hz in
boot scratch cold0 register for Stratix10 and Agilex.
This patch is in preparation for Intel N5X SDRAM driver
support. Reserved 4 bits for Intel N5X SDRAM driver,
and there will be 28 bits to store QSPI reference clock.
Due to limited bits, QSPI reference clock frequency is
converted to kHz from Hz.
Signed-off-by: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Restructure Stratix10 and Agilex handoff code to used by
all SOC64 devices, in preparation to support handoff for
Diamond Mesa.
Remove wrap_pinmux_config_s10.c. Add wrap_handoff_soc64.c
which contains the generic function to parse the handoff
data.
Update system_manager_soc64.c to use generic handoff
function in wrap_handoff_soc64.c.
Signed-off-by: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Rearrange sequence of macros in handoff_soc64.h without any functionality
change. In preparation for Stratix10 and Agilex handoff function
restructuring.
Signed-off-by: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Move Stratix10 and Agilex SPL common code to spl_soc64.c.
We are in preparation for new n5x device support.
No functional change in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
The uart nodes already provide <clocks> property for the driver to
dynamically calculate the correct clock frequency. There is no need
to keep the hard-coded <clock-frequency> property.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Tested-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
The RISC-V architecture default value of CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
(0x1000) would not provide enough memory for devices like mpfs
clock and ns16550 serial to bind well before relocation.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Tested-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Linux kernel commit a2770b57d083 ("dt-bindings: timer: Add CLINT bindings")
adds the official DT bindings for CLINT, which uses "sifive,clint0"
as the compatible string. "riscv,clint0" is now legacy and has to
be kept for backward compatibility of legacy systems.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Provide optimized versions of memcpy(), memmove(), memset() copied from
the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Provide a unit test for the longjmp() library function
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
The value returned by setjmp must be nonzero. If zero is passed as
parameter it must be replaced by 1.
This patch reduces the code size a bit.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
In preparation to add SiFive Unmatched board support, let's rename
the existing fu540 board to unleashed.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
* enable storing the environment in the SPI flash
* enable EXT4 and FAT file system
* enable hush shell
* run k210_bootcmd as default boot command
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
This adds the necessary bindings. Most of them are already there.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The clock subsystem requires that clk_free be called on clocks obtained via
clk_get_*.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is preferred over #if because the compiler can check syntax even if
the feature is disabled. This cannot be used for CONFIG_CLK because
CONFIG_DW_WDT_CLOCK_KHZ is not defined on all platforms.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
log_2_n_round_up is only found in arm. fls performs the same job and is
generic.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In i.MX8M platforms the secure memory block has a newer version
than those used in i.MX6/7 platforms, this patch update the driver
to use the correct registers offsets.
Signed-off-by: Aymen Sghaier <aymen.sghaier@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The CAAM block used in i.MX8M is 32 bits address size but when the flag
PHYS_64BIT is enabled for armv8, the CAAM driver will try to use a
wrong pointer size.
This patch fixes this issue.
Signed-off-by: Aymen Sghaier <aymen.sghaier@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enabling CAAM driver for i.MX8M platforms, a 64 bits architecture,
lead to casting warnings: from/to pointer to/from integer with
different size. This patch fix these warnings
Signed-off-by: Aymen Sghaier <aymen.sghaier@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
U-Boot can instantiate CAAM RNG if needed by crypto operations.
Call sec_init() prior running a blob operation to ensure
RNG is correctly instantiated.
Make sure CAAM clock is enabled and check if a job ring is
available for that operation.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In order to build CMD_BLOB on i.MX CAAM supported devices it's
necessary to select IMX_HAB. Add IMX_HAB and CAAM supported
SoCs as dependency.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since commit 8891410c729b ("MLK-19848 mx6dq: Fix chip version issue for
rev1.3") it's not possible to call the HAB API functions on i.MX6DQ
SoC Rev 1.3:
Authenticate image from DDR location 0x12000000...
undefined instruction
pc : [<412c00dc>] lr : [<8ff560bc>]
reloc pc : [<c8b6d0dc>] lr : [<178030bc>]
sp : 8ef444a8 ip : 126e8068 fp : 8ff59aa8
r10: 8ffd51e4 r9 : 8ef50eb0 r8 : 006e8000
r7 : 00000000 r6 : 126ea01f r5 : 0000002b r4 : 126e8000
r3 : 412c00dd r2 : 00000001 r1 : 00000001 r0 : 00000063
Flags: nzCv IRQs off FIQs off Mode SVC_32
Resetting CPU ...
resetting ...
The hab.h code is defining the HAB API base address according to the
old SoC revision number, thus failing when calling the HAB API
authenticate_image() function.
Fix this issue by using mx6dq rev 1.3 instead of mx6dq rev 1.5.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since cmd_dek is using CAAM JR, so enable the CMD_DEK only when
HAS_CAAM is set
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add some SOC level codes and build configurations to use HAB lib for
CONFIG_IMX_HAB (secure boot), like adding the SEC_CONFIG fuse, enable
fuse driver, CAAM clock function, and add CAAM secure RAM to MMU table.
The FSL_CAAM is temporally not enabled for iMX8M when CONFIG_IMX_HAB is set,
because we don't need the CAAM driver for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The blob command is not working on i.MX7D, i.MX8MQ and i.MX8MM
devices.
Due to different cache management it's necessary to flush dcache
range for destination address so data can be available in memory.
Add necessary operations in blob_encap() and blob_decap() functions.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The imx8mm has changed the address of rvt_hab, use new address for imx8mm.
The authentication procedure is same as imx8mq. In u-boot, the authentication
uses SIP call to trap ATF to run HAB authenticate.
Users need to add CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT=y to defconfig to enable the feature.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When building 32-bit targets with CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT and DEBUG enabled
the following warnings are displayed:
arch/arm/mach-imx/hab.c:840:41: warning: format '%lx' expects argument \
of type 'long unsigned int', but argument 3 has type 'uint32_t \
{aka unsigned int}' [-Wformat=]
printf("HAB check target 0x%08x-0x%08lx fail\n",
~~~~^
%08x
ddr_start, ddr_start + bytes);
arch/arm/mach-imx/hab.c:845:45: warning: format '%x' expects argument \
of type 'unsigned int', but argument 3 has type 'ulong \
{aka long unsigned int}' [-Wformat=]
printf("\nivt_offset = 0x%x, ivt addr = 0x%x\n", ivt_offset, ivt_addr);
~^
%lx
Fix warnings by providing the correct data type.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When booting in low power or dual boot modes the M4 binary is
authenticated by the M4 ROM code.
Add an option in hab_status command so users can retrieve M4 HAB
failure and warning events.
=> hab_status m4
Secure boot disabled
HAB Configuration: 0xf0, HAB State: 0x66
No HAB Events Found!
Add command documentation in mx6_mx7_secure_boot.txt guide.
As HAB M4 API cannot be called from A7 core the code is parsing
the M4 HAB persistent memory region. The HAB persistent memory
stores HAB events, public keys and others HAB related information.
The HAB persistent memory region addresses and sizes can be found
in AN12263 "HABv4 RVT Guidelines and Recommendations".
Reviewed-by: Utkarsh Gupta <utkarsh.gupta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The HABv4 implementation in ROM checks if HAB major version
in IVT header is 4.x.
The current implementation in hab.c code is only validating
HAB v4.0 and HAB v4.1 and may be incompatible with newer
HABv4 versions.
Modify verify_ivt_header() function to align with HABv4
implementation in ROM code.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add ability for hab_status command to show All HAB events and not just
HAB failure events
Signed-off-by: Utkarsh Gupta <utkarsh.gupta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Currently it's not possible to authenticate additional boot images in HAB
open configuration.
The hab.c code is checking if the SEC_CONFIG[1] fuse is programmed prior
to calling the hab_authenticate_image() API function. Users cannot check
if their additional boot images has been correctly signed prior to closing
their device.
Enable hab.c to authenticate additional boot images in open mode so HAB
events can be retrieved through get_hab_status() function.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Modify to use hab_rvt_failsafe function for failsafe ROM API, not
directly call its ROM address. This function will wrap the sip call for iMX8M
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Calling csf_is_valid() with an un-signed image may lead to data abort
as the CSF pointer could be pointing to a garbage address when accessed
in HAB_HDR_LEN(*(const struct hab_hdr *)(ulong)ivt_initial->csf).
Authenticate image from DDR location 0x80800000...
Check CSF for Write Data command before authenticating image
data abort
pc : [<fff5494c>] lr : [<fff54910>]
reloc pc : [<8780294c>] lr : [<87802910>]
sp : fdf45dc8 ip : 00000214 fp : 00000000
r10: fffb6170 r9 : fdf4fec0 r8 : 00722020
r7 : 80f20000 r6 : 80800000 r5 : 80800000 r4 : 00720000
r3 : 17a5aca3 r2 : 00000000 r1 : 80f2201f r0 : 00000019
Flags: NzcV IRQs off FIQs off Mode SVC_32
Resetting CPU ...
resetting ...
To avoid such errors during authentication process, validate IVT structure
by calling validate_ivt function which checks the following values in an IVT:
IVT_HEADER = 0x4X2000D1
ENTRY != 0x0
RES1 = 0x0
DCD = 0x0 /* Recommended */
SELF != 0x0 /* Absoulute address of IVT */
CSF != 0x0
RES2 = 0x0
This commit also checks if Image's start address is 4 byte aligned.
commit "0088d127 MLK-14945 HAB: Check if IVT valid before authenticating image"
removed as this patch addresses the issue.
Signed-off-by: Utkarsh Gupta <utkarsh.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
There are some changes to support ARM64 i.MX8M platform in this patches:
1. The hab_rvt base and function vectors are different as i.MX6/7
2. Need to bypass an workaround for i.MX6 to fix problem in MMU.
3. The x18 register needed save & restore before calling any HAB API. According
to ARM procedure call spec, the x18 is caller saved when it is used as
temporary register. So calling HAB API may scratch this register, and
cause crash once accessing the gd pointer.
On ARMv7, the r9 is callee saved when it is used as variable register. So
no need to save & restore it.
4. Add SEC_CONFIG fuse for iMX8M
When current EL is not EL3, the direct calling to HAB will fail because
CAAM/SNVS can't initialize at non-secure mode. In this case, we use
SIP call to run the HAB in ATF.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When loading kernel image, the image size is parsed from header, so it
does not include the CSF and IVT.
Add back the authenticate_image function to wrap the imx_hab_authenticate_image
with calculating IVT offset and full image size.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Prior instantiating RNG we have to ensure if the CAAM job rings are
available. Avoid hardcoded job ring max size and use the definition at
fsl_sec.h
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Prior calling sec_in32() we have to ensure CAAM clock is enabled, the
function sec_in32() is reading CAAM registers and if CAAM clock is disabled
the system will hang.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The CAAM output ring size register offset is currently defined in fsl_sec.h
as FSL_CAAM_ORSR_JRa_OFFSET, use this definition to avoid hardcoded value in
i.MX common code.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This code was originally developed by Raul Cardenas <raul.casas@nxp.com>
and modified to be applied in U-Boot imx_v2017.03.
More information about the initial submission can be seen
in the link below:
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2016-February/245273.html
i.MX7D has an a protection feature for Manufacturing process.
This feature uses asymmetric encryption to sign and verify
authenticated software handled between parties. This command
enables the use of such feature.
The private key is unique and generated once per device.
And it is stored in secure memory and only accessible by CAAM.
Therefore, the public key generation and signature functions
are the only functions available for the user.
The manufacturing-protection authentication process can be used to
authenticate the chip to the OEM's server.
Command usage:
Print the public key for the device.
- mfgprot pubk
Generates Signature over given data.
- mfgprot sign <data_address> <data_size>
Signed-off-by: Raul Ulises Cardenas <raul.casas@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Both i.MX8MQ B1 and B2 should use default LPDDR4 script, while B0
has another dedicated script.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX8MQ B2 also has fixed value in OCOTP_READ_FUSE_DATA register,
so it does not support "fuse sense" command like B1.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX8MQ B2 is using same value in OCOTP_READ_FUSE_DATA like B1, so
we have to check the ROM verision to distinguish the revision.
As we have checked the B1 rev for sticky bits work around in
secure boot. So it won't apply on B2.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The value of Unique ID in uboot and kernel is different for iMX8MP:
serial#=02e1444a0002aaff
root@imx8mpevk:/sys/devices/soc0# cat soc_uid
D699300002E1444A
The reason is that Fuse Addresses of Unique ID of iMX8MP are 0x420 and
0x430.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Users reported LPDDR4 MR12 value is set to 0 during PHY training,
not the value from FSP timing structure, which cause compliance test failed.
The root cause is the CATrainOpt[0] is set to 1 in 2D FSP timing
but not set in 1D. According to PHY training application node,
to enable the feature both 1D and 2D need set this field to 1,
otherwise the training result will be incorrect.
The PHY training doc also recommends to set CATrainOpt[0] to 0 to use
MR12 value from message block (FSP structure). So update the LPDDR4
scripts of all mscale to clear CATrainOpt[0].
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
For dual core and single core iMX8M parts, the thermal node and PMU node
in kernel DTB also needs update to remove the refers to deleted core nodes.
Otherwise both driver will fail to work.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
There are 3 part numbers for 11x11 i.MX8MNano with different core number
configuration: UltraLite Quad/Dual/Solo
Comparing with i.MX8MN Lite parts, they have MIPI DSI disabled. So
checking the MIPI DSI disable fuse to recognize these parts.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add dedicated defconfigs for iMX8MN low drive mode which set the VDD_SOC
and VDD_DRAM to 0.8v, DDR at 1600MTS (800Mhz clock) and GPU at 200Mhz.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add support for iMX8MN LPDDR4 EVK board which uses 2GB LPDDR4 and
PCA9450B PMIC.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Currently PCA9450 might have address 0x25 or 0x35, so let user
choose the address.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
On i.MX8MN, we can only support DLL-ON mode only, so update the timing
to support 2400mts & 1066mts setpoint.
Signed-off-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
There is a frequency/timing limitation for SOC and ARM, if SOC is OD
voltage/OD freq, then ARM can't run at ND voltage/1.2Ghz, it may have
timing risk from SOC to ARM.
Current VDD_SOC is set to 0.95v OD voltage in SPL, and kernel will
increase bus clocks to OD frequency before it increases ARM voltage.
So to conform to the limitation, we'd better increases VDD_ARM to OD
voltage in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
VDD SOC normal run changed to 0.85V
LPDDR4 freq0 change from 4000MTS to 2400MTS
Signed-off-by: haidong.zheng <haidong.zheng@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Use more safer refresh time value for 6GB LPDDR4 on this EVK board.
Update the parameters for every frequency point.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
After switching to new LPDDR4 firmware 202006 version, have to
update the LPDDR4 timing accordingly from RPA tool.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Sherry Sun <sherry.sun@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add inline ECC support for lpddr4 on imx8mp-evk. And add a config which
can enable/disable inline ECC feature for lpddr4 on imx8mp-evk board.
Signed-off-by: Sherry Sun <sherry.sun@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Fix the warning by set the variable zero to uint64_t
"warning: ‘write’ reading 5 bytes from a region of size 4"
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The non-dm MMC driver has been converted to the driver model. The
sheevaplug was using the non-dm driver and this commit enables the new
driver.
Signed-off-by: Harm Berntsen <harm.berntsen@nedap.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CC: Prafulla Wadaskar <prafulla@marvell.com>
CC: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Unfortunately this board has no DM support at all. We are also way past
the deadline for driver model support for various devices on this board.
Signed-off-by: Harm Berntsen <harm.berntsen@nedap.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CC: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Call 'run update_uboot' to fetch u-boot-spl.kwb via TFTP and write it
into the correct SPI flash location. The latter's size is defined in
DS414's DTB file, so hard-coding it should be acceptable here.
Take care to not append garbage from RAM to the written image and to
stay within assigned flash boundaries even if an oversized image was
fetched.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Define a misc_init_r() which calls "syno populate_env" if the
environment seems incomplete (or default), indicated by missing
"ethaddr" variable. With this in place, no random MAC address fallback
is needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Move the relevant bits from ds109.{c,h} into common/ and adjust the code
to fit both DS109 and DS414. Moreover:
* Introduce syno_board_id() which translates CONFIG_MACH_TYPE into the
expected board ID tag value.
* Properly initialize isusbhost, mac and mtu fields from env variables.
* Set the right bootargs/bootcmd to correctly boot legacy kernel out of
the (DS414) box. Getting the ramdisk location right is a bit tedious.
Cc: Walter Schweizer <swwa@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
With the recent fixes in pci_mvebu and xhci-pci drivers, the two rear
USB3 ports are finally usable and accessing them no longer hangs the
system.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Version 0.9 of OpenSBI provides the system reset extension which allows us
to reset and power off boards without board specific code.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The latest versions of pygit2 are not available in practically any
distribution at this time. Furthermore, we don't need the latest in
order to run all of our testsuites. Reduce this version requirement to
something older that meets our needs while still supporting running our
tests on older hosts (and so, test labs).
Reported-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Given the structure of our current GitLab tests, we don't make real use
of the tags. Furthermore, these tags prevent the automatic usage of the
default GitLab runners. Remove these tags.
Reported-by: Roger Meier <r.meier@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that there is a single SuperH platform, rework the Azure job
slightly. Azure build time limits mean that we need to split the world
build up still. Make a single build job for the single Renesas SuperH
platform as well as all of the ARM platforms from Renesas.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The function jffs2_1pass_read_inode() was discarding the summary
inodes and dirent because the value in datacrc flag wasn't
initialized in function jffs2_sum_process_sum_data().
This fix initializes the status of all summary records to indicate
that the CRC needs to be verified when they are loaded.
Before this fix, the behaviors produced by the undefined value of
datacrc was:
- Summary's registries were discarded when 'b->datacrc' is equal
as 'CRC_BAD'.
- Summary's registries were not checked when b->datacrc differs of
'CRC_BAD' and 'CRC_UNKNOWN'
So, almost all of the time the crc just isn't checked, and in some
cases the registries are discarded.
Signed-off-by: Wagner Popov dos Santos <wpopov@gmail.com>
Fixes address violation in functions read_nand_cached() and
read_onenand_cached(). This happens because these functions
try to read a fixed amount
of data even when the offset+length
is above the nand's limit.
Signed-off-by: Wagner Popov dos Santos <wpopov@gmail.com>
Update hwpartition usage
Check bootbus's arguments
workaround for erratum A-011334 for fsl_esdhc driver
add pulse width detection workaround for fsl_esdhc driver
Use alias num before checking mmc index when creating device
This change makes debugging a bit easier as the output is better
readable with the added space. The explicit le16_to_cpu() is not
needed in the output. Also this patch moves the strings into one line
to make the patch checkpatch clean.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Accessing the xHCI controller registers should be done via the
xhci_readl/writel functions. This patch adds this to a few missing
places.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add missing endianness conversions to usb_get_port_status(). This
(amongst others) is necessary to enable the use of USB 3 hubs on
big-endian platforms like MIPS Octeon.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use dev_seq() to read aliases node's index and pass it as device number
for creating bulk device.
Suggested-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
First check if there is an alias for the device tree node defined with the
given num before checking against device index.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
HS400 mode on the LS1028A SoC isn't reliable. The linux driver has a
workaroung for the pulse width detection. Apply this workaround in
u-boot, too.
This will make HS400 mode work reliably on the LS1028A SoC.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
LS1028A SoCs are restricted in what divider values are allowed for HS400
mode. This is basically a port from the corresponding linux driver.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
According to Specification, each bit have valid value.
But it doesn't check whether arguments is valid or not.
It has potential bug with arguments passed by wrong value.
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Modified more readable about hwpartition usage.
Because it's difficult to understand how to use its command.
The arguments didn't optional.
mmc hwpartition needs to pass <USER> <GP> <MODE> as arguments.
Description about each arguments what is required is the below:
USER - <user> <enh> <start> <cnt> <wrrel> <{on|off}>
GP - <{gp1|gp2|gp3|gp4}> <cnt> <enh> <wrrel> <{on|off}>
MODE - <{check|set|complete}>
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The static ethernet link type config code is no more needed because now handled by
the meson8b glue driver, delete it.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The ethernet memory power domain is handled by the meson-ee-pwrc driver,
delete the static code.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This adds a proper glue driver for the Designware DWMAC ethernet MAC IP
found in the Amlogic Meson8, GXBB, GXL, GXM, G12A, G12B & SM1 SoCs.
This is aimed to replace the static ethernet link setup found on the board
init code for the Amlogic SoC based boards.
Tested on a libretech-cc (S905x Internal RMII 10/100 PHY) and Khadas VIM3 (A113d
with external 10/100/1000 RGMII PHY) to cover the most extreme setups.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The Amlogic G12A & compatible SoCs embeds a mux to either communicate with
the external PHY or the internal 10/100 PHY.
This adds support for this mux as a MDIO MUX device.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add support for DM_MDIO to connect to PHY and expose a MDIO device for the
internal MDIO bus in order to dynamically connect to MDIO PHYs with DT
with eventual MDIO muxes in between.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add support for MMIO register MDIO muxes based on the Linux mdio-mux-mmioreg driver.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Espressobin had disabled watchdog support (CONFIG_WDT) because older stable
Linux kernel versions (which are used by current stable OpenWRT and Debian
versions) do not have support for Armada 3700 watchdog driver. Therefore
they are not able to periodically kick watchdog so Espressobin enter into
boot loop.
This change enable CONFIG_WDT, CONFIG_WDT_ARMADA_37XX and CONFIG_CMD_WDT
options which add support for U-Boot 'wdt' command. And unset new
CONFIG_WATCHDOG_AUTOSTART option which cause that watchdog is not
automatically started by U-Boot during init phase, like when CONFIG_WDT
option is not set at all.
So with this change, U-Boot on Espressobin would have working 'wdt' command
which can be used from boot scripts (e.g. for enabling watchdog prior new
Linux booting kernel). But default behavior of watchdog status stays
unchanged, U-Boot does not start watchdog on Espressobin during its init
phase.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In some cases it is useful to compile support for U-Boot command 'wdt'
without starting HW watchdog in early U-Boot phase. For example when the
user want to start the watchdog only on demand by some boot script.
This change adds a new compile option WATCHDOG_AUTOSTART to control whether
U-Boot should automatically start the watchdog during init phase or not.
This option is enabled by default as it was the default behavior prior
introducing this new change. When compiling U-Boot users can decide to turn
this option off.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Function wdt_start() may fail. So in initr_watchdog() function check return
value of wdt_start() call and print error message when watchdog starting
failed.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Watchdog is ready after successful call of ops->start() callback in
wdt_start() function. And is stopped after successful call of ops->stop()
callback in wdt_stop function.
So move setting of GD_FLG_WDT_READY flag from initr_watchdog() function to
wdt_start() and ensure that GD_FLG_WDT_READY flag is unset in wdt_stop()
function.
This change ensures that GD_FLG_WDT_READY flag is set only when watchdog is
running. And ensures that flag is also also when watchdog was started not
only by initr_watchdog() call (e.g. by U-Boot 'wdt' command).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We had a problem detecting 8/16bit flash devices connected only via
8bits to the SoC for quite a while. Commit 239cb9d9
[mtd: cfi_flash: Fix CFI flash driver for 8-bit bus support] finally
fixed this 8-bit bus support. But also broke some other boards using
this cfi driver. So this patch had to be reverted.
I spotted a different, simpler approach for this 8-bit bus support
on the barebox mailing list posted by
Oleksij Rempel <bug-track@fisher-privat.net>:
http://www.spinics.net/lists/u-boot-v2/msg14687.html
Here the commit text:
"
Many cfi chips support 16 and 8 bit modes. Most important
difference is use of so called "Q15/A-1" pin. In 16bit mode this
pin is used for data IO. In 8bit mode, it is an address input
which add one more least significant bit (LSB). In this case
we should shift all adresses by one:
For example 0xaa << 1 = 0x154
"
This patch now is a port of this barebox patch to U-Boot.
Along with the change w.r.t from barebox,
Some flash chips can support multiple bus widths, override the
interface width and limit it to the port width.
Tested on 16-bit Spansion flash on sequoia.
Tested 8-bit flashes like 256M29EW, 512M29EW.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Cc: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Cc: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Cc: Chandrakala Chavva <cchavva@marvell.com>
Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Cc: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Due to a recent change, tests are limited to running on sandbox only.
Correct this so that any architecture can run them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Fixes: c79705ea93 ("test: Move dm_test_init() into test-main.c")
Tested-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Avoid 'make htmldocs' build warnings:
./include/os.h:139: warning:
Function parameter or member 'ptr' not described in 'os_realloc'
./include/os.h:139: warning:
Function parameter or member 'length' not described in 'os_realloc'
Fixes: 14e46dfb17 ("sandbox: Add os_realloc()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present debug() statements can cause debuf output to appear when LOG is
enabled but DEBUG is not. This is not intended and it seems that the
condition is wrong.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This existing code assumes that a reg property is larger than one cell,
but this is not always the case. Fix this assumption.
Also if a node's parent is missing the #address-cells and #size-cells
properties we use 2 as a default for each. But this should not happen in
practice. More likely the properties were removed for SPL due to there
being no 'u-boot,dm-pre-reloc' property, or similar. Add a warning for
this as the failure can be very confusing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present an empty size is considered to be a 64-bit value. This does not
seem useful and wastes space. Limit the 64-bit detection to where one or
both of the addr/size is two cells or more.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present warnings are shown as soon as they are discovered in the
source scannner. But the function that detects them may be called multiple
times.
Collect all the warnings and show them at the end.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The environment may contain some unicode characters. At least that is what
seemed to happen on one commit:
Building current source for 1 boards (0 threads, 64 jobs per thread)
0 0 0 /1 -1 (starting)
Traceback (most recent call last):
File ".../tools/buildman/buildman", line 64, in <module>
ret_code = control.DoBuildman(options, args)
File "tools/buildman/control.py", line 372, in DoBuildman
options.keep_outputs, options.verbose)
File ".../tools/buildman/builder.py", line 1704, in BuildBoards
results = self._single_builder.RunJob(job)
File ".../tools/buildman/builderthread.py", line 526, in RunJob
self._WriteResult(result, job.keep_outputs, job.work_in_output)
File ".../tools//buildman/builderthread.py", line 349, in _WriteResult
print('%s="%s"' % (var, env[var]), file=fd)
UnicodeEncodeError: 'ascii' codec can't encode characters in position
311-312: ordinal not in range(128)
The problem defies repetition with any change at all to buildman. But
let's set an encoding in any case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the code to use -ENOSYS, which is the correct error code for an
unimplemented system call in U-Boot.
Also we should not check for a missing operations array as this is not
permitted. For now this can be covered by an assert().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We don't need to check -ENOTSUPP since this is not used for this purpose
in U-Boot. Update the code accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Update clk_composite_set_parent() to use -ENOSYS, which is the correct
error code for U-Boot. Also rearrange the code so that the error condition
is clearly indicated and the function runs to the end in the normal case,
since this is the common style in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
At present some drivers use -ENOSUPP to indicate that an unknown or
unsupported clock is used. Most use -EINVAL, indicating an invalid value,
so convert everything to that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Driver model uses quite strong conventions on error codes, but these are
currently not clearly documented. Add a description of the commonly used
errors.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
While we cannot know which commit the warning relates to, this should not
be fatal. Print the warning and carry on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some versions of make complain about using a grouped target without a
recipe:
.../pylibfdt/Makefile:36: *** grouped targets must provide a recipe. Stop.
Fix this by adding a dummy recipe.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently it is not possible to boot Linux from the SD card
by default.
Make the necessary adjustments to allow it.
Reported-by: Peter Bergin <peter@berginkonsult.se>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.z@gmail.com> # imx8mn_ddr4_evk
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In newer docutils writers/latex2e/docutils.sty has a unicode character
in the comments which can in turn cause Python 3.6 at least to fail.
Pin to the previous docutils release for now.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The usb command cannot be compiled with CONFIG_USB=n:
ld.bfd: cmd/usb.c:660: undefined reference to `usb_stop'
ld.bfd: cmd/usb.c:663: undefined reference to `usb_started'
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This bash code is currently showing up in the build unless 'make -s' is
used. We don't normally show these sorts of things as they are confusing.
Also this code was not shown before the recent refactoring of how these
messages are displayed.
Add an '@' to silence it.
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Fixes: 1373252851 ("Makefile: Add common code to report deprecation")
When test suite tries to create a file for a new filesystem test case and fails,
the clean up of the exception tries to unmount the image, that has not yet been
mounted. When it happens, the fuse_mounted global variable is set to False and
inconveniently the test case tries to use sudo, so without this change the
admin of the machine gets an (annoying) email:
Subject: *** SECURITY information for example.com ***
example.com : Feb 5 19:43:47 : ... COMMAND=/bin/umount .../build-sandbox/persistent-data/mnt
and second run of the test cases on uncleaned build folder will ask for sudo
which is not what expected.
Besides that there is a double unmount calls during successfully run test case.
All of these due to over engineered Python try-except clause and people didn't
get it properly at all. The rule of thumb is that don't use more keywords than
try-except in the exception handling code. Nevertheless, here we adjust code
to be less intrusive to the initial logic behind that complex and unclear
constructions in the test case, although it adds a lot of lines of the code,
i.e. splits one exception handler to three, so on each step we know what
cleanup shall perform.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Loading Trusted-Firmware's BL31 at 16KB into DRAM was originally a hack
to allow sharing more code with the other SoCs (which use this offset
in SRAM). However there is no longer a reason for that, as the
problematic macros have been properly separated there.
The latest (and hopefully final) TF-A code drop now changes the load
address to the beginning of DRAM, which is also more easily protected
by the Trustzone memory controller (code to be done).
Adjust the load address of BL31 now, to avoid any issues with
incompatible versions later on (the TF-A patches are about to be merged).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
In the devicepath node to text conversion for Uart nodes a break statement
is missing.
Indicated by Coverity Scan CID 330038
Fixes: 62df6e9c99 ("efi_loader: Uart device path")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
First set of u-boot-atmel features for 2021.07 cycle:
This small feature set includes the implementation of the slew rate for
the PIO4 pin controller device, and a fix for arm926ejs-based
microprocessors that avoids a crash.
There are several changes which happen in mainline kernel which should get
also to U-Boot. Here is the list of patches from the kernel:
- ARM: zynq: Fix leds subnode name for zc702/zybo-z7
- arm64: dts: zynqmp: Fix leds subnode name for zcu100/ultra96 v1
- arm64: dts: zynqmp: Fix u48 si5382 chip on zcu111
- arm64: dts: zynqmp: Wire up the DisplayPort subsystem
- arm64: dts: zynqmp: Add DisplayPort subsystem
- arm64: dts: zynqmp: Add DPDMA node
- arm64: dts: zynqmp: Enable phy driver for Sata on zcu102/zcu104/zcu106
- arm64: dts: zynqmp: Enable si5341 driver for zcu102/106/111
- arm64: dts: zynqmp: Add DT description for si5328 for zcu102/zcu106
- arm64: dts: zynqmp-zcu100-revC: correct interrupt flags
- arm64: dts: xilinx: align GPIO hog names with dtschema
- arm64: zynqmp: Add Xilinx AES node
- dt: bindings: dma: xilinx: dpdma: DT bindings for Xilinx DPDMA
but also some other changes have been done.
- Using only one compatible string for adxl345 on zturn
- Remove Xilinx internal DP bindings
- Remove USB3.0 serdes configurations
- Remove SATA serdes configuration for zc1232
- Resort nvmem_firmware
- Update nand compatible string
- Aling power-domains property for sd0/1
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
With "clk dump" command, few clocks are showing up incorrect values
and some clocks are displayed as "unknown".
Add missing clocks to zynqmp clock driver to display proper
clocks rates.
Implement a simple way to get clock source, instead of calling
functions. Change existing functions to this simple mechanism.
Fix gem clock name "gem_rx" to "gem_tx" which was incorrect.
Change dbf_fpd & dbf_lpd clk names to dbg_fpd & dbg_lpd.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
In zynqmp.dtsi file renamed "clk_sys" clock to "controller" and
"clk_flash" clock to "bus" as per upstreamed Arasan NAND driver.
This fixes NAND driver probe failure.
Signed-off-by: Amit Kumar Mahapatra <amit.kumar-mahapatra@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Update the following device tree properties for nand flash
- Set software ecc mode.
- Set bch as ecc algo.
- Set read block to 0.
Signed-off-by: Amit Kumar Mahapatra <amit.kumar-mahapatra@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
EMMC will have bus-width 8 and it is non-removable in general. These
are missing from dt node. Add bus-width and non-removable parameters
to emmc node.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
size of malloc() pool for use before relocation is not sufficient
for ZynqMP mini u-boot with emmc configuration. Increase it to 4K.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add initial support for NanoPi M4B, a minor revision of
the original NanoPi M4.
Commit details of rk3399-nanopi-m4b.dts sync from Linux 5.12-rc4:
"arm64: dts: rockchip: Add NanoPi M4B board"
(sha1: c7b03115003f7f337ab165542cee37148cf30a8a)
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Vicenzi <alexandre.vicenzi@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-cihps.com>
NanoPi R4s is SBC base on Rockchip RK3399 hexa-core processor with
dual-Core Cortex-A72 and Mali-T864 GPU with 4GiB(LPDDR4) of RAM, SD card support,
including 2 gigabit ethernet(RTL8211E 1Gbps - RTL8111H 1Gbps) and 2 USB 3.0 port.
port.It also has two GPIO headers which allows further peripherals to be used.
The devicetree file is taken of the rk3399 nanopi4 Linux kernel [1].
[1] e7a0959082
Signed-off-by: xiaobo <peterwillcn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The path in the Linux kernel dts directory is
rockchip/rk3326-odroid-go2.dtb.
That also seems to match the FDT path set on other boards (ie:
rock64-rk3328 for example).
Signed-off-by: Roger Pau Monne <royger@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Remove the unset of the EFI loader, it's possible for U-Boot to
provide a EFI environment on this board, and it's also required by
the FreeBSD loader which mandated EFI on Aarch64.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pau Monné <royger@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
On Puma we have the environment at an offset of 16 kiB.
On the eMMC this gives us 16 kiB for the environment before the SPL starts.
On the SPI NOR we also have 16 kiB until end of flash.
So let's increase the environment size from 8 kiB to its maximum
of 16 kiB for both MMC and SPI NOR.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Muellner <christoph.muellner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
A commit from last year re-imported the DTS files form the upstream kernel.
By doing so the VDD_LOG regulator in the board's DTS was dropped.
Let's restore this, but move it into the u-boot overlay to prevent this
issue in the future.
Fixes: 167efc2c7a ("arm64: dts: rk3399: Sync v5.7-rc1 from Linux")
Signed-off-by: Christoph Muellner <christoph.muellner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Rock960 doesn't have SPI flash on-board, but the bits
get enabled by default which means when booting we get
some errors. Explicitly disable it to stop the errors.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Drop a irrelevent comment now the related configs have moved
to the various config files.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This is the state as of v5.10 + the recently added timer0 phandle
targetted at the 5.12 merge window.
With this the non-mainline nodes like the dmc move to a separate
rk3368-u-boot.dtsi that is included from the board-specific
-u-boot.dtsi files, similar to how rk3399 does this.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
With the STACK_R_ADDR at 0x600000 (6MB) we're competing with
with the loading address of either u-boot or atf parts, so move
that away to 0x4000000 (64MB) similar to rk3399.
Only lion currently sets that at all but not sheep the second
rk3368 board, so just move that to the Kconfig for rk3368 similar
to rk3399 as well.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Mimicing for example the rk3399, set the SYS_BOOTM_LEN to 64MB so
that regular kernel images can get loaded without problems.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR currently is at 0x00280000 which is only 512KB
behind the area where we load u-boot to, which depending on u-boot size
may overlap at some point.
So for safety just pick the same value rk3399 has and set
CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR to 0x00800800 on rk3368 as well.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Using a non-default SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR setting makes the
resulting u-boot-rockchip.bin unbootable, as it gets stuck after SPL.
Removing the setting from the defconfig allows U-Boot to load
successfully.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pau Monné <royger@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The code was trying to disable PCS auto-negotiation when a fixed-link node
is present and enable it otherwise. However, the PCS registers were being
written before the PCSSEL bit was set in the network configuration
register, and it appears that in this state, PCS register writes are
ignored. The result is that the intended change only took effect on the
second network operation that was performed, since at that time PCSSEL is
already enabled.
Fix the order of register writes so that PCS registers are only written to
after the PCS is enabled.
Fixes: 26e62cc971 ("net: gem: Disable PCS autonegotiation in case of fixed-link")
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <robert.hancock@calian.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
On RISC-V the symbols __dyn_sym_start, dyn_sym_end are referenced in
efi_runtime_relocate().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a few more internal checks to make sure offsets are correct, before
updating the dtb.
To make this easier, update the functions which add a property to return
that property,.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
So far we have only needed to add subnodes to empty notds, so have not
had to deal with ordering. However this feature is needed for binman's
expanded nodes, since there may be another node in the same section.
While libfdt adds new properties after existing properties, it adds new
subnodes before existing subnodes. This means that we must reorder the
nodes in the cached version, so that the ordering remains consistent.
Update the sync implementation to sync existing subnodes first, then
add new ones, then tidy up the ordering in the cached version. Update the
test to cover this behaviour.
Also improve the comment about property syncing while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new test that adds a subnode alongside an existing one, as well as
adding properties to a subnode. This will expand to adding multiple
subnodes in future patches. Put a node after the one we are adding to so
we can check that things sync correctly.
The testAddNode() test should be in the TestNode class since it is a node
test, so move it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Once the tree has been synced, thus potentially moving things around in the
fdt, we set _cached_offsets to False so that a refresh will happen next
time a property is accessed.
This 'lazy' refresh doesn't really save much time, since refresh is a very
fast operation, just a single walk of the tree. Also, having the refresh
happen in the bowels of property access it makes it harder to figure out
what is going on.
Simplify the code by always doing a refresh before and after a sync. Set
_cached_offsets to True immediately after this, in the Refresh() function,
since this makes more sense than doing it in the caller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If a property does not yet have an offset, then that means it exists in
the cache'd fdt but has not yet been synced back to the flat tree. Use
the dirty flag for this so we don't need to check the offset too. Improve
the comments for Prop and Node to make it clear what an offset of None
means.
Also clear the dirty flag after the property is synced.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes it is useful to specify the default alignment for all entries
in a section, such as when word-alignment is necessary, for example. It
is tedious and error-prone to specify this individually for each section.
Add a property to control this for a section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Generally the content of sections is not built until the final assembly
of the image. This is partly to avoid wasting time, since the entries
within sections may change multiple times as binman works through its
various stages. This works quite well since sections exist in a strict
hierarchy, so they can be processed in a depth-first manner.
However the 'collection' entry type does not have this luxury. If it
contains a section within its 'content' list, then it must produce the
section contents, if available. That section is typically a sibling
node, i.e. not part oc the collection's hierarchy.
Add a new 'required' argument to section.GetData() to support this. When
required is True, any referenced sections are immediately built. If this
is not possible (because one of the subentries does not have its data yet)
then an error is produced.
The test for this uses a 'collection' entry type, referencing a section as
its first member. This forces a call to _BuildSectionData() with required
set to False, at first, then True later, when the image is assembled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The vblock entry type includes code to collect the data from a number of
other entries (not necessarily subentries) and concatenating it. This is
a useful feature for other entry types.
Make it a base class, so that vblock can use it, along with other entry
types.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present there is a command-line flag to disable substitution of expanded
entries. Add an option to the entry node as well, so it can be controlled
at the node level.
Add a test to cover this. Fix up the comment to the checkSymbols() function
it uses, while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide the model information through sysinfo so that it shows up on
boot. For memconfig 4 pins are provided, for 16 combinations. For SKU
ID there are two options:
- two pins provided in a ternary arrangement, for 9 combinations.
- reading from the EC
Add a binding doc and drop the unused #defines as well.
Example:
U-Boot 2021.01-rc5
CPU: Intel(R) Celeron(R) CPU N3450 @ 1.10GHz
DRAM: 3.9 GiB
MMC: sdmmc@1b,0: 1, emmc@1c,0: 2
Video: 1024x768x32 @ b0000000
Model: Google Coral (memconfig 5, SKU 3)
This depends on the GPIO series:
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/list/?series=228126
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some boards may want to show the SKU ID or other information obtained at
runtime. Allow this to come from sysinfo. The board can then provide a
sysinfo driver to provide it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It is not possible to remove the state before driver model is uninited,
since the devices are allocated in the memory buffer. Also it is not
possible to uninit driver model afterwards, since the RAM has been
freed.
Drop the uninit altogether, since it is not actually necessary.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an extra condition here since we cannot put x86 tables in a bloblist
when bloblists are not supported.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The U_BOOT_CMDREP_COMPLETE() macro produces a build error if CONFIG_CMDLINE
is not enabled. Fix this by updating the macro to provide the 'repeatable'
arugment in this case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this documentation over to reST. Move the example files into a files/
directory so they are still separate.
Do a few minor updates while we are here:
- Tidy up sandbox build instructions
- Update my github account name
- Add some talks and links
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The _SUPPORT suffix is from an earlier time and interferes with use of
the CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() macro. Rename the option to drop the suffix.
Tidy up the TODO that prompted this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This feature was dropped from U-Boot some time ago:
f12f96cfaf (sf: Drop spl_flash_get_sw_write_prot")
However, we do need a way to see if a flash device is write-protected,
since if it is, it may not be possible to write to do (i.e. failing to
write is expected).
I am not sure of the correct layer to implement this, so this patch is a
stab at it. If spi-flash makes sense then I will add to the 'sf' also.
Re the points mentioned in the removal commit:
1) This kind of requirement can be achieved using existing
flash operations and flash locking API calls instead of
making a separate flash API.
Which uclass is this?
2) Technically there is no real hardware user for this API to
use in the source tree.
I do want coral (at least) to support this.
3) Having a flash operations API for simple register read bits
also make difficult to extend the flash operations.
This new patch only mentions write-protect being on or off, rather than
the actual mechanism.
4) Instead of touching generic code, it is possible to have
this functionality inside spinor operations in the form of
flash hooks or fixups for associated flash chips.
That sounds to me like what drivers are for. But we still need some sort
of API for it to be accessible.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present bootstage silently ignores new records if it runs out of
space. It is sometimes obvious by looking at the report, but the IDs are
not contiguous, so it is easy to miss.
Aad a message so that action can be taken.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have two separate places that need to figure out the bootstage ID to
use. Put this code in a function so that the logic is in one place.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These tests current produce unwanted output on sandbox. Use the correct
functions to controller console output, to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sandbox is special in that it is used for testing and it does not match
any particular target architecture. Allow it to load an image from any
architecture, so that 'bootm' can be used as needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present when a file is bound to a host device it is always marked as
removeable. Arguably the device is removeable, since it can be unbound at
will. However while it is bound, it is not considered removable by the
user. Also it is useful to be able to model both fixed and removeable
devices for code that distinguishes them.
Add a -r flag to the 'host bind' command and plumb it through to provide
this feature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove the 'bind' subcommand before processing the arguments. This will
make it easier to add an optional flag.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function has a strange mix of declarations and argument parsing
which is a bit hard to follow and harder to modify. Separate out the
declarations at the start of the function and adjust the ordering of
the code slightly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox removes its executable after failing to run it,
since there is no other way that it would get cleaned up.
However, this is actually only wanted if the image was created within
sandbox. For the case where the image was generated by the build system,
such as u-boot-spl, we don't want to delete it.
Handle the two code paths accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function only exists if CPU is enabled. Update the code to take
account of this, so that it does not have to be enabled on all sandbox
builds.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
When booting from coreboot there is no need to notify the FSP of anything,
since coreboot has already done it. Nor it is possible, since the FSP
details are not provided by coreboot.
Skip it in this case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When booting from coreboot the FSP video information is no-longer
available. Enable the coreboot driver so that we can get some sort of
display in this case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the debug UART is only set up in SPL, on the assumption that
the boot flow will always pass through there. When booting from coreboot,
SPL is not used, so the debug UART is not available.
Move the code into a common place so that it can be used in U-Boot proper
also. Add the required init to start_from_spl.S as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow referencing a CBFS file in the flashmap, so that it is possible to
boot from coreboot, where files are not available from binman.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This driver cannot work when booted from coreboot, since the FSP
information is not available. Disable it in that case, so that the
coreboot video driver can be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When booting from coreboot we need this driver for the video to work.
Update the driver to be usable on any board.
The driver disables itself if it sees that is not booted from coreboot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The copy buffer, if enabled, prevents booting from coreboot correctly,
since no memory is allocated for it. Allow it to fall back to disabled
in this situation. This ensures that a console is displayed, even if
it is slow.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This information is interesting to look at and can be important for
debugging and inspection. Add a command to display it in a helpful
format.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this code into a generic location so that it can be used by other x86
boards which want to boot from coreboot. Also ensure that this is called
if booting from coreboot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Quite a few new tag types have been added over the years. Bring these into
U-Boot so that all required tags can be parsed.
Add a proper comment to struct sysinfo_t while we are here, since many of
the meanings are not obvious.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to parse coreboot tables on any x86 build which is
booted from coreboot. Add a new Kconfig option to enable this feature and
move the code so it can be used on any board, if enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add new timestamp codes that are present in coreboot, so that we can decode
these in U-Boot.
At present TS_U_BOOT_START_KERNEL is used twice. It should only be used
just before jumping to Linux, so update the other call site to use
TS_START_KERNEL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This all relates to the sysinfo structure provided by coreboot. Put the
timestamp definitions into the same file as the others. Tidy up a few
comments at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is possible to boot U-Boot for chromebook_coral either 'bare metal' or
from coreboot. In the latter case we want to provide access to the coreboot
sysinfo tables. Move the definitions into a file available to any x86
board.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CBFS now supports compressed filed. Add support for reading this
information so that the correct decompression can be applied. The
decompression itself is not implemented in CBFS.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In file_cbfs_next_file() there is a lot of complicated code to move to
the next file. Use the ALIGN() macros to simplify this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The file_cbfs_next_file() function is already fairly long. Before
expanding it further, move the core part into a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The file traversal functions currently use a single global CBFS. In some
cases we need to access multiple CBFSs to obtain different files. Add new
functions to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases CBFS does not start with a header but is just a collection
of files. It is possible to support this so long as the size of the CBFS
is provided.
Update the cbfs_init_mem() function to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When U-Boot is booted from coreboot the SMBIOS tables are written by
coreboot, not U-Boot. The existing method of updating the BIOS version
string does not work in that case, since gd->smbios_version is only set
when U-Boot writes the tables.
Add a new function which allows the version to be updated by parsing the
tables and writing the string in the correct place. Since coreboot
provides a pointer to the SMBIOS tables in its sysinfo structure, this
makes it easy to do the update.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CBFS now supports attributes for things that cannot fit in the header as
originally conceived. Add the structures for these.
Also rename attributes_offset to something shorter, to ease code
readability.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The driver currently reads the card-detect but does not register it with
the MMC stack. Update this so that card-detect works as expected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the recent bug fix, it doesn't matter which GPIO phandle is used so
long as the GPIO number is right. Still, we may as well use the correct
one to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
At present the eMMC device does not have an alias so it appears after
the SD card which is device 1. There is no device 0 which is odd.
Make the eMMC device be the first one. Update the boot script to use the
new device.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The Intel GPIO binding allows GPIOs to be globally numbered, so that it
does not matter which GPIO bank is specified in the device tree. This is
convenient and avoid confusion since the banks do not have the same number
of GPIOs and the numbering is not sequential.
The GPIO uclass ensures that the device mentioned in the devicetree
binding is probed. It is fine for the driver to update gpio_desc to point
to a different driver, but this may not have been probed. If it has not
been, then it cannot be claimed since there is no uclass data.
We could handle this in the GPIO uclass but so far it is an unusual
situation so it is probably not worth the extra code. Handle this case in
the GPIO driver by probing the selected device if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add detailed information on how to build the coral image, since it needs
binary blobs. Provide a way to avoid the memory-training delay. Also show
the console output from a sample run.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
dfu_free_entities() invoking dfu_free_entity_sf() has let to segementation
faults due to double freeing the same device.
spi_flash_free() is not relevant for the driver model but exists only for
compatibility with old drivers.
We must not remove any device here:
* The device may still be referenced.
* We don't want to have to probe again.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Having an rng in the sandbox is useful not only for tests but also for e.g.
UEFI. Therefore, copy the rng node from test.dts to sandbox.dtsi.
In the case of UEFI, it can then be verified with `efidebug dh' that a
"Random Number Generator" protocol is indeed present.
This also fixes the following `bootefi' error:
Missing RNG device for EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
dtoc support for of-platdata-inst
driver model support for of-platdata-inst
support of-platdata-inst on x86 / coral
binman support for exapanded entries
binman convert docs to reST
ti-sysc fix for duplicate uclass driver
patman minor improvements
pylibfdt build only if needed
correct obscure CI error with OF_PLATDATA_INST
Many entries start 'Entry containing a'. This looks fine in the source
code but is annoying when viewed in the htmldocs table of contents. Drop
these unnecessary words.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a link to binman's documentation and adjust the files so that it is
accessible. Use the name README.rst so it is easy to discover when binman
is installed without U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These docs are useful for developers, not users. Move them under that
section.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Much of the content here is useful only for development. Move it under
that section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We don't need to spell out the separate pieces of U-Boot phase binaries
anymore. Revert to using the simple entry and let binman do the expansion
itself as needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To support the use of 'expanded' entries, binman needs to be told whether
SPL and TPL have a devicetree and whether they need BSS padding. Add these
to the Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When creating an entry, check for an expanded version of that entry, then
use it instead. This allows, for example use of:
u-boot {
};
instead of having to write out in full:
u-boot {
type = "section";
u-boot-nodtb {
};
u-boot-dtb {
};
};
Add an implementaion of this and associated documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for this feature in the control, image and section modules, so
that expanded entries will be selected by default. So far there are no
expanded entry types, so this is a nop.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new command-line option to disable expanded entries. This is needed
for most tests, since it is much easier to 'factor out' this function into
a separate test and keep the existing packing tests simple.
Add the option and select it by default from tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As the first step in supporting expanded entries, add a way for binman to
automatically select an 'expanded' version of an entry type, if requested.
This is controlled by a class method.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present, before any entry expansion is done (such as a 'files' entry
expanding out to individual entries for each file it contains), we check
the binman definition (i.e. '/binman' node) to find out what devicetree
files are used in the images.
This is a pain, since the definition may change during expansion. For
example if there is no u-boot-spl-dtb entry in the definition at the start,
we assume that the SPL devicetree is not used. But if an entry later
expands to include this, then we don't notice.
In fact the flexibility provided by the current approach of checking the
definition is not really useful. We know that we can have SPL and TPL
devicetrees. We know the pathname to each, so we can simply check if the
files are present. If they are present, we can prepare them and update
them regardless of whether they are actually used. If they are not present,
we cannot prepare/update them anyway, i.e. an error will be generated.
Simplify state.Prepare() so it uses a hard-coded list of devicetree files.
Note that state.PrepareFromLoadedData() is left untouched, since in that
case we have a complete definition from the loaded file, but cannot of
course rely on the devicetree files that created it still being present.
So in that case we still check the image defitions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we store an entry as the third field in output_fdt_info[].
This is only used to get the type of the entry. Of course multiple entries
may have this same type. Also the entry type is the key to this dict, so
we can use that instead.
Drop the field and update GetUpdateNodes() to suit. Improve the comment for
output_fdt_info a little while here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we always use the main devicetree for SPL/TPL as well when
setting up the state. But this it not needed if there is a real devicetree
for SPL or TPL. In fact it confuses things since we cannot distinguish
between one being provided and using the fake one.
Update the code to create the fakes only when requested. Put the mapping
in a constant so we can use it elsewhere.
Rename 'other_fname' to 'fname' while we are here since there is nothing
'other' about it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A few tests declare a type when this can be inferred from the node name.
Drop these lines, since it might cause confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This entry holds the padding between the end of of TPL binary and the
end of BSS. This region must be left empty so that the devicetree can be
appended correctly and remain accessible without interfering with BSS.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since this is an execuable we should be able insert symbol values into it.
Add support for this.
Use common code for this test and the original testSymbols. Use hex
consistently for the values and add some more comments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The documentation for this entry indicates that the SPL binary is included
along with the padding. It is not, so update it to correct the error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Several entries currently use an underscore in the entry-type name, but in
fact a hyphen is used. Update the docs to fix this as it might be
confusing.
Also simplify the 'filename' comment and fix the 'operation' typo.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Regenerate the entry documentation, which step was missed when the
files-align feature was added.
Fixes: 6eb9932668 ("binman: Support alignment of files")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the documentation to the base method as it is with other methods.
Also update it a little while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Extracting files to the current directory is not normally a very friendly
thing to do, but it can be warranted, e.g. in a new temporary dir. At
present binman reports an error when such an attempt is made. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With Apollo Lake, SPL is placed in read-only memory. Set this new option
so that OF_PLATDATA_INST can be used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These devices are not actually built in TPL but are currently active in
the TPL devicetree. For of-platdata-inst this means that we will try to
generate devices for them, which fails.
Update them to be active only in U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We don't normally need this driver in TPL/SPL, so drop it for now. It can
be enabled by individual boards if needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With TPL we don't need full PCI support and it adds to code size. Instead,
a simple_bus driver is good enough to be able to read and write the PCI
config and do a little basic setup.
So at present there are two drivers in U-Boot called pci_x86. One is in
UCLASS_PCI, used in SPL and U-Boot proper. The other is in
UCLASS_SIMPLE_BUS and used only in TPL.
Add a tag to tell dtoc about this, so it knows which one to use when
generating the devices and uclasses.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the standard of-platdata we must fix up driver_data manually. With
of-platadata-inst this is not necessary, since it is added to the device
by dtoc.
Update the code to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This enum is needed to generate build-time devices. Tell dtoc where to
find the header, to avoid compile errors in the generated code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The dm.h header should come first. In fact it needs to, since otherwise
the driver model definitions are not available to dt-structs.h
Fix this, since it causes problems with OF_PLATDATA_INST.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Collect this together in one place, so driver model can access set it up
in a new place if needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a description of the new features, along with internal technical
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This doc has a few pieces that are out-of-date. Fix these. Also we have
started to use 'devicetree' instead of 'device tree' or 'device-tree'
since it is easier to see as a single term, so replace all ocurrences
accordingly.
Also move the caveats to the end, since this is a fairly solid part of
U-Boot now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a warning to each of these functions so that people do not attempt to
use them outside driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make use of the new priv/plat data region if enabled. This is implemented
as a simple offset from the position set up by dtoc to the new position.
So long as all access goes through dm_priv_to_rw() this is safe.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Collect this together in one place, so driver model can access set it up
in a new place if needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the device priv/data data allocated by dtoc is stored in the
data section along with other variables. On some platforms it is better
to allocate space for it separately, e.g. if SPL is running from read-only
memory.
Create a new space with the same size as that allocated by dtoc, ready for
use.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When of-platdata-inst is active, use the flags in the new udevice_rt
table, dropping them from the main struct udevice. This ensures that the
latter is not updated at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present when driver model needs to change a device it simply updates
the struct udevice structure. But with of-platdata-inst most of the fields
are not modified at runtime. In fact, typically only the flags need to
change.
For systems running SPL from read-only memory it is convenient to separate
out the runtime information, so that the devices don't need to be copied
before being used.
Create a new udevice_rt table, similar to the existing driver_rt. For now
it just holds the flags, although they are not used in this patch.
Add a new Kconfig for the driver_rt data, since this is not needed when
of-platdata-inst is used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some systems (e.g. x86 APL) run SPL from read-only memory. The device
instances created by dtoc are therefore not writeable. To make things work
we would need to copy the devices to read/write memory.
To avoid this, add an option to use a separate runtime struct for devices,
just as is done for drivers. This can be used to hold information that
changes at runtime, avoiding the need for a copy.
Also add a Kconfig option for read-only SPL, which selects this feature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add this new board to the test plans. Travis-CI is left out, since it is
being removed soon due to lack of capacity.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move sandbox_spl over to use OF_PLATDATA_INST. Create a new board to
test the case when this is not enabled, since we will be keeping that
code around for several months and want to avoid regressions.
Skip the dm_test_of_plat_dev() test since driver info is not available
for OF_PLATDATA_INST.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With recent changes this can be supported again. Add it back.
This reverts commit d85f2c4f29.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the i2c emulators require access to the devicetree, which is
not possible (by design) with of-platdata.
Add a way for drivers to record the of-platdata index of their emulator,
so that we can still find the emulator.
This allows i2c emulation to work with of-platdata.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The test framework reinits driver model tests before running each test.
Since malloc_simple does not support free(), this eventually runs out of
memory.
Fix it for now by increasing the space to 32KB.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This function finds a device by its driver_info index. With
of-platdata-inst we do not use driver_info, but instead instantiate
udevice records at build-time.
However the semantics of using the function are the same in each case:
the caller provides an index and gets back a device.
So rename the function to device_get_by_ofplat_idx(), so that it can be
used for both situations. The caller does not really need to worry about
the details.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the structs used by these drivers are declared in the C files
and so are not accessible to dtoc. Move them to header files, as required.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function is included in the build but with of-platdata it
only services to produce a confusing link error complaining about a call
to dev_read_u32_default().
Drop it so that any call to uclass_find_device_by_phandle() is flagged as
an error, making it easier to see what is going on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is now only used in a test. Drop it. Also drop
DM_DRVINFO_GET() which was the only purpose for having the function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create a version of this driver for sandbox so that it can use the
of-platdata struct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We need to allow SoCs to create their own drivers for this so that they
can use their own of-platdata structs. To minimise code duplication,
export the driver operations and the ofdata_to_plat() setup function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the structs used by this driver are not accessible outside it,
so cannot be used with OF_PLATDATA_INST. Move them to a header file to
fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is not possible to destroy the uclasses when they are created at
build time. Skip this step so that SPL test can complete successfully.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When dt-structs.h is used, include the dt-decl.h header as well, so that
these declarations are available.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Which files we generate depends on the setting of OF_PLATDATA_INST in the
build. This might change between builds, but the build directory may be
reused.
Leaving old files around is confusing and switching the OF_PLATDATA_INST
setting does not necessarily regenerate the files, e.g. if the devicetree
has not changed.
Remove all the files before regenerating new ones.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are actually two generated files but only one is currently mentioned
in the Makefile as a dependency. Put them both in a Makefile variable and
use that instead, to avoid inconsistency.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present all possible files are generated, even if some of them just
have a header and an empty body. It is better to generate only the files
that are needed, so that the two types of build (based on the setting of
OF_PLATDATA_INST) can be mutually exclusive.
This is intended to fix a strange problem sometimes found with CI:
Building current source for 1 boards (1 thread, 40 jobs per thread)
sandbox: + sandbox_spl
+drivers/built-in.o: In function `dm_setup_inst':
+drivers/core/root.c:135: undefined reference to
`_u_boot_list_2_udevice_2_root'
+dts/dt-uclass.o:(.u_boot_list_2_uclass_2_serial+0x10): undefined
reference to `_u_boot_list_2_udevice_2_serial'
...
This likely happens when switching from !OF_PLATDATA_INST to
OF_PLATDATA_INST since running 'make xxx_defconfig" does not currently
cause any change in which files are generated. With !OF_PLATDATA_INST
the dt-device.c file has no declarations and this is assumed to be the
starting state. The error above seems to indicate that, after changing
to OF_PLATDATA_INST, the dt-uclass.c file is regenerated but the
dt-device.c files is not. This does not seem possible from the relevant
Makefile.spl rule:
u-boot-spl-platdata := $(obj)/dts/dt-plat.o $(obj)/dts/dt-uclass.o
$(obj)/dts/dt-device.o
cmd_dtoc = $(DTOC_ARGS) -c $(obj)/dts -C include/generated all
include/generated/dt-structs-gen.h $(u-boot-spl-platdata_c) &: \
$(obj)/$(SPL_BIN).dtb
@[ -d $(obj)/dts ] || mkdir -p $(obj)/dts
$(call if_changed,dtoc)
It seems that this cannot regenerate dt-uclass.c without dt-device.c since
'dtoc all' is used. So here the trail ends for now.
In any case it seems better to generate files that are uses and not bother
with those that serve no purpose. So update dtoc to do this automatically.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When OF_PLATDATA_INST is enabled, we need dt-uclass.c and dt-device.c for
the build to work. When OF_PLATDATA_INST is not enabled, we only need
dt-plat.c
Update the Makefile rules to indicate this.
At present all files are generated and compiled regardless of which are
actually needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the dst_dir rule always runs, it causes a rebuild of the of-platdata
files even if not needed.
Create the directory inside the rule instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the build rule for pylibfdt depends on _libfdt.so but modern
Python versions add a different suffix to the output file, resulting in
something like _libfdt.cpython-38-x86_64-linux-gnu.so
The result is that pylibfdt is rebuilt every time.
Rename the file the standard name so that the rule works correctly. Also
add libfdt.py to the dependencies, so that file is always created if
missing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull request for efi-next
New:
provide EFI ESRT table
initrd via Load_File2_Protocol uses boot options
create an S-CRTM event for measured boot
Bug fixes:
avoid double free of SPI device in dfu_free_entity()
avoid memory leak in TCG2 protocol
We recently added a common function for calculating file size,
instead of copy pasting the code around. Switch one of the
occurences over to the common function
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviwed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Setup will always occur before ExitBootServices(). So eliminate
EFI_SETUP_AFTER_BOOTTIME_EXIT. Put the SetVirtualAddressMap() test into a
separate class so that we can execute it last.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
TCG PC Client Platform Firmware Profile Spec mandates that an S-CRTM
event for the version identifier using the event type EV_S_CRTM_VERSION
must be measured.
So since we are trying to add more conformance into U-Boot, let's add
the event using U_BOOT_VERSION_STRING, extend PCR[0] accordingly and log
it in the EventLog
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Current code doesn't free the efi allocated memory in case the protocol
failed to install
Fixes: c8d0fd5825 ("efi_loader: Introduce eventlog support for TCG2_PROTOCOL")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit slightly extends test_efi_capsule_fw3.
In order to run the test the following must be added to
sandbox_defconfig:
+CONFIG_CMD_SF=y
+CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY=y
+CONFIG_CMD_FAT=y
+CONFIG_DFU=y
The ESRT is printed in the u-boot shell by calling efidebug esrt.
The test ensures that, after the capsule is installed, the ESRT
contains entries with the GUIDs:
- EFI_FIRMWARE_IMAGE_TYPE_UBOOT_FIT_GUID;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_IMAGE_TYPE_UBOOT_RAW_GUID;
test invocation:
sudo ./test/py/test.py --bd sandbox -k capsule_fw3 -l --build
CC: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CC: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
CC: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
CC: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
CC: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
CC: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
CC: nd@arm.com
Signed-off-by: Jose Marinho <jose.marinho@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This commmit exercises the ESRT creation in a EFI selftest.
A fake FMP, with TEST_ESRT_NUM_ENTRIES FW images, is installed in the
system leading to the corresponding ESRT entries being populated.
The ESRT entries are checked against the datastructure used to
initialize the FMP.
Invocation from the sandbox platform:
add to sandbox_defconfig:
+CONFIG_CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST=y
make sandbox_capsule_defconfig all
./u-boot -d arch/sandbox/dts/test.dtb
bootefi selftest
CC: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CC: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
CC: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
CC: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
CC: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
CC: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
CC: nd@arm.com
Signed-off-by: Jose Marinho <jose.marinho@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The ESRT is initialised during efi_init_objlist after
efi_initialize_system_table().
The ESRT is recreated from scratch at the following events:
- successful UpdateCapsule;
- FMP instance install.
The code ensures that every ESRT entry has a unique fw_class value.
Limitations:
- The ESRT is not updated if an FMP instance is uninstalled;
- the fields image_type and flags are in the current implementation left
undefined. Setting these values will require a per-platform function
that returns the image_type/flags as a function of the image fw_class.
CC: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CC: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
CC: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
CC: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
CC: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
CC: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
CC: nd@arm.com
Signed-off-by: Jose Marinho <jose.marinho@arm.com>
Remove two EFI_CALL() indirections.
Move ESRT GUID in efidebug's list of GUIDs.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Multiple DFU entities may share the same SPI device. We must make sure that
the SPI device is only freed once.
When using the driver model it is not necessary to free the SPI device.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The UEFI spec allows a packed array of UEFI device paths in the
FilePathList[] of an EFI_LOAD_OPTION. The first file path must
describe the loaded image but the rest are OS specific.
Previous patches parse the device path and try to use the second
member of the array as an initrd. So let's modify efidebug slightly
and install the second file described in the command line as the
initrd device path.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Up to now we install EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL to load an initrd
unconditionally. Although we correctly return various EFI exit codes
depending on the file status (i.e EFI_NO_MEDIA, EFI_NOT_FOUND etc), the
kernel loader, only falls back to the cmdline interpreted initrd if the
protocol is not installed.
This creates a problem for EFI installers, since they won't be able to
load their own initrd and continue the installation. It also makes the
feature hard to use, since we can either have a single initrd or we have
to recompile u-boot if the filename changes.
So let's introduce a different logic that will decouple the initrd
path from the config option we currently have.
When defining a UEFI BootXXXX we can use the filepathlist and store
a file path pointing to our initrd. Specifically the EFI spec describes:
"The first element of the array is a device path that describes the device
and location of the Image for this load option. Other device paths may
optionally exist in the FilePathList, but their usage is OSV specific"
When the EFI application is launched through the bootmgr, we'll try to
interpret the extra device path. If that points to a file that exists on
our disk, we'll now install the load_file2 and the efi-stub will be able
to use it.
This opens up another path using U-Boot and defines a new boot flow.
A user will be able to control the kernel/initrd pairs without explicit
cmdline args or GRUB.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
A following patch introduces a different logic for loading initrd's
based on the EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL.
Since similar logic can be applied in the future for other system files
(i.e DTBs), let's add some helper functions which will retrieve and
parse file paths stored in EFI variables.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
On the following patches we allow for an initrd path to be stored in
Boot#### variables. Specifically we encode in the FIlePathList[] of
the EFI_LOAD_OPTIONS for each Boot#### variable.
The FilePathList[] array looks like this:
kernel - 0xff - VenMedia(initrd GUID) - initrd1 - 0x01 initrd2 - 0xff
So let's add the relevant functions to concatenate and retrieve a device
path based on a Vendor GUID.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reformat function descriptions.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When uploading an EFI binary via the UART we have to call
efi_set_bootdev() or we won't be able to execute it.
Put the includes into alphabetic order.
Fixes: 5f59518a7b ("efi_loader: setting boot device")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When uploading an EFI binary via the UART we need to assign a device path.
* Provide devicepath node to text conversion for Uart() node.
* Provide function to create Uart() device path.
* Add UART support to efi_dp_from_name().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Even if CONFIG_DM_VIDEO=y and stdout="vidconsole", a video device may not
be available. Check the return values of the relevant functions.
If no video output device is available, assume that the serial console is
in use.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This occur when building on Raspberry Pi 400 (32-bit ARM). Fix them.
Examples:
cmd/efidebug.c: In function ‘do_efi_capsule_update’:
cmd/efidebug.c:75:49: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different
size [-Wpointer-to-int-cast]
ret = EFI_CALL(RT->update_capsule(&capsule, 1, (u64)NULL));
^
include/efi_loader.h:104:9: note: in definition of macro ‘EFI_CALL’
typeof(exp) _r = exp; \
^~~
cmd/efidebug.c:75:49: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different
size [-Wpointer-to-int-cast]
ret = EFI_CALL(RT->update_capsule(&capsule, 1, (u64)NULL));
^
include/efi_loader.h:104:19: note: in definition of macro ‘EFI_CALL’
typeof(exp) _r = exp; \
^~~
In file included from include/common.h:20,
from lib/efi_loader/efi_capsule.c:9:
lib/efi_loader/efi_capsule.c: In function ‘efi_update_capsule’:
include/efi_loader.h:83:8: warning: format ‘%lu’ expects argument of type
‘long unsigned int’, but argument 10 has type ‘size_t’
{aka ‘unsigned int’} [-Wformat=]
debug("%sEFI: Entry %s(" format ")\n", __efi_nesting_inc(), \
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
include/linux/printk.h:37:21: note: in definition of macro ‘pr_fmt’
#define pr_fmt(fmt) fmt
^~~
include/log.h:229:2: note: in expansion of macro ‘log’
log(LOG_CATEGORY, LOGL_DEBUG, fmt, ##args); \
^~~
include/log.h:249:2: note: in expansion of macro ‘debug_cond’
debug_cond(_DEBUG, fmt, ##args)
^~~~~~~~~~
include/efi_loader.h:83:2: note: in expansion of macro ‘debug’
debug("%sEFI: Entry %s(" format ")\n", __efi_nesting_inc(), \
^~~~~
lib/efi_loader/efi_capsule.c:444:2: note: in expansion of macro ‘EFI_ENTRY’
EFI_ENTRY("%p, %lu, %llu\n", capsule_header_array, capsule_count,
^~~~~~~~~
lib/efi_loader/efi_capsule.c:444:19: note: format string is defined here
EFI_ENTRY("%p, %lu, %llu\n", capsule_header_array, capsule_count,
~~^
%u
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace (uintptr_t)NULL by 0.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We are redefining how u-boot locates the initrd to load via the kernel
LoadFile2 protocol. This selftest is not relevant any more, so remove
it. A new one will be added later
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The (yet unreleased version of the) devicetree specification clearly
states that:
As with the /reserved-memory node, when booting via UEFI
entries in the Memory Reservation Block must also be listed
in the system memory map obtained via the GetMemoryMap() toi
protect against allocations by UEFI applications. The memory
reservation block entries should be listed with type
EfiReservedMemoryType.
This restores the behaviour that was changed by commit 4cbb2930bd
("efi_loader: consider no-map property of reserved memory").
Fixes: 4cbb2930bd ("efi_loader: consider no-map property of reserved memory")
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
GRUB_ARM32_WORKAROUND can be disabled on ARCH_SUNXI as the Allwinner SoCs
only have a level 2 cache controlled via CP15 and not an architecturally
defined cache. Having the cache available speeds up booting Linux.
On ARCH_BCM283X it is already disabled via rpi_2_defconfig. But let's move
this setting to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The startup code in arm/cpu/arm926ejs preserves the link register across
the call to lowlevel_init by using r4:
mov r4, lr /* perserve link reg across call */
bl lowlevel_init /* go setup pll,mux,memory */
mov lr, r4 /* restore link */
The lowlevel_init function for at91 machines based on the same CPU uses r4
and hence corrupts it causing a data abort when it returns to the startup
code. This patch fixes this by using r6 instead of r4 in the lowlevel_init
function.
Discovered and the fix was tested on a AT91SAM9261 based board.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <martin@rufilla.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Now that dtoc generates some new C files, add these to the build so that
the instantiated devices and uclasses can be used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no need to ever add new uclasses since these are set up at build
time. Update the code to return an error if this is attempted.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With this we don't need to scan and bind drivers, not even the root
device. We just need to locate the root device that was set up at build
time, then set our root in global_data to point to it.
Update the code to handle this case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When OF_PLATDATA_INST is enabled we don't need to create the uclass list.
Instead we just need to point to the existing list. Update the code
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With OF_PLATDATA_INST devices are bound at build time. We should not need
binding of devices at runtime in most cases. However it is inflexible to
absolutely prohibit it, so add an option to control this.
Update the driver model core so that it does not bind devices. Update
device_bind() to return an error if called.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add macros which work with instantiated devices and uclasses, as created
at build time by dtoc. Include variants that can be used in data
structures.
These are mostly used by dtoc but it is worth documenting them fully for
the occasional case where they might come up in user code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present linker lists are designed for use in code. They make use of
statements within expressions ({...}), for example.
It is possible to generate a reference to a linker_list entry that can
be used in data structures, where such features are not permitted. It
requires that the reference first be declared as extern. In other
words the existing macro needs to be split into two parts.
Add new macros to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We can use extern instead, so let's drop these macros. It adds one more
thing to learn about and doesn't make the code any clearer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The module defines a duplicate uclass driver for UCLASS_SIMPLE_BUS, but
it is not allowed. This breaks of-platdata and makes the result
non-deterministic.
The driver does not need to be an uclass driver, so lets remove it. I
had turned it into an uclass driver because I thought wrongly it had to
call the dm_scan_fdt_dev routine to work properly, but some tests on the
board have shown otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for generating a file containing udevice instances. This
avoids the need to create these at run time.
Update a test uclass to include a 'per_device_plat_auto' member, to
increase test coverage.
Add another tab to the driver_info output so it lines up nicely like the
device-instance output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for generating a file containing uclass instances. This avoids
the need to create these at run time.
Update a test uclass to include a 'priv_auto' member, to increase test
coverage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a summary to the top of the generated code, to make it easier to see
what the file contains.
Also add a tab to .plat so that its value lines up with the others.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For now dtoc only supports a hard-coded list of phandle properties, to
avoid any situation where it makes a mistake in its determination.
Make this into a constant dict, recording both the phandle property name
and the associated #cells property in the target node. This makes it
easier to find and modify.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some of these do not follow the rules. Make sure the driver name matches
the compatible string in all cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this property is a phandle but does not have a #xxx-cells
property to match it. Add one so that is works the same as gpio and clock
phandles.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file is not used when instantiating devices. Update dtoc to skip
generating its contents and just add a comment instead.
Also it is useful to see the driver name and parent for each device.
Update the file to show that information, to avoid updating the same
tests twice.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an option to generate the declaration file, which declares all
drivers and uclasses, so references can be used in the code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add Kconfig options to support build-time device instantiation. When
fully implemented, this will allow dtoc to create U-Boot devices (i.e.
struct udevice records) at build time, thus reducing code space in
SPL.
For now this defaults to off, but will be enabled when the rest of
the implementation is in place.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an option to instantiate devices at build time. For now this just
parses the option and sets up a few parameters.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The device for the root node is normally bound by driver model on init.
With devices being instantiated at build time, we must handle the root
device also.
Add support for processing the root node, which may not have a compatible
string.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We only care about uclasses that are actually used. This is determined by
the drivers that use them. Check all the used drivers and build a list of
'valid' uclasses.
Also add references to the uclasses so we can generate C code that uses
them. Attach a uclass to each valid driver.
For the tests, now that we have uclasses we must create an explicit test
for the case where a node does not have one. This should only happen if
the source code does not build, or the source-code scanning fails to find
it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we have the alias information we can assign a sequence number
to each device in the uclass. Store this in the node associated with each
device.
This requires renaming the sandbox test drivers to have the right name.
Note that test coverage is broken with this patch, but fixed in the next
one.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If a driver declaration is included in a comment, dtoc currently gets
confused. Update the parser to only consider declarations that begin at
the start of a line. Since multi-line comments begin with an asterisk,
this avoids the problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Scan the aliases in the device tree to establish the number of devices
within each uclass, and the sequence number of each.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If drivers have the same name then we cannot distinguish them. This only
matters if the driver is actually used by dtoc, but in that case, issue
a warning.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of using a separate step for this processing, handle it while
scanning its associated driver. This allows us to drop the code coverage
exception in this case.
Note that only files containing drivers are scanned by dtoc, so aliases
declared in a file that doesn't hold a driver will not be noticed. It
would be confusing to put them anywhere other than in the driver that they
relate to, but update the documentation to say this explicitly, just in
case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Typically dtoc can detect the header file needed for a driver by looking
for the structs that it uses. For example, if a driver as a .priv_auto
that uses 'struct serial_priv', then dtoc can search header files for the
definition of that struct and use the file.
In some cases, enums are used in drivers, typically with the .data field
of struct udevice_id. Since dtoc does not support searching for these,
add a way to tell dtoc which header to use. This works as a macro included
in the driver definition.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot operates in several phases, typically TPL, SPL and U-Boot proper.
The latter does not use dtoc.
In some rare cases different drivers are used for two phases. For example,
in TPL it may not be necessary to use the full PCI subsystem, so a simple
driver can be used instead.
This works in the build system simply by compiling in one driver or the
other (e.g. PCI driver + uclass for SPL; simple_bus for TPL). But dtoc has
no way of knowing which code is compiled in for which phase, since it does
not inspect Makefiles or dependency graphs.
So to make this work for dtoc, we need to be able to explicitly mark
drivers with their phase. This is done by adding an empty macro to the
driver. Add support for this in dtoc.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add logic to assign property values to nodes as required by dtoc. The
references allow nodes to refer to each other in C code. The macros used
by dtoc are not yet defined in driver model. They will be added along
with the actual driver model implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is convenient to attach drivers, etc. to nodes so that we can use the
Node object as the main data structure in this module.
Add a function which adds the new properties, along with documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These have '_test' suffixes which are not present on the drivers in the
source code. Drop the suffixes to avoid a mismatch when scanning.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is confusing to have the test files in the same places as the
implementation. Move them into a separate directory.
Add a helper function for test_dtoc, to avoid repeating the same
path.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Drivers can have private / platform data contained in structs and these
struct definitions are generally kept in header files. In order to
generate build-time devices, dtoc needs to generate code that declares
the data contained in those structs. This generated code must include the
relevant header file, to avoid a build error.
We need a way for dtoc to scan header files for struct definitions. Then,
when it wants to generate code that uses a struct, it can make sure it
includes the correct header file, first.
Add a parser for struct information, similar to drivers. Keep a dict of
the structs that were found.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Uclasses can have per-device private / platform data so dtoc needs to
scan these drivers. This allows it to find out the size of this data so
it can be allocated a build time.
Add a parser for uclass information, similar to drivers. Keep a dict of
the uclasses that were found.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In order to output variables to hold the priv/plat information used by
each device, dtoc needs to know the struct for each. With this, it can
declare this at build time:
u8 xxx_priv [sizeof(struct <name>)];
Collect the various struct names from the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We should ignore anything in the .git directory or any of the
build-sandbox, etc. directories created by 'make check'. These can confuse
dtoc. Update the code to ignore these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present most of the tests scan the U-Boot source tree as part of their
run. This information does not change across tests, so we can save time
by remembering it.
Add a way to set up this information and use it for each test, taking a
copy first, so as not to mess up the original.
This reduces the run time from about 1.6 seconds to 1.5 seconds on my
machine. For code coverage (which cannot run in parallel), it reduces from
33 seconds to 5.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we simply record the name of a driver parsed from its
implementation file. We also need to get the uclass and a few other
things so we can instantiate devices at build time. Add support for
collecting this information. This requires parsing each driver file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the FAT environment driver to the priority list.
When testing the UEFI sub-system the EFI system partition is formatted with
FAT so it is reasonable to store the environment there.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
goto after return has not effect. Calling of_node_put() in case of some
errors and not for others is inconsistent.
Fixes: 51bdb50904 ("dm: Introduce xxx_get_dma_range()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently keyboard input fails in the GUI window opened by
./u-boot -T -l
Add the missing include to test.dts.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It's convenient to be able to scroll up in `patman -H`.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Boichat <drinkcat@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This files uses the macro U_BOOT_CMD which is defined in command.h,
but command.h is conditionally included. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The PCI MMC driver depends on the generic MMC SDHCI driver,
otherwise it does not compile.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
UEFI test files like helloworld.efi require an architecture specific
PE-COFF header.
Currently this does not work for cross compiling. If $CROSS_COMPILE is set,
use the first part of the architecture triplet from the variable to
choose the PE-COFF header.
Now we can cross-compile the sandbox, e.g.
make sandbox_defconfig NO_SDL=1
CROSS_COMPILE=/opt/bin/aarch64-linux-gnu- NO_SDL=1 MK_ARCH=aarch64 make
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When a tag is used in a patch subject (e.g. "tag: rest of message") and
it cannot be found as an alias, patman currently reports a fatal error,
unless -t is provided, in which case it reports a warning.
Experience suggest that the fatal error is not very useful. Instead,
default to reporting a warning, with -t tell patman to ignore it
altogether.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the subcommands some of the documentation examples are no-longer
correct. Fix all of them, so it is consistent.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present there is only one board which uses sandbox SPL. But with
sandbox_noinst being added, this is no longer true. Add a --board flag
so that we just build one board on azure, as is done in gitlab.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch adds an option which allows setting the device header offset.
This is useful if this tool is used to generate ATF BL2 image of mt7622 for
SD cards.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch makes use of the decompression mechanism implemented for mt7628
previously to reduce the total image size. Binman will be also removed.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Currently the setbrg logic of serial-mtk is messy, and should be rewritten.
Also an option is added to make it possible to use highspeed-3 mode for all
bauds.
The new logic is:
1. If baud clock > 12MHz
a) If baud <= 115200, highspeed-0 mode will be used (ns16550 compatible)
b) If baud <= 576000, highspeed-2 mode will be used
c) any bauds > 576000, highspeed-3 mode will be used
2. If baud clock <= 12MHz
Forced highspeed-3 mode
a) If baud <= 115200, calculates the divisor using DIV_ROUND_CLOSEST
b) any bauds > 115200, the same as 1. c)
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The EPHY LEDs belongs to the built-in FE switch of MT7629, which is barely
used. These LED pins on reference boards are used as JTAG socket. So it's
a good idea to change the default state to JTAG, and this will make it
convenience for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
It's better to use the generic timer which is correctly initialized by
the ATF. The generic timer has higher resolution than the mtk_timer.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The EPHY LEDs of mt7629 can be used as JTAG. This patch adds the jtag pin
group to the pinctrl driver.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The mtk pinctrl driver is a combination driver with support for both
pinctrl and gpio. When this driver is used in SPL, gpio support may not be
enabled, and this will result in a compilation error.
To fix this, macros are added to make sure gpio related code will only be
compiled when gpio support is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This is a bug fix for mtk pinctrl common part. Appearently pins should be
used instead of grps in mtk_get_pin_name().
Signed-off-by: Sam Shih <sam.shih@mediatek.com>
More than one pumpkin board has been made with different MediaTek SoCs.
Rename the pumpkin board to follow the naming convention of all
other MediaTek boards and also to not be confusing when other pumpkin
boards will be added in follow-up commits.
Signed-off-by: Fabien Parent <fparent@baylibre.com>
The EK874 development kit from Silicon Linux is made of CAT874 (the main
board) and CAT875 (the sub board that goes on top of CAT874).
This patch adds the required board support to boot Si-Linux EK874 board
based on R8A774C0 SoC.
DTS files apart from r8a774c0-ek874-u-boot.dts and r8a774c0-u-boot.dtsi
have been imported from Linux kernel 5.11 commit f40ddce88593
("Linux 5.11").
Signed-off-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Renesas RZ/G2E (a.k.a. r8a774c0) is pin compatible with R-Car
E3 (a.k.a. r8a77990), however it doesn't have several automotive
specific peripherals.
This patch hooks R8A774C0 SoC with the pfc driver.
Signed-off-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
The HiHope RZ/G2H board from HopeRun consists of main board
(HopeRun HiHope RZ/G2H main board) and sub board(HopeRun
HiHope RZ/G2H sub board). The HiHope RZ/G2H sub board sits
below the HiHope RZ/G2H main board.
This patch adds the required board support to boot HopeRun HiHope
RZ/G2H board.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
The HiHope RZ/G2N board from HopeRun consists of main board
(HopeRun HiHope RZ/G2N main board) and sub board(HopeRun
HiHope RZ/G2N sub board). The HiHope RZ/G2N sub board sits
below the HiHope RZ/G2N main board.
This patch adds the required board support to boot HopeRun HiHope
RZ/G2N board.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
The HiHope RZ/G2M board from HopeRun consists of main board
(HopeRun HiHope RZ/G2M main board) and sub board(HopeRun
HiHope RZ/G2M sub board). The HiHope RZ/G2M sub board sits
below the HiHope RZ/G2M main board.
This patch adds the required board support to boot HopeRun HiHope
RZ/G2M board.
Signed-off-by: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
The Secure Channel Protocol 03 command sends control requests
(enable/provision) to the TEE implementing the protocol between the
processor and the secure element.
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adds support for a working SCP03 emulation. Input parameters are
validated however the commands (enable, provision) executed by the TEE
are assumed to always succeed.
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable and provision the SCP03 keys on a TEE controlled secured elemt
from the U-Boot shell.
Executing this command will generate and program new SCP03 encryption
keys on the secure element NVM.
Depending on the TEE implementation, the keys would then be stored in
some persistent storage or better derived from some platform secret
(so they can't be lost).
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io>
This Trusted Application allows enabling SCP03 as well as provisioning
the keys on TEE controlled secure element (ie, NXP SE050).
All the information flowing on buses (ie I2C) between the processor
and the secure element must be encrypted. Secure elements are
pre-provisioned with a set of keys known to the user so that the
secure channel protocol (encryption) can be enforced on the first
boot. This situation is however unsafe since the keys are publically
available.
For example, in the case of the NXP SE050, these keys would be
available in the OP-TEE source tree [2] and of course in the
documentation corresponding to the part.
To address that, users are required to rotate/provision those keys
(ie, generate new keys and write them in the secure element's
persistent memory).
For information on SCP03, check the Global Platform HomePage and
google for that term [1]
[1] globalplatform.org
[2] https://github.com/OP-TEE/optee_os/
check:
core/drivers/crypto/se050/adaptors/utils/scp_config.c
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'reset' command now resets sandbox but does not quit it. Fix the
instructions.
Fixes: 329dccc067 ("sandbox: implement reset")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some format strings use the wrong type. Fix them.
Example warnings:
In file included from test/dm/acpi.c:22:
test/dm/acpi.c: In function ‘dm_test_acpi_cmd_list’:
test/dm/acpi.c:362:21: warning: format ‘%lx’ expects argument of type
‘long unsigned int’, but argument 4 has type ‘unsigned int’ [-Wformat=]
ut_assert_nextline("RSDP %08lx %06lx (v02 U-BOOT)", addr,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
sizeof(struct acpi_rsdp));
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
include/test/ut.h:282:33: note: in definition of macro ‘ut_assert_nextline’
if (ut_check_console_line(uts, fmt, ##args)) { \
^~~
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix the warning:
drivers/tpm/tpm2_tis_sandbox.c: In function ‘sandbox_tpm2_xfer’:
drivers/tpm/tpm2_tis_sandbox.c:288:48: warning: format ‘%ld’ expects
argument of type ‘long int’, but argument 2 has type ‘size_t’
{aka ‘unsigned int’} [-Wformat=]
printf("TPM2: Unmatching length, received: %ld, expected: %d\n",
~~^
%d
send_size, length);
~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We don't need to enable logging to run this command since the output will
still appear. Drop the 'select'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The existing log_ret() and log_msg_ret() macros consider an error to be
less than zero. But some function may return a positive number to indicate
a different kind of failure. Add macros to check for that also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When multiple log() calls are used which don't end in newline, the
log prefix is prepended multiple times in the same line. This makes the
output look strange.
Fix this by detecting when the previous log record did not end in newline.
In that case, setting a flag.
Drop the unused BUFFSIZE in the test while we are here.
As an example implementation, update log_console to check the flag and
produce the expected output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present only a single flag (force_debug) is used in log records. Before
adding more, convert this into a bitfield, so more can be added without
using more space.
To avoid expanding the log_record struct itself (which some drivers may
wish to store in memory) reduce the line-number field to 16 bits. This
provides for up to 64K lines which should be enough for anyone.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a second on writing tests, covering when to use Python and C, where
to put the tests, etc. Add a link to the existing Python test
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present some of the documentation about running sandbox tests is in the
sandbox docs. It makes more sense to put it in with the other testing
docs, with a link there from sandbox. Update the documentation
accordingly.
Also add a paragraph explaining why sandbox exists and the test philosophy
that it uses.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As an example of an SPL test, add a new test for loading a FIT within
SPL. This runs on sandbox_spl. For this to work, the text base is adjusted
so that there is plenty of space available.
While we are here, document struct spl_load_info properly, since this is
currently ambiguous.
This test only verifies the logic path. It does not actually check that
the image is loaded correctly. It is not possible for sandbox's SPL to
actually run u-boot.img since it currently includes u-boot.bin rather than
u-boot. Further work could expand the test in that direction.
The need for this was noted at:
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20201216000944.2832585-3-mr.nuke.me@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this casts addresses to pointers so cannot work with sandbox.
Update the code to use map_sysmem() instead.
As part of this change, the existing load_ptr is renamed to src_ptr since
it is not a pointer to load_addr. It is confusing to use a similar name
for something that is not actually related. For the alignment code,
ALIGN() is used instead of open-coded alignment. Add a comment to the line
that casts away a const.
Use a (new) load_ptr variable to access memory at address load_addr.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function can only locate the u-boot ELF file. For SPL it
is handy to be able to locate u-boot.img since this is what would normally
be loaded by SPL.
Add another argument to allow this to be selected.
While we are here, update the function to load SPL when running in TPL,
since that is the next stage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present SPL only runs driver model tests. Update it to run all
available tests, i.e. in any test suite.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present each test suite has its own portion of the linker_list section
of the image, but other lists are interspersed. This makes it hard to
enumerate all the available tests without knowing the suites that each one
is in.
Place all tests together in a single contiguous list by giving them
common prefix not used elsewhere in U-Boot. This makes it possible to find
the start and end of all tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we use the linker list directly. This is not very friendly, so
add a helpful macro instead. This will also allow us to change the naming
later without updating this code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current name is the same as the main test runner file. Rename it to
avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add this functionality to ut_run_list() so it can be removed from
dm_test_run().
At this point all tests are run through ut_run_list().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a check to ut_run_list() as to whether a list has driver model tests.
Move the logic for the test devicetree into that function, in an effort
to eventually remove all logic from dm_test_run().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this function to use the return value of ut_run_list() to check for
success/failure, so that they are in sync. Also return a command success
code so that the caller gets what it expects.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use this function instead of implementing it separately for driver model.
Make ut_run_tests() private since it is only used in test-main.c
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we use a global test state for all driver-model tests. Make use
of a local struct like we do with the other tests.
To make this work, add functions to get and set this state. When a test
starts, the state is set (so it can be used in the test). When a test
finishes, the state is unset, so it cannot be used by mistake.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Driver model tests are generally run twice, once with livetree enable and
again with it disabled. Add a function to handle this and call it from the
driver model test runner.
Make ut_run_test() private since it is not used outside test-main.c now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of having a separate function for running driver model tests, use
the common one. Make the pre/post-run functions private since we don't
need these outside of test-main.c
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this function into the common test runner and rename it to
dm_test_post_run() so that its purpose is clear.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this function into test-main so that all the init is in one place.
Rename it so that its purpose is clearer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Driver model is a core part of U-Boot. We don't really need to have a
separate test structure for the driver model tests and it makes it harder
to write a test if you have to think about which type of test it is.
Subsume the fields from struct dm_test_state into struct unit_test_state
and delete the former.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For driver model tests we want to reinit the data structures so that
everything is in a known state before the test runs. This avoids one test
changing something that breaks a subsequent tests.
Move the call for this into test_pre_run().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We already have a function for silencing the console during tests. Use
this from test_pre_run() and drop this code from the driver model tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Ultimately we want to get rid of the special driver model test init and
use test_pre_run() and test_post_run() for all tests. As a first step,
use those function to handle console recording.
For now we need a special case for setting uts->start, but that wil go
away once all init is in one place.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Split out the test preparation into a separation function before
expanding it. Add a post-run function as well, currently empty.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new test runner that will eventually be able to run any test. For
now, have it run the 'command' unit tests, so that the functionality in
cmd_ut_category() moves into it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is the main test function for driver model but not for other tests.
Rename the file and the function so this is clear.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This prefix should be for setexpr, not mem. This means that trying to
select just these tests to run does not work. Fix it.
For some reason this provokes an assertion failure due to memory not
being freed. Move the env_set() in setexpr_test_str() to before the
malloc() heap size size is recorded and disable the rest in
setexpr_test_str_oper().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a few notes about the sandbox_spl tests, since they are special.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Add details about how to run a sandbox test directly, without using
pytest. This is more convenient for rapid development, since it is faster
and allows easier use of a debugger. Also mention sandbox_flattree as an
example of the different sandbox builds available.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a comment about this option in the documentation. Also mention the
script that runs these combinations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
With of-platdata we always have a dtv struct that holds the platform data
provided by the driver_info record. However, this struct can be empty if
there are no actual devicetree properties provided.
The upshot of empty platform data is that it will end up as a zero-size
member in the BSS section, which is fine. But if the driver specifies
plat_auto then it expects the correct amount of space to be allocated.
At present this does not happen, since device_bind() assumes that the
platform-data size will always be >0. As a result we end up not
allocating the space and just use the BSS region, overwriting whatever
other contents are present.
Fix this by removing the condition that platform data be non-empty, always
allocating space if requested.
This fixes a strange bug that has been lurking since of-platdata was
implemented. It has likely never been noticed since devices normally have
at least some devicetree properties, BSS is seldom used on SPL, the dtv
structs are normally at the end of bss and the overwriting only happens
if a driver changes its platform data.
It was discovered using sandbox_spl, which exercises more features than
a normal board might, and the critical global_data variable 'gd' happened
to be at the end of BSS.
Fixes: 9fa2819009 ("dm: core: Expand platdata for of-platdata devices")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Using the internal vs. external pull resistors it is possible to get
27 different combinations from 3 strapping pins. Add an implementation
of this.
This involves updating the sandbox GPIO driver to model external and
(weaker) internal pull resistors. The get_value() method now takes account
of what is driving a pin:
sandbox: GPIOD_EXT_DRIVEN - in which case GPIO_EXT_HIGH provides the
value
outside source - in which case GPIO_EXT_PULL_UP/DOWN indicates the
external state and we work the final state using those flags and
the internal GPIOD_PULL_UP/DOWN flags
Of course the outside source does not really exist in sandbox. We are just
modelling it for test purpose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new flag to keep track of whether sandbox is driving the pin, or
whether it is expecting an input signal. If it is driving, then the value
of the pin is the value being driven (0 or 1). If not driving, then we
consider the value 0, since we don't currently handle things like pull-ups
yet.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
We don't need to implement direction_input() and direction_output()
anymore. Drop them and use update_flags() instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this driver to use the common method of putting the driver
operations in an 'ops' variable install of calling gpio_get_ops()
repeatedly. Make it const since operations do not change.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The new update_flags() method is more flexible since it allows the
driver to see the full flags all at once. Use that in preference to these
two functions. Add comments to that effect.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
It is convenient to be able to adjust some of the flags for a GPIO while
leaving others alone. Add a function for this.
Update dm_gpio_set_dir_flags() to make use of this.
Also update dm_gpio_set_value() to use this also, since this allows the
open-drain / open-source features to be implemented directly in the
driver, rather than using the uclass workaround.
Update the sandbox tests accordingly. This involves a lot of changes to
dm_test_gpio_opendrain_opensource() since we no-longer have the direciion
being reported differently depending on the open drain/open source flags.
Also update the STM32 drivers to let the uclass handle the active low/high
logic.
Drop the GPIOD_FLAGS_OUTPUT() macro which is no-longer used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Allow this function to see all flags, including the internal sandbox ones.
This allows the tests to fully control the behaviour of the driver.
To make this work, move the setting of GPIOD_EXT_HIGH -to where the flags
are updated via driver model, rather than the sandbox 'back door'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
At present we have the concept of a pin's external value. This is what
is used when getting the value of a pin. But we still set the
GPIOD_IS_OUT_ACTIVE flag when changing the value. This is not actually
correct, since if the pin changes from output to input, the external
value need not change. Adjust the logic for this difference.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
At present with the sandbox GPIO driver it is not possible to change the
value of GPIOD_IS_OUT_ACTIVE unless the GPIO is an output. This makes it
hard to test changing the flags since we need to be aware of the internal
workings of the driver.
The feature is designed to aid testing.
Split this feature out into a separate sandbox-specific flag, so that the
flags can change unimpeded. This will make it easier to allow updating the
flags in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adjust the terminology in this driver to reflect that fact that all flags
are handled, not just direction flags.
Create a new access function to get the full GPIO state, not just the
direction flags. Drop the static invalid_dir_flags since we can rely on a
segfault if something is wrong.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
This function can be used to get any flags, not just direction flags.
Rename it to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
It is more useful to be able to read all the flags, not just the direction
ones. In fact this is what the STM32 driver does. Update the method name
to reflect this.
Tweak the docs a little and use 'flagsp' as the return argument, as is
common in driver model, to indicate it returns a value.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
The current method is a misnomer since it is also used (e.g. by stm32) to
update pull settings and open source/open drain.
Rename it and expand the documentation to cover a few more details.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
These functions use devicetree and cannot work with of-platdata, which has
no runtime devicetree.
If they are used, the current linker error is confusing, since it talks
about missing functions in the bowels of driver model.
Avoid compiling these functions at all with of-platdata, so that a
straightforward link error points to the problem.
Series-changes; 3
- Fix 'wprl' typo
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
DM_VIDEO migration deadline is already expired, but around
80 Allwinner boards are still using video in a legacy way:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_VIDEO Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_VIDEO before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/migration.rst for more info.
====================================================
Convert the legacy video driver over to the DM_VIDEO framework. This is
a minimal conversion: it doesn't use the DT for finding its resources,
nor does it use DM clocks or DM devices for the outputs (LCD, HDMI, CVBS).
Tested in Bananapi M1+ Plus 1920x1200 HDMI out. (Jagan)
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
[Andre: rebase and smaller fixes]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With TPM2 we don't actually lock the TPM once verified boot is finished.
Instead we disable the platform hierarchy which serves the same purpose.
Add an implementation of this so we can safely boot into the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add support for this so that the TPM can be set up for use with
Chromium OS verified boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Update tpm2_clear() and tpm2_pcr_extend() so that the command size
is not repeated twice. Add a small comment to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add support for TPMv2 versions of API functions. So far this is not
complete as the standard is quite large, but it implements everything
currently available for TPMv2 in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Take over the plain 'tpm_...' functions for use by the new TPM API. Rename
all the TPMv1 functions so they are called from the API.
Update the TPMv1 functions so that they are called from the API. Change
existing users to use the tpm1_ prefix so they don't need to go through
the API, which might introduce uncertainty.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
There are two different TPM standards. U-Boot supports both but each has
its own set of functions. We really need a single TPM API that can call
one or the other. This is not always possible as there are some
differences between the two standards, but it is mostly possible.
Add an API to handle this. So far it is not plumbed into the build and
only supports TPMv1.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The response is shown but not the request. Update the code to show both
if debugging is enabled.
Use a 'uint' type for size so it matches the register-word size on both
32- and 64-bit machines.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the security chip is not used in these U-Boot phases. Update
the Makefile to exclude it.
Fix a few logging statements while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Sandbox provides a way to write out its emulated memory on exit. This
makes it possible to pass a bloblist from one phase (e.g. SPL) to the
next.
However the bloblist is not closed off, so the checksum is generally
invalid. Fix this by finishing up the bloblist before writing the memory
file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This state is not accessible to the running U-Boot but at present it is
allocated in the emulated SDRAM. This doesn't seem very useful. Adjust
it to allocate from the OS instead.
The RAM buffer is currently not freed, but should be, so add that into
state_uninit(). Update the comment for os_free() to indicate that NULL is
a valid parameter value.
Note that the strdup() in spl_board_load_image() is changed as well, since
strdup() allocates memory in the RAM buffer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We provide os_malloc() and os_free() but not os_realloc(). Add this,
following the usual semantics. Also update os_malloc() to behave correctly
when passed a zero size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This code is still using the old command typedef. It was not noticed since
this file is not currently built. It is using a non-existent option in the
Makefile.
Drop this file since it is not needed for correct operation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Comparing a hex dump on the U-Boot command line with the contents of a
file on the host system is fairly easy and convenient to do manually if
it is small. But the format used hexdump by default differs from that
shown by U-Boot. Add a note about how to make them the same.
(For large dumps, writing the data to the network with tftpput, or to a
USB stick with ext4save is easiest.)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add notes about how to make binman produce verbose logging when building.
Add a comment on how to do this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is printed twice but we only need one message, since there is very
little processing in between them. Drop the second one, since all branches
of the switch() already have output. Update the U-Boot message to include
the phase being jumped to.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The normal memory (other that DCACHE_OFF) should be executable by default,
only the device memory (DCACHE_OFF) used for peripheral access should have
the bit execute never (TTB_SECT_XN_MASK).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Overidde the weak function dram_bank_mmu_setup() to set the DDR
(preloc case) or the SYSRAM (in SPL case) executable before to enable
the MMU and configure DACR.
This weak function is called in dcache_enable/mmu_setup.
This patchs avoids a permission access issue when the DDR is marked
executable (by calling mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour with
DCACHE_DEFAULT_OPTION) after MMU setup and domain access permission
activation with DACR in dcache_enable.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Mark the top of ram, used for relocated U-Boot as a normal memory
(cacheable and executable) to avoid permission access issue when
U-Boot jumps to this relocated code.
When MMU is activated in pre-reloc stage; only the beginning of
DDR is marked executable.
This patch avoids access issue when DACR is correctly managed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Historically, the reset_cpu() function had an `addr` parameter which was
meant to pass in an address of the reset vector location, where the CPU
should reset to. This feature is no longer used anywhere in U-Boot as
all reset_cpu() implementations now ignore the passed value. Generic
code has been added which always calls reset_cpu() with `0` which means
this feature can no longer be used easily anyway.
Over time, many implementations seem to have "misunderstood" the
existence of this parameter as a way to customize/parameterize the reset
(e.g. COLD vs WARM resets). As this is not properly supported, the
code will almost always not do what it is intended to (because all
call-sites just call reset_cpu() with 0).
To avoid confusion and to clean up the codebase from unused left-overs
of the past, remove the `addr` parameter entirely. Code which intends
to support different kinds of resets should be rewritten as a sysreset
driver instead.
This transformation was done with the following coccinelle patch:
@@
expression argvalue;
@@
- reset_cpu(argvalue)
+ reset_cpu()
@@
identifier argname;
type argtype;
@@
- reset_cpu(argtype argname)
+ reset_cpu(void)
{ ... }
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This reverts commit 576007aec9.
The parameter passed to reset_cpu() no longer holds a meaning as all
call-sites now pass the value 0. Thus, branching on it is essentially
dead code and will just confuse future readers.
Revert soft-reset support and just always perform a hard-reset for now.
This is a preparation for removal of the reset_cpu() parameter across
the entire tree in a later patch.
Fixes: 576007aec9 ("lpc32xx: cpu: add support for soft reset")
Cc: Sylvain Lemieux <slemieux@tycoint.com>
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
The current implementation of reset_cpu() in the ns3 board code does not
archieve what it is supposed to (according to the comments), due to
a number of reasons:
1. The argument to reset_cpu() is _not_ actually passed from the
`reset` command, but is set to 0 in all call-sites (in this
specific case, see arch/arm/lib/reset.c). Thus, performing
different kinds of resets based on its value will not work as
expected.
2. Contrary to its documentation, the passed argument is not
interpreted, but a static `L3_RESET` define is used. The other
comment properly notes that this will always perform a L3 reset,
though.
3. The "parsing" of the static `L3_RESET` value is not even using the
upper and lower nibble as stated in the comment, but uses the last
two decimal digits of the value.
This is currently one of the only implementations left in U-Boot, which
make "use" of the value passed to reset_cpu(). As this is done under
false assumption (the value does not have any meaning anymore), it makes
sense to bring it into line with the rest and start ignoring the
parameter.
This is a preparation for removal of the reset_cpu() parameter across
the entire tree in a later patch.
Fixes: b5a152e7ca ("board: ns3: default reset type to L3")
Cc: Bharat Gooty <bharat.gooty@broadcom.com>
Cc: Rayagonda Kokatanur <rayagonda.kokatanur@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
nds32 is one of the only architectures which still have a reset_cpu()
implementation that makes use of the `addr` parameter. The rest of
U-Boot now ignores it and passes 0 everywhere. It turns out that even
here, reset_cpu() is no longer referenced anywhere; reset is either not
implemented (e.g. ae3xx) or realized using a WDT (e.g. ag101).
Remove this left-over implementation in preparation for the removal of
the `addr` parameter in the entire tree.
Cc: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
SAMA7G5 supports slew rate configuration. Adapt the driver for this.
For switching frequencies lower than 50MHz the slew rate needs to
be enabled. Since most of the pins on SAMA7G5 fall into this category
enabled the slew rate by default.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
